Cl catalogue edition2 s1 9

Page 1

Industrial. Electrical. Automation.

Catalogue Edition 2.0

1

Relays & Timers

2

Position Sensors

3

Power Supply Systems

4

Digital Display & Controllers

5

Process Sensors

6

Machine Safety

7

PLC’s, RTU’s & I/O Systems

8

Operator Interfaces

9

Software Solutions

10

Ethernet Networks

11

Protocol & Signal Converters

12

Pilot Devices & Radio Control

13

Power Distribution

14

Motor Control & Protection

15

Energy Management

16

Lightning & Surge Protection

17

Termination & Wiring Systems


Section Reference

Relays & Timers Position Sensors Power Supply Systems Digital Displays & Controllers Process Sensors Machine Safety PLC’s, RTU’s & I/O Systems Operator Interfaces Software Solutions Ethernet Networks Protocol & Signal Converters Pilot Devices & Radio Control Power Distribution Motor Control & Protection Energy Management Lightning & Surge Protection Termination & Wiring Systems PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


Section Reference 1

Relays & Timers

2

Position Sensors

3

Power Supply Systems

4

Digital Display & Controllers

5

Process Sensors

6

Machine Safety

7

PLC’s, RTU’s & I/O Systems

8

Operator Interfaces

9

Software Solutions

10

Ethernet Networks

11

Protocol & Signal Converters

12

Pilot Devices & Radio Control

13

Power Distribution

14

Motor Control & Protection

15

Energy Management

16

Lightning & Surge Protection

17

Termination & Wiring Systems 1


Control Logic The Company

More than technology – Committed to service excellence Founded in 1981, we’re one of Australia’s leading suppliers of industrial, electrical and automation products, services and solutions. Australian owned and operated, and ISO 9001 certified, we service thousands of industrial customers around Australia. From electrical contractors to wholesalers, OEMs to engineering consultants, switchboard manufacturers to mining, electrical and gas utilities. As you’d expect, our product catalogue is also incredibly diverse, with more than 10,000 products, across 17 broad categories. It includes programmable logic controllers, power supplies, networking equipment, sensors, digital displays, controllers, relays, variable speed drives and much more. When it comes to technology, there’s no such thing as one-size-fits-all. You have a specialist application, and you need products that are a perfect fit. That’s why we offer genuine product choice – from leading manufacturers who are specialists in their respective industries.

2

But there’s more to technology than technology itself. Whether you’re planning a solution, buying or integrating, passionate people and genuine expertise is the real key to success. That’s why, at Control Logic, our focus is on finding, training and retaining the very best people. We employ more than 40 technically qualified staff in six offices around Australia, and each is absolutely committed to providing you with the highest levels of service and support, tailored to your individual application. They’re passionate, they’re enthusiastic and they live and breathe the technology they work with. In other words, every product comes complete with a wealth of experience and technical know-how. So you get the solution you need, quickly and with a minimum of fuss.

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


The Control Logic Difference

Technical Control Logic provide technically qualified staff to assist with product selection, technical advice and after sales support. Experience Control Logic has a broad range of industry experience built over 30 years serving all segments of the market such asmanufacturing, infrastructure, water and mining.

Choice Control Logic partner with the world’s best manufactures to provide you with real choice and the best solution for your application.

Technical

Experience

Choice

Service

Real

Support Service Our commitment to our Integrated Management System ensures the quality of our service and processes makes us a trusted and reliable business partner. At Control Logic, our most important asset is you.

Real We pride ourselves on being easy-to-deal-with by providing customers with ‘real value, real people and real solutions’. Support From product recommendation to the application process, the Control Logic network of sales and support staff are committed to assisting you every step of the way.

3


Control Logic Control Logic - Certifications

We’re serious about our commitments At Control Logic, we take our reputation as a trusted business partner very seriously. We know our clients don’t look to us for technology solutions alone. They look to us to provide certainty. And we’re equally serious about our broader responsibilities – to our employees and the environment.

That’s why we implemented an ‘Integrated Management System’ – a formal system that ensures the quality of our service and processes, and which adheres to the following standards.

Quality Management Certification From product recommendation to order processing, Control Logic is committed to providing quality service, every step of the way. So committed, in fact, that we elected to have our processes ISO-9001 certified – a rigorous process that proves we’re uncompromising when it comes to quality management and proactive when it comes to continual improvement.

Health & Safety Management Certification We recognise the value of a safe workplace. Not just because we’re a people-oriented business, but because we’re good human beings, too. We’re committed to protecting our staff from illness and injuries, and that commitment is as much a part of our identity as it is a part of our success. Our OHSMS Certification is proof of that commitment, and proof that we’re operating to internationally proven standards.

Environmental Management As business operators, we have important responsibilities. One of the most important is how we impact the environment. It’s easy to treat it as someone else’s problem, but at Control Logic, we believe the prevention of pollution and the promotion of environmental sustainability are everyone’s responsibility. That’s why we chose to have our environmental management systems (EMS) certified.

4

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


Our Brands

1

4

7

8

As the global experts in communication, monitoring and control for industrial automation and networking, Red Lion has been delivering innovative solutions to customers for over forty years. Their award-winning technology enables companies worldwide to gain real-time data visibility that drives productivity. • • • • • • • • • •

Operator Interfaces Protocol Converters Data Loggers Large Graphic Displays Counters Rate Meters Timers Process Meters Temperature / PID Controllers Signal Conditioners

10

Sixnet which is a Red Lion business develops innovative machine-to-machine (M2M) industrial networking solutions that integrate wireless, automation and Ethernet switch technologies. Sixnet’s flexible solutions enable organisations to cost-effectively increase business productivity. Products include Ethernet switches, serial converters, wireless LAN modems, cellular modems and routers, remote I/O modules and RTU’s Cellular Routers RTU’s (Remote Terminal Units) Ethernet I/O Modules Umanaged Ethernet Switches Managed Ethernet Switches Media Converters PoE Injectors Military Rated Ethernet Switches Industrial Telephone Modems

Unmanaged Ethernet Switches Managed Ethernet Switches IP67 rated Ethernet Switches PoE Switches, Injectors & Splitters Media Converters

2

4

6

7

8

The Panasonic Corporation is one of the largest electronic product manufacturers in the world. It manufactures and markets a wide range of industrial control products under the Panasonic brand to enhance productivity for both the factory and process automation industries. • • • • • • • • • • •

Relays Timers Micro Switches Inductive Proximity Sensors Photo Electric Sensors Fibre Optic Sensors Safety Components PLC’s (Programmable Logic Controllers) Operator Interfaces Temperature Controllers Counters

Puls is the only organisation solely focused on the design and manufacturing of DIN-Rail power supplies and DC-UPS’s for industrial applications. This is why they have the smallest sizes, industry leading efficiencies, easy integration in machines and systems, excellent overload behaviour, are only some of the strong features, which make them the leader in technology for DIN-rail power supplies.

6

12

Schmersal develops and produces an extraordinary wide range of high-quality automation products such as limit switches, conveyor switches designed for heavy industry. This is supported by a world leading portfolio of safety products such as safety interlocks, safety light curtains and safety relays. Limit Switches Pull-Wire Switches Belt Alignment Switches Slack Wire Switches Photo Electric Sensors Inductive Proximity Switches Magnetic Reed Switches Machine Guard Safety Interlocks Safety Relays Safety Light Curtains Safety Pull-Wire Switches Two Hand Control Stations Enabling Switches Safety Mats Safety Edge Sensors Safety Foot Switches Safety PLC (Programmable Logic Controller)

• • • • •

3

2

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

11

N-TRON which is a Red Lion business develops, manufactures, and markets highly reliable industrial network products, designed to solve the most demanding communications requirements in mission critical industrial, data acquisition, Ethernet I/O, and process control applications.

1

7

• • • • • • • • •

10

• • • • • • • •

Single Phase Power Supplies Three Phase Power Supplies Power Supply Redundancy Modules DC-UPS Buffer Units DC/DC Converters IECEx Certified Power Supplies 24VDC Circuit Protection Modules

12 13

14

A world leading and recognised brand for variable speed drives and switchgear. ABB are the number one supplier for variable speed drives and offer a product range that is simply the widest available from any manufacturer. • • • • • • • • • •

Variable Speed Drives Soft Starters Circuit Breakers Manual Motor Starters Pushbuttons Contactors RCD’s Load Break Switches Change over Switches Enclosures

5


Control Logic Our Brands

16 Novaris is an Australian company that design, manufacture and distribute AC & DC power surge protection, process control, LAN and Ethernet surge protection, CCTV surge protection, coaxial surge protection, and telephone surge protection - protecting residential & industrial installations. With over 650 lightning and surge protection products, Novaris has you protected. • • • • • • • • •

15 SATEC offers a broad product range from multifunction power metering to monitoring with data logging capabilities providing date/time stamping and power quality of supply for sags/swells, harmonics, power factor, transients, waveform capture and other advanced functionalities. • • • • • • • •

Surge Diverters Surge Filters Spark Gap Arrestors Series Surge Protectors Process Control Protection LAN & CCTV Protection Coaxial Protection Telephone Protection Intrinsically Safe Surge Protectors

Multi function power meters Advanced power meters Energy consumption meters Multi-tenant submetering Power quality analyzers Current sensors Energy Management Software On-site testing services

5 BD SENSORS focus is on electronic pressure measurement technology. A German company that offers solutions from 0.1 mbar to 6000 bar for pressure sensors, pressure transducers, pressure transmitters, electronic pressure switches, pressure measuring devices with display and switching outputs as well as hydrostatic and submersible level probes. • • • • • • •

Pressure Transmitters Hydrostatic Submersible Level Probes Pressure Switches IECEx Certified Pressure Transmitters & Probes Digital Pressure Gauges Differential Pressure Transmitters Differential Pressure Switches

7

8

PLC’s (Programmable Logic Controllers) PAC’s (Process Automation Controllers) I/O Modules Industrial PC’s Industrial Panel PC’s SCADA Systems Business Process Management Software Data Management & Analytics Software Manufacturing Software / MES Real-Time Operational Intelligence Software

Pepperl+Fuchs is a leading developer and manufacturer of electronic sensors offering a full range of inductive, photoelectric, and ultrasonic sensors. Their automation products are world renowned for their high standards of quality and reliability.

6

• • • •

Industrial Remote Control Modules with In-Built Display Hazardous Area Rated Remote Control Modules Radio I/O Signal Transfer Modules Emergency Stop Radio Control

1 Relpol is a well-known European manufacturer of relays established in 1958 and their priority is the quality of their products. Products of Relpol are applied in the areas of industrial and power automation, power electronics, industrial and applied electronics, and telecommunications. • • • • •

Power Relays Interface Relays Timers Voltage Monitoring Relays Current Monitoring Relays

14

2

• • •

With more than 40 years experience in the field of radio control and industrial automation, JAY ELECTRONIQUE is the right partner to answer all your requirements regarding wireless communication.

9

GE Intelligent Platforms is a global provider of hardware and software used in automation and embedded computing ranging from PLCs, HMI/SCADA, Motion and PAC Systems to Process, Production and Asset Management. • • • • • • • • • •

12

PBSI design and manufacture a complete range of LV & MV Motor, Generator and Transformer/Feeder Protection relays. The Supervision & Microvision Series arguably provides the most complete system of Intelligent Protection and Control available today. • •

Motor Protection Relays Feeder Protection Relays

Inductive Proximity Sensors Photo Electric Sensors Ultrasonic Sensors

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


Our Brands

17

15 Electrex designs and manufactures measurement instruments, analyzers and energy monitoring systems critical to energy saving. Economical products such as energy analyzers, energy meters, power meters and transducers. • • •

Energy Analyzers & Meters Power Quality & Harmonic Data Managers Energy Consumption & Management Software

15 Frer was founded in 1980 with the aim to manufacture switchboards electric measuring instruments with a high reliability to compliment energy monitoring and control systems. • • •

• • • • • • • • • • •

Feed Through Terminals High Current Terminals Bolt Connection Terminals Double-Deck Terminals Multilevel Terminals Sensor Terminals Disconnect Terminals Test & Disconnect Terminals Fuse Terminals Din-Rail Wiring Duct

Current Transformers Current Transducers Current Switches

15 2

CL Encoder Products is a manufacturer of premium rotary incremental and absolute encoders used for motion feedback. • • •

Klemsan Electronics Inc. was established in 1974 and has since become a worldwide leader in DIN-rail mount termination products. They have a wide product portfolio that consists of screw connection, spring clamp, high current, bolt connection, multi-level, disconnect and fuse terminals. Klemsan products are of the highest standards as a ISO 9001 & ISO 14001 certified manufacturer.

Veris Industries is a complete source for automation system peripherals, with energy and environmental sensors and control peripherals for Commercial HVAC and Energy Management applications. • • •

Current Transducers Current Switches Energy Transducers

Incremental Solid & Hollow Shaft Encoders Absolute Solid & Hollow Shaft Encoders Integrated Encoder with Measuring Wheels

13 3

Joslyn Clark offers a wide range of electric motor starter products for a broad group of applications that set the standard for some of the most challenging and hazardous electric motor starter applications. •

Vacuum Contactors

Premium is a well established company dedicated to designing and producing power conversion systems. Their product portfolio consists of over 260 standard models. All these models have been designed to meet industrial specifications for general purpose. Many of them also meet the EN550155 railway standards. Premium also designs and manufactures custom power conversion systems according to the specific needs of your application. • • •

DC/DC Converters DC/AC Inverters Converters to meet the EN550155 railway standards

2 Advanced Micro Controls Inc (AMCI) is a leading U.S. based manufacturer with a global presence. Specializing in resolver transducers, encoders / duracoders and PLC cards.

3

• • •

Resolver Transducers PLC Cards Field-Bus Absolute Encoders

Altro Transformers commenced its manufacturing operations during 1982 as a specialist in the design and manufacture of: • • •

Control Transformers 3 Phase Isolation Transformers Power & Distribution Transformers

7


Catalogue Introduction How to use this Catalogue

Sections

Section Content

This catalogue is segregated into 17 sections. A list of the contents of each section is located after this introduction in “Table of contents”

Each page has all the information you need to make an informed selection, including: • Item specifications & descriptions • Dimensions • Code number • Stocking policy • Discount Code • QR codes for further information at your fingertips

Section Index As well, the first page of each section has its own contents list for easy product selection.

Stocking policy It is included for all items. Product codes marked in bold are “normally stocked” where as product codes in regular font are “not normally stocked”. For exact delivery information on these items, please contact customer service. QR-Codes QR codes are information-rich barcodes that you will find throughout this catalogue. To scan QR codes you will need a smartphone and any one of the free QR applications available in your app store (try searching for ‘QR Scanner’). Each unique QR code is linked to the Control Logic mobile website page that is most relevant to the products listed on the page of the catalogue.

Alphanumeric Index

Tested software:

A quick alphanumeric reference by product code or brief description is located at the rear of the catalogue.

8

Android QR Droid or Barcode Scanner iPhone QRAFTER Nokia BeeTag

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


Product & Pricing Information

Catalogue price list We have changed the format of our catalogue to separate the technical information from the pricing. This is to ensure that you can rely on our prices to be both competitive and accurate. The price list contains all of the information you need to make an informed decision.

3 easy ways to access information. Anytime, Anywhere! We understand that real time connectivity is vital for business to business communication. So to make accessing the catalogue and price list even easier, electronic copies of each are now available and free to download via 3 easy ways.

Price list page layout: 1

2

3

4

5

6

Standard Website

1

x = Normally stocked product

2

Product codes in alphanumeric order

3

Product list price excluding GST

4

Product list price including GST

5

Discount code

6

Product page number (section number - page number)

Mobile Website

Mobile Application 9


Table of Contents

2.5.4.5. Slot Sensors 2-77 Section Reference 1 2.5.5. Fibre-Optic Sensors 2-78 Control Logic 2 2.5.5.1. Economical 2-78 The Company 2 2.5.5.2. Advanced 2-78 The Control Logic Difference 3 2.5.5.3. Fibre Selections 2-79 2.5.6. Colour Mark Sensors 2-80 Control Logic - Certifications 4 2.5.7. Laser Sensors 2-81 Our Brands 5 2.6. Photo Electric Sensors Dimensions 2-82 Catalogue Introduction 8 2.7. Inductive Proximity Sensors 2-92 How to use this Catalogue 8 2.7.1. Cylindrical 2-92 Product & Pricing Information 9 2.7.1.1. DC 3-Wire 2-92 Table of Contents 10 2.7.1.2. DC 4-Wire 2-98 2.7.1.3. AC 2-Wire 2-99 1. Relays & Timers 1-16 2.7.1.4. AC/DC 2-Wire 2-99 Section Guide Overview 1-18 2.7.1.5. DC 2-Wire 2-100 1.1. Power Relays 1-20 2.7.2. Rectangular 2-101 1.2. Interface Relays 1-29 2.7.2.1. DC 3-Wire 2-101 2.7.2.2. DC 4-Wire 2-103 1.3. Solid State Relays 1-30 2.7.2.3. DC 2-Wire 2-105 1.4. Monitoring Relays 1-31 2.7.2.4. AC 2-Wire 2-107 1.5. Analog Multi-Function Timers 1-33 2.8. Magnetic Reed Switches 2-108 1.6. Digital Multi-Function Timers 1-36 2.9. Ultrasonic Sensors 2-110 1.7. Star Delta Start Timers 1-39 2.10. Rotary Encoders 2-111 1.8. Power Off Delay Timers 1-40 2.10.1. Technical Notes 2-111 1.9. Cyclic Twin Timers 1-41 2.10.2. Output Circuits 2-112 2.10.3. Incremental Encoders 2-113 1.10. Time / Clock Switch 1-42 2.10.3.1. Solid Shaft 2-113 1.11. Hour Run Meters 1-43 2.10.3.2. Hollow Shaft 2-117 2. Position Sensors 2-48 2.10.3.3. Special Purpose 2-119 2.1. Limit Switches 2-50 2.10.4. Absolute Encoders 2-120 2.1.1. Micro 2-50 2.10.4.1. Standard Shaft 2-120 2.1.2. Compact 2-51 2.10.4.2. Hollow Shaft 2-121 2.1.3. Medium Duty 2-53 2.10.5. Accessories 2-122 2.1.4. Heavy Duty 2-56 2.10.6. Absolute Special Purpose Encoders 2-123 2.1.5. Extra Heavy Duty 2-58 2.11. Resolvers 2-124 2.2. Pull-Wire Switches 2-59 3. Power Supply Systems 3-126 2.3. Belt Alignment Switches 2-62 1 & 3 Phase Power Supplies Overview 3-128 2.4. Slack Wire Switches 2-63 Technical Notes 3-129 2.5. Photo Electric Sensors 2-64 3.1. Power Supplies 3-130 2.5.1. Classification of Sensors 2-64 3.1.1. Single Phase 3-130 2.5.2. Retro-Reflective Sensors 2-66 3.1.1.1. Miniature Series 3-130 2.5.2.1. Cylindrical 2-66 3.1.1.2. Economical Series 3-131 2.5.2.2. Compact 2-67 3.1.1.3. Premium Series 3-132 2.5.2.3. Standard 2-69 3.1.2. Three Phase 3-133 2.5.3. Diffuse-Reflective Sensors 2-70 3.1.2.1. Economical Series 3-133 2.5.3.1. Cylindrical 2-70 3.1.2.2. Premium Series 3-134 2.5.3.2. Miniature 2-71 3.2. Redundancy Modules 3-135 2.5.3.3. Compact 2-72 3.3. 24VDC Circuit Protection Modules 3-138 2.5.3.4. Standard 2-74 2.5.4. Thru-Beam Sensors 2-75 3.4. Buffer Units 3-139 2.5.4.1. Cylindrical 2-75 3.5. DC-UPS 3-140 2.5.4.2. Miniature 2-76 3.6. DC/DC Converters 3-144 2.5.4.3. Compact 2-76 3.7. DC/AC Inverters 3-149 2.5.4.4. Standard 2-77 10

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


3.8. Railway Solutions 3.8.1. DC/DC Converters 3.8.2. DC/AC Inverters 3.9. Custom Made Solutions 3.10. Transformers 3.10.1. Control Transformers 3.10.2. 3 Phase Isolation Transformers 3.10.3. Power & Distribution Transformers 4. Digital Displays & Controllers Selection Guide Overview 4.1. Counter Displays 4.1.1. Without Outputs 4.1.2. With Outputs 4.2. Rate Displays 4.2.1. Without Outputs 4.2.2. With Outputs 4.3. Counter & Rate Displays 4.3.1. With Outputs 4.4. Process Displays 4.4.1. Without Outputs 4.4.2. With Outputs 4.5. PID Controllers 4.6. DC Current Displays 4.6.1. Without Outputs 4.6.2. With Outputs

3-152 5. Process Sensors 5-232 3-152 Section Guide Overview 5-234 3-156 5.1. Level 5-238 3-159 5.1.1. Submersible Probes 5-238 3-160 5.1.1.1. Industrial 5-238 3-160 5.1.1.2. Precision 5-246 3-161 5.1.2. Screw-in Transmitter 5-249 3-161 5.1.2.1. Industrial 5-249 4-162 5.2. Pressure 5-252 5.2.1. Pressure Transmitters 5-252 4-164 5.2.1.1. Industrial 5-252 4-178 5.2.1.2. Precision 5-264 4-178 5.2.1.3. OEM 5-268 4-180 5.2.2. Plug-on Display 5-269 4-182 5.2.3. Differential Pressure Transmitters 5-270 4-182 5.2.3.1. Industrial 5-270 4-183 5.2.3.2. Precision 5-273 5.2.4. Digital Pressure Gauges 5-274 4-184 5.2.4.1. Industrial 5-274 4-184 5.2.4.2. Precision 5-276 4-187 5.2.4.3. OEM 5-277 4-187 5.3. Switches 5-278 4-189 5.3.1. Pressure Switches 5-278 4-193 5.3.1.1. Industrial 5-278 4-201 5.3.1.2. Precision 5-283 4-201 5.3.1.3. OEM 5-284 4-203 6. Machine safety 6-286 4.7. AC Current Displays 4-206 6.1. Machine Guard Interlocks 6-288 4.7.1. Without Outputs 4-206 6.1.1. Mechanical Actuator Type 6-288 4.7.2. With Outputs 4-207 6.1.2. Non-Contact Type 6-294 4.8. DC Voltage Displays 4-208 6.1.3. Solenoid Lock Type 6-301 4.8.1. Without Outputs 4-208 6.1.4. Hinge Interlock Type 6-310 4.8.2. With Outputs 4-210 6.2. Safety Relays 6-312 4.9. AC Voltage Displays 4-213 6.2.1. Selection Guide 6-312 4.9.1. Without Outputs 4-213 6.2.2. 1NO + 1NC Input Type 6-314 4.9.2. With Outputs 4-214 6.2.3. 2NC Input Type 6-315 4.10. Temperature Displays 4-215 6.2.4. Output Expanders 6-318 4.10.1. Without Outputs 4-215 6.2.5. Input Expanders 6-319 4.10.2. With Outputs 4-216 6.2.6. Two Hand Control Relays 6-320 4.11. Load Cell Displays 4-219 6.2.7. Safety Mat Relays 6-321 4.11.1. Without Outputs 4-219 6.2.8. Stand Still Monitors 6-322 4.11.2. With Outputs 4-220 6.2.9. Fail-Safe Delay Timer 6-323 6.2.10. Muting Relay 6-323 4.12. Large Graphic & LED Displays 4-222 6.2.11. IS Rated Safety Relays 6-324 4.12.1. ProducTVity Display 4-222 6.2.12. Force Guided Plug-In Type 6-325 4.12.1.1. Ceiling & Wallmount Display Kits 4-226 4.12.2. Plant Floor Marquee 4-227 6.3. Safety Light Curtains 6-326 4.12.3. DC Volt/Current/Process Displays 4-227 6.3.1. Finger & Hand Protection 6-326 4.12.4. Serial Slave Displays 4-228 6.3.2. Body Protection 6-328 4.12.5. Counter & Rate Displays 4-228 6.3.3. IP69K Version 6-329 4.12.6. Timer Displays 4-229 6.4. Safety Pull-Wire Switches 6-331 4.12.7. Load Cell Displays 4-229 6.5. Two Hand Control Stations 6-334 4.12.8. Universal Input Displays 4-230 6.6. Enabling Switches 6-335 6.7. Safety Mats 6-336 11


Table of Contents

6.8. Safety Edge Sensors 6-337 7.4. I/O Systems 7-394 7.4.1. EtherTRAK-2 Series 7-394 6.9. Safety Foot Switches 6-338 7.4.1.1. Overview 7-394 6.10. Safety PLC 6-339 7.4.1.2. Ordering Tables 7-395 7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o systems 7-342 7.4.2. RSTi Series 7-396 7.1. Panasonic PLC’s 7-344 7.4.2.1. Overview 7-396 7.1.1. Panasonic FPOR Series 7-344 7.4.2.2. Ordering Tables 7-396 7.1.1.1. Overview 7-344 7.5. Data Logger 7-400 7.1.1.2. Ordering Tables 7-345 7.5.1. Modular Controller Series 7-400 7.1.2. Panasonic FPX Series 7-347 7.5.1.1 Overview 7-400 7.1.2.1. Overview 7-347 7.5.1.2 Ordering Tables 7-401 7.1.2.2. Ordering Tables 7-350 8. Operator Interfaces 8-404 7.1.3. Panasonic FP7 Series 7-353 8.1. Red Lion 8-406 7.1.3.1. Overview 7-353 8.1.1. G3 & Graphite Series Overview 8-406 7.1.3.2. CPU Units 7-356 8.1.2. Graphite Series 8-410 7.1.3.3. Communication Cassettes 7-357 8.1.3. G3 Series 8-412 7.1.3.4. Analog Input & Output Units 7-358 8.1.4. G3 Kadet Series 8-414 7.1.3.5. Digital Input & Output Units 7-359 8.1.5. Crimson 3 Programming Software 8-416 7.1.3.6. Remote I/O Units 7-360 7.1.3.7. Positioning Units 7-361 8.2. Panasonic 8-417 7.1.3.8. Power Supply Units 7-362 8.2.1. GT Series 8-417 7.1.3.9. Ordering Tables 7-363 8.2.2. GT WIN Programming Software 8-421 7.1.3.10. Software 7-365 8.3. GE Intelligent Platforms 8-422 7.2. GE Intelligent Platforms PLC’s 7-366 8.3.1. Loaded Quick Panel View 8-422 7.2.1. GE VersaMax Micro Series 7-366 8.3.2. Intermediate Quick Panel View 8-423 7.2.1.1. Overview 7-366 8.3.3. Basic Quick Panel View 8-424 7.2.1.2. Ordering Tables 7-366 8.3.4. Proficy View Programming Software 8-425 7.2.2. GE VersaMax I/O & Control Series 7-369 9. Software Solutions 9-426 7.2.2.1. Overview 7-369 9.1. Proficy HMI/SCADA - CIMPLICITY 9-428 7.2.2.2. Ordering Tables 7-369 9.2. Proficy HMI/SCADA iFIX 9-430 7.2.3. GE 90-30 Series 7-372 9.3. Proficy Change Management 9-432 7.2.3.1. Overview 7-372 7.2.3.2. Ordering Tables 7-372 9.4. Proficy Historian 9-434 7.2.4. GE PACSystem RXi Controller 7-376 9.5. Proficy Historian Analysis 9-436 7.2.4.1. Overview 7-376 9.6. Proficy Vision 9-438 7.2.4.2. Ordering Table 7-376 9.7. Proficy Real-Time Information Portal 9-440 7.2.5. GE PACSystem RX3i Controller 7-377 7.2.5.1. Overview 7-377 9.8. Proficy Troubleshooter 9-442 7.2.5.2. Ordering Tables 7-378 9.9. Proficy Cause+ 9-443 7.2.6. GE Programming Software 7-383 9.10. Proficy Plant Applications 9-444 7.2.6.1. Overview 7-383 9.11. Proficy Workflow 9-445 7.2.6.2. Ordering Table 7-384 7.2.7. GE PAC 8000 Series 7-386 9.12. Proficy Open Enterprise 9-446 7.2.7.1. Overview 7-386 9.13. Proficy Maintenance Gateway 9-447 7.2.7.2. Ordering Tables 7-386 9.14. Proficy Process Systems 9-448 7.2.8. GE Industrial PC 7-388 10-450 7.2.8.1. Overview 7-388 10. Ethernet Networks 7.2.8.2. Ordering Table 7-388 Section Guide Overview 10-452 7.2.9. GE Industrial Panel PC 7-389 N-Tron Industrial Ethernet Network 10-452 7.2.9.1. Overview 7-389 N-Tron Product Portfolio 10-453 N-Tron OPC Server Software 10-454 7.3. RTU’s 7-390 N-Tron EtherNet/IP with CIP Messaging 10-455 7.3.1. Overview 7-390 Sixnet Industrial Ethernet Switches 10-456 7.3.2. Software 7-391 Sixnet Product Portfolio 10-457 7.3.2.1. I/O Tool Kit 7-391 Unmanaged vs. Managed Ethernet Switches 10-458 7.3.2.2. ISaGRAF Open 7-393 12

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


12.4.2. Heavy Duty Range 12-525 10.1. Unmanaged Ethernet Switches 10-460 12.4.3. IP69K Range 12-526 10.1.1. Light Duty 10-460 10.1.2. Heavy Duty 10-460 12.5. Selector Switches (2 to 12 Pos.) 12-527 10.1.3. Monitored Heavy Duty 10-463 12.5.1. Heavy Duty Range 12-527 12.5.2. IP69K Range 12-527 10.2. Managed Ethernet Switches 10-464 12.6. Key-Operated Selector Switches 12-528 10.3. IP67 Rated Ethernet Switches 10-474 12.6.1. Standard Range 12-528 10.3.1. Unmanaged 10-474 12.6.2. Heavy Duty Range 12-529 10.3.2. Managed 10-475 12.7. Toggle Switches 12-530 10.4. Wireless Radio Ethernet 10-476 12.7.1. Standard Range 12-530 10.5. Power over Ethernet (PoE) 10-478 12.7.2. Heavy Duty Range 12-530 10.5.1. PoE Switches 10-478 12.8. Buzzers 12-531 10.5.2. PoE Injectors 10-478 10.5.3. PoE Splitters 10-479 12.9. Potentiometer Drive 12-531 10.6. Cellular Modems & Routers 10-480 12.10. Assembled Stations 12-532 12.10.1. Enclosed Pushbutton Stations 12-532 10.7. Media Converters 10-483 12.10.2. Blank Enclosures 12-532 10.8. Telephone Modem 10-483 12.11. Accessories 12-533 11. Protocol & Signal Converters 11-484 12.11.1. Standard Range 12-533 11.1. Protocol Converters 11-486 12.11.2. Heavy Duty Range 12-536 11.2. Ethernet to Serial Server 11-498 12.11.3. IP69K Range 12-537 11.3. Modbus Ethernet to Serial Gateway 11-499 12.12. Joystick Controllers 12-538 11.4. RS 232 to RS 485/422 Converter 11-500 12.13. Plastic & Metal Enclosures 12-540 11.5. RS 485/422 Isolated Repeater 11-501 12.14. Radio Wireless Control 12-542 12.14.1. Overview 12-542 11.6. Signal Converters 11-502 12.14.2. Products 12-543 11.6.1. Process Inputs 11-502 12.14.3. Industry Solutions 12-546 11.6.1.1. Analog Converter & Switch 11-502 12.14.3.1. Radio Crane 12-546 11.6.1.2. Analog Converter / Isolator 11-503 12.14.3.2. Radio Safe 12-548 11.6.1.3. Slim Analog Converter / Isolator 11-504 12.14.3.3. Radio Green 12-550 11.6.1.4. Loop Powered Analog Isolator 11-505 12.14.3.4. Radio Lift 12-552 11.6.1.5. Analog to Frequency Converter 11-505 12.14.3.5. Radio Farm 12-554 11.6.2. Temperature Inputs 11-506 12.14.3.6. Radio Build 12-556 11.6.2.1. Temperature Converter & Switch 11-506 12.14.3.7. Radio Motion 12-558 11.6.2.2. RTD to Analog Converter 11-507 12.14.3.8. Radio Drive 12-560 11.6.2.3. TC to Analog Converter 11-507 11.6.3. Frequency Inputs 11-508 13. Power Distribution 13-562 11.6.3.1. Frequency to Analog Converter 11-508 13.1. Circuit Breakers 13-564 11.6.3.2. Under / Over Speed Switch 11-509 13.1.1. AC Type 13-564 12. Pilot Devices & Radio Control 12-510 13.1.2. DC Type 13-569 12.1. Pushbuttons 12-512 13.2. Residual Current Devices 13-570 12.1.1. Standard Range 12-512 13.3. Auxiliary Elements & Accessories 13-574 12.1.2. Heavy Duty Range 12-514 13.3.1. Suit AC MCB, RCD & RCBO 13-574 12.1.3. IP69K Range 12-516 13.3.2. Suit DC Circuit Breakers 13-575 12.2. Pilot Lights 12-518 13.4. Busbars & Accessories 13-576 12.2.1. Standard Range 12-518 13.5. Enclosed Isolator 13-578 12.2.2. Heavy Duty Range 12-519 13.6. MCB Consumer Enclosures 13-579 12.2.3. IP69K Range 12-520 13.7. Switches 13-580 12.3. Emergency Stop Pushbuttons 12-521 13.7.1. Load Break Switches 13-580 12.3.1. Standard Range 12-521 13.7.2. Switch Disconnectors 13-583 12.3.2. Heavy Duty Range 12-522 13.7.3. Change Over Switches 13-585 12.3.3. IP69K Range 12-522 13.7.4. Optional Handles 13-587 12.4. Selector Switches (2 & 3 Positions) 12-523 13.7.5. Extended Shafts 13-589 12.4.1. Standard Range 12-523 13


Table of Contents

13.7.6. Auxiliary Contacts 13.7.7. Fourth Poles & Neutral Links 13.7.8. Terminal Shrouds 13.7.9. Conversion Kits 13.8. Fuse Switch Disconnectors 13.9. Vacuum Contactors 14. Motor Control & Protection 14.1. Variable Speed Drives Selection Guide 14.1.1. Micro Drives 14.1.2. Fan & Pump 14.1.3. Machinery 14.1.4. General Purpose 14.1.5. HVAC 14.1.6. Water & Wastewater 14.1.7. Industrial 14.1.8. DC Drives 14.2. Motor Protection Relays 14.2.1. Motor Temperature Monitoring Relay 14.2.2. The Vision Relay Range 14.2.3. Retrofit/Replacement 14.3. Soft Starters 14.3.1. Overview 14.3.2. Compact Range up to 105A 14.3.3. Efficient Range up to 370A 14.3.4. Advanced range up to 1050A 14.4. Contactors 14.4.1. 3-Pole AC Operated 14.4.2. 3-Pole DC Operated 14.4.3. 3-Pole AC/DC Operated 14.4.4. 4-Pole AC/DC Operated 14.4.5. A & AF Series Accessories 14.4.6. AF 09‌AF 38 Accessories 14.5. Thermal Overload Relays 14.6. Manual Motor Starters 14.7. Enclosed Starters 14.7.1. D.O.L. Starters 14.7.2. YRA Star Delta Starters 14.7.3. WRA Reversing Starters 15. Energy Management Selection Guide Overview 15.1. Power Meters 15.2. Energy Consumption Meters 15.3. Multi-Tenant Submetering 15.4. Power Quality Analyzers 15.5. Power Quality Revenue Meters 15.6. Power Factor Manager 15.7. Portable Analyzers 15.8. Current Sensors 15.9. Current Transformers

14

13-590 15.10. Split-Core Current Transformers 15-673 13-592 15.11. Current Transducers 15-675 13-593 15.12. Current Switches 15-676 13-594 15.13. Software 15-677 13-596 15.13.1. Power Analysis 15-677 13-600 15.13.2. ExpertPower 15-678 14-602 15.14. On Site Testing Services 15-679 14-604 16. Lightning & Surge Protection 16-680 14-604 Section Guide Overview 16-682 14-606 A Systematic Approach 16-682 14-608 Key Product Features 16-683 14-609 Product Specification Reference Terms 16-684 14-611 16.1. Power Protection 16-685 14-613 Selecting Power Protection 16-685 14-614 16.1.1. Surge Diverters 16-686 14-615 16.1.2. High Voltage Surge Diverters 16-691 14-618 16.1.3. Spark Gap Arresters 16-692 14-620 16.1.4. Hybrid Spark Gap Arresters 16-693 14-620 16.1.5. Series Surge Protectors 16-694 14-620 16.1.6. Surge Filters 16-696 14-622 16.2. Process Control Protection 16-704 14-624 Selecting Process Control Protection 16-704 14-624 16.2.1. Twisted Pair Signal Protection 16-706 14-626 16.2.2. High Current Signal Line Protectors 16-709 14-627 16.2.3. Multiline Signal Protection 16-710 14-628 16.2.4. Serial Port Protection 16-711 14-630 16.2.5. Load Cell Protection 16-712 14-630 16.3. LAN & CCTV Protection 16-713 14-630 16.3.1. Coaxial CCTV Protection 16-713 14-631 16.3.2. CCTV Protection 16-715 14-633 16.3.3. LAN Protection 16-716 14-635 16.4. Coaxial Protection 16-717 14-638 Selecting Coaxial Protection 16-717 14-640 16.4.1. RF Equipment Protection 16-718 14-642 16.5. Telephone Protection 16-724 14-648 16-724 16.5.1. KP KRONE-LSAÂŽ 14-648 16.5.2. RJ Modular Plug Protection 16-725 14-649 16.6. Intrinsically Safe 16-726 14-649 16.6.1. IS Signal Line Protectors 16-726 15-650 16.6.2. IS High Speed Signal Line Protectors 16-727 15-652 16.6.3. IS Series Surge Protectors 16-728 16.6.4. IS Instrument Protectors 16-729 15-654 16.6.5. IS Load Cell Protectors 16-730 15-659 16.7. Special Products 16-731 15-660 16.7.1. Surge Indicator Panel 16-731 15-661 16.7.2. EC Earth Clamp 16-732 15-665 16.7.3. Cable Bonding Kit 16-734 16.7.4. Transient Surge Counter 16-735 15-666 16.8. Overview 16-736 15-667 Standards & Safety 16-736 15-668 Risk Assessment 16-736 15-669 Surge Ratings 16-737 Installation 16-738

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


17. Termination & Wiring Systems 17.1. Screw Connection Terminals Overview 17.1.1. Standard Feed Through Terminals 17.1.2. High Current Terminals 17.1.3. Bolt Connection Terminals 17.1.4. Double-Deck Terminals 17.1.5. Multilevel Terminals 17.1.6. Sensor Terminals 17.1.7. Disconnect Terminals 17.1.8. Test & Disconnect Terminals 17.1.9. Fuse Terminals 17.2. Spring Clamp Terminals Overview 17.2.1. Standard Feed Through Terminals 17.2.2. Double-Deck & Multilevel Terminals 17.2.3. Sensor Terminals 17.2.4. Disconnect Terminals 17.2.5. Fuse & Disconnect Terminals 17.2.6. Multi Input/Output Terminals 17.3. Warning Labels 17.4. Markers 17.5. Din-Rail 17.6. Wiring Duct 17.7. Typical Specifications index Product Code Index Terms and Conditions of Sale Disclaimer

17-740 17-742 17-742 17-743 17-745 17-746 17-747 17-748 17-749 17-750 17-751 17-752 17-753 17-753 17-754 17-756 17-757 17-758 17-759 17-760 17-761 17-761 17-762 17-762 17-763 764 765 782 784

15


1

1. Relays & Timers Section Guide Overview

Section 1

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

1.1.1. Micro

1.1.1.1. AM1 Series

1-16

Discount Code C13

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


Relays & timers 1. Relays & Timers Section Guide Overview 1.1. Power Relays 1.2. Interface Relays 1.3. Solid State Relays 1.4. Monitoring Relays 1.5. Analog Multi-Function Timers 1.6. Digital Multi-Function Timers 1.7. Star Delta Start Timers 1.8. Power Off Delay Timers 1.9. Cyclic Twin Timers 1.10. Time / Clock Switch 1.11. Hour Run Meters

1-16 1-18 1-20 1-29 1-30 1-31 1-33 1-36 1-39 1-40 1-41 1-42 1-43

1-17


1

1. Relays & Timers Section Guide Overview

Relay Selection Chart

0 - 6A

1 Pole

0 - 10A

0 - 30A

0 - 7A

Electro-Mechanical

2 Pole 0 - 10A

0 - 20A

Solid State

1-18

3 Pole

0 - 10A

4 Pole

0 - 6A

0 - 40A

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


Section Guide Overview

1

PIR6W-1P Series

Page 1-29

RM87N Series

Page 1-20

HN Series

Page 1-25

HE Series

Page 1-28

Standard

HJ Series

Page 1-26

RM84 Series

Page 1-20

HN Series

Page 1-25

Slimline

R2 Series

Page 1-22

R15 Series

Page 1-24

HL Series

Page 1-27

HE Series

Page 1-28

R15 Series

Page 1-24

R4 Series

Page 1-22

HJ Series

Page 1-26

AQ-A Series

Page 1-30

1-19


1

1. Relays & Timers 1.1. Power Relays

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

Discount Code C13

RM87N Series Order Codes Contact

Contact Rating

LED Indication

Gold Flashed Contacts

Coil Type

Code

1 C/O

12A

No

No

12VDC

RM87N-2011-25-1012

No

24VDC

RM87N-2011-25-1024

Yes

24VDC

RM87N-2311-25-1024

No

48VDC

RM87N-2011-25-1048

No

110VDC

RM87N-2011-25-1110

No

12VAC

RM87N-2011-25-5012

No

24VAC

RM87N-2011-25-5024

No

48VAC

RM87N-2011-25-5048

No

110VAC

RM87N-2011-25-5110

No

240VAC

RM87N-2011-25-5240

RM84 Series Order Codes Contact

Contact Rating

LED Indication

Gold Flashed Contacts

Coil Type

Code

2 C/O

8A

No

No

12VDC

RM84-2012-25-1012

No

24VDC

RM84-2012-25-1024

Yes

24VDC

RM84-2312-25-1024

No

48VDC

RM84-2012-25-1048

No

110VDC

RM84-2012-25-1110

No

12VAC

RM84-2012-25-5012

No

24VAC

RM84-2012-25-5024

No

48VAC

RM84-2012-25-5048

No

110VAC

RM84-2012-25-5110

No

240VAC

RM84-2012-25-5240

Accessories Order Codes Description

For use with

Code

Single Pole DIN Rail Base

RM87N Relays

GZT92

Double Pole DIN Rail Base

RM84 Relays

GZT80

Ejector Style Relay Clip

GZT92, GZM92, GZT80 & GZM80 Bases

GZT80-0040

GZM92 GZM80 Wire Style Relay Clip Description Plate Interconnection Strip

1-20

GZM80-0041 GZT80-0035 ZGGZ80

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


1.1. Power Relays

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

1

Discount Code C13

GZT92

GZT80 / GZT92

GZT80

GZT92

GZM80 / GZM92

GZM80

GZM92

GZT80

GZM92

GZM80

GZT80-0040

GZT80-0035

ZGGZ80

Indication & Protection Modules Order Codes - Indication Modules

M61G

Description

Voltage

Green LED

6-24VDC

Layout

Code M61G

Red LED

6-24VAC

M61R

Green LED

24-60VDC

M62G

Red LED

24-60VAC

M62R

Green LED

110-240VDC

M63G

Red LED

110-240VAC

M63R

Order Codes - Protection Modules Description

Voltage

Polarisation- Green LED

6-24VDC

M41G

24-60VDC

M42G

110-240VDC

M43G

6-24VAC

M51

24-60VAC

M52

110-240VAC

M53

Module RC M41G

Layout

Code

1-21


1

1. Relays & Timers 1.1. Power Relays

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

Discount Code C13

R2 Series Order Codes Contact

Contact Rating

LED Indication

2 C/O

12A

Yes

Gold Flashed Contacts

Coil Type

Code

No

12VDC

R2-2012-23-1012-WTL

No

24VDC

R2-2012-23-1024-WTL

Yes

24VDC

R2-2112-23-1024-WTL

No

48VDC

R2-2012-23-1048-WTL

No

110VDC

R2-2012-23-1110-WTL

No

12VAC

R2-2012-23-5012-WTL

No

24VAC

R2-2012-23-5024-WTL

No

48VAC

R2-2012-23-5048-WTL

No

110VAC

R2-2012-23-5110-WTL

No

240VAC

R2-2012-23-5240-WTL

R4 Series Order Codes

1-22

Contact

Contact Rating

LED Indication

Gold Flashed Contacts

Coil Type

Code

4 C/O

6A

Yes

No

12VDC

R4-2014-23-1012-WTL

No

24VDC

R4-2014-23-1024-WTL

Yes

24VDC

R4-2114-23-1024-WTL

No

48VDC

R4-2014-23-1048-WTL

No

110VDC

R4-2014-23-1110-WTL

No

12VAC

R4-2014-23-5012-WTL

No

24VAC

R4-2014-23-5024-WTL

No

48VAC

R4-2014-23-5048-WTL

No

110VAC

R4-2014-23-5110-WTL

No

240VAC

R4-2014-23-5240-WTL

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


1.1. Power Relays

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

1

Discount Code C13

Accessories

GZM2

Order Codes Description

For use with

Code

Two Pole DIN Rail Base

R2 Relays

GZT2

Four Pole DIN Rail Base

R4 Relays

Ejector Style Relay Clip

GZT2, GZM2, GZT4 & GZM4 Bases

GZM2 GZT2

GZT4 GZM4

Wire Style Relay Clip

GZT4-0040 G4 1052

Description Plate

GZT4-0035

Interconnection Strip

ZGGZ4

GZM4

GZM2

GZT2

GZM4

GZT4

GZT4

GZT4-0040

GZT4-0035

ZGGZ4

Indication & Protection Modules Order Codes - Indication Modules

M61G

Description

Voltage

Green LED

6-24VDC

Layout

Code M61G

Red LED

6-24VAC

M61R

Green LED

24-60VDC

M62G

Red LED

24-60VAC

M62R

Green LED

110-240VDC

M63G

Red LED

110-240VAC

M63R

Order Codes - Protection Modules Description

Voltage

Polarisation- Green LED

6-24VDC

M41G

24-60VDC

M42G

110-240VDC

M43G

6-24VAC

M51

24-60VAC

M52

110-240VAC

M53

Module RC M41G

Layout

Code

1-23


1

1. Relays & Timers 1.1. Power Relays

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

Discount Code C13

R15 Series Order Codes Contact

Contact Rating

LED Indication

Test Button

Coil Type

Code

2 C/O

10A

Yes

Yes

12VDC

R15-2012-23-1012-WTL

24VDC

R15-2012-23-1024-WTL

48VDC

R15-2012-23-1048-WTL

110VDC

R15-2012-23-1110-WTL

12VAC

R15-2012-23-5012-WTL

24VAC

R15-2012-23-5024-WTL

48VAC

R15-2012-23-5048-WTL

110VAC

R15-2012-23-5110-WTL

3 C/O

10A

Yes

Yes

240VAC

R15-2012-23-5240-WTL

12VDC

R15-2013-23-1012-WTL

24VDC

R15-2013-23-1024-WTL

48VDC

R15-2013-23-1048-WTL

110VDC

R15-2013-23-1110-WTL

12VAC

R15-2013-23-5012-WTL

24VAC

R15-2013-23-5024-WTL

48VAC

R15-2013-23-5048-WTL

110VAC

R15-2013-23-5110-WTL

240VAC

R15-2013-23-5240-WTL

Accessories Description

For use with

Code

8 Pin DIN Rail Base

2 Pole Relays

PZ8

11 Pin DIN Rail Base

3 Pole Relays

PZ11

2 Contact Version (PZ8)

3 Contact Version (PZ11)

1-24

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


1.1. Power Relays

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

1

Discount Code C8

HN Series Order Codes Contact

Contact Rating

LED Indication

Diode

Coil Type

Code

1 C/O

10A

Yes

No

24VAC

AHN11124

110VAC

AHN111X1

240VAC

AHN111Y2

12VDC

AHN12112

24VDC

AHN12124

2 C/O

5A

Yes

48VDC

AHN12148

Yes

12VDC

AHN12312

24VDC

AHN12324

No

24VAC

AHN21124

110VAC

AHN211X1

240VAC

AHN211Y2

12VDC

AHN22112

Yes

24VDC

AHN22124

12VDC

AHN22312

24VDC

AHN22324

Accessories Description

For use with

Code

DIN Rail Base

1 Pole Relays

AHNA11P

2 Pole Relays

AHNA21P

HN1

HN2

1-25


1

1. Relays & Timers 1.1. Power Relays

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

Discount Code C8

HJ Series Order Codes Contact

Contact Rating

LED Indication

Test Button

Coil Type

Code

2 C/O

7A

Yes

No

24VAC

HJ2-L-AC24V

120VAC

HJ2-L-AC120V

240VAC

HJ2-L-AC240V

4 C/O

2 C/O

4 C/O

5A

7A

5A

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

24VDC

HJ2-L-DC24V

24VAC

HJ4-L-AC24V

120VAC

HJ4-L-AC120V

240VAC

HJ4-L-AC240V

24VDC

HJ4-L-DC24V

24VAC

HJ2-L-T-AC24V

120VAC

HJ2-L-T-AC120V

240VAC

HJ2-L-T-AC240V

24VDC

HJ2-L-T-DC24V

24VAC

HJ4-L-T-AC24V

120VAC

HJ4-L-T-AC120V

240VAC

HJ4-L-T-AC240V

Accessories Description

For use with

Code

DIN Rail Base

2 Pole Relays

HJ2-SFD-S

4 Pole Relays

HJ4-SFD-S

HJ2

HJ4

1-26

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


1.1. Power Relays

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

1

Discount Code C8

HL Series Order Codes Contact

Contact Rating

LED Indication

Coil Type

Code

2 C/O

10A

Yes

24VAC

HL2-L-AC24V

120VAC

HL2-L-AC120V

240VAC

HL2-L-AC240V

24VDC

HL2-L-DC24V

Accessories Description

For use with

Code

DIN Rail Base

2 Pole Relays

AHKA21P

HL

1-27


1

1. Relays & Timers 1.1. Power Relays

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

Discount Code C8

HE Series Order Codes Contact

Contact Rating

Terminal Type

Coil Type

Code

1 N/O

30A

Spade

24VAC

HE1AN-AC24V

120VAC

HE1AN-AC120V

240VAC

HE1AN-AC240V

Screw

2 N/O

20A

Spade

Screw

24VDC

HE1AN-DC24V

24VAC

HE1AN-S-AC24V

120VAC

HE1AN-S-AC120V

240VAC

HE1AN-S-AC240V

24VDC

HE1AN-S-DC24V

24VAC

HE2AN-AC24V

120VAC

HE2AN-AC120V

240VAC

HE2AN-AC240V

24VDC

HE2AN-DC24V

24VAC

HE2AN-S-AC24V

120VAC

HE2AN-S-AC120V

240VAC

HE2AN-S-AC240V

24VDC

HE2AN-S-DC24V

HE1

HE2

1-28

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


1.2. Interface Relays

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

1

Discount Code C13

PIR6W-1P Series 6mm Interface Relays • • •

Standard relays mounted on socket equipped with LED and protection circuit 1 C/O, 6A thermal current, 6mm wide Screw connector terminal socket type

Order Codes - Complete with Relay & Socket

ZG20-1

Contact

Contact Rating

LED Indication

Gold Flashed Contacts

Coil Type

Code

1 C/O

6A

Yes

No

12VDC

PIR6W-1P-12VDC

No

24VAC/DC

PIR6W-1P-24VAC/DC

Yes

24VAC/DC

PIR6W-1P-24VAC/DC-01

No

115VAC/DC

PIR6W-1P-115VAC/DC

No

230VAC/DC

PIR6W-1P-230VAC/DC

Accessories Description

Code

Interconnection Strip - Red

ZG20-1

Interconnection Strip - Black

ZG20-2

Interconnection Strip - Blue

ZG20-3

ZG20-2

ZG20-3

PI6W-1246

Order Codes - Replacement Relays Coil Type

Gold Flashed Contacts

For use with socket

Code

12VDC

No

PI6W-1P-12VDC

RM699BV-3011-85-1012

24VDC

No

PI6W-1P-24VAC/DC

RM699BV-3011-85-1024

24VDC

Yes

PI6W-1P-24VAC/DC

RM699BV-3211-85-1024

24VDC

No

PI6W-1P-115VAC/DC

RM699BV-3011-85-1024

60VDC

No

PI6W-1P-230VAC/DC

RM699BV-3011-85-1060

Operating Voltage

For use with relay

Code

12VDC

RM699BV-3011-85-1012

PI6W-1P-12VDC

24VAC/DC

RM699BV-3011-85-1024

PI6W-1P-24VAC/DC

24VAC/DC

RM699BV-3211-85-1024

PI6W-1P-24VAC/DC

115VAC/DC

RM699BV-3011-85-1024

PI6W-1P-115VAC/DC

230VAC/DC

RM699BV-3011-85-1060

PI6W-1P-230VAC/DC

Order Codes - Replacement Sockets

1-29


1

1. Relays & Timers 1.3. Solid State Relays

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

Discount Code C8

AQ-A Series Order Codes Load Current

Control Voltage

Load Voltage

LED Indication

Varistor

Zero Cross Switching

Code

15A

4-32VDC

75-250VAC

Yes

Yes

Yes

AQA211VL AQA411VL

25A

AQA611VL

40A 15A

4-32VDC

75-250VAC

Yes

Yes

No

AQA621VL

40A 30A

AQA221VL AQA421VL

25A 4-32VDC

100VDC

Yes

N/A

N/A

AQAD551DL

Accessories Description

Code

Standard Heat Sink (15A)

AQP-HS-J10A

Standard Heat Sink (25A)

AQP- HS-30/40A

Standard Heat Sink (40A)

AQP-HS-J25A

Slim Heat Sink (DIN Rail Mount)

AQP-HS-SJ20A

DIN Rail Mounting Plate

AQP-DPJ

Terminal Cover

AQA801

AQP-HS-J10A

AQP-HS-J25A

1-30

AQP-HS-30/40A

AQP-HS-SJ20A

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


1.4. Monitoring Relays

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

1

Discount Code C13

MR-EU1W1P

Single Phase Voltage Monitoring Relay • • • •

Voltage monitoring for 1-phase mains Multifunction monitoring relay Minimum value supervision with the hysteresis mode Supply voltage = measuring voltage

Order Code Relay Type

Phases Monitored

Parameters Monitored

Output

Code

Voltage

1

Under voltage monitoring Voltage monitoring between MIN & MAX values

1 C/O 5A

MR-EU1W1P

Functions

UNDER - Under voltage monitoring

LED U - Supply Voltage LED LED MAX - Max Voltage LED LED MIN - Min Voltage LED

MR-EU3W1P

WIN - Voltage monitoring in window function between MIN & MAX values

- Output Relay

Max - Max Voltage Min - Min Voltage

Three Phase Voltage Monitoring Relay • • • • •

Voltage monitoring for 3-phase mains Monitoring of phase sequence and phase failure Monitoring of asymmetry Connection of neutral wire optional Supply voltage = measuring voltage

Order Code Relay Type

Phases Monitored

Parameters Monitored

Output

Code

Voltage

3

Phase Sequence Phase Failure Asymmetry

1 C/O 5A

MR-EU3M1P

Functions

Phase sequence monitoring

Phase failure monitoring

Asymmetry monitoring

LED U - Supply Voltage LED

- Output Relay

Asym. - Asymmetry

1-31


1

1. Relays & Timers 1.4. Monitoring Relays

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

Discount Code C13

MR-EI1W1P

Single Phase Current Monitoring Relay • • • •

AC current monitoring in 1-phase mains Multifunction monitoring relays Hysteresis mode and the possibility of setting the tripping delay Supply voltage 230 V AC

Order Code Relay Type

Phases Monitored

Parameters Monitored

Output

Code

Current

1

Over current monitoring Under current monitoring Current monitoring between MIN and MAX values

1 C/O 5A

MR-EI1W1P

Functions

OVER, OVER+LATCH - Over current monitoring, over current monitoring with fault latch

WIN, WIN+LATCH - Current monitoring in window function between MIN and MAX values, current monitoring in window function between MIN and MAX values with fault latch

UNDER, UNDER+LATCH - Under current monitoring, under current monitoring with fault latch

LED U - Supply Voltage LED LED MAX - Max Current LED LED MIN - Min Current LED Latch - Latched Output

- Output Relay

Max - Max Current Min - Min Current

1-32

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


1.5. Analog Multi-Function Timers

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

1

Discount Code C13

MT-TUA / MT-TUB Series • • •

Multifunction Time Relay (10 Time Functions; 8 Time Ranges) 12-240V AC/DC input DIN rail mount

Order Codes Description

Timing Functions

Contact Type

Contact Rating

Code

Multifunction DIN Rail Timer

E, Wu, Bp, Bi, T, R, Ws, Wa, Esa, B

1 C/O

10A

MT-TUA-17S-11-9240

E, Wu, Bp, Bi, Ra, Esf, Wi, Wst, Est, Esp

1 C/O

10A

MT-TUB-17S-11-9240

Functions MT-TUA

E - ON delay.

Bi - Symmetrical cyclical operation pulse first.

Ws - Single shot for the set interval triggered by closing of the control contact S.

Wu - ON for the set interval.

T - Generation of the 0,5 s pulse after the interval T.

Wa - ON for the set interval triggered with the control contact S.

Bp - Symmetrical cyclical operation pause first.

R - OFF delay with the control contact S.

B - Cyclical operation controlled with closing of the control contact S.

Ra - OFF delay with the control contact S, without extension of the interval T.

Esf - ON delay with the control contact S without the interval T extension.

Esa - ON and OFF delay with the control contact S.

Est - ON delay with closing of the control contact, with the interval T extended.

Esp - ON delay - one cycle, with the control contact S.

Note: U - supply voltage; R - output state of the relay; S - control contact state; T - measured time; t - time axis Wst - ON for the set interval by closing the control contact S, with extension of the interval T - extension of the time of switching on the output relay R.

Wi - ON for the set interval controlled by closing of the control contact S, with the function of switching off the output relay R prior to the lapse of the interval T.

1-33


1

1. Relays & Timers 1.5. Analog Multi-Function Timers

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

Discount Code C13

PM4H-A/S/M Series Order Codes Operation Mode

Contact

Time Ranges

IP Rating

Terminal type

Operating Voltage

Code

• Pulse ON-delay • Pulse Flicker • Pulse ON-flicker • Differential ON/OFFdelay • Signal OFF-delay • Pulse One-shot • Pulse One-cycle

2 C/O

16 Selectable Ranges (1s to 500h)

IP50

11 Pin

24VAC/DC

PM4HA-H-24V

12VDC

PM4HA-H-DC12V

240VAC

PM4HA-H-AC240V

Screw

240VAC

PM4HA-H-AC240VS

IP65

11 Pin

240VAC

PM4HA-H-AC240VW

Power ON-delay

2 C/O

IP50

8 Pin

24VAC/DC

PM4HS-H-24V

Screw

24VAC/DC

PM4HS-H-24VS

8 Pin

12VDC

PM4HS-H-DC12V

12VDC

PM4HS-H-DC12VS

240VAC

PM4HS-H-AC240V

Screw

240VAC

PM4HS-H-AC240VS

IP65

8 Pin

240VAC

PM4HS-H-AC240VW

IP50

8 Pin

24VAC/DC

PM4HM-H-24V

12VDC

PM4HM-H-DC12V

240VAC

PM4HM-H-AC240V

240VAC

PM4HM-H-AC240VW

(With instantaneous contact) • Power ON-delay • Power Flicker • Power ON-flicker • Power One-shot • Power One-cycle

2 C/O

16 Selectable Ranges (1s to 500h)

16 Selectable Ranges (1s to 500h)

IP65

8 Pin

Accessories Description

For use with

Code

8 Pin Socket - DIN Rail

8 Pin Timers

AT8-DF8K AT8-R8K

8 Pin Socket – Rear Termination 11 Pin Socket - DIN Rail

11 Pin Timers

AT8-DF11K AT8-R11K

11 Pin Socket – Rear Termination Panel Mounting Frame

All Models

AT8-DA4

Rubber Gasket

IP65 Models

ATC18002

Screw Terminal Type

Pin Type

1-34

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


1.5. Analog Multi-Function Timers

1

PM4H-A Pulse ON-Delay

Pulse Flicker

Pulse ON-Flicker

Differential ON/OFF-Delay (1)

Signal OFF-Delay

Pulse One-Shot

Differential ON/OFF-Delay (2)

Pulse One-Cycle

PM4H-S Power ON-Delay

PM4H-M

Power ON-Delay

Note: All other timing functions for PM4H-M as per PM4H-A.

1-35


1

1. Relays & Timers 1.6. Digital Multi-Function Timers

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

Discount Code L3

CUB5T Series • • • • • • • • • • •

LCD, Reflective or Red/Green LED Backlighting 11.7 mm High Digits 7-Digit Bi-Directional Timing Capability 6-Digit Cycle Counting Capability Optional Serial Communication Modules (RS-232 or RS-485) Optional Setpoint Card available (Single Relay) Optional USB Programming Card available Selectable Timer Ranges and Operating Modes Elapsed Timer and Preset Timer Functionality Display Colour Change Capability at Preset Output IP65 Front Bezel

Order Codes Display

Signal Input Types

Outputs

Power Supply

Code

Reflective

Dip-Switch Selectable Switch Contacts NPN PNP

Field Upgradable (See option cards below)

9-28VDC

CUB5TR00

Red/Green Backlight

CUB5TB00

Accessories Description

Code

Single Setpoint Relay Output Card

CUB5RLY0

Dual Setpoint NPN Output Card

CUB5SNK0

RS485 Serial Communications Card

CUB5COM1

RS232 Serial Communications Card

CUB5COM2

USB Programming Option Card

CUB5USB0

USB Programming Cable Type A-Mini B

CBLUSB01

Integrated Power Supply, 85 to 250 VAC

MLPS1000

Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single units

ENC8A000

Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for units with an MLPS1 attached

ENC8B000

C48T Series

• • • •

Single or Dual Preset 2 Line, 6 Digit LCD Display 12 Timer Range Modes IP65 Front Bezel

Order Codes Display

Signal Input Type

Outputs

Power Source

Code

Reflective

No Voltage Contact Closure PNP or NPN Max. 30VDC

1 x Relay 1 x NPN

18-36VDC / 24VAC

C48TS013

85 to 250VAC

C48TS003

No Voltage Contact Closure PNP or NPN Max. 30VDC

1 x Relay 1 x NPN

18-36VDC / 24VAC

C48TS113

85 to 250VAC

C48TS103

No Voltage Contact Closure PNP or NPN Max. 30VDC

2 x Relay

18-36VDC / 24VAC

C48TD012

85 to 250VAC

C48TD002

No Voltage Contact Closure PNP or NPN Max. 30VDC

2 x Relay

18-36VDC / 24VAC

C48TD112

85 to 250VAC

C48TD102

Red / Green Backlight Reflective Red / Green Backlight

Accessories

1-36

Description

Code

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit

ENC11A00

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units

ENC11B00

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


1.6. Digital Multi-Function Timers

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

1

Discount Code L3

PAXCK Series - Preset Timer / Real Time Clock • • • • • • • • • •

6 Digit, 14.2 mm LED Display Elapsed Timer w/Preset Capability Real-Time Clock Capability 4 Separate Displays - Timer, Counter, Real-Time Clock, and Date Cycle Counting Capability Programmable Function Keys/User inputs Optional Four Setpoint Alarm Outputs Optional Communications and Bus Capabilities PC Software Available for Meter Configuration IP65 Front Bezel

Order Codes Display

Signal Input Types

Outputs

Power Supply

Code

Red LED

Dip-Switch Selectable Switch Contacts NPN PNP

Field Upgradable (See option cards below)

85-250VAC

PAXCK000

11-36VDC 24VAC

PAXCK010

Accessories Description

Code

Dual Setpoint Relay Output Card

PAXCDS10

Quad Setpoint Relay Output Card

PAXCDS20

Quad Setpoint NPN Output Card

PAXCDS30

Quad Setpoint PNP Output Card

PAXCDS40

RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block

PAXCDC10

Extended RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector

PAXCDC1C

RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block

PAXCDC20

Extended RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ DB9 Connector

PAXCDC2C

DeviceNet Communications Card

PAXCDC30

Modbus Communications Card

PAXCDC40

Extended Modbus Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector

PAXCDC4C

Profibus-DP Communications Card

PAXCDC50

Analog Output Card

PAXCDL10

Ethernet Communications Gateway

ICM80000

DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit for PAX

BMK90000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit

ENC5B000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units

ENC5C000

1-37


1

1. Relays & Timers 1.6. Digital Multi-Function Timers

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

Discount Code C8

LT4H Series Order Codes Operation Mode

Contact

Time Ranges

IP Rating

Terminal type

Operating Voltage

Code

Power ON delay Power ON delay Signal ON delay Signal OFF delay Pulse One-shot Pulse ON-delay Signal Flicker Totalizing ON-delay

2 C/O

9.999s 99.99s 999.9s 9999s 99 min 59 s 999.9min 99h 59min 999.9

IP66

8 Pin

24VAC/DC

LT4HL8-AC24V

12-24VDC

LT4HL8-DC24V

100-240VAC

LT4HL8-AC240V

9.999s 99.99s 999.9s 9999s 99 min 59 s 999.9min 99h 59min 999.9

IP66

24VAC

LT4H-AC24V

12-24VDC

LT4H-DC24V

100-240VAC

LT4H-AC240V

24VAC

LT4H8-AC24V

12-24VDC

LT4H8-DC24V

100-240VAC

LT4H8-AC240V

Screw

12-24VDC

LT4H-DC24VS

99.99s 999.9s 9999s 99min 59s 999.9min 99h 59min 999.9h 9999h

IP66

11 Pin

24VAC

LT4HW-AC24V

12-24VDC

LT4HW-DC24V

100-240VAC

LT4HW-AC240V

24VAC

LT4HW8-AC24V

12-24VDC

LT4HW8-DC24V

100-240VAC

LT4HW8-AC240V

Power ON delay Power 2 C/O ON delay Signal ON delay Signal OFF delay Pulse One-shot Pulse ON-delay Signal Flicker Totalizing ON-delay

Pulse input: Delayed one shot OFFstart flicker ON-start flicker Integrating input: Delayed one shot OFF-start flicker ON-start flicker

2 C/O

11 Pin

8 Pin

8 Pin

Accessories Description

For use with

Code

8 Pin Socket - DIN Rail

8 Pin Timers

AT8-DF8K AT8-R8K

8 Pin Socket – Rear Termination 11 Pin Socket - DIN Rail

11 Pin Timers

Panel Mounting Frame

1-38

AT8-DF11K AT8-R11K

11 Pin Socket – Rear Termination All Models

AT8-DA4

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


1.7. Star Delta Start Timers

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

Discount Code C8

1

Discount Code C13

MT-TSD Series • • •

Star-Delta start-up with independently controlled times T1 and T2 AC/DC input voltages DIN-Rail Mount

Order Codes Description

Contact Type

Contact Rating

Code

Star Delta Start Timer

2 x 1 C/O

10A

MT-TSD-17S-11-9240

Functions

SD - Star-Delta start-up.

PM4H-SD/SDM Series Order Codes Operation Mode

Contact

Time Ranges

IP Rating

Terminal type

Operating Voltage

Code

Star Delta Timer

1 N/O Star 1 N/O Delta

0.2 sec to 100 sec

IP50

8 Pin

240VAC

PM4HSD-S-AC240V

1 N/O Star 1 N/O Delta 1 Instantaneous

0.2 sec to 100 sec

IP50

8 Pin

24VAC

PM4HSD-S-AC24V

240VAC

PM4HSDM-S-AC240V

24VAC

PM4HSDM-S-AC24V

Accessories Description

For use with

Code

8 Pin Socket - DIN Rail

8 Pin Timers

AT8-DF8K AT8-R8K

8 Pin Socket – Rear Termination Panel Mounting Frame

All Models

AT8-DA4

1-39


1

1. Relays & Timers 1.8. Power Off Delay Timers

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

Discount Code C8

PM4H-F8/F8R Series Order Codes Operation Mode

Contact

Time Ranges

IP Rating

Terminal type

Operating Voltage

Code

Power OFF Delay (without reset)

2 C/O

1sec to 10sec

IP50

8 Pin

12VDC

PM4HF8-S-DC12V

24VDC

PM4HF8-S-DC24V

120VAC

PM4HF8-S-AC120V

240VAC

PM4HF8-S-AC240V

24VAC

PM4HF8-S-AC24V

12VDC

PM4HF8-M-DC12V

24VDC

PM4HF8-M-DC24V

120VAC

PM4HF8-M-AC120V

240VAC

PM4HF8-M-AC240V

1min to 10min

Power OFF Delay (with Instantaneous reset)

1 C/O

1sec to 10sec

1min to 10min

IP50

IP50

IP50

8 Pin

8 Pin

8 Pin

24VAC

PM4HF8-M-AC24V

24VDC

PM4HF8R-S-DC24V

120VAC

PM4HF8R-S-AC120V

240VAC

PM4HF8R-S-AC240V

24VAC

PM4HF8R-S-AC24V

12VDC

PM4HF8R-M-DC12V

24VDC

PM4HF8R-M-DC24V

120VAC

PM4HF8R-M-AC120V

240VAC

PM4HF8R-M-AC240V

24VAC

PM4HF8R-M-AC24V

Accessories Description

For use with

Code

8 Pin Socket - DIN Rail

8 Pin Timers

AT8-DF8K AT8-R8K

8 Pin Socket – Rear Termination Panel Mounting Frame

All Models

AT8-DA4

Screw Terminal Type

PM4H-F8 - without reset

Pin Type

1-40

PM4H-F8 - with reset

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


1.9. Cyclic Twin Timers

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

1

Discount Code C8

PM4H-W Series Order Codes Operation Mode

Contact

Time Ranges

IP Rating

Terminal type

Operating Voltage

Code

Cyclic Twin Timer

2 N/O

16 Selectable Ranges 1 sec to 500h

IP50

8 Pin

12VDC

PM4HW-H-DC12V

8 Pin

24VAC/DC

PM4HW-H-24V

8 Pin

240VAC

PM4HW-H-AC240V

Accessories Description

For use with

Code

8 Pin Socket - DIN Rail

8 Pin Timers

AT8-DF8K AT8-R8K

8 Pin Socket – Rear Termination Panel Mounting Frame

AT8-DA4

All Models

Screw Terminal Type

Pin Type

Timing chart

1-41


1

1. Relays & Timers 1.10. Time / Clock Switch

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

Discount Code C8

ATB72 Series • • • • •

Widely used in Swimming Pool Chlorinator units 240V AC Supply 15 minute switching resolution 200 Hour power failure compensation model available 15A resistive load switching capacity

Order Codes Description

Code

Time Switch 72x72 Flush Mount 240VAC

ATB71918

Time Switch 72x72 Flush Mount 240VAC Quartz Backup

ATB75017

TB55/56 Series • • • • •

240V AC supply 15 minute switching resolution 300 Hour power failure compensation model available 16A resistive load switching capacity SPDT contact configuration

Order Codes Type

Description

Code

Daily Time Switch

230VAC, No Backup - DIN-Rail Mounted

TB5590185N

240VAC, 300hr Backup

TB5560187N

230VAC, No Backup, DIN-Rail Mounted

TB5640185N

240VAC, Backup 300hr, DIN-Rail Mounted

TB5630187N

Weekly Time Switch

1-42

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


1.11. Hour Run Meters

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

1

Discount Code L3

CUB7T Series • • • • • • • •

8 Digit, 9 mm LCD Low Voltage Input Model (28 VDC max) - CUB7TC Isolated High Voltage Input (50-250 VDC/VAC) - CUB7TV 9 Programmable Timer Ranges Reflective, Yellow/Green or Red LED Backlighting Internal Lithium Battery Provides up to 7 Years of Typical Uninterrupted Operation Standard Wire Connections or Optional Plug-in Terminal Block IP65 Front Bezel

Order Codes Display

Input Type

Time Ranges

Power Source

Code

Green Backlight

No Voltage / Contact Closure or up to 28VDC

0.001sec 0.01sec 0.1sec 1sec 0.1min

1min 0.01hr 0.1hr 1hr

9 – 28VDC

CUB7TCG0

Battery

CUB7TCS0

0.001sec 0.01sec 0.1sec 1sec 0.1min

1min 0.01hr 0.1hr 1hr

9 – 28VDC

CUB7TVG0

Red Backlight Reflective Green Backlight

50 - 250V AC/DC

Red Backlight Reflective

CUB7TCR0

CUB7TVR0 Battery

CUB7TVS0

Accessories Type

Description

Used With

Code

Plug-in Terminal Block

3 Position Terminal Block

CUB7CCS0

TB100003

4 Position Terminal Block

CUB7CCG0 CUB7CCR0 CUB7CVS0

TB100004

5 Position Terminal Block

CUB7CVG0 CUB7CVR0

TB100005

Enclosure

CUB7 Enclosure

ENC13000

Base Mount

CUB7 Base Mount

BMK80000

CUB5T Series • • • • • • • • • • •

LCD, Reflective or Red/Green LED Backlighting 11.7 mm High Digits 7-Digit Bi-Directional Timing Capability 6-Digit Cycle Counting Capability Optional Serial Communication Modules (RS-232 or RS-485) Optional Setpoint Card available Optional USB Programming Card available Selectable Timer Ranges and Operating Modes Elapsed Timer and Preset Timer Functionality Display Colour Change Capability at Preset Output IP65 Front Bezel

Order Codes Display

Signal Input Types

Outputs

Power Supply

Code

Reflective

Dip-Switch Selectable Switch Contacts NPN PNP

Field Upgradable (See option cards below)

9-28VDC

CUB5TR00

Red/Green Backlight

CUB5TB00

Accessories Description

Code

Single Setpoint Relay Output Card

CUB5RLY0

Dual Setpoint NPN Output Card

CUB5SNK0

RS485 Serial Communications Card

CUB5COM1

RS232 Serial Communications Card

CUB5COM2

USB Programming Option Card

CUB5USB0

USB Programming Cable Type A-Mini B

CBLUSB01

Integrated Power Supply, 85 to 250 VAC

MLPS1000

Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single units

ENC8A000

Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for units with an MLPS1 attached

ENC8B000

1-43


1

1. Relays & Timers 1.11. Hour Run Meters

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

Discount Code C8

LH2H Series • • • •

8.7 mm Digit Height Select by switch between two time ranges in a single meter. Screw Terminals IP66 Protection

Order Codes Terminal type

Operation Mode

Code

Non Voltage Input Type

0 to 999999.9h or 3999d23.9h Selectable

LH2H-F-DHK

0 to 999h59m59s or 9999h59.9m Selectable

LH2H-F-HMK

0 to 999999.9h or 3999d23.9h Selectable

LH2H-F-DHK-DL

0 to 999h59m59s or 9999h59.9m Selectable

LH2H-F-HMK-DL

0 to 999999.9h or 3999d23.9h Selectable

LH2H-F-DHK-FV

0 to 999h59m59s or 9999h59.9m Selectable

LH2H-F-HMK-FV

Voltage Input Type (4.5 to 30VDC)

Free Voltage Input Type (24 to 240VAC/DC)

1-44

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


1.11. Hour Run Meters

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

1

Discount Code C8

TH14/24 Series • • • • •

High-performance compact synchronous motor Common for 50/60 Hz power frequency Flat terminals for easy wiring Rotary indicator (Clockwise, one rotation per 2 minutes). Up to 99,999.9 hours

Order Codes Type

Operating Voltage

Code (Black Front Panel)

Code (Silver Front Panel)

Single Time Hour Measurement (without reset button)

24VAC

TH144

TH144S

48VAC

TH145

TH145S

110VAC

TH146

TH146S

240VAC

TH149

TH149S

24VAC

TH244

TH244S

48VAC

TH245

TH245S

110VAC

TH246

TH246S

240VAC

TH249

TH249S

Single Time Hour Measurement (with reset button)

TH40 Series • • • • •

In a single hour meter, the upper display shows measurement specified per period and the lower display shows the accumulated measured time. High-performance compact synchronous motor Common for 50/60 Hz power frequency. A lever is used to select 50 Hz or 60 Hz. Flat terminals for easy wiring Rotary indicator (Clockwise, one rotation per 2 minutes)

Order Codes Type Duel Indication Hour Measurement

Operating Voltage

Code (Black Front Panel)

Code (Silver Front Panel)

24VAC

TH404

TH404S

48VAC

TH405

TH405S

110VAC

TH406

TH406S

240VAC

TH409

TH409S

1-45


1

1. Relays & Timers 1.11. Hour Run Meters

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

Discount Code C8

TH50 Series • • • • • •

Measurement in units of minutes Reset button. The minutes meter can be reset to zero for repeated measurement. High-performance compact synchronous motor Common for 50/60 Hz power frequency. A lever is used to select 50 Hz or 60 Hz. Flat terminals for easy wiring Rotary indicator (Clockwise, one rotation per 2 seconds)

Order Codes Type

Operating Voltage

Code (Black Front Panel)

Code (Silver Front Panel)

Minutes Run Meter

24VAC

TH504

TH504S

48VAC

TH505

TH505S

110VAC

TH506

TH506S

240VAC

TH509

TH509S

TH63/64 Series • • • • • •

Compact to save panel space Reset button (TH64 series) Wide-ranging measurement display (TH63 series) Flat terminals for easy wiring High-performance synchronous motor with 50/60 Hz selector Rotary indicator (Counterclockwise, one rotation is 72 seconds)

Order Codes Type

Operating Voltage

Code

Half Size Hour Run Meter (without reset button)

24VAC

TH634

48VAC

TH635

110VAC

TH636

240VAC

TH639

24VAC

TH644

48VAC

TH645

110VAC

TH646

240VAC

TH649

Half Size Hour Run Meter (with reset button)

1-46

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


1.11. Hour Run Meters

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

1

Discount Code C8

TH70 Series • • •

Driven on DC power High-performance compact synchronous motor with accurate quartz oscillator • The quartz oscillator helps keep the monthly error shorter than 15 seconds (for 720 hours). • The accurately turning motor is employed to provide for longer period of measurement. Rotary indicator (Clockwise, one rotation per 2 minutes)

Order Codes Type

Operating Voltage

Code (Black Front Panel)

Code (Silver Front Panel)

DC Powered Hour Run Meter

12VDC

TH703

TH703S

24VDC

TH704

TH704S

TH8DC Series • •

IP66 Waterproof construction Includes operation light (LED).

Order Codes Type

Operating Voltage

Code

Water Proof DC Powered Hour Run Meter

12VDC

TH833C

24VDC

TH834C

1-47


2. Position Sensors Section Guide Overview

Section 2

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

2.1.1. Micro

2.1.1.1. AM1 Series

2

2-48

Discount Code C5

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


Position Sensors 2. Position Sensors 2-48 2.1. Limit Switches 2-50 2.1.1. Micro 2-50 2.1.2. Compact 2-51 2.1.3. Medium Duty 2-53 2.1.4. Heavy Duty 2-56 2.1.5. Extra Heavy Duty 2-58 2.2. Pull-Wire Switches 2-59 2.3. Belt Alignment Switches 2-62 2.4. Slack Wire Switches 2-63 2.5. Photo Electric Sensors 2-64 2.5.1. Classification of Sensors 2-64 2.5.2. Retro-Reflective Sensors 2-66 2.5.2.1. Cylindrical 2-66 2.5.2.2. Compact 2-67 2.5.2.3. Standard 2-69 2.5.3. Diffuse-Reflective Sensors 2-70 2.5.3.1. Cylindrical 2-70 2.5.3.2. Miniature 2-71 2.5.3.3. Compact 2-72 2.5.3.4. Standard 2-74 2.5.4. Thru-Beam Sensors 2-75 2.5.4.1. Cylindrical 2-75 2.5.4.2. Miniature 2-76 2.5.4.3. Compact 2-76 2.5.4.4. Standard 2-77 2.5.4.5. Slot Sensors 2-77 2.5.5. Fibre-Optic Sensors 2-78 2.5.5.1. Economical 2-78 2.5.5.2. Advanced 2-78 2.5.5.3. Fibre Selections 2-79 2.5.6. Colour Mark Sensors 2-80 2.5.7. Laser Sensors 2-81 2.6. Photo Electric Sensors Dimensions 2-82 2.7. Inductive Proximity Sensors 2-92 2.7.1. Cylindrical 2-92 2.7.1.1. DC 3-Wire 2-92 2.7.1.2. DC 4-Wire 2-98 2.7.1.3. AC 2-Wire 2-99 2.7.1.4. AC/DC 2-Wire 2-99 2.7.1.5. DC 2-Wire 2-100 2.7.2. Rectangular 2-101 2.7.2.1. DC 3-Wire 2-101 2.7.2.2. DC 4-Wire 2-103 2.7.2.3. DC 2-Wire 2-105 2.7.2.4. AC 2-Wire 2-107 2.8. Magnetic Reed Switches 2-108 2.9. Ultrasonic Sensors 2-110 2.10. Rotary Encoders 2-111

2.10.1. Technical Notes 2-111 2.10.2. Output Circuits 2-112 2.10.3. Incremental Encoders 2-113 2.10.3.1. Solid Shaft 2-113 2.10.3.2. Hollow Shaft 2-117 2.10.3.3. Special Purpose 2-119 2.10.4. Absolute Encoders 2-120 2.10.4.1. Standard Shaft 2-120 2.10.4.2. Hollow Shaft 2-121 2.10.5. Accessories 2-122 2.10.6. Absolute Special Purpose Encoders 2-123 2.11. Resolvers 2-124

2-49


2. Position Sensors 2.1. Limit Switches

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

2.1.1. Micro

2

Discount Code C8

AM1 Series Order Codes Type

Actuator

Contact Operation

Body

Code

Standard

Pin Plunger

Contacts : SPDT Rating : 10A / 250VAC

IP40 Hardened Plastic Screw Terminals

AM1300KF

Flexible Leaf Flexible Roller Leaf

Reversed Action Oil Tight One-Way

49.2mm

AM1301KF AM1303KF

Over Travel Plunger

AM1305KF

Plunger

AM1306KF

Panel Mount Plunger

AM1307KF

Rigid Lever

AM1701KF

Rigid Roller Lever

AM1703KF

Rigid Short Roller Lever

AM1704KF

Panel Mount Roller Plunger

AM130811KF

Panel Mount Cross Roller Plunger

AM130812KF

Rigid Lever

AM1731KF

Short Roller Lever

AM1734KF

Lever

AM1711KF

Rigit Short Roller Lever

AM1714KF

Rigid Roller Lever

AM1743KF

17.5mm

24.1mm

AM5 Series Order Codes Actuator

Contact Operation

Body

Code

Pin Plunger

Contacts : SPST Rating : 16A / 250VAC

IP20 Hardened Plastic Quick connect spade terminals

AM51610C53-A

Short Hinge Lever Hinge Lever

AM51611C53-A AM51612C53-A

Long Hinge Lever

AM51613C53-A

Simulated Roller Lever

AM51614C53-A

Short Roller Lever

AM51615C53-A

Roller Lever

AM51616C53-A

27.8mm

10.3mm

15.9mm

2-50

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


2.1. Limit Switches

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

2.1.2. Compact

2

Discount Code C5

236 Series Order Codes Actuator Type

Contact Operation

Body

Code

Plunger

2-pole 1N/O + 1N/C

Thermoplastic Body IP67 1 x M20 Cable Entry Actuator heads can be repositioned by 4 x 90째

ZS 236 -11Z-M20

Roller Plunger Angle Roller Lever (Dia. 14mm) Angle Roller Lever (Dia. 22mm)

ZS 236 -11Z-M20

Snap Action

ZR 236-11Z-M20 Z3K 236-11Z-M20 Z4K 236-11Z-M20

Roller Lever (Thermoplastic Lever)

ZV1H 236-11Z-M20

Roller Lever (Metal Lever)

ZV12H 236-11Z-M20

Adjustable Length Roller Lever

ZV7H 236-11Z-M20

Rod Lever

ZV10H 236-11Z-M20

Positively Driven or Force Guided contacts are mechanically linked to ensure the NC and NO contacts in a contact system can never be simultaneously opened or simultaneously closed, even in the case of contact weld.

ZR 236-11Z-M20

Z3K 236-11Z-M20

Z4K 236-11Z-M20

ZV1H 236-11Z-M20

ZV12H 236-11Z-M20

ZV7H 236-11Z-M20

ZV10H 236-11Z-M20

2-51


2. Position Sensors 2.1. Limit Switches

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

2.1.2. Compact

2

Discount Code C5

235 Series Order Codes Actuator Type

Contact Operation

Body

Code

Plunger

2-pole 1N/O + 1N/C

Metal Body IP67 1 x M20 Cable Entry Actuator heads can be repositioned by 4 x 90째

ZS 235 -11Z-M20

Roller Plunger Angle Roller Lever (Dia. 14mm) Angle Roller Lever (Dia. 22mm)

ZS 235-11Z-M20

Snap Action

ZR 235-11Z-M20 Z3K 235-11Z-M20 Z4K 235-11Z-M20

Roller Lever (Thermoplastic Lever)

ZV1H 235-11Z-M20

Roller Lever (Metal Lever)

ZV12H 235-11Z-M20

Adjustable Length Roller Lever

ZV7H 235-11Z-M20

Rod Lever

ZV10H 235-11Z-M20

63,5

20

4,3

8,5

Positively Driven or Force Guided contacts are mechanically linked to ensure the NC and NO contacts in a contact system can never be simultaneously opened or simultaneously closed, even in the case of contact weld.

20

22

30

13,5 30

20

4,3

ZR 235-11Z-M20

Z3K 235-11Z-M20

20

22

13,5

30

30 Z4K 235-11Z-M20

ZV1H 235-11Z-M20

ZV12H 235-11Z-M20 ZV7H 235-11Z-M20

ZV10H 235-11Z-M20

2-52

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


2.1. Limit Switches

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

2.1.3. Medium Duty

2

Discount Code C5

330 Series Order Codes Actuator Type

Contact Operation

Body

Code

Plunger

2-pole 1N/O + 1N/C Snap Action

Metal Body IP67 1 x M20 Cable Entry Actuator heads can be repositioned by 4 x 90°

MS 330-11Y-M20

Telescopic Plunger Spring Rod Lever Forked Roller Lever (Latching)

MAF 330-11Y-M20 M3V4D 330-11Y-M20

Basic Switch

MV 330-11Y-M20

Roller Lever

MVH 330-11Y-M20

Adjustable Length Roller Lever

MV7H 330-11Y-M20

Roller Lever

MV8H 330-11Y-M20

Rod Lever

MV10H 330-11Y-M20

30,5

5,3

7,3

66,5 60

76

9,5

MS 330-11Y-M20

M2S 330-11Y-M20

30 40

15

M20 x 1,5 40

M2S 330-11Y-M20

76

MAF 330-11Y-M20

7,3

30,5

30 40

15

M20 x 1,5 40

M3V4D 330-11Y-M20

MVH 330-11Y-M20

25,5 27,5

¤9

25,5 27,5

¤9

MV7H 330-11Y-M20

MV8H 330-11Y-M20

MV10H 330-11Y-M20

2-53


2. Position Sensors 2.1. Limit Switches

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

2.1.3. Medium Duty

2

Discount Code C5

336 Series Order Codes Actuator Type

Contact Operation

Body

Code

Plunger

2-pole 1N/O + 1N/C

Thermoplastic Body IP67 1 x M20 Cable Entry Actuator heads can be repositioned by 4 x 90°

ZS 336-11Z-M20

Roller Plunger Angle Roller Lever

Snap Action

Roller Lever

ZR 336-11Z-M20 Z3K 336-11Z-M20 Z4VH 336-11Z-M20

Adjustable Length Roller Lever

Z4V7H 336 -11Z-M20

Rod Lever

Z4V10H 336-11Z-M20

Positively Driven or Force Guided contacts are mechanically linked to ensure the NC and NO contacts in a contact system can never be simultaneously opened or simultaneously closed, even in the case of contact weld.

ZS 336-11Z-M20

5,3

4,6

76

45,5

40,6

30,5

7,3

¤5,3

66,5 60

8,5

38 ¤ 20

9,5

¤ 17,2

17

30 40,5

29,5

38

27

5,3

27

27 Z3K 336-11Z-M20

76

ZR 336-11Z-M20

56,3

7,3

30,5

8,5

¤ 20

28

17

30 40,5

15,5

38 ¤9

27

27,5

27

Z4V7H 336 -11Z-M20

Z4VH 336-11Z-M20

27

27

¤6

¤9

27

200

27

15,5

13

27,5

49 9,5

27 27 Z4V10H 336-11Z-M20

2-54

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


2.1. Limit Switches

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

2.1.3. Medium Duty

2

Discount Code C5

335 Series Order Codes Actuator Type

Contact Operation

Body

Code

Plunger

2-pole 1N/O + 1N/C

Metal Body IP67 1 x M20 Cable Entry Actuator heads can be repositioned by 4 x 90°

ZS 335-11Z-M20

Roller Plunger Angle Roller Lever

Snap Action

Roller Lever

ZR 335-11Z-M20 Z3K 335-11Z-M20 Z4VH 335-11Z-M20

Adjustable Length Roller Lever

Z4V7H 335-11Z-M20

Rod Lever

Z4V10H 335-11Z-M20

Positively Driven or Force Guided contacts are mechanically linked to ensure the NC and NO contacts in a contact system can never be simultaneously opened or simultaneously closed, even in the case of contact weld.

ZS 335-11Z-M20

9,5

5,3

7,3

45,5

40,6

76

66,5 60 ¤5,3

30,5

29,5

17

30 40,5

27

38

5,3

8,5

38

4,6 ¤ 20

¤ 17,2

27

27 Z3K 335-11Z-M20

76

ZR 335-11Z-M20

56,3

7,3

30,5

8,5

¤ 20

28

17

30 40,5

15,5

38 ¤9

27,5

27

27

27 Z4V7H 335 -11Z-M200

Z4VH 335-11Z-M20

27

¤6

¤9

27

200

27

15,5

13

27,5

49 9,5

27 27 Z4V10H 335-11Z-M20

2-55


2. Position Sensors 2.1. Limit Switches

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

2.1.4. Heavy Duty

2

Discount Code C5

015 Series Order Codes Actuator Type

Contact Operation

Body

Code

Plunger

2-pole 1N/O + 1N/C Snap Action

Metal Body IP65 3 x M20 Cable Entry Actuator heads can be repositioned by 4 x 90°

MS 015-11Y-M20

Telescopic Plunger Offset Roller Lever Roller Lever

MV7H 015-11Y

Rod Lever

MV10H 015-11Y

ø 10 6

5,5

8,5

10

15,5

5

MV3H 015-11Y

20

5,3

MV8H 015-11Y

Adjustable Length Roller Lever

20

3

11

46

MK 015-11Y-M20

Roller Lever

5

MS 015-11Y-M20

M2S 015-11Y-M20

ø 25

75

33

14,5

55

68

38

5

21

12

25

10,5

M20

56 67

18,5

43

3

6

M2S 015-11Y-M20

5

15,5

5,3

MK 015-11Y-M20

ø 20

ø 36

8,5

8

65

ø 25

28

12

10

18,5

17

43

MV3H 015-11Y

MV8H 015-11Y

35

13

M20

13

25

9

11

5

6

24 9 ø6

30 40

10

13

19 26

200

ø 36 62-122

11

5

6

6,5

13

20

MV7H 015-11Y

2-56

17

31

7 16

MV10H 015-11Y

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


2.1. Limit Switches

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

2.1.4. Heavy Duty

2

Discount Code C5

441 Series Order Codes Actuator Type

Contact Operation

Body

Code

Plunger

2-pole 1N/O + 1N/C Snap Action

Metal Body IP65 2 x M20 Cable Entry Actuator heads can be repositioned by 4 x 90°

MS 441-11Y-M20

Telescopic Plunger Roller Plunger Offset Roller Lever

MS 441-11Y-M20

M2S 441-11Y-M20 MR 441-11Y-M20 MJ 441-11Y-M20

Fork Lever (Latching)

M2C 441-11Y-M20

Roller Lever

ML 441-11Y-M20

Extended Roller Lever

MD 441-11Y-M20

28 8,5

10

6,5

34 75 86 106

46

62

76

75

99

23

13

¤ 25

8

8

9

ø 10

M 20 26 63

MR 441-11Y-M20

M2S 441-11Y-M20

28 8,5

99

13

10

9

90°

6

M 20

31

53

34

15

ø 36

26

20

59

50

63

8

27

29 36

63

ø 10

M2C 441-11Y-M20

26

MJ 441-11Y-M20

ø 10 60°

9

60°

9

60° 100

20

71

ø 14

20

55

ML 441-11Y-M20

8

8

ø 14

26

60°

78-96 35-71

¤ 36

87-105 55-91 6

¤ 36

71

MD 441-11Y-M20

2-57


2. Position Sensors 2.1. Limit Switches

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

2.1.5. Extra Heavy Duty

2

Discount Code C5

035 Series Order Codes Actuator Type

Contact Operation

Body

Code

Roller Lever

2-pole 1N/O + 1N/C Snap Action

Metal Body IP67 3 x M25 Cable Entry Actuator heads can be repositioned by 4 x 90째 Operating Shaft with Ball Bearings

M2L 035-11Z

2-pole 1N/O + 1N/C

T2L 035-11Z

Slow Action Positively Driven or Force Guided contacts are mechanically linked to ensure the NC and NO contacts in a contact system can never be simultaneously opened or simultaneously closed, even in the case of contact weld.

60째

48-58

60째

36

27,5

8 21 10

88

6,5 10,5

36

142

28

R 55 2 53,5

R8

37 2 M 20 10 61,5

58

250 Series

Order Codes

Actuator Type

Contact Operation

Body

Code

Roller Lever

2-pole 1N/O + 1N/C Snap Action

Metal Body IP67 2 x M25 Cable Entry

MD 250-11Z

2-pole 1N/O + 1N/C

TD 250-11Z

Slow Action 2-pole 2N/C Snap Action

MD 250-02Z

2-pole 2N/C

TD 250-02Z

Slow Action 2-pole 4N/C 2 Right / 2 Left Action Snap Action

MD 250-02/02Z

2-pole 4N/C 2 Right / 2 Left Action

TD 250-02/02Z

Slow Action Positively Driven or Force Guided contacts are mechanically linked to ensure the NC and NO contacts in a contact system can never be simultaneously opened or simultaneously closed, even in the case of contact weld.

2-58

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


2.2. Pull-Wire Switches

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

2

Discount Code C5

TQ441 Series Order Codes Actuator Type

Contact Operation

Body

Code

One-Sided Up to 25M Wire Length Without Latching

1N/O + 1N/C

Metal Enclosure IP65 2 x M20 Cable Entry

TQ 441-01/01Y-UE-M20

TQ 441-01/01Y-UE-R-M20

One-Sided Up to 25M Wire Length Push Button Reset One-Sided Up to 25M Wire Length Key Reset

Metal Enclosure IP54 2 x M20 Cable Entry

TQ 441-01/01UE-RS-M20

Accessories Image

Operation

Code

Wire Rope-Stainless Steel Inner, Red PVC Outer per meter

1155097SS

Eyebolt 8 x 70 mm (ea)

1192471

Wire clamp (ea)

1203478

Turnbuckle (ea)

1087930

Tension spring (ea)

1186696

Thimble (ea)

1203476

Shackle (ea)

1186490

Pull-Wire Installation Kit Each kit comprises of a suitable amount of Stainless Steel Red PVC Wire Rope, Eyebolts, Wire Clamps, Turnbuckle, Tension Spring, Thimbles and Shackles. Order Codes Operation

Code

10m Installation Kit

TZQ-10KIT

30m Installation Kit

TZQ-30KIT

2-59


2. Position Sensors 2.2. Pull-Wire Switches

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

2

Discount Code C5

TQ700 Series • • • • • • • • •

Thermoplastic enclosure One-side operation / wire up to 10 m long Release push button Position indicator Large wiring compartment Twisting of towing eye not possible Wire pull and breakage detection One tension force for cable lengths up to 10 m IP67 Rated

Order Codes Operation

Contact Arrangement

Body

Code

One-Sided Up to 10M Wire Length

1N/O + 1N/C

Thermoplastic Enclosure IP67 1 x M20 Cable Entry Position Indicator

TQ 700-11

2N/C 2N/O

TQ 700-02 TQ 700-20

77,4 93,75

Accessories

60

2

160

Image

p/M5

40,5 42,2

Code

Wire Rope-Stainless Steel Inner, Red PVC Outer per meter

1155097SS

Eyebolt 8 x 70 mm (ea)

1192471

Wire clamp (ea)

1203478

Turnbuckle (ea)

1087930

Tension spring (ea)

1186696

Thimble (ea)

1203476

Shackle (ea)

1186490

60

160

77,4 93,75

30 40,5 M20x1,5

17 30,5

Operation

30 40,5 M20x1,5

17 30,5 40,5 42,2 Pull-Wire Installation Kit

Each kit comprises of a suitable amount of Stainless Steel Red PVC Wire Rope, Eyebolts, Wire Clamps, Turnbuckle, Tension Spring, Thimbles and Shackles. Order Codes

2-60

Operation

Code

10m Installation Kit

TZQ-10KIT

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


2.2. Pull-Wire Switches

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

2

Discount Code C5

TQ900 Series • • • • • • • • • •

Metal enclosure One-side operation / wire up to 50 m long Release push button Position indicator Robust design Large wiring compartment Twisting of towing eye not possible Wire pull and breakage detection 3 cable entries M 20 x 1.5 IP67 Rated

Order Codes Operation

Contact Arrangement

Body

Code

One-Sided Up to 50M Wire Length

1N/O + 1N/C

Cast Aluminium Enclosure IP67 3 x M20 Cable Entry Position Indicator

TQ 900-11

2N/C 4N/C

48 40

TQ 900-02 TQ 900-04

2N/O + 2N/C

TQ 900-22

1N/O + 3N/C

TQ 900-13

49,5 27 Operation

Code

Wire Rope-Stainless Steel Inner, Red PVC Outer per meter

1155097SS

Eyebolt 8 x 70 mm (ea)

1192471

Wire clamp (ea)

1203478

Turnbuckle (ea)

1087930

Tension spring (ea)

1186696

Thimble (ea)

1203476

Shackle (ea)

1186490

¤6,5 133,4

220,3 - 236,3

10

12

Image

¤15

Accessories

M20x1,5 69,7

71,5 48 40

49,5

¤6,5 133,4

220,3 - 236,3

¤15

27

71,5

69,7 Pull-Wire Installation Kit

Each kit comprises of a suitable amount of Stainless Steel Red PVC Wire Rope, Eyebolts, Wire Clamps, Turnbuckle, Tension Spring, Thimbles and Shackles. Order Codes Operation

Code

10m Installation Kit

TZQ-10KIT

20m Installation Kit

TZQ-20KIT

50m Installation Kit

TZQ-50KIT

2-61


2. Position Sensors 2.3. Belt Alignment Switches

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

2

Discount Code C5

330 Series Order Codes Actuator Type

Contact Operation

Body

Code

Adjustable-length rod lever with nylon roller

2-pole 1N/O + 1N/C Snap Action

Metal Body IP67 1 x M20 Cable Entry

MV10H 330-11Y-M201348

250 Series Order Codes Actuator Type

Contact Operation

Body

Code

Heavy duty rod lever with 100mm roller

2-pole, 1N/O + 1N/C Snap Action

Metal Body IP67 2 x M25 Cable Entry

M 250-11Z-1224

2-pole, 1N/O + 1N/C Slow Action

2-62

T 250-11Z-1224

4-pole, 2N/O + 2N/C Snap Action

M 250-22Z-1224

4-pole, 2N/O + 2N/C Slow Action

T 250-22Z-1224

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


2.3. Belt Alignment Switches 2.4. Slack Wire Switches

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

2.3.

2.4.

2

Discount Code C5

441 Series- Belt Alignment Switch Order Codes Operation

Contact Arrangement

Body

Code

Heavy duty 129mm long rod lever with 50mm roller

2-pole 1N/O + 1N/C Snap Action

Metal Body IP65 2 x M20 Cable Entry

M.441-11Y-243

2-pole 1N/O + 1N/C

T.441-11Y-243

Slow Action Heavy duty 142mm long rod lever with 65mm roller

2-pole 1N/O + 1N/C Snap Action

M.441-11Y-966

2-pole 1N/O + 1N/C

T.441-11Y-966

Slow Action Heavy duty 177mm long rod lever with 100mm roller

2-pole 1N/O + 1N/C Snap Action

M.441-11Y-1224

2-pole 1N/O + 1N/C

T.441-11Y-1224

Slow Action Positively Driven or Force Guided contacts are mechanically linked to ensure the NC and NO contacts in a contact system can never be simultaneously opened or simultaneously closed, even in the case of contact weld.

441 Series - Slack Wire Switch Order Codes Actuator Type

Contact Operation

Body

Code

Heavy duty lever with roller

2-pole 1N/O + 1N/C Snap Action

Metal Body IP65 2 x M20 Cable Entry

M 441-11Y-14

2-pole 1N/O + 1N/C

T 441-11Y-14

Slow Action

28 25

56

133,

50

33

5

Positively Driven or Force Guided contacts are mechanically linked to ensure the NC and NO contacts in a contact system can never be simultaneously opened or simultaneously closed, even in the case of contact weld.

M20

75 86 106

34

76

99

10

9

40

8,5

26 63 2-63


2. Position Sensors 2.5. Photo Electric Sensors

2.5.1. Classification of Sensors

2 General Information Photoelectric sensor is a generic name for sensors which detect an object by using light. The optical signal transmitted from the emitting part of the sensor is modified by being reflected, transmitted, absorbed, etc., by the sensing object and is then detected by the receiving part of the sensor to generate a corresponding output signal. Further, it can also be a sensor which detects light radiated from the sensing object to generate an output signal. Fibre sensors and laser sensors are also one type of photoelectric sensor. TYPES OF SENSORS Thru-beam type

Retroreflective type

Reflective type

Type

Outline and Features

• • • • •

Long sensing range Precise detection Small object detectable Not affected by shape, colour or material of sensing objects (opaque) Resistant to dirt and dust on the lens

The emitter and the receiver are in one enclosure. U-shaped

Thru-beam

General purpose

Detects an object that interrupts the light beam traveling from the emitter to the receiver.

• • • • •

No beam alignment needed Precise detection Small object detectable Not affected by shape, colour or material of sensing objects (opaque) Resistant to dirt and dust on the lens

With polarizing filters Transparent object detection

Retroreflective

General purpose

Detects an object that has a reflectivity smaller than the reflector and interrupts the light beam traveling between the sensor and the reflector.

2-64

• • • •

Easy beam alignment Wiring only on one side Space saving compared to thru-beam type sensors Not affected by shape, colour or material of sensing objects (opaque)

It enables detection of even a specular object by attachment of polarizing filters to the emitting and the receiving parts. • • • • •

Specular object detection Easy beam alignment Wiring only on one side Space saving compared to thru-beam type sensors Not affected by shape, colour or material of sensing objects (opaque)

The specially devised optical system enables detection of even a transparent object. • • • • •

Transparent object detection Easy beam alignment Wiring only on one side Space saving compared to thru-beam type sensors Not affected by shape, colour or material of sensing objects

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


2.5. Photo Electric Sensors

2.5.1. Classification of Sensors 2 Type

Outline and Features

Convergent reflective Mark sensing

Adjustable range reflective

Reflective

Narrow-view reflective

Diffuse reflective

Emits a beam onto the object and detects the object by receiving the beam reflected from the object surface. • • • • •

No beam alignment needed Space saving Wiring only on one side Object with fluctuating position detectable Wide sensing area

The sensing area is narrowed by the optical system. • • • • •

Hardly affected by surroundings More accurate detection compared to diffuse reflective type sensors No beam alignment needed Space saving Wiring only on one side

Detects an object in the area where the emitting and the receiving envelopes overlap. A spot-beam type sensor detects an object at just the point where these envelopes cross over. • • • • •

Less affected by background and surroundings Precise detection No beam alignment needed Space saving Wiring only on one side

Emits a spot beam onto an object and senses the difference in the reflected beam angle. • • • • • •

Not affected by shape, colour or material of sensing objects Hardly affected by background and surroundings Small object detectable with high accuracy No beam alignment needed Space saving Wiring only on one side

Projects a spot-beam on the target colour, and identifies the colour by sensing the amount of reflected beam and the relative ratio among colour components. Or projects a spot-beam on an object, and identifies the colour by the proportion of the amount of light received (contrast), not by the difference in the amount of the reflected beam. • • • • • •

Colour identifiable Hardly affected by background and surroundings Small object detectable with high accuracy No beam alignment needed Space saving Wiring only on one side

Light ON / Dark ON Definition Light received condition

Sensor

Emitter

Sensing object Reflector

Receiver

Sensing object

Sensor

Sensor

Sensing object Sensor

Sensor

Presence detection

Receiver

Dark condition

Receiver

Red beam

Emitter

Light received condition

Reflector

Sensing object (White / Yellow / Orange / Red)

Sensing object (Black / Blue / Green)

Sensing object Sensor

Reflector

Sensing object

Reflector

Sensor

Sensing object

Sensor

Sensor

Green beam

Light intensity Presence detection detection

Emitter

Sensing object

Sensor

Retroreflective

Receiver

Type

Mark sensing

Light intensity Presence detection detection

Thru-beam

Emitter

Dark condition

Reflective

Type

Sensing object (White / Yellow / Orange)

Sensing object (Black / Blue / Green / Red)

2-65


2. Position Sensors 2.5. Photo Electric Sensors

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

2.5.2. Retro-Reflective Sensors 2.5.2.1. Cylindrical

2

Discount Code C7

CY-100 Series - Cylindrical

Order Codes: Standard Type (Reflector & Bracket Sold Seperately) Sensing Distance

Supply Voltage

Output

Switching Mode

Light Source

Connector

IP Rating

Code

4m

12-24VDC

NPN

Light On

IR

Pre-Wired 2m

67

CY-192A-Y

Dark On PNP

CY-192B-Y CY-192A-P-Y

Light On

CY-192B-P-Y

Dark On NPN

Light On Dark On

PNP

CY-192A-Z-Y

M12 Plug-in connector

CY-192B-Z-Y CY-192A-P-Z-Y

Light On

CY-192B-P-Z-Y

Dark On 2m

12-24VDC

NPN

Light On

IR

Pre-Wired 2m

Dark On PNP

67

CY-191B-Y* CY-191A-P-Y*

Light On

CY-191B-P-Y*

Dark On NPN

Light On

CY-191A-Z-Y*

M12 Plug-in connector

Dark On PNP

CY-191A-Y*

CY-191B-Z-Y*

Light On

CY-191A-P-Z-Y*

Dark On

CY-191B-P-Z-Y*

Note: * With polarising filters

Order Codes: Side View Type (Reflector & Bracket Sold Seperately) Sensing Distance

Supply Voltage

Output

Switching Mode

Light Source

Connector

IP Rating

Code

4m

12-24VDC

NPN

Light On

IR

Pre-Wired 2m

67

CY-192VA-Y

Dark On PNP

CY-192VB-Y CY-192VA-P-Y

Light On

CY-192VB-P-Y

Dark On NPN

Light On

M12 Plug-in connector

Dark On PNP

CY-192VA-Z-Y CY-192VB-Z-Y

Light On

CY-192VA-P-Z-Y

Dark On 2m

12-24VDC

NPN

Light On

CY-192VB-P-Z-Y IR

Pre-Wired 2m

Dark On PNP

CY-191VB-Y* CY-191VB-P-Y*

Dark On Light On

M12 Plug-in connector

Dark On PNP

CY-191VA-Y* CY-191VA-P-Y*

Light On

NPN

67

CY-191VA-Z-Y* CY-191VB-Z-Y*

Light On

CY-191VA-P-Z-Y*

Dark On

CY-191VB-P-Z-Y*

Note: * With polarising filters

Accessories Description

Length

Type

Code

M12 Cable

2m

Straight

CN-24C-C2

Elbow

CN-24CL-C2

Straight

CN-24C-C5

Elbow

CN-24CL-C5

5m

2-66

Description

Code

Mounting Bracket – Stainless Steel

MS-CY1-1

Mounting Bracket – Plastic

MS-CY1-2

Universal Mounting Stand – Adjust the height of sensor and reflector (RF-420)

MS-AJ3

Reflector – 50 x 50mm

RF-420

Reflector – 24 x 21mm

RF-410

Reflective Tape – 22mm x 5m (thickness 0.4mm)

RF-40RL5

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


2.5. Photo Electric Sensors

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

2.5.2. Retro-Reflective Sensor 2.5.2.1. Cylindrical 2.5.2.2. Compact

2

Discount Code C7 P+F Discount Code C1

GLV18 Series - Cylindrical

Order Codes (Reflector Sold Seperately) Sensing Distance

Supply Voltage

Output

Switching Mode

Light Source

Connector

IP Rating

Code

4m

10-30VDC

PNP

Light On Dark On

IR

Pre-Wired 2m

67

GLV18-55/115/120

M12 Connector

GLV18-55/73/120

Accessories Description

Length

Type

Code

M12 Cable

2m

Straight

V1-G-2M-PVC

Elbow

V1-W-2M-PVC

Straight

V1-G-5M-PVC

Elbow

V1-W-5M-PVC

5m Reflector

C110-2

CX-400 Series - Compact Order Codes (Bracket Sold Seperately) Sensing Distance

Supply Voltage

Output

Switching Mode

Light Source

Connector

IP Rating

Code

3m with Polarising Filters

12-24VDC

NPN

Selectable Either Light-ON or Dark-ON

Red LED

PreWired//2m

67

CX-491

Selectable Either Light-ON or Dark-ON

Red LED

Selectable Either Light-ON or Dark-ON

IR LED

Selectable Either Light-ON or Dark-ON

IR LED

Selectable Either Light-ON or Dark-ON

IR LED

PNP NPN PNP

5m Long Sensing Range

12-24VDC

NPN PNP NPN

PreWired//2m

12-24VDC

NPN PNP NPN

PreWired//2m

12-24VDC

NPN PNP NPN

PreWired//2m

12-24VDC

NPN PNP NPN

PreWired//2m M8 Plug-in connector

PNP

CX-493 CX-493-P CX-493-Z CX-493-P-Z

67

CX-481 CX-481-P CX-481-Z CX-481-P-Z

67

CX-483* CX-483-P*

M8 Plug-in connector

PNP 0.1m - 2m Transparent Object Sensing

CX-491-P-Z 67

M8 Plug-in connector

PNP 50mm – 1m Transparent Object Sensing

CX-491-Z

M8 Plug-in connector

PNP 50 – 500mm Transparent Object Sensing

CX-491-P

M8 Plug-in connector

CX-483-Z* CX-483-P-Z* 67

CX-482 CX-482-P CX-482-Z CX-482-P-Z

Note: * For transparent object sensing Mounting Bracket not included, Reflector included

Accessories Description

Length

Type

Code

M8 Cable

2m

Straight

CN-24A-C2

Elbow

CN-24AL-C2

Straight

CN-24A-C5

Elbow

CN-24AL-C5

5m

Description

Code

Mounting Bracket – Surface Mount Vertical

MS-CX-1

Mounting Bracket – Wall Mount

MS-CX-3

2-67


2. Position Sensors 2.5. Photo Electric Sensors

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

2.5.2. Retro-Reflective Sensor 2.5.2.2. Compact

2

Discount Code C7 P+F Discount Code C1

NX5 Series - Compact Order Codes (Bracket Sold Seperately) Sensing Distance

Supply Voltage

Output

100mm - 5m*

12-240VDC 24-240VAC

Relay 1CO

12-240VDC 24-240VAC

Relay 1CO

100mm - 7m

Switching Mode

Light Source

IP Rating

Code

Light On

Red

66

NX5-PRVM5A

IR

66

NX5-PRVM5B

Dark On Light On

NX5-RM7A NX5-RM7B

Dark On

Note: * With polarising filter Reflector included

Accessories Description

Code

Mounting Bracket – Surface Mount Vertical

MS-NX5-1

Mounting Bracket – Surface Mount Horizontal

MS-NX5-2

Mounting Bracket – Wall Mount

MS-NX5-3

ML7 Series - Compact Order Codes (Reflector & Bracket Sold Seperately) Sensing Distance

Supply Voltage

Output

Switching Mode

Light Source

Connector

IP Rating

Code

2.5m

10-30VDC

PNP

Dark On

IR

Pre-Wired 2m

67

ML7-55/59/103/115

Accessories Description

Code

Mounting Bracket

OMH-MLV12-HWK

Reflector

H60

MLV12 Series - Compact Order Codes (Reflector & Bracket Sold Seperately) Sensing Distance

Supply Voltage

Output

Switching Mode

Light Source

Connector

IP Rating

Code

5m

10-30VDC

PNP

Light On Dark On

IR

Pre-Wired 2m

67

MLV12-54/76b/115/128

Accessories

2-68

Description

Code

Mounting Bracket

OMH-ML7-01

Reflector

C110-2

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


2.5. Photo Electric Sensors

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

2.5.2. Retro-Reflective Sensor 2.5.2.3. Standard

2

Discount Code C7 P+F Discount Code C1

VF Series - Standard

Order Codes (Reflector & Mounting bracket included) Sensing Distance

Supply Voltage

Output

Switching Mode

Light Source

IP Rating

Code

100mm - 5m

12-240VDC 24-240VAC

Relay 1NO

IR

66

VF-RM5-3

200mm - 3m

12-240VDC 24-240VAC

Relay 1NO

Selectable Either Light-ON or Dark-ON

Red

66

VF-PRM3-3**

VF-RM5T-3*

Note: * In-built timer 0.1 to 5 seconds (variable) with On Delay, Off Delay, One Shot Functions ** With Polarising Filters

RL39 Series - Standard Order Codes (Reflector & Bracket Sold Seperately) Sensing Distance

Supply Voltage

Output

Switching Mode

Light Source Connector

IP Rating

Code

20m

10-30VDC

Relay

Light On Dark On

IR

67

RLK39-55-Z/31/35/40a/116

Pre-Wired 2m

Accessories Description

Code

Mounting Bracket

OMH-RL39

Reflector

H60

2-69


2. Position Sensors 2.5. Photo Electric Sensors

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

2.5.3. Diffuse-Reflective Sensors 2.5.3.1. Cylindrical

2

Discount Code C7

CY-100 Series - Cylindrical

Order Codes: Standard Type (Bracket Sold Seperately) Sensing Distance

Supply Voltage

Output

Switching Mode

Light Source

Connector

IP Rating

Code

100mm

12-24VDC

NPN

Light On

IR

Pre-Wired 2m

67

CY-121A

Dark On PNP

CY-121B CY-121A-P

Light On

CY-121B-P

Dark On NPN

Light On Dark On

PNP

CY-121A-Z

M12 Plug-in connector

CY-121B-Z CY-121A-P-Z

Light On

CY-121B-P-Z

Dark On 600mm

12-24VDC

NPN

Light On

IR

Pre-Wired 2m

Dark On PNP

67

CY-122B* CY-122A-P*

Light On

CY-122B-P*

Dark On NPN

Light On

CY-122A-Z*

M12 Plug-in connector

Dark On PNP

CY-122A*

CY-122B-Z*

Light On

CY-122A-P-Z*

Dark On

CY-122B-P-Z*

Order Codes: Side View Type (Bracket Sold Seperately) Sensing Distance

Supply Voltage

Output

Switching Mode

Light Source

Connector

IP Rating

Code

100mm

12-24VDC

NPN

Light On

IR

Pre-Wired 2m

67

CY-121VA

Dark On PNP

CY-121VB CY-121VA-P

Light On

CY-121VB-P

Dark On NPN

Light On

M12 Plug-in connector

Dark On PNP

CY-121VA-Z CY-121VB-Z

Light On

CY-121VA-P-Z

Dark On 600mm

12-24VDC

NPN

Light On

CY-121VB-P-Z IR

Pre-Wired 2m

Dark On PNP

CY-122VB* CY-122VB-P*

Dark On Light On

M12 Plug-in connector

Dark On PNP

CY-122VA* CY-122VA-P*

Light On

NPN

67

CY-122VA-Z* CY-122VB-Z*

Light On

CY-122VA-P-Z*

Dark On

CY-122VB-P-Z*

Note: * With sensitivity adjuster

Accessories Description

Length

Type

Code

M12 Cable

2m

Straight

CN-24C-C2

Elbow

CN-24CL-C2

Straight

CN-24C-C5

Elbow

CN-24CL-C5

5m

2-70

Description

Code

Mounting Bracket – Stainless Steel

MS-CY1-1

Mounting Bracket – Plastic

MS-CY1-2

Universal Mounting Stand – Adjust the height of sensor and reflector (RF-420)

MS-AJ3

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


2.5. Photo Electric Sensors

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

2.5.3. Diffuse-Reflective Sensors 2.5.3.1. Cylindrical 2.5.3.2. Miniature

2

Discount Code C7 P+F Discount Code C1

GLV18 Series - Cylindrical

Order Codes Sensing Distance

Supply Voltage

Output

Switching Mode

Light Source

Connector

IP Rating

Code

450mm

10-30VDC

PNP

Light On Dark On

IR

Pre-Wired 2m

67

GLV18-8-450/115/120

M12 Connector

GLV18-8-450/73/120

Accessories Description

Length

Type

Code

M12 Cable

2m

Straight

V1-G-2M-PVC

Elbow

V1-W-2M-PVC

Straight

V1-G-5M-PVC

Elbow

V1-W-5M-PVC

5m

EX-10 Series - Miniature Order Codes Sensing Distance

Supply Voltage

Output

Switching Mode

Light Source

IP Rating

Code

2 – 25mm

12-24VDC

NPN

Light On

Red LED

65

EX-14A

Red LED

65

Dark On 2 – 25mm

12-24VDC

PNP

Light On

EX-14B

Dark On

EX-14A-PN EX-14B-PN

EX-30 Series (Metal Body) - Miniature

Order Codes Sensing Distance

Supply Voltage

Output

Switching Mode

Light Source

IP Rating

Code

50mm

12-24VDC

NPN

Light On

Red LED

67

EX-32A

NPN

Dark On

EX-32B

PNP

Light On

EX-32A-PN

PNP

Dark On

EX-32B-PN

2-71


2. Position Sensors 2.5. Photo Electric Sensors

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

2.5.3. Diffuse-Reflective Sensors 2.5.3.3. Compact

2

Discount Code C7

CX 400 Series - Compact

Order Codes (Bracket Sold Seperately) Sensing Distance

Supply Voltage

Output

Switching Mode

Light Source

Connector

IP Rating

Code

800mm

12-24VDC

NPN

Selectable Either Light-ON or Dark-ON

IR

Pre-Wired 2m

67

CX-422

Selectable Either Light-ON or Dark-ON

Red LED

Selectable Either Detection-ON or DetectionOFF

Red LED

Selectable Either Detection-ON or DetectionOFF

Red LED

Selectable Either Detection-ON or DetectionOFF

Red LED

Selectable Either Detection-ON or DetectionOFF

Red LED

PNP NPN PNP 70 – 300mm Narrow View Type

12-24VDC

NPN PNP NPN

12-24VDC

NPN PNP NPN PNP

2 – 50mm// Adjustable range

12-24VDC

NPN PNP NPN PNP

20 – 300mm Adjustable range type

12-24VDC

NPN PNP NPN PNP

15 – 100mm Adjustable range type

12-24VDC

NPN PNP NPN

CX-422-Z CX-422-P-Z

Pre-Wired 2m

67

CX-423 CX-423-P

M8 Plug-in connector

PNP 2 – 50mm Adjustable range / small spot type

CX-422-P

M8 Plug-in connector

CX-423-Z CX-423-P-Z

Pre-Wired 2m

67

CX-441 CX-441-P

M8 Plug-in connector

CX-441-Z CX-441-P-Z

Pre-Wired 2m

67

CX-443 CX-443-P

M8 Plug-in connector

CX-443-Z CX-443-P-Z

Pre-Wired 2m

67

CX-442 CX-442-P CX-442-Z

M8 Plug-in connector

CX-442-P-Z

Pre-Wired 2m

67

CX-444 CX-444-P

M8 Plug-in connector

CX-444-Z CX-444-P-Z

Accessories Description

Length

Type

Code

M8 Cable

2m

Straight

CN-24A-C2

Elbow

CN-24AL-C2

Straight

CN-24A-C5

Elbow

CN-24AL-C5

5m

Description

Code

Mounting Bracket – Surface Mount Vertical

MS-CX2-1

Mounting Bracket – Wall Mount

MS-CX-3

NX5 Series - Compact Order Codes (Bracket Sold Seperately) Sensing Distance

Supply Voltage

Output

700mm

12-240VDC 24-240VAC

Relay 1CO

Switching Mode

Light Source

IP Rating

Code

Light On

IR

66

NX5-D700A

Dark On

NX5-D700B

Accessories

2-72

Description

Code

Mounting Bracket – Surface Mount Vertical

MS-NX5-1

Mounting Bracket – Surface Mount Horizontal

MS-NX5-2

Mounting Bracket – Wall Mount

MS-NX5-3

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


2.5. Photo Electric Sensors

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

2.5.3. Diffuse-Reflective Sensors 2.5.3.3. Compact

2

Discount Code C1

ML7 Series - Compact Order Codes (Bracket Sold Seperately) Sensing Distance

Supply Voltage

Output

Switching Mode

Light Source

Connector

IP Rating

Code

200mm

10-30VDC

PNP

Dark On

IR

Pre-Wired 2m

67

ML7-8-200/25/103/115

Accessories Description

Code

Mounting Bracket

OMH-ML7-01

MLV12 Series - Compact Order Codes (Bracket Sold Seperately) Sensing Distance

Supply Voltage

Output

Switching Mode

Light Source

Connector

IP Rating

Code

250mm

10-30VDC

PNP

Light On Dark On

IR

Pre-Wired 2m

67

MLV12-8-H-250-RT/65b/115/128

Accessories Description

Code

Mounting Bracket

OMH-MLV12-HWK

2-73


2. Position Sensors 2.5. Photo Electric Sensors

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

2.5.3. Diffuse-Reflective Sensors 2.5.3.4. Standard

2

Discount Code C7 P+F Discount Code C1

EQ 30 Series - Standard Order Codes (Bracket Sold Seperately) Sensing Distance

Supply Voltage

Output

Switching Mode

Light Source Connector

IP Rating

Code

200mm – 2m

10-30VDC

NPN

Selectable

IR

67

EQ-34

Pre-Wired 2m

PNP NPN PNP (2) NPN

EQ-34-PN

M12 Plug-in connector

EQ-34-J

Pre-Wired 2m

EQ-34W

EQ-34-PN-J

Accessories Description

Length

Type

Code

M12 Cable

2m

Straight

CN-24-C2

Elbow

CN-24L-C2

Straight

CN-24-C5

Elbow

CN-24L-C5

5m

Description

Code

Mounting Bracket – Back Angled

MS-EQ3-1

Mounting Bracket – Foot Angled

MS-EQ3-2

EQ-500 Series - Standard Order Codes (Bracket Sold Seperately) Sensing Distance

Supply Voltage

Output

Switching Mode

Light Source

IP Rating

Code

100mm – 2.5m

12-240VDC 24-240VAC

Relay 1NO

Selectable Either Detection-ON or DetectionOFF

IR

67

EQ-501 EQ-501T*

* In-built timer 0.1 to 5 seconds (variable) with On Delay, Off Delay functions

VF Series - Standard Order Codes (Bracket included) Sensing Distance

Supply Voltage

Output

Switching Mode

Light Source

IP Rating

Code

500mm

12-240VDC 24-240VAC

Relay 1NO

Selectable Either Light-ON or Dark-ON

IR

66

VF-D500-3

1m

VF-D500T-3* VF-D1000-3 VF-D1000T-3*

* In-built timer 0.1 to 5 seconds (variable) with On Delay, Off Delay, One Shot Functions

RL39 Series - Standard Order Codes (Bracket Sold Seperately) Sensing Distance

Supply Voltage

Output

Switching Mode

Light Source Connector

2m

10-30VDC

Relay

Light On (NC) IR Dark On (NO)

Pre-Wired 2m

IP Rating

Code

67

RLK39-8-2000-Z/31/40a/116

Accessories

2-74

Description

Code

Mounting Bracket

OMH-RL39

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


2.5. Photo Electric Sensors

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

2.5.4. Thru-Beam Sensors 2.5.4.1. Cylindrical

2

Discount Code C7 P+F Discount Code C1

CY-100 Series - Cylindrical

Order Codes: Standard Type (Bracket Sold Seperately) Sensing Distance

Supply Voltage

Output

Switching Mode

Light Source

Connector

IP Rating

Code

15m

12-24VDC

NPN

Light On

IR

Pre-Wired 2m

67

CY-111A

Dark On PNP

CY-111B CY-111A-P

Light On

CY-111B-P

Dark On 15m

12-24VDC

NPN

Light On

IR

M12 Plug-in connector

Dark On PNP

67

CY-111A-Z CY-111B-Z

Light On

CY-111A-P-Z

Dark On

CY-111B-P-Z

Order Codes: Side View Type (Bracket Sold Seperately) Sensing Distance

Supply Voltage

Output

Switching Mode

Light Source

Connector

IP Rating

Code

15m

12-24VDC

NPN

Light On

IR

Pre-Wired 2m

67

CY-111VA

Dark On PNP

CY-111VB CY-111VA-P

Light On

CY-111VB-P

Dark On 15m

12-24VDC

NPN

Light On

IR

M12 Plug-in connector

Dark On PNP

67

CY-111VA-Z CY-111VB-Z

Light On

CY-111VA-P-Z

Dark On

CY-111VB-P-Z

Accessories Description

Length

Type

Code

M12 Cable

2m

Straight

CN-24C-C2

Elbow

CN-24CL-C2

Straight

CN-24C-C5

Elbow

CN-24CL-C5

5m

Description

Code

Mounting Bracket – Stainless Steel

MS-CY1-1

Mounting Bracket – Plastic

MS-CY1-2

Universal Mounting Stand – Adjust the height of sensor and reflector (RF-420)

MS-AJ3

GLV18 Series - Cylindrical

Order Codes Sensing Distance

Supply Voltage

Output

Switching Mode

Light Source

Connector

IP Rating

Code

20m

10-30VDC

PNP

Light On Dark On

IR

Pre-Wired 2m

67

GD18/GV18/115/120

M12 Connector

GD18/GV18/73/120

Accessories Description

Length

Type

Code

M12 Cable

2m

Straight

V1-G-2M-PVC

Elbow

V1-W-2M-PVC

Straight

V1-G-5M-PVC

Elbow

V1-W-5M-PVC

5m

2-75


2. Position Sensors 2.5. Photo Electric Sensors

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

2.5.4. Thru-Beam Sensors 2.5.4.2. Miniature

2

2.5.4.3. Compact

Discount Code C7

EX-10 Series - Miniature Order Codes Sensing Distance

Supply Voltage

Output

Switching Mode

Light Source

IP Rating

Code

150mm

12-24VDC

NPN

Selectable Either Light-ON or Dark-ON

Red LED

67

EX-15

500mm

EX-17

EX-30 Series (Metal Body) - Miniature

Order Codes Sensing Distance

Supply Voltage

Output

Switching Mode

Light Source

IP Rating

Code

500mm

12-24VDC

NPN

Light On

Red LED

67

EX-31A

NPN

Dark On

EX-31B

PNP

Light On

EX-31A-PN

PNP

Dark On

EX-31B-PN

CX 400 Series - Compact

Order Codes (Brackets Sold Seperately) Sensing Distance

Supply Voltage

Output

Switching Mode

Light Source

Connector

IP Rating

Code

10m

12-24VDC

NPN

Selectable Either Light-ON or Dark-ON

Red

Pre-Wired 2m

67

CX-411

Selectable Either Light-ON or Dark-ON

IR

PNP NPN PNP 30m

12-24VDC

NPN PNP NPN

CX-411-P

M8 Plug-in connector

CX-411-Z CX-411-P-Z

Pre-Wired 2m

67

CX-413-P

M8 Plug-in connector

PNP

CX-413 CX-413-Z CX-413-P-Z

Accessories Description

Length

Type

Code

M8 Cable

2m

Straight

CN-24A-C2

Elbow

CN-24AL-C2

Straight

CN-24A-C5

Elbow

CN-24AL-C5

5m

Description

Code

Mounting Bracket – Surface Mount Vertical

MS-CX2-1

Mounting Bracket – Wall Mount

MS-CX-3

NX5 Series - Compact Order Codes (Brackets Sold Seperately) Sensing Distance

Supply Voltage

Output

Switching Mode

Light Source

IP Rating

Code

10m

12-240VDC 24-240VAC

Relay 1CO

Light On

Red

66

NX5-M10RA

12-240VDC 24-240VAC

Relay 1CO

Light On

IR

66

30m

NX5-M10RB

Dark On Dark On

NX5-M30A NX5-M30B

Accessories

2-76

Description

Code

Mounting Bracket – Surface Mount Vertical

MS-NX5-1

Mounting Bracket – Surface Mount Horizontal

MS-NX5-2

Mounting Bracket – Wall Mount

MS-NX5-3

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


2.5. Photo Electric Sensors

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

2.5.4. Thru-Beam Sensors 2.5.4.4. Standard 2.5.4.5. Slot Sensors

2

Discount Code C7 P+F Discount Code C1

ML7 Series - Compact Order Codes (Brackets Sold Seperately) Sensing Distance

Supply Voltage

Output

Switching Mode

Light Source

Connector

IP Rating

Code

3.5m

10-30VDC

PNP

Dark On (NO)

IR

PreWired//2m

67

M7/MV7/59/76A/103/115

Accessories Description

Code

Mounting Bracket

OMH-ML7-01

MLV12 Series - Compact Order Codes (Brackets Sold Seperately) Sensing Distance

Supply Voltage

Output

Switching Mode

Light Source Connector

IP Rating

Code

16m

10-30VDC

PNP

Light On (NC) Dark On (NO)

IR

67

M12/MV12-F1/76b/82b/115/128

Pre-Wired 2m

Accessories Description

Code

Mounting Bracket

OMH-MLV12-HWK

VF Series - Standard Order Codes (Brackets included) Sensing Distance

Supply Voltage

Output

Switching Mode

Light Source

IP Rating

Code

10m

12-240VDC 24-240VAC

Relay 1NO

Selectable

IR

66

VF-M10-3 VF-M10T-3*

* In-built timer 0.1 to 5 seconds (variable) with On Delay, Off Delay, One Shot Functions

RL39 Series - Standard Order Codes (Brackets Sold Seperately) Sensing Distance

Supply Voltage

Output

Switching Mode

Light Source

Connector

IP Rating

Code

2m

10-30VDC

Relay

Light On (NC) Dark On (NO)

IR

Pre-Wired 2m

67

RLK39-8-2000-Z/31/40a/116

Accessories Description

Code

Mounting Bracket

OMH-RL39

Slot Sensors Order Codes Sensing Distance

Supply Voltage

Output

Switching Mode

Light Source

IP Rating

Code

10mm

12-24VDC

NPN

Selectable Either Light-ON or Dark-ON

IR

62

RT-610-10

20mm

50mm

12-24VDC

12-24VDC

NPN

NPN

Selectable Either Light-ON or Dark-ON Selectable Either Light-ON or Dark-ON

Red

RT-610-10R

Green IR

RT-610-10G 66

RT-610-20

Red

RT-610-20R

Green

RT-610-20G

IR

RT-610-50

2-77


2. Position Sensors 2.5. Photo Electric Sensors

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

2.5.5. Fibre-Optic Sensors 2.5.5.1. Economical

2

2.5.5.2. Advanced

Discount Code C7

FX-100 Series - Economical Order Codes

Sensing Distance

Supply Voltage

Thru-beam 300mm 12-24VDC Diffuse Reflective 120mm

Output

Switching Mode

Light Source

Connection

Code

NPN

Selectable Either Light-ON or Dark-ON

Red LED

Pre-Wired 2m

FX-101-CC2

PNP

FX-101P-CC2

* Typical value only that changes with different fibre sensors. See following page.

FX-500 Series - Advancedw

Order Codes (Connection Cable Sold Seperately) Sensing Distance

Supply Voltage

Output

Switching Mode

Light Source

Connection Code

Thru-beam 3600mm Diffuse Reflective 1400mm

12-24VDC

NPN

Selectable

Red LED

Plug-in cable*

PNP

FX-501 FX-501P

2 x NPN

FX-502

2 x PNP

FX-502P

2 x PNP, 4 to 20mA

FX-505-C2

2 x NPN, 4 to 20mA

FX-505P-C2

For applicable fibres see following page.

FX-500 Series Connection Cables Type

Description

Used with Amplifier type

Code

Main cable (3-core)

2m Quick Connect Cable for Amplifier

FX-501(P)

CN-73-C2

Main cable (4-core)

2m Quick Connect Cable for Amplifier

FX-502(P)

CN-74-C2

Sub cable (1-core)

2m Quick Connect Cable for Amplifier

FX-501(P)

CN-71-C2

Sub cable (2-core)

2m Quick Connect Cable for Amplifier

FX-502(P)

CN-72-C2

5m Quick Connect Cable for Amplifier

CN-73-C5

5m Quick Connect Cable for Amplifier

CN-74-C5

5m Quick Connect Cable for Amplifier

CN-71-C5

5m Quick Connect Cable for Amplifier

2-78

Max. 25 Îźs response time

A different accuracy!

FX-500 with its ultra high response time improves productivity.

FX-500 with its accurate detection catches fractional difference in light intensity, fulfilling high precision and low-hysteresis applications.

CN-72-C5

Analog output cable type Edge tracking of film or sheet. Drifting path can be tracked as the light intensity changes.

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


2.5. Photo Electric Sensors

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

2.5.5. Fibre-Optic Sensors 2.5.5.3. Fibre Selections

2

Discount Code C7

Fibre Optic Sensors for FX-100 & FX-500 Series Thru-Beam (Pair) Fibres Type

Sensing Distance

Fibre Cable Length

IP Rating

Code

2m

67

FT-31

FX-100

FX-500

Threaded M3

130mm

1350mm

Threaded M4

300mm

3600mm

FT-42

Threaded M4 Elbow

270mm

3600mm

FT-R40

Heat Resistant Threaded M4 (350DegC)

170mm

1200mm

Threaded M14

14000mm

19600mm

FT-H35-M2 10m

FT-140

Accessories Description

Code

Lens to increase sensing distance by approx.. 5 times ( Set of 2)

FX-LE1

Diffuse Reflective Fibres Type

Sensing Distance

Fibre Cable Length

IP Rating

Code

2m

67

FD-31

FX-100

FX-500

Threaded M3

35mm

515mm

Threaded M4

70mm

650mm

FD-42G

Threaded M6

120mm

1400mm

FD-61

Threaded M6 Elbow

110mm

1100mm

FD-R60

Heat Resistant Threaded M4 (350DegC)

75mm

720mm

FD-H35-M2

Accessories Description

Code

Fine Spot Lens (0.4mm at 7mm distance from focal point) For use with FD-42G Fibre

FX-MR2

2-79


2. Position Sensors 2.5. Photo Electric Sensors

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

2.5.6. Colour Mark Sensors

2

Discount Code C7

LX 100 Series The ultimate mark sensor

The LX-100 series of digital colour mark sensors utilises 3 LED elements (Red, Green, and Blue) offering high precision sensing of any colour marking. A four digit digital display allows for user-friendly setting and monitoring of sensor settings. Six easy-to-see indicators surround the main display allowing quick and easy confirmation of the operating mode. Also, the threshold value can be conveniently checked at the touch of a button. One-level, two-level and fully automatic teaching methods are available with an option of external teaching if the sensor is not easily accessible. The LX-100 series have two detection modes: •

Mark Mode The sensor automatically selects the most effective LED colour for the application that is presented. With a fast response time of 45 microseconds, this mode is best suited for high speed manufacturing lines.

Colour Mode For high precision colour mark detection, all three LEDs are utilised to distinguish between colours that are difficult with conventional single LED sensors. The built-in 12-bit A/D converter enables high precision 1/4000 resolution judgments.

Order Codes (Bracket Sold Seperately) Sensing Distance

Supply Voltage

10mm

12-24VDC

Output

Switching Mode

Light Source

Connector

Code

NPN

Selectable

Pre-Wired 2m

67

LX-101

PNP NPN PNP

LX-101-P

M12 Plug-in connector

LX-101-Z LX-101-P-Z

Accessories Description

Length

Type

Code

M12 Cable

2m

Straight

CN-24B-C2

Elbow

CN-24BL-C2

Straight

CN-24B-C5

Elbow

CN-24BL-C5

5m

2-80

Description

Code

Mounting Bracket – Straight Type

MS-LX-1

Mounting Bracket – Elbow Type

MS-LX-2

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


2.5. Photo Electric Sensors

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

2.5.7. Laser Sensors

2

Discount Code C7

LS Series User-friendly high precision laser sensing

The LS Series has a separated amplifier with the option of 3 different types of sensor heads. They are approximately the same size as typical photoelectric sensors and the mounting method is identical as well. Industry Standard Mounting

The mounting for all 3 sensor heads is 25.4mm, the same industry standard as the CX-400 Series. Hence, existing mounting brackets can be used even when replacing general purpose sensors with laser sensors. Easy Setting Dual Display

Equipped with 2 large 4-digit digital displays. While checking the current light-receiving amount (red display), the optimal threshold value (green display) can be set easily. Display range up to 9999

The display’s wide range of up to 9999 enables extremely sensitive adjustments. The result is a more stable sensing that ensures that even the smallest variation on a transparent object can be detected. Order Codes Sensing Method Retro-reflective

Sensing Range

Output

0.2 – 30m

Spot reflective

-

Light Source

Code

Laser class 2

LS-H92

0.1 – 7m

LS-H91

30 – 1000mm

LS-H21

Line reflective

LS-H22

Amplifier

-

NPN

-

LS-401-C2

PNP

LS-401P-C2

EX-L200 Series

The all new EX-L200 Series delivers high precision performance in an incredibly small form factor. This self contained laser sensor combines long range detection with a minimum sensing object of a mere 0.3mm for applications that require high accuracy and optimal mounting flexibility. Thru-Beam Type Ordering Codes Sensing Distance

Supply Voltage

1m Minute Object Detection Type 3m Long Sensing Type

Output

Switching Mode

Light Source

Connector

IP Rating

Code

NPN

Selectable Either Light-ON or Dark-ON

Laser class 1

Pre-Wired 2m

67

EX-L211

Selectable Either Light-ON or Dark-ON

Laser class 1

Pre-Wired 2m

67

PNP 12-24VDC

NPN PNP

EX-L211-P EX-L212 EX-L212-P

Diffuse Reflective Type Ordering Codes Sensing Distance

Supply Voltage

Output

Switching Mode

Light Source

Connector

IP Rating

Code

45-300mm

12-24VDC

NPN

Selectable Either Light-ON or Dark-ON

Laser class 1

Pre-Wired 2m

67

EX-L221

PNP

EX-L221-P

Retro-Reflective Type Ordering Codes Sensing Distance

Supply Voltage

Output

Switching Mode

Light Source

Connector

IP Rating

Code

4m

12-24VDC

NPN

Selectable Either Light-ON or Dark-ON

Laser class 1

Pre-Wired 2m

67

EX-L291

PNP

EX-L291-P

Accessories Description

Code

Sensor mounting bracket

MS-EXL2-1

Polarising filter

PF-EXL2

Reflector

RF-210

Reflector mounting bracket

MS-RF21-1

2-81


2. Position Sensors 2.6. Photo Electric Sensors Dimensions 2 CY-100 Series Sensor

2-82

Sensor Table

2 m cable length type (mm in)

M12 plug-in connector type (mm in)

a

b

a

b

Standard type CY-111/121/192

46

28

60

28

Standard type CY-191

48

28

62

28

Side view type CY-111V/121V/191V/192V

62

28

76

28

Standard type CY-122

62

44

76

44

Side view type CY-122V

78

44

92

44

Mounting Bracket MS-CY1-1

Mounting Bracket MS-CY1-2

Reflector RF-410

Reflector RF-420

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


2.6. Photo Electric Sensors Dimensions 2 EX 10 Series EX-15, EX-17

EX-14A, EX-14B

EX 30 Series EX-31, EX-31-PN

EX-32, EX-32-PN

2-83


2. Position Sensors 2.6. Photo Electric Sensors Dimensions 2 CX 400 Series

CX-49, CX-48, CX-42

CX-49-Z, CX-48-Z, CX-42-Z

CX-44

CX-44-Z

EQ 30 Series EQ-34, EQ-34-PN

2-84

EQ-34W

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


2.6. Photo Electric Sensors Dimensions 2 EQ 30 Series

EQ 500 Series

EQ-34-J, EQ-34-PN-J

EQ-501(T)

VF Series

VF-M10, VF-RM5, VF-D500, VF-D1000

VF-PRM3

2-85


2. Position Sensors 2.6. Photo Electric Sensors Dimensions 2 NX5 Series NX5-M10RA, NX5-M10RB, NX5-M30A, NX5-M30B

NX5-D700A, NX5-D700B

NX5-PRVM5A, NX5-PRVM5B, NX5-RM7A, NX5-RM7B NX5-D700A, NX5-D700B

FX 100 Series FX-101, FX-101P

FX 500 Series FX-501(P)

2-86

FX-505(P)-C2

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


2.6. Photo Electric Sensors Dimensions 2 Fibres FT-31

FT-42

FT-R40

FT-H35-M2

FT-140

2-87


2. Position Sensors 2.6. Photo Electric Sensors Dimensions 2 Fibres FD-31

FD-42G

FD-61

FD-R60

FD-H35-M2

2-88

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


2.6. Photo Electric Sensors Dimensions 2 LX 100 Series LX-101, LX-101-P

LX-101-Z, LX-101-P-Z

RT-610 Series RT-610-10 - 10mm sensing range type

RT-610-20 - 20mm sensing range type

RT-610-50 - 50mm sensing range type

2-89


2. Position Sensors 2.6. Photo Electric Sensors Dimensions 2 LS Series

LS-H91, LS-H92

LS-H22

LS-H21

LS-401-C2, LS-401P-C2

EX-L200 Series EX-L212(-P), EX-L211(P)

2-90

EX-L291(-P), EX-L221(-P)

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


2.6. Photo Electric Sensors Dimensions 2 GLV18 Series

ML7 Series

MLV12 Series

RL39 Series

2-91


2. Position Sensors 2.7. Inductive Proximity Sensors

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

2.7.1. Cylindrical

2.7.1.1. DC 3-Wire

2

Discount Code C7

GX-M Series Order Codes Body Type M8 Shielded

Maximum Sensing Distance 1.5mm

Supply Voltage

Output

Output Function

Connector

IP Rating

Code

12-24VDC

NPN

NO

Pre-Wired 2m

67

GX-M8A

NC PNP

GX-M8B GX-M8A-P

NO NC

M8 Shielded

1.5mm

12-24VDC

NPN

NO

M12 Plug

67

NC PNP 2mm

12-24VDC

NPN

NO NC

PNP

GX-M8A-P-Z GX-M8B-P-Z Pre-Wired 2m

67

NO

GX-M12A-P GX-M12B-P M12 Plug

67

NC PNP 7mm

12-24VDC

NPN

NO NC

PNP

GX-M12A-P-Z GX-M12B-P-Z Pre-Wired 2m

68

NO

GX-MK12A-P GX-MK12B-P M12 Plug

67

NC PNP 5mm

12-24VDC

NPN

NO NC

PNP

GX-MK12A-P-Z GX-MK12B-P-Z Pre-Wired 2m

68

NO

GX-M18A-P GX-M18B-P M12 Plug

67

NC PNP 12mm

12-24VDC

NPN

NO NC

PNP

GX-M18A-P-Z GX-M18B-P-Z Pre-Wired 2m

68

PNP

NO

GX-MK18A-P GX-MK18B-P M12 Plug

67

10mm

12-24VDC

NPN

GX-MK18B-Z

NO

GX-MK18A-P-Z

NO NC

PNP

GX-MK18B-P-Z Pre-Wired 2m

68

NO

GX-M30A-P GX-M30B-P M12 Plug

67

NC PNP 22mm

12-24VDC

NPN

NO NC

PNP

GX-M30A-P-Z GX-M30B-P-Z Pre-Wired 2m

68

NO NC

PNP

NO NC

2-92

GX-MK30A GX-MK30B GX-MK30A-P

NO NC

NPN

GX-M30A-Z GX-M30B-Z

NO NC

M30 NonShielded

GX-M30A GX-M30B

NO NC

NPN

GX-MK18A-Z

NC NC M30 Shielded

GX-MK18A GX-MK18B

NO NC

NPN

GX-M18A-Z GX-M18B-Z

NO NC

M18 NonShielded

GX-M18A GX-M18B

NO NC

NPN

GX-MK12A-Z GX-MK12B-Z

NO NC

M18 Shielded

GX-MK12A GX-MK12B

NO NC

NPN

GX-M12A-Z GX-M12B-Z

NO NC

M12 NonShielded

GX-M12A GX-M12B

NO NC

NPN

GX-M8A-Z GX-M8B-Z

NO NC

M12 Shielded

GX-M8B-P

GX-MK30B-P M12 Plug

67

GX-MK30A-Z GX-MK30B-Z GX-MK30A-P-Z GX-MK30B-P-Z

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


2.7. Inductive Proximity Sensors

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

2.7.1. Cylindrical

2.7.1.1. DC 3-Wire

2

Discount Code C7

Accessories Description

Length

Type

Code

M12 Mating Cable

2m

Straight

CN-24C-C2

Elbow

CN-24CL-C2

Straight

CN-24C-C5

Elbow

CN-24CL-C5

5m

2-93


2. Position Sensors 2.7. Inductive Proximity Sensors

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

2.7.1. Cylindrical

2.7.1.1. DC 3-Wire

2

Discount Code C5

IFL Series Order Codes Body Type

Sensing Distance

Supply Voltage

M8 Shielded

2mm

10-30VDC

Output

Output Function

Connector

IP Rating

Code

NPN

NO

Pre-Wired 2m

67

IFL 2-8M-10N

NO

Pre-Wired 2m

67

IFL 2-12-10N

M12 Plug

67

IFL 2-12-10STN

Pre-Wired 2m

67

IFL 4-12-10N

M12 Plug

67

IFL 4-12-10STN

Pre-Wired 2m

67

IFL 5-18-10N

M12 Plug

67

IFL 5-18-10STN

Pre-Wired 2m

67

IFL 8-18-10N

M12 Plug

67

IFL 8-18-10STN

Pre-Wired 2m

67

IFL 10-30L-10TN

M12 Plug

67

IFL 10-30M-10ST1P

NO or NC

Re-Wireable

67

IFL 10-30L-10/01N

NO

Pre-Wired 2m

67

IFL 15-30L-10TN

M12 Plug

67

IFL 15-30M-10ST1P

Re-Wireable

67

IFL 15-30L-10/01N

PNP M12 Shielded

IFL 2-8M-10N

2mm

10-30VDC

NPN PNP NPN

IFL 2-8M-10P IFL 2-12-10P IFL 2-12-10STP

PNP IFL 8-18-10P

M12 NonShielded

4mm

10-30VDC

NPN

NO

PNP NPN

IFL 4-12-10P IFL 4-12-10STP

PNP M18 Shielded

5mm

10-30VDC

NPN

NO

PNP NPN

IFL 2-12-10P

IFL 5-18-10P IFL 5-18-10STP

PNP M18 NonShielded

8mm

10-30VDC

NPN

NO

PNP NPN

IFL 8-18-10P IFL 8-18-10STP

PNP

IFL 15-30L-10TP M30 Shielded

10mm

10-30VDC

NPN

NO

PNP PNP 10-60VDC

NPN

IFL 10-30L-10TP

IFL 10-30L-10/01P

PNP M30 NonShielded

15mm

10-30VDC

NPN PNP PNP

10-60VDC

NPN

NO or NC

IFL 15-30L-10TP

IFL 15-30L-10/01P

PNP

Accessories Description

Type

Length

Code

M12 Mating Cable

Straight (PUR)

2m

A-K4P-M12-S-G-2M-BK-2-X-A-1

5m

A-K4P-M12-S-G-5M-BK-2-X-A-1

10m

A-K4P-M12-S-G-10M-BK-2-X-A-1

2m

A-K4P-M12-S-W-2M-BK-2-X-A-1

5m

A-K4P-M12-S-W-5M-BK-2-X-A-1

10m

A-K4P-M12-S-W-10M-BK-2-X-A-1

Straight

-

S-K4P-M12-S-G-X-X-X-X-A

Elbow

-

S-K4P-M12-S-W-X-X-X-X-A-1

Elbow (PUR)

Field Wireable M12 Connector

2-94

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


2.7. Inductive Proximity Sensors 2.7.1. Cylindrical

2.7.1.1. DC 3-Wire

2

IFL 2-8M-10*

IFL 2-12-10*

IFL 2-12-10ST*

IFL 4-12-10*

IFL 4-12-10ST*

IFL 5-18-10*

IFL 5-18-10ST*

IFL 8-18-10*

IFL 8-18-10ST*

IFL 10-30L-10T*

IFL 10-30M-10-ST1P

IFL 10-30L-10/01*

IFL 15-30L-10T*

IFL 15-30M-10ST1P*

IFL 15-30L-10/01*

2-95


2. Position Sensors 2.7. Inductive Proximity Sensors

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

2.7.1. Cylindrical

2.7.1.1. DC 3-Wire

2

Discount Code C1

NB Series Order Codes Body Type

Sensing Distance

Supply Voltage

Output

Output Function

M8 Shielded

2mm

10-30VDC

PNP

Connector

IP Rating

NO

Pre-Wired 2m

67

NO

Pre-Wired 2m

67

NO

Pre-Wired 2m

67

NPN M8 NonShielded

2mm

M12 Shielded

2mm

10-30VDC

PNP NPN

10-30VDC

PNP NPN PNP

M12 NonShielded

4mm

10-30VDC

PNP

NO

Pre-Wired 2m

NPN PNP

M18 Shielded

5mm

10-30VDC

PNP

NO

Pre-Wired 2m

NPN PNP M18 NonShielded

8mm

10-30VDC

PNP

NO

Pre-Wired 2m

NPN PNP

M30 Shielded

10mm

10-30VDC

PNP

NO

Pre-Wired 2m

NPN PNP 15mm

10-30VDC

PNP

NBB2-12GM50-E0-V1 67

NO

Pre-Wired 2m

NPN PNP

M12 Connector

NPN

NBN4-12GM50-E2 NBN4-12GM50-E0 NBN4-12GM50-E2-V1 NBN4-12GM50-E0-V1

67

NBB5-18GM50-E2 NBB5-18GM50-E0 NBB5-18GM50-E2-V1 NBB5-18GM50-E0-V1

67

NBN8-18GM50-E2 NBN8-18GM50-E0 NBN8-18GM50-E2-V1 NBN8-18GM50-E0-V1

67

NBB10-30GM50-E2 NBB10-30GM50-E0

M12 Connector

NPN M30 NonShielded

NBB2-12GM50-E2-V1

M12 Connector

NPN

NBB2-12GM50-E2 NBB2-12GM50-E0

M12 Connector

NPN

NBN2-8GM50-E2 NBN2-8GM50-E0

M12 Connector

NPN

NBB2-8GM50-E2 NBB2-8GM50-E0

M12 Connector

NPN

Code

NBB10-30GM50-E2-V1 NBB10-30GM50-E0-V1 67

NBN15-30GM50-E2 NBN15-30GM50-E0 NBN15-30GM50-E2-V1 NBN15-30GM50-E0-V1

Accessories Description

Length

Type

Code

M12 Mating Cable

2m

Straight

V1-G-2M-PVC

Elbow

V1-W-2M-PVC

Straight

V1-G-5M-PVC

Elbow

V1-W-5M-PVC

5m

2-96

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


2.7. Inductive Proximity Sensors 2.7.1. Cylindrical

2.7.1.1. DC 3-Wire

2

NBB2-8GM50-E2

NBN2-8GM50-E2

NBB2-12GM50-E2

NBB2-12GM50-E2-V1

NBN4-12GM50-E2

NBN4-12GM50-E2-V1

NBB5-18GM50-E2

NBB5-18GM50-E2-V1

NBN8-18GM50-E2

NBN8-18GM50-E2-V1

NBB10-30GM50-E2

NBB10-30GM50-E2-V1

NBN15-30GM50-E2

NBN15-30GM50-E2-V1

2-97


2. Position Sensors 2.7. Inductive Proximity Sensors

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

2.7.1. Cylindrical

2.7.1.2. DC 4-Wire

2

Discount Code C5

IFL Series Order Codes Body Type

Sensing Distance

Supply Voltage

Output

Output Function

Connector

IP Rating

Code

M18 Shielded

2mm

10-60VDC

NPN

NO/NC

Pre-Wired 2m

67

IFL 5-18L-11N

M12 Plug

67

Pre-Wired 2m

67

M12 Plug

67

NO/NC

Pre-Wired 2m

67

NO/NC

Pre-Wired 2m

67

PNP NPN

IFL 8-18L-11P

IFL 5-18L-11P

PNP M18 NonShielded

8mm

10-60VDC

NPN

IFL 5-18L-11STP NO/NC

PNP NPN 10mm

10-60VDC

NPN

IFL 15-30L-11TP

15mm

10-60VDC

NPN PNP

IFL 10-30L-11TN IFL 10-30L-11TP IFL 15-30L-11TN IFL 15-30L-11TP

Accessories Description

Type

Length

Code

M12 Mating Cable

Straight (PUR)

2m

A-K4P-M12-S-G-2M-BK-2-X-A-1

5m

A-K4P-M12-S-G-5M-BK-2-X-A-1

10m

A-K4P-M12-S-G-10M-BK-2-X-A-1

2m

A-K4P-M12-S-W-2M-BK-2-X-A-1

5m

A-K4P-M12-S-W-5M-BK-2-X-A-1

Elbow (PUR)

Field Wireable M12 Connector

2-98

IFL 8-18L-11STN IFL 8-18L-11STP

PNP M30 NonShielded

IFL 8-18L-11N IFL 8-18L-11P

PNP M30 Shielded

IFL 5-18L-11STN

10m

A-K4P-M12-S-W-10M-BK-2-X-A-1

Straight

-

S-K4P-M12-S-G-X-X-X-X-A

Elbow

-

S-K4P-M12-S-W-X-X-X-X-A-1

IFL 5-18L-11*

IFL 5-18L-11ST*

IFL 8-18L-11*

IFL 8-18L-11ST*

IFL 10-30L-11T*

IFL 15-30L-11T*

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


2.7. Inductive Proximity Sensors

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

2.7.1. Cylindrical

2.7.1.3. AC 2-Wire 2.7.1.4. AC/DC 2-Wire

2

Discount Code C5

IFL Series - AC 2-Wire Type Order Codes Body Type

Sensing Distance

Supply Voltage

Output Function

Connector

IP Rating

Code

M12 Shielded

2mm

15-250VAC

NO

Pre-Wired 2m

67

IFL 2-12-10

Pre-Wired 2m

67

IFL 4-12-10

Pre-Wired 2m

67

IFL 5-18-10

Pre-Wired 2m

67

IFL 8-18-10

Pre-Wired 2m

67

IFL 10-30-10T

Pre-Wired 2m

67

IFL 15-30-10T

Output Function

Connector

IP Rating

Code

NO

Pre-Wired 2m

67

IFL 5-18-10A

NC IFL 8-18-10

M12 NonShielded

4mm

15-250VAC

M18 Shielded

5mm

15-250VAC

M18 NonShielded

8mm

15-250VAC

M30 Shielded

10mm

15-250VAC

M30 NonShielded

15mm

15-250VAC

NO NC NO NC

IFL 2-12-10

NO NC NO NC

IFL 15-30-10

NO NC

IFL 2-12-01 IFL 4-12-01 IFL 5-18-01 IFL 8-18-01 IFL 10-30-01T IFL 15-30-01T

IFL Series - AC/DC 2-Wire Type Order Codes Body Type

Sensing Distance

Supply Voltage

M18 Shielded

5mm

10-250V AC/DC

NC

IFL 5-18-01A

IFL 2-12-**

IFL 4-12-**

IFL 5-18-**

IFL 8-18-**

IFL 10-30-***

IFL 15-30-***

2-99


2. Position Sensors 2.7. Inductive Proximity Sensors

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

2.7.1. Cylindrical

2.7.1.5. DC 2-Wire

2

Discount Code C7

GX-M Series Order Codes Body Type

Maximum Sensing Distance

Supply Voltage

Output Function

Connector

IP Rating

Code

M8 Shielded

1.5mm

12-24VDC

NO

Pre-Wired 2m

67

GX-M8A-U

NC 2.5mm

GX-M8B-U GX-ML8A-U

NO NC

1.5mm

NO NC

2.5mm

GX-ML8B-U M12 (Pigtailed Type)

67

GX-M8B-U-J

NO

GX-ML8A-U-J

NC M12 Shielded

2mm

12-24VDC

NO NC

4mm

GX-ML8B-U-J Pre-Wired 2m

68

GX-M12B-U

NC NO

4mm

GX-ML12B-U M12 Plug

67

5mm

12-24VDC

GX-M12B-U-Z

NO

GX-ML12A-U-Z

NO NC

8mm

NO

5mm

NO

GX-ML12B-U-Z Pre-Wired 2m

68

GX-M18B-U GX-ML18B-U

M12 Plug

67

10mm

12-24VDC

GX-M18B-U-Z

NO

GX-ML18A-U-Z

NO NC

15mm

GX-M18A-U-Z

NC NC M30 Shielded

GX-M18A-U GX-ML18A-U

NC

8mm

GX-M12A-U-Z

NC NC M18 Shielded

GX-M12A-U GX-ML12A-U

NO

2mm

GX-M8A-U-J

GX-ML18B-U-Z Pre-Wired 2m

68

GX-M30A-U GX-M30B-U GX-ML30A-U

NO NC

GX-ML30B-U

10mm

NO

M12 Plug

67

GX-M30A-U-Z

NC

GX-M30B-U-Z

15mm

NO

GX-ML30A-U-Z

NC

GX-ML30B-U-Z

Accessories Description

Length

Type

Code

M12 Mating Cable

2m

Straight

CN-24C-C2

Elbow

CN-24CL-C2

Straight

CN-24C-C5

Elbow

CN-24CL-C5

5m

2-100

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


2.7. Inductive Proximity Sensors

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

2.7.2. Rectangular

2.7.2.1. DC 3-Wire

2

Discount Code C7

GX Series Order Codes Sensing Type Sensing Distance

Supply Voltage

Output

Output Function

Connector

IP Rating

Code

Front Sensing

12-24VDC

NPN

NO

Pre-Wired 1m

68

GX-F8A

2.5mm

NC Top Sensing

GX-F8B

NO

GX-H8A

NC Front Sensing

2.5mm

12-24VDC

PNP

NO NC

Top Sensing

GX-H8B Pre-Wired 1m

68

GX-F8B-P

NO

GX-H8A-P

NC Front Sensing

4mm

12-24VDC

NPN

NO NC

Top Sensing

GX-H8B-P Pre-Wire 1m

68

4mm

12-24VDC

PNP

NO NC

Top Sensing

GX-F12A-C5 GX-F12B-C5

NO

GX-H12A-C5

NC Front Sensing

GX-F8A-P

GX-H12B-C5 Pre-Wired 1m

68

GX-F12A-P-C5 GX-F12B-P-C5

NO

GX-H12A-P-C5

NC

GX-H12B-P-C5

Accessories Description

Code

Mounting bracket for GX-8 Type

MS-GXL8-4

GX-F8

2-101


2. Position Sensors 2.7. Inductive Proximity Sensors 2.7.2. Rectangular

2.7.2.1. DC 3-Wire

2

GX Series Dimensions GX-H8

GX-F12

GX-H12

2-102

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


2.7. Inductive Proximity Sensors

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

2.7.2. Rectangular

2.7.2.2. DC 4-Wire

2

Discount Code C5

IFL Series Order Codes Type

Sensing Distance

Supply Voltage

Output Function

Connection

IP Rating

Code

Shielded

15mm

10-60VDC

NPN NO/NC 4-Wire

Cable 2m

67

IFL 15-333E-11N

PNP NO/NC 4-Wire Un-Shielded

20mm

10-60VDC

NPN NO/NC 4-Wire

IFL 15-333E-11P

Cable 2m

67

PNP NO/NC 4-Wire 50mm

10-60VDC

NPN NO/NC 4-Wire PNP NO/NC 4-Wire

IFL 15-333E-11*

IFL 20-333E-11N

IFL 20-333E-11P

Terminal Compartment

67

IFL 50-385-11N-M20

IFL 50-385-11P-M20

IFL 20-333E-11*

IFL 50-385-11*-M20

2-103


2. Position Sensors 2.7. Inductive Proximity Sensors

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

2.7.2. Rectangular

2.7.2.2. DC 4-Wire

2

NBB15, NBB20, NBN30 & NBN40

Discount Code C1

VariKont Series Order Codes Type

Sensing Distance

Supply Voltage

Output Function

Connection

IP Rating

Code

Shielded

15mm

10-30VDC

NPN NO/NC 4-Wire

Terminal Compartment

67

NBB15-U1-A0

20mm NCN50

Non-Shielded

30mm

10-30VDC

40mm

50mm

NBB15, NBB20, NBN30 & NBN40

2-104

NPN NO/NC 4-Wire

NBB15-U1-A2

NPN NO/NC 4-Wire

NBB20-U1-A0

NPN NO/NC 4-Wire

NBB20-U1-A2

NPN NO/NC 4-Wire

Terminal Compartment

67

NBN30-U1-A0

NPN NO/NC 4-Wire

NBN30-U1-A2

NPN NO/NC 4-Wire

NBN40-U1-A0

NPN NO/NC 4-Wire

NBN40-U1-A2

NPN NO/NC 4-Wire

NCN50-FP-A2-P1

NCN50

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


2.7. Inductive Proximity Sensors

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

2.7.2. Rectangular

2.7.2.3. DC 2-Wire NBB15, NBB20, NBN30 & NBN40

2

Discount Code C1

VariKont Series Order Codes Type Shielded

Sensing Distance

Supply Voltage

Output Function

Connector

IP Rating

Code

15mm

10-30VDC

NO/NC

Terminal Compartment

67

NBB15-U1-Z2

10-30VDC

NO/NC

Terminal Compartment

67

20mm Non-Shielded

30mm 40mm

NBB20-U1-Z2 NBN30-U1-Z2 NBN40-U1-Z2

50mm NCN50

NCN50-FP-Z2-P1

NBB15, NBB20, NBN30

NCN50

NBN40

2-105


2. Position Sensors 2.7. Inductive Proximity Sensors

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

2.7.2. Rectangular 2.7.2.4. AC 2-Wire

2

Discount Code C5

IFL Series Order Codes Type

Sensing Distance

Supply Voltage

Output Function

Connection

IP Rating

Code

Shielded

15mm

15-250VAC

NO or NC

Terminal Compartment

65

IFL 15-333-10/01

Un-Shielded

20mm

15-250VAC

NO or NC

Terminal Compartment

65

IFL 20-333-10/01

50mm

15-250VAC

NO or NC

Terminal Compartment

67

IFL 50-385-10/01

IFL 15-333-10/01

IFL 20-333-10/01

IFL 50-385-10/01

2-106

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


2.7. Inductive Proximity Sensors

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

2.7.2. Rectangular 2.7.2.4. AC 2-Wire

NBB15, NBB20, NBN30 & NBN40

2

Discount Code C1

VariKont Series Order Codes Type

Sensing Distance

Supply Voltage

Output Function

Connection

IP Rating

Code

Shielded

15mm

10-30VDC

NO/NC

Terminal Compartment

67

NJ15+U1+W

20mm

10-30VDC

NO/NC

Terminal Compartment

67

NJ20+U1+W

Non-Shielded

30mm

NJ30+U1+W

40mm

NJ40+U1+W

50mm

NCN50-FP-W-P1

NCN50 NBB15, NBB20, NBN30 & NBN40

NCN50

2-107


2. Position Sensors 2.8. Magnetic Reed Switches

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

2

Discount Code C5

Magnetic Reed Switches Ordering Steps: • • • •

Select sensing distance Select matching magnet Select switch & magnet part numbers Add price of switch & magnet

Sensing Distances (mm)

Code BN 20-10Z BN 20-01Z 15

20-45 20-45

15

BN 20-20Z

15

BN 20-02Z BN 20-11Z BN 20-RZ 5

10

15

15

10-35 10-35

15

BN 20-2RZ

15

BN 20-11RZ 6

20

20

5-20

BN 310-10Z BN 310-01Z BN 310-RZ

15

20

25

25

15-45 15-45

25

25

BN 65-RZ

15

20-55

BN 20

BN 310

BP 31N

BP 34

20

BE 20

BP 31S

BP 31N

BP 31

BP 22NS

15

BP 21S

BP 21N

25

BP 20S

25

BP 20N

15-45 15-45

BP 20

25

BP 15

25

BP 12N BP 12S

20

BN 310

2-108

20

15

BP 11N BP 11S

BP 10

5

BN 65-10Z/V

Actuator Magnet Part Number

BN 310

BP 31S

BN 20 BP 20N

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


2.8. Magnetic Reed Switches

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

2

Discount Code C5

Micro Magnetic Reed Switches Sensing Distances (mm)

0-14

0-14

BN 80-01Z

BP 31N

4-30

BP 31

BP 20N

3-28

BP 20

5-27 BP 12N

BP 11S

BP 11N

BP 10

BP 8

4-23

BN 80-10Z

BN 85-R

BP 34

2-10

12-24

BP 20S

2-9

12-24

BP 31S

8-14

BP 15

0-5

6-12

BP 12S

3-8

Code

Actuator Magnet Part Number

BN 80

Actuators – Magnetic Switches BP 10

BP 11

2 x BP 11

BP 12

BP 12 N S

BP 15

BP 20 BP 20 N/S

BP 22

2-109


2. Position Sensors 2.9. Ultrasonic Sensors

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

2

Discount Code C1

UC Series Order Codes Type

Sensing Distance

Supply Voltage

Connector

IP Rating

Code

30-50mm

2 x PNP (NO/NC)

M12 Connector

M30

IP65

UC500-30GM-E6R2-V15

80-2000mm

UC2000-30GM-E6R2-V15

200-4000mm

UC4000-30GM-E6R2-V15

350-6000mm 30-500mm

UC6000-30GM-E6R2-V15 4 to 20mA

UC500-30GM-IUR2-V15

80-2000mm

UC2000-30GM-IUR2-V15

200-4000mm

UC4000-30GM-IUR2-V15

350-6000mm 0-300mm 100-2000mm

UC6000-30GM-IUR2-V15 2 x Relay 4 to 20mA

Rectangular

UC300-F43-2KIR2-V17 UC2000-F43-2KIR2-V17

Accessories Description

Length

Type

Code

M12 Cable for M30 Type

2m

Straight

V15-G-2M-PVC

Elbow

V15-W-2M-PVC

Straight

V15-G-5M-PVC

Elbow

V15-W-5M-PVC

Straight

V17-G-2M-PUR

Elbow

V17-W-2M-PUR

Straight

V17-G-5M-PUR

Elbow

V17-W-5M-PUR

5m M12 Cable for Rectangular Type

2m 5m

2-110

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


2.10. Rotary Encoders 2.10.1. Technical Notes

2 Technical Notes An encoder is a device (transducer) that is used to convert rotary or linear motion into useful information. The primary parameters determined are speed, rate, velocity, distance, position, or direction. A typical application will use one or more of these parameters as feedback to the controller in a motion control system. There are two types of encoders : Incremental An incremental encoder accurately records changes in position, but does not power up with a fixed relation between encoder state and physical position. Devices controlled by incremental encoders may have to “go home� to a fixed reference point to initialize the position measurement. An incremental encoder provides an A and a B pulse output that provide no usable count information in their own right. Rather, the counting is done in the external electronics. The point where the counting begins depends on the counter in the external electronics and not on the position of the encoder. To provide useful position information, the encoder position must be referenced to the device to which it is attached, generally using an index pulse. The distinguishing feature of the incremental encoder is that it reports an incremental change in position of the encoder to the counting electronics Absolute An absolute encoder maintains position information when power is removed from the system. The position of the encoder is available immediately on applying power. The relationship between the encoder value and the physical position of the controlled machinery is set at assembly; the system does not need to return to a calibration point to maintain position accuracy. Typical Applications Motor feedback is the most common way that rotary encoders are used. In this type of application, an encoder is either mounted directly to the motor, or indirectly using a measuring wheel or chain-and-sprocket arrangement. The parameter of interest is primarily the speed of the motor. Web tensioning is an application in which the encoder is not usually mounted to the drive motor, but to one of the tensioning arm rollers. Any unevenness in the speed of this roller indicates that proper web tension is not being maintained and must be adjusted. The rotating speed of the tensioning roller is fed back to the controller, which then adjusts the drive motor so that web material is kept at an even tension. Cut-to-Length is a very practical application of an encoder combined with simple mathematics. If, for example, a system were to be designed with a roller that is exactly one foot in circumference, the roller would feed one foot of material for every revolution of the roller. An encoder mounted to the roller would reflect this situation and could tell a controller how much material had been fed through the roller. The resolution of the encoder would also directly reflect the accuracy of the cut. Lifts are just one example where encoders can perform a dual role. They can determine the position of the elevator through a mathematical calculation similar to the above, and they can determine the speed of travel of the lift. Registration Mark Timing uses encoders to determine the position of a unit relative to a known point, and then to determine the unit’s speed relative to that mark. Radar antenna rotation is a good example of this type of application. In Backstop Gauging the encoder is used to make sure that the unit, typically a machine tool, does not exceed a current position or direction of travel. Very often, this is combined with a determination of the speed of travel of the table, tool head, or similar component. Filling applications is just one example where Table Positioning is critical since the item being filled must arrive at filling tube at the same time the fluid control is turned on. Conveying is another common industry where encoders are widely used. They may be attached to the motor, to intermediate axle shafts, or to both. Encoders are an especially effective feedback device where the positioning and/ or speed of multi-element conveying systems must be carefully coordinated. Spooling (sometimes referred to as Level Wind) is another application where encoders can prove invaluable. Not only is it necessary that the speed of the supply and take-up reels be kept in proper relation to each other, but the amount of material being spooled must also often be tracked. Electronics is just one industry that widely uses encoders in Pick and Place applications. Here many of the capabilities of encoders (rate, position, speed, velocity) can often be found combined in a single system.

2-111


2. Position Sensors 2.10. Rotary Encoders 2.10.2. Output Circuits

2 HV Line Driver The Universal HV Line Driver will function as an RS422 driver, a TTL driver, or an HTL driver. In single ended mode (i.e. without the complement signals), it will function as a current sink driver (NPN), a current source driver (PNP), or as a Push-Pull driver. The driver will operate throughout a wide voltage range, from 4.75V through 28V, and has internal over-current protection. Each leg of each channel is also protected by a Schottky Diode. All screens should be terminated to P.E. (building protective earth) at each end.

Waveform Timing These output waveform timing diagrams illustrate the relationship of output A, B, and index. Quadrature separation (right) is typically 90 electrical degrees with a tolerance of 10%, giving minimum edge separation of 72 Output A leads B for clockwise rotation of the encoder shaft. for NPN output A, B, and Z will not be present. For some types the marker pulse can be gated Z A, Z B, Z A B. Note:

These Signal configurations were obtained from a clockwise turning shaft (viewed from the shaft end) with the oscilloscope triggering on the negative edge of Output A with scope channel 1, and Output B or Output Z on scope channel 2

2-112

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


2.10. Rotary Encoders

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

2.10.3. Incremental Encoders 2.10.3.1. Solid Shaft

2

Discount Code L6

716 Series – Cube Type, Solid Shaft ø3/8”, IP20 Order Codes Connection Method

Supply Voltage

Output

Type

Pulses Per Revolution (PPR)

Code

6 Pin MS Side Connector

4.75 – 28VDC

HV Line Driver NPN,PNP,TTL, RS422,RS485, HTL (A, ͞A, B, ̅B, Z, ͞Z)

Single Ended Shaft

100

716RS60100HVSW

360

716RS60360HVSW

500

716RS60500HVSW

1000

716RS61000HVSW

1600

716RS61600HVSW

100

716RD60100HVSW

360

716RD60360HVSW

500

716RD60500HVSW

1000

716RD61000HVSW

1600

716RD61600HVSW

Single Ended Shaft

Double Ended Shaft

Note: Other variations available on request 716 Housing with 3/8” Shaft

15S Series – Low Profile, ø38 Body, Solid Shaft ø6, IP50 Order Codes Connection Method

Supply Voltage

Output

Type

Pulses Per Revolution (PPR)

Code

Pre-Wired 2m Lead

4.75 – 28VDC

HV Line Driver -NPN,PNP,TTL, RS422,RS485, HTL (A, ͞A, B, ̅B, Z, ͞Z)

Servo Flange

100

15S60M10100NCHVV1G2STIP50

360

15S60M10360NCHVV1G2STIP50

500

15S60M10500NCHVV1G2STIP50

1000

15S60M11000NCHVV1G2STIP50

Note: Other variations available on request Servo Flange

Model 15S Standard Servo Mount

2-113


2. Position Sensors 2.10. Rotary Encoders

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

2.10.3. Incremental Encoders 2.10.3.1. Solid Shaft

2

Discount Code L6

755RG Series – Compact, ø38 Body, Solid Shaft ø6, IP50 Order Codes Connection Method

Supply Voltage

Output

Type

Pulses Per Revolution (PPR)

Code

Pre-Wired 2m Lead

4.75 – 28VDC

HV Line Driver NPN,PNP,TTL, RS422,RS485, HTL (A, ͞A, B, ̅B, Z, ͞Z)

Servo Flange

100

755RG161RG0100RHVG2ST

360

755RG161RG0360RHVG2ST

500

755RG161RG0500RHVG2ST

1000

755RG161RG1000RHVG2ST

2500

755RG261RG2500RHVG2ST

100

755RG161MA0100RHVG2ST

360

755RG161MA0360RHVG2ST

500

755RG161MA0500RHVG2ST

1000

755RG161MA1000RHVG2ST

2500

755RG261MA2500RHVG2ST

Square Flange Square Flange

Note: Other variations available on request Model 755RG Servo Mount (RG)

Model 755RG Mounting Flange Option (MA)

Servo Flange

702 Series – Ultra Rugged, ø50.8 Body, Solid Shaft ø10, IP65 Order Codes Connection Method

Supply Voltage

Output

Type

Pulses Per Revolution (PPR)

Code

7 Pin MS Side Connector

4.75 – 28VDC

HV Line Driver NPN,PNP,TTL, RS422,RS485, HTL (A, ͞A, B, ̅B, Z, ͞Z)

Square Flange

100

702110FF0100RHV1SYSTIP65

360

702110FF0360RHV1SYSTIP65

500

702110FF0500RHV1SYSTIP65

1000

702110FF1000RHV1SYSTIP65

2500

702210FF2500RHV1SYSTIP65

5000

702310FF5000RHV1SYSTIP65

100

702110F1S0100RHV1SYSTIP65

360

702110F1S0360RHV1SYSTIP65

500

702110F1S0500RHV1SYSTIP65

1000

702110F1S1000RHV1SYSTIP65

2500

702210F1S2500RHV1SYSTIP65

5000

702310F1S5000RHV1SYSTIP65

Servo Flange

Square Flange

Note: Other variations available on request Model 702 Flange Mount (F)

Model 702 Servo Mount

Servo Flange

2-114

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


2.10. Rotary Encoders

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

2.10.3. Incremental Encoders 2.10.3.1. Solid Shaft

2

Discount Code L6

725 Series – Heavy Duty, ø63.5 Body, Solid Shaft ø10, IP65 Order Codes Connection Method

Supply Voltage

Output

Type

Pulses Per Revolution (PPR)

Code

7 Pin MS Side Connector

4.75 – 28VDC

HV Line Driver NPN,PNP,TTL, RS422,RS485, HTL (A, ͞A, B, ̅B, Z, ͞Z)

Square Flange

100

725110FF10100RHV1SYSTIP65

360

725110FF10360RHV1SYSTIP65

500

725110FF10500RHV1SYSTIP65

1000

725110FF11000RHV1SYSTIP65

2500

725210FF12500RHV1SYSTIP65

5000

725310FF15000RHV1SYSTIP65

100

725110FS10100RHV1SYSTIP65

360

725110FS10360RHV1SYSTIP65

500

725110FS10500RHV1SYSTIP65

1000

725110FS11000RHV1SYSTIP65

2500

725210FS12500RHV1SYSTIP65

5000

725310FS15000RHV1SYSTIP65

Servo Flange

Square Flange

Note: Other variations available on request Model 725 Flange Mount (F1)

Model 725 2.5” Servo Mount (F1)

Servo Flange

758 Series – Heavy Duty Aluminium, ø58 Body, Solid Shaft ø10, IP65 Order Codes Connection Method

Supply Voltage

Output

Type

Pulses Per Revolution (PPR)

Code

Side Gland + 2m Cable

4.75 – 28VDC

HV Line Driver NPN,PNP,TTL, RS422,RS485, HTL (A, ͞A, B, ̅B, Z, ͞Z)

Servo Clamp Spigot Style

100

758110F200100RHVSG2STIP65

360

758110F200360RHVSG2STIP65

500

758110F200500RHVSG2STIP65

1000

758110F201000RHVSG2STIP65

2500

758210F202500RHVSG2STIP65

5000

758310F205000RHVSG2STIP65

10000

758310F2010000RHVSG2STIP65

Servo Clamp Spigot Style

Servo Flange Style

Servo Flange Style 100

758110F260100RHVSG2STIP65

360

758110F260360RHVSG2STIP65

500

758110F260500RHVSG2STIP65

1000

758110F261000RHVSG2STIP65

2500

758210F262500RHVSG2STIP65

5000

758310F265000RHVSG2STIP65

10000

758310F2610000RHVSG2STIP65

Note: Other variations available on request Model 758 Clamping Flange 20 Type

Model 758 Synchro Flange 26 Type

2-115


2. Position Sensors 2.10. Rotary Encoders

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

2.10.3. Incremental Encoders 2.10.3.1. Solid Shaft

2

Discount Code L6

858 Series – Heavy Duty Stainless Steel ø58 Body, Solid Shaft ø10, IP65 Order Codes Connection Method

Supply Voltage

Output

Type

Pulses Per Revolution (PPR)

Code

Side Gland + 2m Cable

4.75 – 28VDC

HV Line Driver NPN,PNP,TTL, RS422,RS485, HTL (A, ͞A, B, ̅B, Z, ͞Z)

Servo Clamp Spigot Style

100

858110F200100RHVSG2STIP65

360

858110F200360RHVSG2STIP65

500

858110F200500RHVSG2STIP65

1000

858110F201000RHVSG2STIP65

2500

858210F202500RHVSG2STIP65

5000

858310F205000RHVSG2STIP65

10000

858310F2010000RHVSG2STIP65

Servo Clamp Spigot Style

Servo Flange Style 100

858110F260100RHVSG2STIP65

360

858110F260360RHVSG2STIP65

500

858110F260500RHVSG2STIP65

1000

858110F261000RHVSG2STIP65

2500

858210F262500RHVSG2STIP65

5000

858310F265000RHVSG2STIP65

10000

858310F2610000RHVSG2STIP65

Servo Flange Style Note: Other variations available on request Model 858 Clamping Flange 20 Type

Model 858 Synchro Flange 26 Type

745 Series – Extra Heavy Duty ø90 Body, Solid Shaft ø12, IP64 Order Codes Connection Method

Supply Voltage

Output

Type

Pulses Per Revolution (PPR)

Code

10 Pin MS Side Connector

4.75 – 28VDC

HV Line Driver NPN,PNP,TTL, RS422,RS485, HTL (A, ͞A, B, ̅B, Z, ͞Z)

Servo Clamp Spigot Style

100

745112KS0100RHV1SXSTIP64

360

745112KS0360RHV1SXSTIP64

500

745112KS0500RHV1SXSTIP64

1000

745112KS1000RHV1SXSTIP64

2500

745112KS2500RHV1SXSTIP64

5000

745112KS5000RHV1SXSTIP64

10000

745112KS10000RHV1SXSTIP64

Servo Clamp Spigot Style

Note: Other variations available on request Model 745 Heavy Duty 90mm

2-116

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


2.10. Rotary Encoders

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

2.10.3. Incremental Encoders 2.10.3.2. Hollow Shaft

2

Discount Code L6

15T Series - Low Profile, ø38 Body, Thru-Bore,IP50 Order Codes Connection Method

Supply Voltage

Output

Bore ø

Pulses Per Revolution (PPR)

Code

Pre-Wired 2m Lead

5-24VDC

HV Line Driver NPN,PNP,TTL, RS422,RS485, HTL (A, ͞A, B, ̅B, Z, ͞Z)

6mm

100

15T04SF0100NCHVV1G2STIP50

360

15T04SF0360NCHVV1G2STIP50

500

15T04SF0500NCHVV1G2STIP50

1000

15T04SF1000NCHVV1G2STIP50

100

15T05SF0100NCHVV1G2STIP50

360

15T05SF0360NCHVV1G2STIP50

500

15T05SF0500NCHVV1G2STIP50

1000

15T05SF1000NCHVV1G2STIP50

10mm

Note: Other variations available on request Model 15T/H (46mm) Slotted Flex Mount (SF)

755HS Series – Compact ø38 Body, Blind Bore, IP50 Order Codes Connection Method

Supply Voltage

Output

Bore ø

Pulses Per Revolution (PPR)

Code

Pre-Wired 2m Lead

4.75 – 28VDC

HV Line Driver NPN,PNP,TTL, RS422,RS485, HTL (A, ͞A, B, ̅B, Z, ͞Z)

6mm

100

755HS104FF0100RHVG2ST

360

755HS104FF0360RHVG2ST

500

755HS104FF0500RHVG2ST

1000

755HS104FF1000RHVG2ST

100

755HS102FF0100RHVG2ST

360

755HS102FF0360RHVG2ST

500

755HS102FF0500RHVG2ST

1000

755HS102FF1000RHVG2ST

3/8”

Note: Other variations available on request Model 755HS Flex Mount (FF)

2-117


2. Position Sensors 2.10. Rotary Encoders

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

2.10.3. Incremental Encoders 2.10.3.2. Hollow Shaft

2

Discount Code L6

760 Series – Heavy Duty ø63.5 Body, Thru-Bore, IP64 Order Codes Connection Method

Supply Voltage

Output

Bore ø

Pulses Per Revolution (PPR)

Code

10 Pin MS Side Connector

4.75 – 28VDC

HV Line Driver NPN,PNP,TTL, RS422,RS485, HTL (A, ͞A, B, ̅B, Z, ͞Z)

10mm

100

760N1T05FB0100NCHVSXSTIP64

360

760N1T05FB0360NCHVSXSTIP64

500

760N1T05FB0500NCHVSXSTIP64

1000

760N1T05FB1000NCHVSXSTIP64

2500

760N2T05FB2500NCHVSXSTIP64

100

760N1T14FB0100NCHVSXSTIP64

360

760N1T14FB0360NCHVSXSTIP64

500

760N1T14FB0500NCHVSXSTIP64

1000

760N1T14FB1000NCHVSXSTIP64

2500

760N2T14FB2500NCHVSXSTIP64

14mm

Note: Other variations available on request Model 760 with PG9 Pinch Gland

776 Series – Slim Profile, Thru-Bore, IP50 Order Codes Connection Method

Supply Voltage

Output

Bore ø

Pulses Per Revolution (PPR)

Code

Pre-Wired 2m Lead

4.75 – 28VDC

HV Line Driver NPN,PNP,TTL, RS422,RS485, HTL (A, ͞A, B, ̅B, Z, ͞Z)

35mm

100

776135BA0100RHVG2ST

256

776135BA0256RHVG2ST

512

776135BA0512RHVG2ST

1000

776135BA1000RHVG2ST

100

77612CBA0100RHVG2ST

256

77612CBA0256RHVG2ST

512

77612CBA0512RHVG2ST

1000

77612CBA1000RHVG2ST

1.5”

Note: Other variations available on request Model 776 with Gland

2-118

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


2.10. Rotary Encoders

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

2.10.3. Incremental Encoders 2.10.3.3. Special Purpose

2

Discount Code L6

TR1 Series – Integrated Encoder & Single Measuring Wheel, IP64 Order Codes Connection Method

Supply Voltage

Output

Wheel Type & Circumference

Pulses Per Revolution (PPR)

Code

Pre-Wired 2m Lead

5-24VDC

HV Line Driver NPN,PNP,TTL, RS422,RS485, HTL (A, ͞A, B, ̅B, Z, ͞Z)

200mm Urethane

360

TR1E2R60360V1HVG2STIP64

500

TR1E2R60500V1HVG2STIP64

1000

TR1E2R61000V1HVG2STIP64

2500

TR1E2R62500V1HVG2STIP64

360

TR12KR60360V1HVG2STIP64

500

TR12KR60500V1HVG2STIP64

1000

TR12KR61000V1HVG2STIP64

2500

TR12KR62500V1HVG2STIP64

200mm Knurled Aluminium

Note: Other variations available on request Model TR1 - Tru-Trac

Tru-Trac 3 – Heavy Duty Integrated Encoder & Dual Measuring Wheels, IP65 Order Codes Connection Method

Supply Voltage

Output

Wheel Type & Circumference

Pulses Per Revolution (PPR)

Code

Pre-Wired 2m Lead

5-24VDC

HV Line Driver NPN,PNP,TTL, RS422,RS485, HTL (A, ͞A, B, ̅B, Z, ͞Z)

300mm Urethane

360

TR3R3B0360V1HVG2STIP66

500

TR3R3B0500V1HVG2STIP66

1000

TR3R3B1000V1HVG2STIP66

2500

TR3R3B2500V1HVG2STIP66

360

TR3K3B0360V1HVG2STIP66

500

TR3K3B0500V1HVG2STIP66

1000

TR3K3B1000V1HVG2STIP66

2500

TR3K3B2500V1HVG2STIP66

300mm Knurled Aluminium

Note: Other variations available on request

Model 758 Clamping Flange 20 Type

2-119


2. Position Sensors 2.10. Rotary Encoders

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

2.10.4. Absolute Encoders 2.10.4.1. Standard Shaft

2

Discount Code L6

958 Series – Stainless Steel ø58 Body, Solid Shaft ø6 & ø10, IP65 Order Codes Connection Method

Supply Voltage

Output

Type

Shaft Size

Pulses Per Revolution (PPR)

Code

Pre-Wired 2m Lead

4.75-24VDC

Binary Clockwise Increasing when viewed from shaft end

Servo Flange

6mm

360 (9 Bit)

958B6FSS260360CWPPSG2STIP65

500 (9 Bit)

958B6FSS260500CWPPSG2STIP65

1000 (10 Bit)

958B6FSS261000CWPPSG2STIP65

4096 (12 bit)

958B6FSS264096CWPPSG2STIP65

360 (9 Bit)

958B6FSS260360CWPPSG2STIP65

500 (9 Bit)

958B6FSS260500CWPPSG2STIP65

1000 (10 Bit)

958B6FSS261000CWPPSG2STIP65

4096 (12 bit)

958B6FSS264096CWPPSG2STIP65

Single Ended Shaft

10mm

Note: Other variations available on request Model 958 Clamping Flange 20 Type (20)

Model 958 Synchro Flange 26 Type (26)

Servo Flange

925 Series - Heavy Duty ø63.5 Body, Solid Shaft ø10, IP65 Order Codes Connection Method

Supply Voltage

Output

Type

Pulses Per Revolution (PPR)

Code

19 Pin Bayonet Side Connector

4.75-24VDC

Binary Clockwise Increasing when viewed from shaft end

Square Flange

360 (9 Bit)

925B10FF10360CWPPS19STIP65

500 (9 Bit)

925B10FF10500CWPPS19STIP65

1000 (10 Bit)

925B10FF11000CWPPS19STIP65

4096 (12 bit)

925B10FF14096CWPPS19STIP65

360 (9 Bit)

925B10FF10360CWPPS19STIP65

500 (9 Bit)

925B10FF10360CWPPS19STIP65

1000 (10 Bit)

925B10FF10360CWPPS19STIP65

4096 (12 bit)

925B10FF10360CWPPS19STIP65

Servo Flange

Servo Flange

Note: Other variations available on request Model 925 Flange Mount F1

Model 925 Servo Mount S1

Servo Flange

2-120

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


2.10. Rotary Encoders

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

2.10.4. Absolute Encoders 2.10.4.2. Hollow Shaft

2

Discount Code L6

960 Series - Low Profile, ø40 Body, Thru-Bore, IP64 Order Codes Connection Method

Supply Voltage

Output

Wheel Type & Circumference

Pulses Per Revolution (PPR)

Code

Pre-Wired 2m Lead

5-24VDC

Greycode Binary

6mm

256 (8 Bit)

960T04SF0256GPPG2IP64

360 (9 Bit)

960T04SF0360XPPG2IP64*

512 (9 Bit)

960T04SF0512GPPG2IP64

1024 (10Bit)

960T04SF1024GPPG2IP64

256 (8 Bit)

960T05SF0256GPPG2IP64

360 (9 Bit)

960T05SF0360XPPG2IP64*

512 (9 Bit)

960T05SF0512GPPG2IP64

1024 (10Bit)

960T05SF1024GPPG2IP64

10mm

* XS 76 Greycode Output Note: Other variations available on request Model 960

2-121


2. Position Sensors 2.10. Rotary Encoders

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

2.10.5. Accessories

2

Discount Code L6

Accessories Order Codes - Measuring Wheels Wheel Type

Circumference

Bore Size

Code

Rubber Tyre

200mm

3/8”

MWB2RU200

6mm

MWB2RU2006MM

10mm

MWB2RU20010MM

3/8”

MWB3RU300

6mm

MWB3RU3006MM

10mm

MWB3RU30010MM

3/8”

MWB4RU400

6mm

MWB4RU4006MM

10mm

MWB4RU40010MM

3/8”

MWB5RU500

6mm

MWB5RU5006MM

10mm

MWB5RU50010MM

3/8”

MWB2KN200

6mm

MWB2KN2006MM

10mm

MWB2KN20010MM

3/8”

MWB3KN300

6mm

MWB3KN3006MM

10mm

MWB3KN30010MM

3/8”

MWB4KN400

6mm

MWB4KN4006MM

10mm

MWB4KN40010MM

3/8”

MWB5KN500

6mm

MWB5KN5006MM

10mm

MWB5KN50010MM

300mm

400mm

500mm

Knurled Aluminium

200mm

300mm

400mm

500mm

Order Codes - Flexible Couplings Type

Outside Diameter

Bore Size

Code

Flexible Couplings

20mm

3/8” x 3/8”

CPASS

10mm x 10mm

CPA1010

6mm x 6mm

CPA66

3/8” x 6mm

CPAS6

10mm x 6mm

CPA106

12mm x 12mm

CPA1212

25mm

Order Codes - Connectors Type

Pins

Code

MS Mating Connectors

6

C06

7

C07

10

C10

19

C19

Pins

Code

725, 925, 758-20

M-J

758-26, 958-26

M-C

745

M-4

TR1

TR1

Tru Trac

TR3

Order Codes - Mounting Brackets Type

Mounting Bracket

Note: Other variations available on request

2-122

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


2.10. Rotary Encoders

2.10.6. Absolute Special Purpose Encoders 2 Absolute Special Purpose Encoders NR25 Single-turn Ethernet/IP

The NR25 series EtherNet/IP encoders are ODVA compliant and compatible with all PLCs/PACs that support EtherNet/IP. They are available in absolute single-turn and multi-turn packages using an IP67 rated 2.5” size industrial housing. These EtherNet/IP absolute rotary encoders provide up to 30 bit total resolution, delivering 16 bit (65536 steps) per revolution and up to an additional 14 bit (16384 revolutions) for multi-turn versions. Key Features • • • • • • • • •

EtherNet/IP interface with PoE (Power over Ethernet). Single-turn Resolution Up To 16 bit (65536 counts) Multi-turn Resolution Up To 30 bit (65536 counts x 16384 revolutions) Programmable resolution, count direction, velocity format, & position preset. Resolver-based durability IP67 Ingress Protection Rating Solid Shaft and Hollow Shaft Versions ODVA Compliant Compatible w/ Allen-Bradley + Schneider PLCs supporting EtherNet/IP

DC25 Single-turn DeviceNet

The DC25 DeviceNet DuraCoder provides the durability of a resolver with the connectivity and versatility of a network. The resolution of this DeviceNet rotary shaft encoder, along with all other programmable parameters, are programmed over the network from RSNetworx for DeviceNet. Other programmable features include zero offset and a programmable limit switch outputs. Package styles include flange or servo with side or end connector. Key Features • • • • • •

DeviceNet ready Programmable output resolution up to 12 bits Powder coated aluminum housing for superior durability IP67 rating All mounting styles Ideal for high-shock applications - withstands mechanical shock & vibration

DC25 Analog Output Single-turn

Designed as a replacement for potentiometers, this absolute analog rotary shaft encoder is an industry leader. Typical applications include closed loop process control and angular measurement of valves, dampers and sorters. Available with analog voltage or analog current output. The DC25 can produce the full output signal over 360, 180, 90, or 45 degrees. Available analog voltage outputs include 0-5Vdc, 0-10Vdc, or +/-10Vdc. The analog current output versions are 4 to 20mA or 0 to 20mA. Package styles include flange or servo with side or end connector. Key Features • • • • •

Outlasts potentiometers Available in (20) different output configurations IP67 rating Powder coated aluminum housing for superior durability Ideal for high-shock applications - withstands mechanical shock & vibration

DC425 Multi-turn Analog

The DC425 is an absolute analog multi-turn rotary shaft encoder, offering an analog current or analog voltage output over single or multiple turns. Built on a foundation of outstanding durability and value, the DC425 was originally designed for outdoor process control applications. Features like an IP67 rated aluminum housing, 5/8” stainless steel shaft, and resolver-based sensing technology contribute to its fail-safe reliability, making it the perfect choice for hydroelectric, water treatment, or water purification facilities. Key Features • • • •

IP67 rated; superior durability in harsh environments 5/8” stainless steel shaft Aluminum housing Ideal for high-shock applications - withstands mechanical shock & vibration

2-123


2. Position Sensors 2.11. Resolvers 2 All AMCI transducers are designed to operate reliably under severe conditions such as continuous mechanical shock and vibration, extreme temperature variations and exposure to solvent and coolant contaminants. R11 - Size 11 Brushless Resolver Sensors

AMCI manufactures a complete line of size 11 resolvers. These rotary positions sensors have been used in AMCI products and many other demanding applications for years, so their reliability and performance have been proven. These size 11 resolvers are manufactured in a wide range of electrical characteristics for guaranteed interface compatibility. Key Features • • • • • •

Over (20) different types available Optionally sealed to IP67 Harowe and Kearfott direct replacements Best angular accuracy and repeatability Industry leading warranty and support R11X-J series resolvers 100% compatible with entire line of AMCI resolver interface products

HT-20 Brushless Single-turn Resolver Transducer

This industry-standard single resolver transducer has often been imitated yet never duplicated. Standard features include: 5/8” keyed shaft, 1/4” X 20 mounting holes, double-row bearings, sealed housings, mil-spec connector, and an anodized aluminum or stainless housing. This ultra-reliable resolver transducer is used as standard equipment by many OEM’s. Key Features • • • • •

IP67 rated for superior durability - maintenance free Best angular accuracy and repeatability Aluminum or stainless steel housing Ideal for high-shock applications 100% compatible with AMCI’s complete line of resolver interface products

HT-20-X Multi-turn Geared Resolver Transducer

Standard features include: 5/8” keyed shaft, 1/4” X 20 mounting holes, sealed bearings, sealed housings, mil-spec connector, and an anodized aluminum housing. The wide variety of available ratios for this internally geared unit can be found in the table below.

Key Features • • • • •

Over 28 available gear ratios Best angular accuracy and repeatability Ideal for high-shock applications Sealed bearings and housing 100% compatible with AMCI’s complete line of resolver interface products

HTT-20 Brushless Multi-turn Resolver Transducers

In response to market demands, AMCI engineered the HTT-20 series of IP64 rated resolver transducers to provide absolute position feedback for up to 1,800 turns with a maximum resolution up to 4,096 counts/turn. The actual number of counts per turn depends on the transducer and the electronics used to decode the position. Key Features • • • • • •

2-124

4 different vernier encoded multi-turn configurations best angular accuracy and repeatability IP64 rated ideal for high-shock applications internally geared housing for reliability 100% compatible with AMCI’s complete line of resolver interface products

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


2.11. Resolvers 2 HT-20C Single-turn Stainless Steel Resolver Transducer

Reliability was the chief consideration when AMCI designed the HT-20C stainless steel resolver transducer. The HT-20C is uniquely qualified to withstand the world’s harshest environments, including but not limited to steel mills, mining applications, ship loading, and other heavy industry. Key Features • • • • •

304 stainless steel housing & shaft IP67 rated; exceptional durability in harsh environments Ideal for high-shock applications & food grade installations 5/8” stainless steel shaft for superior shaft loading 100% compatible with AMCI’s complete line of resolver interface products

NR25 EtherNet/IP Resolver

The AMCI NR25 series of heavy-duty EtherNet/IP Resolvers are ODVA compliant and compatible with all PLCs/PACs that support EtherNet/IP. The NR25 series networked resolvers are available in absolute single-turn and multi-turn packages using an IP67 rated 2.5” size industrial housing. Key Features • • • • • • • • •

EtherNet/IP interface with PoE (Power over Ethernet). Single-turn Resolution Up To 16 bit (65536 counts) Multi-turn Resolution Up To 30 bit (65536 counts x 16384 revolutions) Programmable resolution, count direction, velocity format, & position preset. Resolver-based durability IP67 Ingress Protection Rating Solid Shaft and Hub Shaft Versions ODVA Compliant Compatible w/ Allen-Bradley + Schneider PLCs supporting EtherNet/IP

2-125


3. Power Supply Systems Section Guide Overview

Section 3

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

3.1.1. Single Phase

3.1.1.1. Miniature Series

For more Information: See page XXX Discount Code L1

3

3-126

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


Power supply Systems 3. Power Supply Systems 3-126 1 & 3 Phase Power Supplies Overview 3-128 Technical Notes 3-129 3.1. Power Supplies 3-130 3.1.1. Single Phase 3-130 3.1.1.1. Miniature Series 3-130 3.1.1.2. Economical Series 3-131 3.1.1.3. Premium Series 3-132 3.1.2. Three Phase 3-133 3.1.2.1. Economical Series 3-133 3.1.2.2. Premium Series 3-134 3.2. Redundancy Modules 3-135 3.3. 24VDC Circuit Protection Modules 3-138 3.4. Buffer Units 3-139 3.5. DC-UPS 3-140 3.6. DC/DC Converters 3-144 3.7. DC/AC Inverters 3-149 3.8. Railway Solutions 3-152 3.8.1. DC/DC Converters 3-152 3.8.2. DC/AC Inverters 3-156 3.9. Custom Made Solutions 3-159 3.10. Transformers 3-160 3.10.1. Control Transformers 3-160 3.10.2. 3 Phase Isolation Transformers 3-161 3.10.3. Power & Distribution Transformers 3-161

3-127


3. Power Supply Systems 1 & 3 Phase Power Supplies Overview

1-Phase Power Supplies

3

Series Type

Miniature Series

Economical Series

Input Voltage

100-240VAC

100-240VAC

100-240VAC Premium Series

200-240VAC

Output Voltage

Output Current

Part Number

5-5.5VDC

3A

ML15.051

12-15VDC

1.3A

ML15.121

24-28VDC

0.63A

ML15.241

24-28VDC

1.3A

ML30.241

5-5.5VDC

5A

ML30.101

10-12VDC

2.5A

ML30.102

+/-12-15VDC

1.5A

ML30.106

12-15VDC

4.5A

ML60.121

24-28VDC

2.5A

ML60.241

48-56VDC

2.1A

ML100.105 ML120.241

24VDC

5A

24-28VDC

3.3A

CS3.241

24-28VDC

5A

CS5.241

24-28VDC

10A

CS10.241

48-52VDC

5A

CS10.481

24-28VDC

20A

CPS20.241

48-56VDC

10A

CPS20.481

12-15VDC

30A

CPS20.121

24-28VDC

3.4A

QS3.241

24-28VDC

5A

QS5.241

12-15VDC

15A

QS10.121

24-28VDC

10A

QS10.241

28-32VDC

8A

QS10.301

48-56VDC

5A

QS10.481

24-28VDC

20A

QS20.241

36-42VDC

13.3A

QS20.361

48-55VDC

10A

QS20.481

24-28VDC

40A

QS40.244

48-54VDC

20A

QS40.484

Output Voltage

Output Current

Part Number

24-28VDC

5A

CT5.241

Page

3-130

3-131

3-132

3-Phase Power Supplies Series Type

Economical Series

Premium Series

3-128

Input Voltage

380-480VAC

380-480VAC

12-15VDC

8A

CT5.121

24-28VDC

10A

CT10.241

48-56VDC

5A

CT10.481

24-28VDC

20A

QT20.241

36-42VDC

13.3A

QT20.361

48-55VDC

10A

QT20.481

24-28VDC

40A

QT40.241

48-54VDC

20A

QT40.481

Page

3-133

3-134

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


Technical Notes

Paralleling to Increase Output Power Paralleling allows flexibility and modularity to many applications. This approach allows readily available solutions using standard stock items without the need of looking for a custom model. Paralleling also allows future expansion without the need of replacing the original unit. Information as to which units can be paralleled for increased power can be found in the selection tables. Guidelines for Paralleling Supplies • •

Only use power supplies in the same family Connect as many units in parallel as needed

A fuse, breaker or redundancy module on the output is only required if more than three units are connected in parallel • • • • •

Adjust the output voltage of each supply to the same level Keep a side clearance between supplies of at least 15mm Do not mount power supplies above each other Use standard mounting orientation Leakage current, EMI, inrush current and harmonics will increase when connecting units in parallel

Series Connection to Increase Output Voltage As with paralleling, a series connection allows flexibility and modularity to many applications. This approach allows readily available solutions using standard stock items without the need of looking for a custom model with a unique output voltage. Many PULS power supplies can be connected in series to increase the output voltage. Please check the data sheet to confirm which units can be put in series. Guidelines for Series Connections • • • • • • • • • •

Only use identical power supplies Connect as many units in series as needed, as long as the output voltage does not exceed 150VDC Voltages with a potential above 60VDC are no longer SELV and can be hazardous. Install suitable protection for accidental contact Grounding of the output is required when the sum of the output voltage is above 60VDC Avoid return voltages such as from decelerating motors or batteries from being applied to the output terminals Keep a side clearance between supplies of at least 15mm Do not mount power supplies above each other Use standard mounting orientation Leakage current, EMI, inrush current and harmonics will increase when connecting units in series

3-129

3


3. Power Supply Systems 3.1. Power Supplies

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

3.1.1. Single Phase

3.1.1.1. Miniature Series

Discount Code L1

Miniature Series

3

The MiniLine Series covers the low power requirements in the range from 15W to 120W. The units in their rugged plastic housing are highly efficient, compact and are extremely reliable. In addition to the standard 24V power supplies, many other output voltages are available. • • • • •

Excellent Efficiency Spring Clamp or Large Screw Terminals Robust Design Operational Temperature -10 to +70 Deg.C MTBF from 4,000,000 to 7,000,000 Hours

15W

3A

x

x*

12-15VDC

15W

1.3A

x

x*

24-28VDC

15W

0.63A

x

x*

24-28VDC

30W

1.3A

x

x*

24-28VDC

30W

1.3A

x

x*

5.5.5VDC

25W

5A

x

x*

10-12VDC

30W

2.5A

x

x*

+/-12-15VDC

36W

1.5A

x

x*

24-28VDC

50W

2.1A

x

x

12-15VDC

50W

4.2A

x

x*

48-56VDC

50W

1.05A

x

x

12-15VDC

54W

4.5A

x

x*

24-28VDC

60W

2.5A

x

x*

100-120 / 200- 24-28VDC 240VAC 24-28VDC

72W

3A

x

x

x*

100W

4.2A

x

x

X

24-28VDC

100W

4.2A

x

x

x

12-15VDC

90W

7.5A

x

x

x

48-56VDC

100W

2.1A

x

x

x*

24VDC

120W

5A

100-240VAC

x

x*

Code DC OK Signal

5-5.5VDC

Parallel Use

100-240VAC

PFC (EN610003-2)

Output Power Output Current

Spring Clamp Terminals

Output Voltage

Screw Terminals

Input Voltage

Conformal Coated

Order Codes

ML15.051

ML15.121

ML15.241

ML30.241

ML30.100

ML30.101

ML30.102

x

ML30.106

ML50.101

ML50.102

ML50.105

ML60.121

ML60.241

ML70.100

x

ML100.100 ML100.109

ML100.102

ML100.105

ML120.241

*Suitable for use in parallel but it doesn’t current share. One or more units can be permanently over-loaded which shortens the lifetime expectancy and MTBF. ML15.051 ML15.121 ML15.241 ML30.241

3-130

ML30.100 ML30.101 ML30.102 ML30.106

ML50.101 ML50.102 ML50.105 ML70.100

ML60.121 ML60.241

ML100.100 ML100.102 ML100.105 ML100.109

ML120.241

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


3.1. Power Supplies

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

3.1.1. Single Phase

3.1.1.2. Economical Series

Discount Code L1

Economical Series For users looking for highly reliable power supplies in a compact housing which are easy to use. Focusing only on the essentials, achieves significant price advantages. • • • • • • • •

Industries Smallest Footprint Robust Metal Housing Efficiency up to 93% 20% Current Reserves Operational Temperatures -25 to +70 Deg.C Large Screw Terminals MTBF over 2,200,000 Hours IECEx Certification for Hazardous Areas

Order Codes

80W

3.3A

x

24-28VDC

120W

5A

x

24-28VDC

240W

10A

x

24-28VDC

240W

10A

x

48-52VDC

240W

5A

x

24-28VDC

480W

20A

x

x

x

x

x

CPS20.241

48-56VDC

480W

10A

x

x

x

x

x

CPS20.481

12-15VDC

480W

30A

x

x

x

x

x

CPS20.121

100-240VAC

IECEx Cert

24-28VDC

100-120 / 200-240VAC

DC OK Signal

100-240VAC

Conformal Coated

Output Current

Parallel Use

Output Power

PFC

Output Voltage

Screw Terminals

Input Voltage

Code

CS3.241*

x

CS5.241* CS10.241* CS10.242*

x

CS10.481

* Should not be used in parallel in order to increase the output power. However units can be paralleled for building 1+1 redundancy systems. CS3.241

CS5.241

CS10.241 CS10.242 CS10.481

CPS20.121 CPS20.241 CPS20.481

3-131

3


3. Power Supply Systems 3.1. Power Supplies

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

3.1.1. Single Phase

3.1.1.3. Premium Series

Discount Code L2

Premium Series

3

Suitable when you need state-of-the-art technology and flexibility for demanding tasks. With outstanding efficiencies, 50% Bonus Power and many other features, this series is the “Best in Class”. • • • • • • • • • •

Industries Smallest Footprint 50% Current Reserves Efficiency up to 94% Low Inrush Current Surge DC-OK Relay Contact (Except QS3) Active Power Factor Correction Active Filter against Input Transients Operational Temperatures -25 to +70 Deg.C MTBF over 2,400,000 hours IECEx Certification for Hazardous Areas

100-240VAC 24-28VDC 24-28VDC

24-28VDC

24-28VDC

12-15VDC

24-28VDC

24-24.5VDC

24-28VDC

24-28VDC

28-32VDC

48-56VDC

24-28VDC

24-28VDC

24-28VDC

36-42VDC

48-55VDC

24-28VDC

200-240VAC 24-28VDC 48-56VDC

QS3.241

3-132

QS5.241 QS5.241-A1 QS5.DNET

80W

120W

120W

91.2W

180W

240W

196W

240W

240W

240W

240W

480W

480W

480W

480W

480W

960W

960W

960W

3A

x

5A

x

5A

x

3.8A

x

15A

x

10A

x

8A

x

10A

x

10A

x

8A

x

5A

x

20A

x

20A

x

20A

x

13A

10A

40A

40A

20A

x

x

x

x

QS10.241 QS10.DNET QS10.481 QS10.241-C1 QS10.121 QS10.241-A1 QS10.301

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

QS20.241 QS20.241-C1 QS20.361 QS20.241-A1 QS20.481

NEC Class 2 DeviceNet x

QS5.241-A1

QS5.DNET

QS10.121

QS10.241

QS10.DNET

QS10.241-C1

QS10.241-A1

QS10.301

QS10.481

QS20.241

x

x

QS5.241

x

x

x

Code

QS3.241

x

x

x

IECEx Cert

x

x

x

DC OK Signal

Conformal Coated

Output Current

Parallel Use

Output Power

PFC (EN610003-2)

Output Voltage

Spring Clamp Terminals

Input Voltage

Screw Terminals

Order Codes

x

QS20.241-C1

QS20.241-A1

QS20.361

QS20.481

QS40.241

QS40.244

QS40.484

QS40.241 QS40.244 QS40.484

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


3.1. Power Supplies

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

3.1.2. Three Phase

3.1.2.1. Economical Series

Discount Code L1

Economical Series Industrial three-phase systems present a special challenge when designing power supplies. High energy transients and superimposed harmonics on the input lines require special input filters and protection circuits. Our units are equipped with special active and passive filters. • • • • • • •

Industries Smallest Footprint Efficiency over 95% Screw Terminals Up to 20% Current Reserves Operational Temperatures -25 to +70 Deg.C MTBF over 2,00,000 hours Very Low AC Inrush

Order Codes Output Current

380-480VAC

24-28VDC

120W

5A

x

x

x*

CT5.241

12-15VDC

96W

8A

x

x

x*

CT5.121

24-28VDC

240W

10A

x

x

x

CT10.241

48-56VDC

240W

5A

x

x

x

CT10.481

DC OK Signal

Code Conformal Coated

Parallel Use

Output Power

PFC (EN610003-2)

Output Voltage

Screw Terminals

Input Voltage

*Suitable for use in parallel but it doesn’t current share. One or more units can be permanently over-loaded which shortens the lifetime expectancy and MTBF. CT5.241 CT5.121

CT10.241 CT10.481

3-133

3


3. Power Supply Systems 3.1. Power Supplies

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

3.1.2. Three Phase

3.1.2.2. Premium Series

Discount Code L2

Premium Series

3

Suitable when you need state-of-the-art technology and flexibility for demanding tasks. With outstanding efficiencies, 50% Bonus Power and many other features, this series is the “Best in Class”. • • • • • • •

Extremely Compact & Lightweight Efficiency over 95% Screw Terminals Up to 50% Current Reserves Operational Temperatures -25 to +70 Deg.C MTBF over 2,00,000 hours Very Low AC Inrush

PFC (EN610003-2)

100-240VAC

24-28VDC

480W

20A

x

x

x

24-28VDC

480W

20A

x

x

x

36-42VDC

480W

13A

x

x

48-55VDC

480W

10A

x

24-28VDC

960W

40A

48-54VDC

960W

20A

QT20.241 QT20.241-C1 QT20.361 QT20.481

3-134

Code DC OK Signal

Output Current

Conformal Coated

Output Power

Parallel Use

Output Voltage

Screw Terminals

Input Voltage

Spring Clamp Terminals

Order Codes

x

QT20.241

x

QT20.241-C1

x

x

QT20.361

x

x

x

QT20.481

x

x

x

x

QT40.241

x

x

x

x

QT40.481

x

QT40.241 QT40.481

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


3.2. Redundancy Modules

Types of Redundant Systems The reliability and availability of DC supply voltages can be increased by building redundant systems. To achieve redundancy, one extra power supply must be installed in order to supply the required voltage and current supply in case one unit in the system fails. Each individual standard power supply must be isolated from the others with a diode or redundancy module.

1+1 Redundancy Use of two identical power supplies in parallel to provide continued operation following most failures in a single power supply. The two power supply outputs should be isolated from each other by utilizing diodes or other switching arrangements. For example, two 10A power supplies are needed to achieve a 10A redundant system.

N+1 Redundancy Use of three or more identical power supplies in parallel to provide continued operation following most failures in a single power supply. All power supply outputs should be isolated from each other by utilizing diodes or other switching arrangements. For example,to achieve a 40A redundant system, five 10A power supplies are needed in a N+1 redundant system.

Diode Modules Diode modules only contain decoupling diodes and are the optimal solution to use in redundant systems, when the power supply itself is already equipped with a DC-OK signal contact

Redundancy Modules Redundancy modules contain decoupling diodes as well as a monitoring circuit. LEDs and relay contacts signal when the input voltage of the module is not in range due to a power supply failure. This allows remote monitoring.

Parallel Use of Power Supplies All power supplies, even those which are not specified for parallel use in the product selection tables in this catalogue, can be used to build 1+1 redundancy applications. Please note that this is not valid for N+1 redundancy applications.

3-135

3


3. Power Supply Systems 3.2. Redundancy Modules

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

Discount Code L2

Redundancy + Diode Modules

3

MLY02.100 MLY10.241

3-136

Output Current

Power Supply Size

All Puls Power Supply 12-48VDC Series

12-48VDC

10A

2 x 5A 1 x 10A

20A

2 x 10A

24-48VDC

24-48VDC

24-28VDC

24-28VDC

24-56VDC

24-56VDC

24-28VDC All except QT20, QTD20

12-28VDC

All except QT40

12-28VDC

YR2.DIODE

Code

x x x

x

MLY10.241

x

YR2.DIODE

x

YRM2.DIODE

x

YR40.241

x

YR80.241

40A

2 x 20A 2 x 20A

x

24-28VDC

80A

2 x 40A

x

12-28VDC

40A

2 x 20A

x

1 x 40A

x

YR40.245

2 x 40A

x

YR80.242

12-28VDC

80A

YRM2.DIODE

x

x

IECEx Cert

Output Voltage

Alarm Contacts

Input Voltage

Spring Clamp Terminals

Suitable Power Supplies

Screw Terminals

Order Codes

YR40.241 YR40.242

YR40.482 YR40.242

YR80.241 YR40.245 YR40.482 YR80.242

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


3.2. Redundancy Modules

1+1 Redundancy up to 10A

3

Requires two 10A power supplies and one YR2.DIODE redundancy module.

N+1 Redundancy up to 30A Requires four 10A power supplies and two YR2.DIODE redundancy modules.

1+1 Redundancy up to 40A Requires two 40A power supplies and one YR80.241 redundancy modules.

3-137


3. Power Supply Systems 3.3. 24VDC Circuit Protection Modules

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

Discount Code L1

PISA - 24VDC Circuit Protection Modules

3

Just as in real life, when there are bottlenecks you need to allocate priorities. The same applies when supplying electrical loads with current. If the loads require more current than the power supply can provide, for example short circuits, high inrush current surges or overloads, PISA provides the sensitive electronic circuits with the highest priority. Less critical loads that do not react to short voltage interruptions or that could be the cause of the faults on the 24V supply voltage are connected to the outputs of the PISA module. The PISA output currents will be limited when there is a need to ensure a sufficient supply voltage for sensitive loads, which are connected directly to the power supply output. In addition, each of the four PISA outputs is equipped with a redundant electronic current measurement to protect the wires from being overloaded The PISA is a new and innovative concept for current distribution and protection of branch circuits. It features a comprehensive protection package for 24VDC loads which are supplied from one power supply. The PISA module is superior to traditional miniature circuit breakers and also provides better protection than costly electronic fuses. The PISA module can also be used to build NEC Class 2 circuits. PISA is unique - In addition to the over-current protection of the individual outputs, the PISA module also includes monitoring of the 24V supply voltage. This monitor protects against voltage drops of the power supply voltage by actively limiting the current for less critical loads. The protection is conceptually independent of the lengths of wires or the characteristics of the power supply. PISA permits 100% current for your application - With conventional protection designs, the power supply must be oversized to allow for the “extra current” which is needed for a fast trip in case of a fault in the system. Electronic fuses usually require a tripping current, which is 1.5 to 1.8 times higher than the rated current. For miniature circuit breakers, the factor is even higher than those values. If this sizing is not taken into account, shutting down the faulty branch is delayed and a drop of the supply voltage is most likely. The PISA module has clear benefits due to the supply voltage monitoring and safeguard circuit. There is no need for an oversized power supply as 100% of the current can be used for your application. Only a width of 45mm on the DIN-rail is required to supply up to four load branches in comparison to conventional miniature circuit breakers with auxiliary contacts. This is a space saving of 60%.

PISA Details • • • • • •

Input voltage: DC 24V ±25% Input voltage protection level: 21V Variety of fixed output currents Temperature range up to +70°C All 4 output channels will shut down simultaneously Approvals: UL 508, UL 2367, UL 60950-1, IEC/EN 60950-1, NEC Class 2

Order Codes

24-28VDC

3-138

CH3

CH4

2428VDC

Code

NEC Class 2

CH2

DC OK Signal

CH1

Remote On/Off

Output Current per Channel Parallel Capable

Total Output Current

DC Input Voltage

Output Voltage

x

x

x

x

PISA11.401

x

x

x

x

PISA11.402

3A

x

x

x

PISA11.403

4A

x

x

x

PISA11.404

6A

6A

x

x

x

PISA11.406

10A

10A

10A

x

x

x

PISA11.410

3A

3A

6A

6A

x

x

x

PISA11.203206

20A

6A

6A

12A

12A

x

x

x

14.8A

3.7A

3.7A

3.7A

3.7A

x

x

x

4A

1A

1A

1A

1A

8A

2A

2A

2A

2A

12A

3A

3A

3A

16A

4A

4A

4A

20A

6A

6A

20A

10A

18A

PISA11.206212 x

PISA11.CLASS2

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


3.4. Buffer Units

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

Discount Code L2

Buffer Units Buffer modules work similarly to a DC-UPS system and can bridge short power failures or voltage fluctuations and supply voltage to the DC 24V for a certain period. Double layer capacitors, also known as ultracap, Greencap or supercap are used as the energy source which allows operation at high or low temperatures. Contrary to the required replacement of batteries based on UPS systems, a regular replacement of the capacitors is not necessary. In buffer mode, the output voltage is regulated and the change from normal to buffer mode is without interruptions. All buffer modules are protected against overload behaviour and short-circuit.

Typical wiring scheme of a buffer module UF20.xx1

Multiple units can be used in parallel to increase the buffer current or to extend the buffer time. UC10.241

Buffer module advantages: • • • • • • •

Energy storage with electrolytic capacitors No service needed for the entire life span Stabilised output voltage in buffer mode No dips of the DC voltage during transition from normal to buffer mode Multiple units can be used in parallel to gain a longer buffer time or to increase the buffer current Clear status indication by LED + Signaling “Inhibit“ input to disable buffering

Order Codes UC10.242

Nominal Voltage Voltage in Buffer-mode

Integrated Storage Element

Charging Time

Buffer Time

Input & Output Isolation

Code

24-28VDC

0.2 kWs

18 sec.

310ms at 20A

No

UF20.241

16 min.

typ. 16.5 sec. at 10A Yes typ. 9 sec. at 15A

UC10.241

32 min.

typ. 33 sec. at 10A typ. 18 sec. at 15A

Yes

UC10.242

21 sec.

150ms at 20A

No

UF20.481

22.5VDC

6 kWs 12 kWs 48-56VDC

UC10.241 Front view

UF20

0.2 kWs

UC10.242 Front view

UC10 Side view

UF20

3-139

3


3. Power Supply Systems 3.5. DC-UPS

24VDC UPS - Uninterruptable Power Supply

3

For the installation of a DC-UPS system there are three essential elements: a power supply, a DC-UPS and a battery. The DC-UPS is responsible for monitoring and charging the battery as well as controlling the seamless transition between normal and buffer mode.

The advantages of the PULS DC-UPS are:

UB10.241 DC-UPS controller for use with external batteries

• • • • • •

Compatible with wide range of VRLA batteries (3.9 to 130Ah) 1- battery-concept: each battery is individually charged and monitored which avoids the need for matched batteries Easy “plug-and-play” integration Optimized battery management system for longest battery life 22.5-26V adjustable output voltage in buffer mode for the UB20 Adjustable maximum buffer time to protect the battery

Battery monitoring Thanks to the “1-battery-concept,” defective batteries can be detected much earlier and safer than if two batteries are used in series. Various battery and wiring tests periodically monitor the battery quality and report if the battery becomes defective.

Buffer time limiter extends battery life UBC10.241 DC-UPS with integrated battery

Buffer only as long as you really need to. Each discharge of the battery reduces the number of discharging cycles. Therefore, the DC-UPS is equipped with a buffer time limiter, which prevents the battery from being discharged too much. The limitation can be selected with a rotary switch or be activated through the inhibit input.

Diagnostic and monitoring functions The green LED shows if the DC-UPS is in charging or in buffer mode. The yellow LED helps troubleshooting if something does not work as expected and the red LED reports if an immediate action is required (e.g. missing fuse or wiring error in the battery path). Several relay contacts are available for remote monitoring of the unit. • • •

UB20.241

Ready contact: reports correct input voltage, correct wiring and that the battery is more than about 85% charged. Buffering contact: DC-UPS is in buffer mode Replace Battery contact: reports that the battery needs to be replaced due to an unexpected battery failure or defective wiring in the battery path.

Protection features A comprehensive protection package is built into the DC-UPS to detect reverse polarities, incorrect battery voltage or high temperatures and avoids deep-discharging of the battery. The output is electronically protected against overload and short-circuit.

Typical wiring scheme of a UB10 DC-UPS

Typical wiring scheme of a UB20 DC-UPS

3-140

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


3.5. DC-UPS

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

Discount Code L2

DC UPS Controllers

3

Output Current

Output Voltage

Battery Sizes

Operational Temp. Signals Range

Code

10A

24VDC (Regulated 22.5V in Buffer Mode)

5Ah

0 to +40DegC

Battery Ready, Buffering, Inhibit, Replace Battery

UBC10.241-N1

12V, 3.9 to 40Ah

-25 to +70Deg.C

Battery Ready, Buffering, Inhibit, Replace Battery

UB10.241

12V, 17 to 130Ah

-25 to +50Deg.C

Battery Ready, Buffering, Inhibit, Replace Battery

UB10.242

5A/10A

24VDC / 12VDC (Regulated 22.5V & 12.0V in Buffer Mode)

12V, 3.9 to 40Ah

-25 to +70Deg.C

Battery Ready, Buffering, Inhibit, Replace Battery

UB10.245

20A

24VDC (Selectable 22.5V/24V/25V/26V in Buffer Mode)

24V, 17 to 130Ah*

-40 to +70Deg.C

Battery Ready, Buffering, Inhibit, Replace Battery

UB20.241*

* 2 x 12VDC Batteries Required

Buffer Time The buffer time depends on the capacity and performance of the batteries as well as the load current. The diagram below shows typical buffer times of the standard battery modules. Typical buffer times Type

Battery / Batteries

Buffer Current 0.5A

1A

3A

5A

7A

10A

15A

20A

UBC10.241

1 x 5Ah

3h 50min

2h

30min

16min

11min

6min

UB10.241/245

1 x 7Ah

5h

2h 30min

40min

21min

13min

7min

1 x 12Ah

10h

4h 30min

1h 15min

36min

24min

14min

1 x 26Ah

28h

13h

3h 30min

1h 45min

48min

42min

24min

16min

1 x 35Ah

35h

17h

4h 30min

2h 30min

1h 20min

1h

34min

24min

1 x 55Ah

58h

29h

8h 10min

4h 30min

3h

1h 45min

1h 15min

45min

1 x 75Ah

70h

40h

13h

6h 10min

4h

2h 45min

1h 45min

1h 10min

1 x 100Ah

100h

55h

16h

9h

6h

4h

2h 20min

1h 40min

1 x 120Ah

>100h

80h

20h

12h

7h 30min

4h 30min

2h 45min

2h

2 x 7Ah

13h

5h 45min

1h 30min

47min

30min

18min

12min

2 x 12Ah

25h

11h

3h 30min

1h 30min

1h

36min

22min

15min

2 x 26Ah

60h

27h

7h 45min

4h

2h 45min

1h 45min

1h

40min

2 x 35Ah

85h

35h

10h

5h 30min

4h

2h 20min

1h 20min

57min

2 x 55Ah

>100h

60h

18h

10h

7h

4h 30min

2h 45min

1h 50min

2 x 75Ah

>100h

80h

25h

15h

9h 45min

6h 15min

4h

2h 45min

2 x 100Ah

>100h

>100h

35h

20h

14h

9h

5h 30min

4h

2 x 120Ah

>100h

>100h

49h

25h

18h

12h

7h 15min

4h 30min

UB10.242

UB20.241

The above times are based on an ambient temperature of 20 degrees Celsius

Batteries Description

Size

Code

12VDC VRLA Battery (1 required for the UB10 Series & 2 required for the UB20 Series)

5Ah

LUZB12.051

7Ah

LUZB12.071

12Ah

LUZB12.121

26Ah

LUZB12.261

35Ah

LUZB12.351

55Ah

LUZB12.551

75Ah

LUZB12.751

100Ah

LUZB12.1001

120Ah

LUZB12.1201

3-141


3. Power Supply Systems 3.5. DC-UPS

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

Discount Code L2

Battery Holders & Accessories

3

UZO12.07

Used with

Description

Code

UB10 Series

12V, 7Ah Battery Module (Battery not included)

UZO12.07

12V, 26Ah Battery Module (Battery not included)

UZO12.26

24V, 7Ah Battery Module (Batteries not included)

UZO24.071

24V, 12Ah Battery Module (Batteries not included)

UZO24.121

Sensor board with PT100 temp. sensor & centre-tap fuse

UZS24.100

UB20 Series

UB10.241 UB10.242 UB10.245

UBC10.241-N1

UB20.241

UZO12.26

UZO24.071

UZO24.121

3-142

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


3.5. DC-UPS

UB10.241/242 Functional Diagram

3

UB10.245 Functional Diagram

UB20.241 Functional Diagram

3-143


3. Power Supply Systems 3.6. DC/DC Converters

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

Discount Code L1

DC/DC Converters

3

The field of applications for these units is very wide: stabilised control voltages in battery powered applications, in mobile applications such as ships, fork-lifts, trucks, for galvanic isolation to avoid earth (ground) loops or to restore the 24V control voltage at the end of long cable runs to compensate for voltage drops. • • • • •

Compact DIN-Rail Mount Design Efficiency up to 91% Robust Input Filters 20% Current Reserves Operational Temperatures -25 to 70 Deg C.

20% Power Boost

18-32.4VDC

12-15VDC

96W

8-6.4A

x

x

x

CD5.121

18-32.4VDC

23-28VDC

120W

5-4.3A

x

x

x

CD5.241

36-60VDC

23-28VDC

120W

5-4.3A

x

x

x

CD5.242

8.4-16.2VDC

24-28VDC

96W

4-3.4A

x

x

x

14.4-32.4VDC

24VDC

92W

3.8A

x

18-32.4VDC

23-28VDC

120W

5-4.3A

x

x

x

x

CD5.241-S1

110-300VDC

24-28VDC

240W

10-9A

x

x

x

x

QS10.241-D1

100-300VDC

24-28VDC

480W

20-17.1A

x

x

x

CPS20.241-D1

110-300VDC

48-56VDC

240W

5-4.3A

x

x

x

QS10.481-D1

100-300VDC

48-56VDC

480W

10-8.6A

x

x

x

CPS20.481-D1

CD5.241 CD5.242 CD5.243 CD5.241-L1 CD5.241-S1

3-144

QS10.241-D1 QS10.481-D1

x x x

DC OK Signal

Output Current

NEC Class 2

Output Power

Spring Clamp Terminals

Output Voltage

Screw Terminals

Input Voltage

Parallel Capable

Order Codes Code

CD5.243 x

CD5.241-L1

CPS20.241-D1 CPS20.481-D1

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


3.6. DC/DC Converters

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

Discount Code L1

CRS-60 Series

3

50...60W DC/DC Converters • • • • • • • •

Multiple Input / Output Combinations DIN-Rail & Screw Mounted -25 to 60 Deg.C Operating Temperature Switching frequency: 140KHz High input-output isolation Adjustable output voltage Output voltage presence LED Remote Sensing

Order Codes Input Voltage

Output Voltage

Output Power

Output Current

Code

12VDC (9-15VDC)

5VDC

50W

10A

6731

24VDC (18-30VDC)

48VDC (36-72VDC)

72VDC (50-90VDC)

110VDC (77-144VDC)

12VDC

60W

5A

6732

24VDC

60W

2.5A

6733

48VDC

60W

1.25A

6734

5VDC

50W

10A

6735

12VDC

60W

5A

6736

24VDC

60W

2.5A

6737

48VDC

60W

1.25A

6738

5VDC

50W

10A

6739

12VDC

60W

5A

6740

24VDC

60W

2.5A

6741

48VDC

60W

1.25A

6742

5VDC

50W

10A

6743

12VDC

60W

5A

6744

24VDC

60W

2.5A

6745

48VDC

60W

1.25A

6746

5VDC

50W

10A

6747

12VDC

60W

5A

6748

24VDC

60W

2.5A

6749

48VDC

60W

1.25A

6750

Accessories Description

Code

DIN-Rail Clip

NP-9135

3-145


3. Power Supply Systems 3.6. DC/DC Converters

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

Discount Code L1

CRS-120 Series

3

100 to 140W DC/DC Converters • • • • • • • • • • •

Multiple Input / Output Combinations DIN-Rail & Screw Mounted -25 to 60 Deg.C Operating Temperature Switching frequency: 140KHz High input-output isolation Standard size Eurocard 3U Adjustable output voltage Input voltage OK LED Output voltage presence LED Remote Inhibit Remote Sensing

Order Codes Input Voltage

Output Voltage

Output Power

Output Current

Code

12VDC (9-15VDC)

5VDC

100W

20A

6761A-NP9124

24VDC (18-30VDC)

48VDC (36-72VDC)

72VDC (50-90VDC)

110VDC (77-144VDC)

220V (165-275VDC)

12/15VDC

100W

8.3A

6762A-NP9124

24VDC

120W

5A

6763A-NP9124

48VDC

120W

2.5A

6764A-NP9124

5VDC

100W

20A

6765A-NP9124

12/15VDC

120W

10A

6766A-NP9124

24VDC

120W

5A

6767A-NP9124

48VDC

120W

2.5A

6768A-NP9124

5VDC

100W

20A

6769A-NP9124

12/15VDC

120W

10A

6770A-NP9124

24VDC

140W

5.8A

6771A-NP9124

48VDC

140W

2.9A

6772A-NP9124

5VDC

100W

20A

6773A-NP9124

12/15VDC

120W

10A

6774A-NP9124

24VDC

140W

5.8A

6775A-NP9124

48VDC

140W

2.9A

6776A-NP9124

5VDC

100W

20A

6777A-NP9124

12/15VDC

120W

10A

6778A-NP9124

24VDC

140W

5.8A

6779A-NP9124

48VDC

140W

2.9A

6780A-NP9124

5VDC

100W

20A

6781A-NP9124

12/15VDC

120W

10A

6782A-NP9124

24VDC

140W

5.8A

6783A-NP9124

48VDC

140W

2.9A

6784A-NP9124

Accessories

3-146

Description

Code

DIN-Rail Clip

NP-9135

19” Front Panel

NP-9155

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


3.6. DC/DC Converters

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

Discount Code L1

CRS-240 Series

3

180 to 280W DC/DC Converter • • • • • • • • • • •

Multiple Input / Output Combinations DIN-Rail & Screw Mounted -25 to 60 Deg.C Operating Temperature Switching frequency: 140KHz High input-output isolation Standard size Eurocard 3U Adjustable output voltage Input voltage OK LED Output voltage presence LED Remote Inhibit Remote Sensing

Order Codes Input Voltage

Output Voltage

Output Power

Output Current

Code

12VDC (9-15VDC)

5VDC

180W

36A

6351A-NP9125

24VDC (18-30VDC)

48VDC (36-60VDC)

72VDC (50.4-90VDC)

110VDC (77-144VDC)

220V (165-275VDC)

12/15VDC

180W

15A

6352A-NP9125

24VDC

200W

8.3A

6353A-NP9125

48VDC

200W

4.1A

6354A-NP9125

5VDC

180W

36A

6355A-NP9125 6356A-NP9125

12/15VDC

240W

20A

24VDC

240W

10A

6357A-NP9125

48VDC

240W

5A

6358A-NP9125

5VDC

180W

36A

6359A-NP9125

12/15VDC

240W

20A

6360A-NP9125 6361A-NP9125

24VDC

280W

11.6A

48VDC

280W

5.8A

6362A-NP9125

5VDC

180W

36A

6363A-NP9125

12/15VDC

240W

20A

6364A-NP9125

24VDC

280W

11.6A

6365A-NP9125

48VDC

280W

5.8A

6366A-NP9125

5VDC

180W

36A

6367A-NP9125

12/15VDC

240W

20A

6368A-NP9125

24VDC

280W

11.6A

6369A-NP9125

48VDC

280W

5.8A

6370A-NP9125

5VDC

180W

36A

6371A-NP9125 6372A-NP9125

12/15VDC

240W

20A

24VDC

280W

11.6A

6373A-NP9125

48VDC

280W

5.8A

6374A-NP9125

Accessories Description

Code

DIN-Rail Clip

NP-9135

19” Front Panel

NP-9155

3-147


3. Power Supply Systems 3.6. DC/DC Converters

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

Discount Code L1

CRS-500 Series

3

500W DC/DC Converters • • • • • • • • • • •

Multiple Input / Output Combinations DIN-Rail & Screw Mounted -25 to 55 Deg.C Operating Temperature High input-output isolation Output Failure Alarm Reverse Input Polarity Protection Input Voltage OK LED Output Voltage OK LED Adjustable Output Voltage Remote Inhibit Remote Sensing

Order Codes Input Voltage

Output Voltage

Output Power

Output Current

Code

24VDC (14.4-30VDC)

24VDC

500W

20.8A

6455-B

48VDC (28.8-60VDC) 72VDC (43.2-90VDC) 110VDC (66-144VDC)

48VDC

500W

10.4A

6456-B

24VDC

500W

20.8A

6458-B

48VDC

500W

10.4A

6459-B

24VDC

500W

20.8A

6461-B

48VDC

500W

10.4A

6462-B

24VDC

500W

20.8A

6464-B

48VDC

500W

10.4A

6465-B

Accessories

3-148

Description

Code

DIN-Rail Clip (2 Required)

NP-9135

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


3.7. DC/AC Inverters

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

Discount Code L1

OCS-250 Series

3

180 to 220VA DC/AC Inverter • • • • • •

Sine Wave Output Voltage Selectable Output Frequency : 50/60Hz Adjustable Output Voltage Galvanic Isolation High Input / Output Isolation : 3000Vrms Fixed Frequency Pulse Width Modulation

Order Codes Input Voltage

Output Voltage

Output Power

Code

12V (9.6 to 14.4VDC)

230VAC

180VA

7051A-NP9134

24V (19.2 to 28.8VDC)

200VA

7053A-NP9134

48V (38.4 to 57.6VDC)

220VA

7055A-NP9134

72V (57.6 to 86.4VDC)

220VA

7057A-NP9134

115V (92 to 138VDC)

220VA

7059A-NP9134

Accessories Description

Code

DIN-Rail Clip

NP-9135

ODS-750 Series 450 to 750VA DC/AC Inverter • • • • • • •

Sine Wave Output Voltage Selectable Output Frequency : 50/60Hz Adjustable Output Voltage Galvanic Isolation High Input / Output Isolation : 3000Vrms Three-phase synchronization Remote Inhibit

Order Codes Input Voltage

Output Voltage

Output Power

Code

12VDC

230VAC

450VA

7071

24VDC

750VA

7073

48VDC

750VA

7075

72VDC

750VA

7076

110VDC

750VA

7077

450VA

7081

24VDC

750VA

7083

48VDC

750VA

7085

72VDC

750VA

7086

110VDC

750VA

7087

12VDC

120VAC

Accessories Description

Code

DIN-Rail Clip (2 required)

NP-9135

3-149


3. Power Supply Systems 3.7. DC/AC Inverters

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

Discount Code L1

ODS-1500 Series

3

1500VA DC/AC Inverter • • • • • • • • • •

Sine Wave Output Voltage Selectable Output Frequency : 50/60Hz Adjustable Output Voltage Galvanic Isolation High Input / Output Isolation : 3000Vrms Three-phase synchronization Remote Inhibit Remote Control via RS232 Alarm via Isolated Relay Contacts Remote Off Opto Coupled

Order Codes Input Voltage

Output Voltage

Output Power

Code

12VDC

230VAC

1200VA

7111-B

24VDC

1500VA

7113-B

48VDC

1500VA

7115-B

72VDC

1500VA

7116-B

110VDC

1500VA

7117-B

1200VA

7121-B

24VDC

1500VA

7123-B

48VDC

1500VA

7125-B

72VDC

1500VA

7126-B

110VDC

1500VA

7127-B

12VDC

120VAC

Accessories Description

Code

DIN-Rail Clip (2 Required)

NP-9135

ODS-3000 Series Single Phase 3000VA DC/AC Inverter • • • • • • • • •

Sine wave output voltage Selectable output freq.: 50/60Hz Adjustable output voltage High input-output isolation Remote inhibit Three-phase synchronization Remote control via RS232 Alarm by isolated relay contacts Remote off opto-coupled

Order Codes Input Voltage

Output Voltage

Output Power

Code

24VDC

230VAC

2400VA

7153-B

36VDC

3000VA

7154-B

48VDC

3000VA

7155-B

72VDC

3000VA

7156-B

110VDC

3000VA

7157-B

2400VA

7163-B

36VDC

2500VA

7164-B

48VDC

2500VA

7165-B

72VDC

2500VA

7166-B

110VDC

2500VA

7167-B

24VDC

3-150

120VAC

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


3.7. DC/AC Inverters

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

Discount Code L1

ODX-3000 Series

3

Three Phase 3000VA DC/AC Inverter • • • • • • • • • •

Sine wave output voltage Suitable for motors Selectable output freq.: 50/60Hz Adjustable output voltage High input-output isolation Remote inhibit Reverse phase Remote control via RS232 Alarm by isolated relay contacts Remote off opto-coupled

Order Codes Input Voltage

Output Voltage

Output Power

Code

24VDC

400VAC

2400VA

7403-B

36VDC

3000VA

7404-B

48VDC

3000VA

7405-B

72VDC

3000VA

7406-B

110VDC

3000VA

7407-B

3-151


3. Power Supply Systems 3.8. Railway Solutions

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

3.8.1. DC/DC Converters

Discount Code L1

CTS-60 Series

3

50 to 60W Railway DC/DC Converter • • • • • • • • •

Designed for Railway applications according to EN50155 Multiple Input / Output Combinations DIN-Rail & Screw Mounted -25 to 60 Deg.C Operating Temperature Switching frequency: 140KHz High input-output isolation Adjustable output voltage Output voltage presence LED Remote Sensing

Order Codes Input Voltage

Output Voltage

Output Power

Output Current

Code

24V (14.4 to 30VDC)

5VDC

50W

10A

6835

48V (28.8 to 60VDC)

72V (43.2 to 90VDC)

110V (66 to 144VDC)

12VDC

60W

5A

6836

24VDC

60W

2.5A

6837

48VDC

60W

1.25A

6838

5VDC

50W

10A

6839

12VDC

60W

5A

6840

24VDC

60W

2.5A

6841

48VDC

60W

1.25A

6842

5VDC

50W

10A

6843

12VDC

60W

5A

6844

24VDC

60W

2.5A

6845

48VDC

60W

1.25A

6846

5VDC

50W

10A

6847

12VDC

60W

5A

6848

24VDC

60W

2.5A

6849

48VDC

60W

1.25A

6850

Accessories

3-152

Description

Code

DIN-Rail Clip

NP-9135

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


3.8. Railway Solutions

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

3.8.1. DC/DC Converters Discount Code L1

CTS-120 Series

3

100 to 140W DC/DC Converter for the Rail Industry • • • • • • • • • • •

Designed for Railway applications according to EN50155 Multiple Input / Output Combinations DIN-Rail & Screw Mounted -25 to 60 Deg.C Operating Temperature Switching frequency: 140KHz High input-output isolation Input Voltage OK LED Adjustable output voltage Output voltage presence LED Remote Inhibit Remote Sensing

Order Codes Input Voltage

Output Voltage

Output Power

Output Current

Code

24V (14.4 to 30VDC)

5VDC

100W

20A

6865D-NP9124

12VDC

120W

10A

6866D-NP9124

24VDC

120W

5A

6867D-NP9124

48VDC

120W

2.5A

6868D-NP9124

5VDC

100W

20A

6869D-NP9124

12VDC

120W

10A

6870D-NP9124

24VDC

140W

5.8A

6871D-NP9124

48VDC

140W

2.9A

6872D-NP9124

5VDC

100W

20A

6873D-NP9124

12VDC

120W

10A

6874D-NP9124

24VDC

140W

5.8A

6875D-NP9124

48VDC

140W

2.9A

6876D-NP9124

5VDC

100W

20A

6877D-NP9124

12VDC

120W

10A

6878D-NP9124

24VDC

140W

5.8A

6879D-NP9124

48VDC

140W

2.9A

6880D-NP9124

48V (28.8 to 60VDC)

72V (43.2 to 90VDC)

110V (66 to 144VDC)

Accessories Description

Code

DIN-Rail Clip

NP-9135

19” Front Panel

NP-9155

3-153


3. Power Supply Systems 3.8. Railway Solutions

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

3.8.1. DC/DC Converters

Discount Code L1

CTS 240 Series

3

180 to 280W DC/DC Converter for the Rail Industry • • • • • • • • • • • •

Designed for Railway applications according to EN50155 Multiple Input / Output Combinations DIN-Rail & Screw Mounted -25 to 60 Deg.C Operating Temperature Switching frequency: 140KHz High input-output isolation Standard size Eurocard 3U Adjustable output voltage Remote sensing Input voltage OK LED Output voltage presence LED Remote Inhibit

Order Codes Input Voltage

Output Voltage

Output Power

Output Current

Code

24V (14.4 to 30VDC)

5VDC

180W

36A

6655D-NP9125

48V (28.8 to 60VDC)

72V (43.2 to 90VDC)

110V (66 to 144VDC)

12VDC

240W

20A

6656D-NP9125

24VDC

240W

10A

6657D-NP9125

48VDC

240W

5A

6658D-NP9125

5VDC

180W

36A

6659D-NP9125

12VDC

240W

20A

6660D-NP9125

24VDC

280W

11.6A

6661D-NP9125

48VDC

280W

5.8A

6662D-NP9125

5VDC

180W

36A

6663D-NP9125

12VDC

240W

20A

6664D-NP9125

24VDC

280W

11.6A

6665D-NP9125

48VDC

280W

5.8A

6671D-NP9125

5VDC

180W

36A

6667D-NP9125

12VDC

240W

20A

6668D-NP9125

24VDC

280W

11.6A

6669D-NP9125

48VDC

280W

5.8A

6670D-NP9125

Accessories

3-154

Description

Code

DIN-Rail Clip

NP-9135

19” Front Panel

NP-9155

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


3.8. Railway Solutions

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

3.8.1. DC/DC Converters Discount Code L1

CRS-500 Series

3

500W DC/DC Converter for the Rail Industry • • • • • • • • • •

Designed for Railway applications according to EN50155 Multiple Input / Output Combinations DIN-Rail & Screw Mounted -25 to 55 Deg.C Operating Temperature Switching frequency: 140KHz High input-output isolation Output Failure Alarm Reverse Input Polarity Protection Input Voltage OK LED Output Voltage OK LED

Order Codes Input Voltage

Output Voltage

Output Power

Output Current

Code

24VDC (14.4-30VDC)

24VDC

500W

20.8A

6455-T

48VDC (28.8-72VDC) 72VDC (43.2-90VDC) 110VDC (66-144VDC)

48VDC

500W

10.4A

6456-T

24VDC

500W

20.8A

6458-T

48VDC

500W

10.4A

6459-T

24VDC

500W

20.8A

6461-T

48VDC

500W

10.4A

6462-T

24VDC

500W

20.8A

6464-T

48VDC

500W

10.4A

6465-T

Accessories Description

Code

DIN-Rail Clip (2 Required)

NP-9135

3-155


3. Power Supply Systems 3.8. Railway Solutions

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

3.8.2. DC/AC Inverters

Discount Code L1

ODS-750 Series

3

450 to 750VADC/AC Inverter for the Rail Industry • • • • • • • •

Designed for Railway applications according to EN50155 Sine Wave Output Voltage Selectable Output Frequency : 50/60Hz Adjustable Output Voltage Galvanic Isolation High Input / Output Isolation : 3000Vrms Three-phase synchronization Remote Inhibit

Order Codes Input Voltage

Output Voltage

Output Power

Code

12VDC

230VAC

450VA

7071-T

24VDC

750VA

7073-T

48VDC

750VA

7075-T

72VDC

750VA

7076-T

110VDC

750VA

7077-T

450VA

7081-T

24VDC

750VA

7083-T

48VDC

750VA

7085-T

72VDC

750VA

7086-T

110VDC

750VA

7087-T

12VDC

120VAC

Accessories

3-156

Description

Code

DIN-Rail Clip (2 required)

NP-9135

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


3.8. Railway Solutions

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

3.8.2. DC/AC Inverters

Discount Code L1

ODS-1500 Series

3

1500VA DC/AC Inverter for the Rail Industry • • • • • • • • • • •

Designed for Railway applications according to EN50155 Sine Wave Output Voltage Selectable Output Frequency : 50/60Hz Adjustable Output Voltage Galvanic Isolation High Input / Output Isolation : 3000Vrms Three-phase synchronization Remote Inhibit Remote Control via RS232 Alarm via Isolated Relay Contacts Remote Off Opto Coupled

Order Codes Input Voltage

Output Voltage

Output Power

Code

12VDC

230VAC

1200VA

7111-T

24VDC

1500VA

7113-T

48VDC

1500VA

7115-T

72VDC

1500VA

7116-T

110VDC

1500VA

7117-T

1200VA

7121-T

24VDC

1500VA

7123-T

48VDC

1500VA

7125-T

72VDC

1500VA

7126-T

110VDC

1500VA

7127-T

12VDC

120VAC

Accessories Description

Code

DIN-Rail Clip

NP-9135

ODS-3000 Series Single Phase 3000VA DC/AC Inverter for the Rail Industry • • • • • • • • • •

Sine wave output voltage Selectable output freq.: 50/60Hz Adjustable output voltage High input-output isolation Remote inhibit Three-phase synchronization Remote control via RS232 Alarm by isolated relay contacts Remote off opto-coupled Optional railway version EN50155

Order Codes Input Voltage

Output Voltage

Output Power

Code

24VDC

230VAC

2400VA

7153-T

36VDC

3000VA

7154-T

48VDC

3000VA

7155-T

72VDC

3000VA

7156-T

110VDC

3000VA

7157-T

2400VA

7163-T

36VDC

2500VA

7164-T

48VDC

2500VA

7165-T

72VDC

2500VA

7166-T

110VDC

2500VA

7167-T

24VDC

120VAC

3-157


3. Power Supply Systems 3.8. Railway Solutions

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

3.8.2. DC/AC Inverters

Discount Code L1

ODX-3000 Series

3

Three Phase 3000VA DC/AC Inverter for the Rail Industry • • • • • • • • • • •

Sine wave output voltage Suitable for motors Selectable output freq.: 50/60Hz Adjustable output voltage High input-output isolation Remote inhibit Reverse phase Remote control via RS232 Alarm by isolated relay contacts Remote off opto-coupled Railway version EN50155

Order Codes

3-158

Input Voltage

Output Voltage

Output Power

Code

24VDC

400VAC

2400VA

7403-T

36VDC

3000VA

7404-T

48VDC

3000VA

7405-T

72VDC

3000VA

7406-T

110VDC

3000VA

7407-T

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


3.9. Custom Made Solutions

Custom Made Solutions PREMIUM is capable of developing and producing custom models that are aimed at meeting the specific needs of each application, from low cost to rugged, highly reliable equipment that must meet very high quality standards of ISO 9001 for use in mobile service, rail applications, power stations and general industry. To request an offer for a custom product, please contact Control Logic Customer Service.

3-159

3


3. Power Supply Systems 3.10. Transformers

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

3.10.1. Control Transformers

Discount Code L15

T Series

3

Order Codes Description Single phase transformer

Secondary (VAC)

Code

240

40

240

24

240

24

T40-240-24

63 100

240

24

160

240

24

250

240

24

400

240

24

630

240

24

800

240

24

B

C

C

E

F

E E

D

D

D

F

A

F

C AA

T20-240-24

24

T63-240-24

T100-240-24 T163-240-24 T250-240-24 T400-240-24 T630-240-24 T800-240-24

Rating

A x B x C (mm)

D (mm)

E (mm)

Kg

40VA

78 x 72 x 95

56

46

1.4

60VA

78 x 72 x 95

56

46

1.5

100VA

87 x 75 x 98

64

62

2.3

160VA

92 x 92 x 110

84

74

2.5

250VA

96 x 100 x 110

84

85

3.4

400VA

120 x 100 x 130

90

85

5.6

630VA

150 x 110 x 155

122

90

8.4

800VA

150 x 130 x 155

122

105

9.5

20VA**

G

G

B

VA Rating

G

B

Primary (VAC)

20

67 x 58 x 65

70

N/A

0.9

** Saddle Mount Bracket

TM Series

Order Codes Description

VA Rating

Single Phase Transformer

Primary (VAC) Multi Tap

Secondary (VAC) Multi Tap

Code TM40-MP-AB

40

240/415

12/24

40

240/415

32/48

40

240/415

120/240

63

240/415

12/24

63

240/415

32/48

63

240/415

120/240

100

240/415

12/24

100

240/415

32/48

100

240/415

120/240

160

240/415

12/24

160

240/415

32/48

160

240/415

120/240

250

240/415

12/24

250

240/415

32/48

250

240/415

120/240

400

240/415

12/24

400

240/415

32/48

400

240/415

120/240

630

240/415

12/24

630

240/415

32/48

630

240/415

120/240

1000

240/415

24/48

1000

240/415

120/240

1600

240/415

24/48

1600

240/415

120/240

TM1600-MP-HM

2500

240/415

24/48

TM1600-MP-BD

2500

240/415

120/240

TM1600-MP-HM

4000

240/415

120/240

TM4000-MP-HM

5000

240/415

120/240

TM5000-MP-HM

6300

240/415

120/240

TM6300-MP-HM

8000

240/415

120/240

TM8000-MP-HM

TM40-MP-CD

TM40-MP-HM TM63-MP-AB TM63-MP-CD

TM63-MP-HM

TM100-MP-AB TM100-MP-CD TM100-MP-HM TM160-MP-AB TM160-MP-CD TM160-MP-HM TM250-MP-AB TM250-MP-CD TM250-MP-HM TM400-MP-AB TM400-MP-CD TM400-MP-HM TM630-MP-AB TM630-MP-CD

TM630-MP-HM

TM1000-MP-BD

TM1000-MP-HM TM1600-MP-BD

Optional Extras: Enclosures (IP22, IP44, IP66); Primary/secondary protection (Fuse/ circuit breaker); Earth screen; Custom voltages

3-160

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


3.10. Transformers

3.10.2. 3 Phase Isolation Transformers 3.10.3. Power & Distribution Transformers 3 Phase Isolation Transformers Three Phase

100VA ~ 1000kVA

Input Voltages

200VAC ~ 3300VAC

Output Voltages

10VAC ~ 3300VAC

3

Frequency 50Hz/60Hz Insulation

Class F (155ËšC) Class H (180ËšC optional)

Enclosure Protection

IP22, IP44, IP66

Enclosure Finishes

Powder Coated or Stainless Steel

Power & Distribution Transformers Cast Resin Dry Type About

The TDT (Tri Dimensional Transformers) is manufactured with 3 dimensional wound core technology containing epoxy resin as the insulation. The transformer windings are enveloped with epoxy resin creating great mechanical strength; higher short circuit withstand capacity providing a robust finish.

Benefits

Higher overload capacity, lower in no-load losses and magnetising current, lower noise level; higher impulse over voltage withstand capability and reduced weight.

Application Suitable for application in high-rise buildings, airports, railway stations, subways, hospitals, power plants, mining environments, shopping complexes and other types of densely populated environments. Availability Rating - 50kVA ~ 3000kVA; System Voltage up to 36kV; Pad Mount, Kiosk Type or Packaged Substation.

Oil Immersed Type About

The TDT (Tri Dimensional Transformers) wound core oil immersed transformer is the latest development in energy-efficient products. The functionality and reliability has been comprehensively type tested. The TDT (Tri Dimensional Transformers) core overcomes the structural and technical defects of traditional stacked cores.

Benefits Substantially lower no-load losses and magnetising current, lower noise level, better impulse over voltage withstand capability and reduced weight Application Suitable for application in industrial/commercial plants, oil & gas, power plants, substations, solar and wind power generation. Availability Rating - 50kVA ~ 3000kVA; System Voltages up to 36kV; Ground Mount, Kiosk Type or Packaged Substation.

3-161


4. Digital Displays & Controllers Selection Guide Overview

Section 4

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

4.1.1. Micro

4.1.1.1. AM1 Series

Discount Code L3

4

4-162

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


Digital Displays & Controllers 4. Digital Displays & Controllers 4-162 Selection Guide Overview 4-164 4.1. Counter Displays 4-178 4.1.1. Without Outputs 4-178 4.1.2. With Outputs 4-180 4.2. Rate Displays 4-182 4.2.1. Without Outputs 4-182 4.2.2. With Outputs 4-183 4.3. Counter & Rate Displays 4-184 4.3.1. With Outputs 4-184 4.4. Process Displays 4-187 4.4.1. Without Outputs 4-187 4.4.2. With Outputs 4-189 4.5. PID Controllers 4-193 4.6. DC Current Displays 4-201 4.6.1. Without Outputs 4-201 4.6.2. With Outputs 4-203 4.7. AC Current Displays 4-206 4.7.1. Without Outputs 4-206 4.7.2. With Outputs 4-207 4.8. DC Voltage Displays 4-208 4.8.1. Without Outputs 4-208 4.8.2. With Outputs 4-210 4.9. AC Voltage Displays 4-213 4.9.1. Without Outputs 4-213 4.9.2. With Outputs 4-214 4.10. Temperature Displays 4-215 4.10.1. Without Outputs 4-215 4.10.2. With Outputs 4-216 4.11. Load Cell Displays 4-219 4.11.1. Without Outputs 4-219 4.11.2. With Outputs 4-220 4.12. Large Graphic & LED Displays 4-222 4.12.1. ProducTVity Display 4-222 4.12.1.1. Ceiling & Wallmount Display Kits 4-226 4.12.2. Plant Floor Marquee 4-227 4.12.3. DC Volt/Current/Process Displays 4-227 4.12.4. Serial Slave Displays 4-228 4.12.5. Counter & Rate Displays 4-228 4.12.6. Timer Displays 4-229 4.12.7. Load Cell Displays 4-229 4.12.8. Universal Input Displays 4-230

4-163


4. Digital Displays & Controllers Selection Guide Overview

Counter Displays Series

CUB7

LC2H

CUB4

PAXLC

28mm (H) x 51mm (W)

28mm (H) x 51mm (W)

28mm (H) x 51mm (W)

28mm (H) x 51mm (W)

8 Digit, 9mm Reflective, Green & Red Backlight LCD

8 Digit, 8.7mm Reflective, Green & Red Backlight LCD

6 & 8 Digit, 12mm Reflective, Green & Red Backlight LCD

6 Digit, 14mm 8 Digit 10mm Red LED

Uni-Directional

Uni-Directional

Uni-Directional

Uni-Directional Up/Down Inhibit Store

10,000 Counts/Sec

2,000 Counts/Sec

5,000 Counts/Sec

25,000 Counts/Sec

No

No

No

Yes

Front Panel & Remote

Front Panel & Remote

Front Panel & Remote

Front Panel & Remote

Sensor Power

No

No

No

9 to 17.5VDC @ 100mA

Setpoint Capability

No

No

No

No

Communications

No

No

No

No

Power Supply

3V Lithium Battery Backlighting 9-28VDC @ 35mA

3V Lithium Battery Backlighting 24VDC

3V Lithium Battery Backlighting 9-28VDC @ 35mA

115/240VAC or 10 to 16VDC

Page Number

Page 4-178

Page 4-178

Page 4-179

Page 4-179

Product Picture

4

Dimensions Display

Counting Capability

Max. Input Frequency Input Scaling & Decimal Points Reset Capability

4-164

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


Selection Guide Overview

Counter Displays Series

C48C

LC4H

PAXC

Product Picture

4

Dimensions

48mm (H) x 48mm (W)

48mm (H) x 48mm (W)

48mm (H) x 96mm (W)

2 x 6 Digit Main Display 7mm Sec. Display 5mm Reflective & Backlight LCD

2 x 4 or 6 Digit Reflective & Backlight LCD

6 Digit , 14mm Sunlight Readable Red LED

Uni-Directional Up/Down Inhibit Add/Subtract Add/Add Quadrature Batch

Addition Subtraction Direction Individuality Phase 5 modes selectable by DIP switch

Uni-Directional Up/Down Inhibit Add/Subtract Add/Add Quadrature Batch

12,000 Counts/Sec

5,000 Counts/Sec

34,000 Counts/Sec

Yes

Yes (LC4H-S Only)

Yes

Front Panel & Remote

Front Panel & Remote

Front Panel & Remote

Sensor Power

12VDC @ 100mA

No

12VDC @ 100mA

Sensor Power

12VDC @ 100mA

No

12VDC @ 100mA

Single Relay Dual Relay NPN Transistor

Single or Dual Relay Single or Dual Transistor

Dual or Quad Relay Quad NPN or PNP Transistor

Display

Counting Capability

Max. Input Frequency Input Scaling & Decimal Points Reset Capability

Setpoint Capability

Communications

RS485

No

No

Power Supply

85 to 250VAC 18 to 36VDC 24VAC

100 to 240VAC 12 to 24VDC 24VAC

85 to 250VAC 11 to 36VDC 24VAC

Page Number

Page 4-180

Page 4-180

Page 4-181

4-165


4. Digital Displays & Controllers Selection Guide Overview

Rate Displays Series

DT8

PAXLR

PAXR

PAXDR

39mm (H) x 75mm (W)

48mm (H) x 96mm (W)

48mm (H) x 96mm (W)

48mm (H) x 96mm (W)

5 Digit, 15mm Reflective, Green & Red Backlight LCD

6 Digit, 14mm Red LED

5 Digit, 14mm Sunlight Readable RED LED

5 Digit, 14mm Sunlight Readable RED LED

Measurement Format

Selectable Time Base Range 4msec to 32sec

Adjustable Time Interval

Adjustable Time Interval

Dual Independent Input Adjustable Time Interval Ratio (A/B) Difference (A-B) Sum (A+B) % of Total (A/A+B) Draw (A-B/B) Dual Rate

Max. Input Frequency

10,000 Counts/Sec

25,000 Counts/Sec

34,000 Counts/Sec

44,000 Counts/Sec (Single Rate) 19,000 Counts/Sec (Dual Rate)

Product Picture

4

Dimensions Display

Decimal Points

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

Sensor Power

No

9 to 17.5VDC @ 100mA

12VDC @ 100mA

12VDC @ 100mA

Setpoint Capability

No

No

Dual or Quad Relay Quad NPN or PNP Transistor

Dual or Quad Relay Quad NPN or PNP Transistor

Communications

No

No

No

RS232 RS485 Modbus DeviceNet Profibus Ethernet w/ ICM8

Power Supply

3 Volt Lithium Battery Backlighting 9 to 28VDC @ 35mA

115/240VAC 10 to 16VDC

85 to 250VAC 11 to 36VDC 24VAC

85 to 250VAC 11 to 36VDC 24VAC

Page Number

Page 4-182

Page 4-182

Page 4-183

Page 4-183

4-166

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


Selection Guide Overview

Counter & Rate Displays Series

CUB5

PAXLCR

PAXI

PAX2D

Product Picture

4

Dimensions Display

Counting Capability

Rate Measurement Format

Max. Input Frequency Input Scaling & Decimal Points Reset Capability Sensor Power

39mm (H) x 75mm (W)

48mm (H) x 96mm (W)

48mm (H) x 96mm (W)

48mm (H) x 96mm (W)

6 Digit, 12mm Reflective, Green & Red Backlight LCD

6 Digit, 14mm Red LED

6 Digit, 14mm Sunlight Readable Red LED

Top Line 6 digit, 18 mm with tri-colour backlight (red, green or orange) Bottom Line 9 digit, 8.9 mm with green backlight

Uni-Directional Up/Down Inhibit Add/Subtract Add/Add Quadrature Batch

Uni-Directional Up/Down Inhibit Add/Subtract Add/Add Quadrature Batch

Uni-Directional Up/Down Inhibit Add/Subtract Add/Add Quadrature Batch

Uni-Directional Up/Down Inhibit Add/Subtract Add/Add Quadrature Batch

Adjustable Time Interval

Adjustable Time Interval

Adjustable Time Interval

Dual Independent Input Adjustable Time Interval Ratio (A/B) Difference (A-B) Sum (A+B) % of Total (A/A+B) Draw (A-B/B) Dual Rate

20,000 Counts/Sec

20,000 Counts/Sec

34,000 Counts/Sec

34,000 Counts/Sec 50,000 Counts/Sec (Rate Only)

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Front Panel & Remote

Front Panel & Remote

Front Panel & Remote

Front Panel & Remote

No

24VDC @ 50mA

12VDC @ 100mA

18VDC @ 60mA

Single Relay Dual NPN Transistor

Dual Relay

Dual or Quad Relay Quad NPN or PNP Transistor

Dual or Quad Relay Quad NPN or PNP Transistor

RS232 or RS485

No

RS232 RS485 Modbus DeviceNet Profibus Ethernet w/ ICM8

RS232 RS485 Modbus DeviceNet Profibus Ethernet w/ ICM8

Power Supply

9 to 28VDC

50 to 250VAC 21.6 to 250VDC

85 to 250VAC 11 to 36VDC 24VAC

40 to 250VAC 21.6 to 250VDC

Page Number

Page 4-184

Page 4-184

Page 4-185

Page 4-186

Setpoint Capability Communications

4-167


4. Digital Displays & Controllers Selection Guide Overview

Process Displays Series

CUB4CL / LP

PAXLCL

PAXLPV

DP5P

39mm (H) x 75mm (W)

48mm (H) x 96mm (W)

48mm (H) x 96mm (W)

48mm (H) x 96mm (W)

4 Digit, 15mm Reflective, Green & Red Backlight LCD

4 Digit, 14mm Red LED

4 Digit, 14mm Red LED

5 Digit, 14mm Red LED

4 to 20mA DC 10 to 50mA DC

4 to 20mA DC 10 to 50mA DC

1 to 5VDC

0/4 to 20mA DC 0 to 10VDC

Setpoint Capability

No

No

No

No

Communications

No

No

No

No

Sensor Power

No

24VDC @ 50mA

24VDC @ 50mA

24VDC @ 50mA

Other Features / Options

No

Engineering Units Overlay

Engineering Units Overlay

Analog Output Tare Min/Max Memory Totalizer Linearizer & Engineering Units Overlay

Power Supply

9 to 28VDC (CUB4CL) Current Loop Powered (CUBLP)

85 to 250VDC

85 to 250VDC

85 to 250VAC 11 to 36VDC

Page Number

Page 4-187

Page 4-187

Page 4-188

Page 4-188

Product Picture

4

Dimensions Display

Input Ranges

4-168

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


Selection Guide Overview

Process Displays Series

CUB5P

PAXLA

PAXP

PAX2A

PAXDP

Product Picture

4

Dimensions

39mm (H) x 75mm (W)

48mm (H) x 96mm (W)

48mm (H) x 96mm (W)

48mm (H) x 96mm (W)

48mm (H) x 96mm (W)

5 Digit, 12mm Reflective, Green & Red Backlight LCD

5 Digit, 14mm Red LED

5 Digit, 14mm Sunlight Readable Red LED

Top Line 6 digit, 18 mm with tri-colour backlight (red, green or orange) Bottom Line 9 digit, 8.9 mm with green backlight

5 Digit, 14mm Sunlight Readable Red LED

0 to 10VDC 4 to 20mA DC 10 to 50mA DC

4 to 20mA DC 0 to 10VDC

0/4 to 20mA DC 0 to 10VDC

0/4 to 20mA / 0 to 10VDC Current – Up to 2A DC Voltage - Up to 200VDC Temperature – RTD & TC Resistance – Up to 10Kohm

Dual Independent Inputs 0/4 to 20mA 0 to 10VDC

Single Relay Dual NPN Transistor

Dual Relay

Dual or Quad Relay Quad NPN or PNP Transistor

Dual or Quad Relay Quad NPN or PNP Transistor

Dual or Quad Relay Quad NPN or PNP Transistor

RS232 or RS485

No

RS232 RS485 Modbus DeviceNet Profibus Ethernet w/ ICM8

RS232 RS485 Modbus DeviceNet Profibus Ethernet w/ ICM8

RS232 RS485 Modbus DeviceNet Profibus Ethernet w/ ICM8

No

24VDC @ 50mA

24VDC @ 50mA

18VDC @ 50mA

18VDC @ 70mA per channel

User Input Min/Max Memory Engineering Units Indicator

User Input Min/Max Memory Engineering Units Overlay

Analog Output Tare Min/Max Memory Totalizer Linearizer & Engineering Units Overlay

Analog Output Tare Min/Max Memory Totalizer Linearizer & Engineering Units Indicator

Math Functions on both signals Analog Output Tare Min/Max Memory Totalizer Linearizer & Engineering Units Overlay

Power Supply

9 to 28VDC

50 to 250VAC 21.6 to 250VDC

85 to 250VAC 11 to 36VDC

50 to 250VAC 21.6 to 250VDC

85 to 250VAC 18 to 36VDC

Page Number

Page 4-189

Page 4-189

Page 4-190

Page 4-191

Page 4-192

Display

Input Ranges

Setpoint Capability

Communications

Sensor Power Other Features / Options

4-169


4. Digital Displays & Controllers Selection Guide Overview

PID Controllers Series

T16

P16

T48

P48

PAX2C

48mm(H) x 48mm(W)

48mm(H) x 48mm(W)

48mm (H) x 48mm (W)

48mm (H) x 48mm (W)

48mm (H) x96mm (W)

2 x 4 Digit Main Display 7mm Red Sec. Display 5mm Green LCD

2 x 4 Digit Main Display 7mm Red Sec. Display 5mm Green LCD

2 x 4 Digit Main Display 10mm Red Sec. Display 7mm Green LED

2 x 4 Digit Main Display 10mm Red Sec. Display 7mm Green LED

Top Line 6 digit, 18 mm with tri-colour backlight (red, green or orange) Bottom Line 9 digit, 8.9 mm with green backlight Bargraph display

Input Ranges

Thermocouple T, E, J, K, R, S, B, N, C RTD Type 385, 392, 672

0/4 to 20mA 0 to 10VDC

Thermocouple T, E, J, K, R, S, B, N, C RTD Type 385, 392, 672

0/4 to 20mA 0 to 10VDC

0/4 to 20mA / 0 to 10VDC Current – Up to 2A DC Voltage - Up to 200VDC Temperature – RTD & Thermocouple Resistance – Up to 10Kohm

Control Type

ON/Off PID

ON/Off PID

ON/Off PID

ON/Off PID

PID or On/Off

Main Control (Heat/Cool), Cooling Output, Dual Alarms (Relay, SSR Drive)

Main Control (Direct/ Reverse), Secondary Output, Dual Alarms

Main Control (Heat/Cool), Cooling Output, Dual Alarms (Relay, SSR Drive, Triac) Field Replaceable

Main Control (Direct/ Reverse), Secondary Output, Dual Alarms

Dual or Quad Relay Quad NPN or PNP Transistor

No

No

RS485

RS485

RS232 RS485 Modbus DeviceNet Profibus Ethernet w/ ICM8

Other Features / Options

Analog Output

Analog Output

Heater Current Monitor Analog Output Remote Setpoint

Dual Setpoint Remote Setpoint Analog Output

Analog Output, Up To 16 Alarms with Boolean Logic Functionality

Power Supply

85 to 250VAC 18 to 36VDC 24VAC

85 to 250VAC 18 to 36VDC 24VAC

85 to 250VAC 18 to 36VDC 24VAC

85 to 250VAC 18 to 36VDC 24VAC

40 to 250VAC // 21.6 to 250VDC

Page Number

Page 4-193

Page 4-194

Page 4-195

Page 4-196

Page 4-197

Product Picture

4

Dimensions Display

Outputs

Communications

4-170

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


Selection Guide Overview

PID Controllers Series

KT2

KT4

KT4H

KT7

KT8

KT9

Product Picture

4

Dimensions

24mm(H) x 48mm(W)

48mm(H) x 48mm(W)

48mm(H) x 48mm(W)

22.5mm(H) x 75mm(W)

48mm(H) x 96mm(W)

96mm(H) x 96mm(W)

4 Digit, Main Display

2 x 4 Digit, Main Display 10.2mm Red Sec. Display 8.8mm Green

2 x 4 Digit, Main Display 10.2mm Red Sec. Display 8.8mm Green

2 x 4 Digit, Main Display 7.4mm Red Sec. Display 7.4mm Green

2 x 4 Digit, Main Display 11.2mm Red Sec. Display 11.2mm Green

2 x 4 Digit, Main Display 18mm Red Sec. Display 13.2mm Green

Thermocouple K, J, R, S, B, E, T, N, RTD Pt100, JPt100 DC Current 0-20mA, 4-20mA DC Voltage 0-1VDC, 0-10VDC, 1-5VDC,0-5VDC

Thermocouple K, J, R, S, B, E, T, N, RTD Pt100, JPt100 DC Current 0-20mA, 4-20mA DC Voltage 0-1VDC, 0-10VDC, 1-5VDC,0-5VDC

Thermocouple K, J, R, S, B, E, T, N, RTD Pt100, JPt100 DC Current 0-20mA, 4-20mA DC Voltage 0-1VDC, 0-10VDC, 1-5VDC,0-5VDC

Thermocouple K, J, R, S, B, E, T, N, RTD Pt100, JPt100 DC Current 0-20mA, 4-20mA DC Voltage 0-1VDC, 0-10VDC, 1-5VDC,0-5VDC

Thermocouple K, J, R, S, B, E, T, N, RTD Pt100, JPt100 DC Current 0-20mA, 4-20mA DC Voltage 0-1VDC, 0-10VDC, 1-5VDC,0-5VDC

Thermocouple K, J, R, S, B, E, T, N, RTD Pt100, JPt100 DC Current 0-20mA, 4-20mA DC Voltage 0-1VDC, 0-10VDC, 1-5VDC,0-5VDC

Control

PID On/Off

PID On/Off

PID On/Off

PID On/Off

PID On/Off

PID On/Off

Outputs

Relay DC Voltage DC Current Alarm Output 1 – Relay Alarm Output 2 – Open Collector

Relay DC Voltage DC Current Alarm Output 1 – Relay

Relay DC Voltage DC Current Alarm Output 1 – Relay

Relay DC Voltage DC Current Alarm Output 1 – Relay

Relay DC Voltage DC Current Alarm Output 1 – Relay

Relay DC Voltage DC Current Alarm Output 1 – Relay

Communications

No

No

RS 485 Modbus RTU Mewtocol

No

No

No

Other Features / Options

Heating/Cooling

Heating/Cooling Heater Burnout Alarm Second Alarm Output

Configuration Software Heating/Cooling Heater Burnout Alarm Second Alarm Output

Heater Burnout Alarm

Heating/Cooling Heater Burnout Alarm Second Alarm Output

Heating/Cooling Heater Burnout Alarm Second Alarm Output

Power Supply

100-240VAC 24V AC

100-240VAC 24V AC

100-240VAC 24V AC

100-240VAC 24V AC

100-240VAC 24V AC

100-240VAC 24V AC

Page Number

Page 4-198

Page 4-198

Page 4-199

Page 4-199

Page 4-200

Page 4-200

Display

Input Ranges

4-171


4. Digital Displays & Controllers Selection Guide Overview

Current Displays Series

CUB4I

PAXLID

DP5D

CUB5I

PAXLA

Product Picture

4

Dimensions

39mm (H) x 75mm (W)

48mm (H) x96mm (W)

48mm (H) x96mm (W)

39mm (H) x 75mm (W)

48mm (H) x96mm (W)

Display

4 Digit, 15mm Reflective, Green & Red Backlight LCD

4 Digit, 14mm Red LED

5 Digit, 14mm Red LED

5 Digit, 12mm Reflective, Green & Red Backlight LCD

3 ½ Digit, 14mm Red LED

Input Ranges

0 to 199.9uA DC to 199.9mA DC

0 to 199.9uA DC to 199.9A DC

+/-200uA DC to 2A DC

0 to 200uA DC to 200mA DC

0 to 200uA DC to 200mA DC

Setpoint Capability

No

No

No

Single Relay Dual NPN Transistor

Dual Relay

Communications

No

No

No

RS232 RS485

No

Other Features / Options

No

Engineering Units Overlay

Tare, Min/Max Memory Totalizer Linearizer & Engineering Units Overlay

User Input Min/Max Memory Engineering Units Indicator

User Input Min/Max Memory / Engineering Units Overlay

Power Supply

9 to 28VDC

115/240VAC

85 to 250VAC 11 to 36VDC

9 to 28VDC

50 to 250VAC 21.6 to 250VDC

Page Number

Page 4-201

Page 4-201

Page 4-202

Page 4-203

Page 4-203

PAXD

PAXLIA

PAXLIT

PAXH

PAX2A

48mm (H) x96mm (W)

48mm (H) x96mm (W)

48mm (H) x96mm (W)

48mm (H) x96mm (W)

48mm (H) x96mm (W)

5 Digit, 14mm Sunlight Readable Red LED

4 Digit, 14mm Red LED

4 Digit, 14mm Red LED

5 Digit, 14mm Sunlight Readable Red LED

Top Line 6 digit, 18 mm with tri-colour backlight (red, green or orange) Bottom Line 9 digit, 8.9 mm with green backlight

+/-200uA DC to 2A DC

0 to 199.9uA AC to 199.9A AC

0 to 5A AC

200uA to 5A AC

0/4 to 20mA / 0 to 10VDC Current – Up to 2A DC Voltage - Up to 200VDC Temperature – RTD & TC Resistance – Up to 10Kohm

Dual or Quad Relay Quad NPN or PNP Transistor

No

No

Dual or Quad Relay Quad NPN or PNP Transistor

Dual or Quad Relay Quad NPN or PNP Transistor

RS232 RS485 Modbus DeviceNet Profibus Ethernet w/ ICM8

No

No

RS232 RS485 Modbus DeviceNet Profibus Ethernet w/ ICM8

RS232 RS485 Modbus DeviceNet Profibus Ethernet w/ ICM8

Analog Output Tare Min/Max Memory Totalizer Linearizer & Engineering Units Overlay

Engineering Units Overlay

Engineering Units Overlay

Analog Output Tare Min/Max Memory Totalizer Linearizer & Engineering Units Overlay

Analog Output Tare Min/Max Memory Totalizer Linearizer & Engineering Units Indicator

Power Supply

85 to 250VAC 11 to 36VDC

115/240VAC

115/240VAC

85 to 250VAC 11 to 36VDC

50 to 250VAC 21.6 to 250VDC

Page Number

Page 4-204

Page 4-206

Page 4-206

Page 4-207

Page 4-205

Series Product Picture

Dimensions Display

Input Ranges

Setpoint Capability

Communications

Other Features / Options

4-172

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


Selection Guide Overview

Voltage Displays Series

CUB4V

PAXLVD

DP5D

CUB5V

PAXLA

Product Picture

4

Dimensions

39mm (H) x 75mm (W)

48mm (H) x96mm (W)

48mm (H) x96mm (W)

39mm (H) x 75mm (W)

48mm (H) x96mm (W)

Display

4 Digit, 15mm Reflective, Green & Red Backlight LCD

4 Digit, 14mm Red LED

5 Digit, 14mm Red LED

5 Digit, 12mm Reflective, Green & Red Backlight LCD

4 Digit, 14mm Red LED

Input Ranges

0 to 199.9mV DC to 199.9V DC

0 to 199.9mV DC to 300V DC

+/-200mV DC to +/- 300V DC

0 to 200mV DC to 200VDC

0 to 200mV DC to 200V DC

Setpoint Capability

No

No

No

Single Relay Dual NPN Transistor

Dual Relay

Communications

No

No

No

RS232 RS485

No

Other Features / Options

No

Engineering Units Overlay

Tare, Min/Max Memory Totalizer Linearizer & Engineering Units Overlay

User Input Min/Max Memory Engineering Units Indicator

User Input Min/Max Memory / Engineering Units Overlay

Power Supply

9 to 28VDC

115/240VAC

85 to 250VAC 11 to 36VDC

9 to 28VDC

50 to 250VAC 21.6 to 250VDC

Page Number

Page 4-208

Page 4-208

Page 4-209

Page 4-210

Page 4-210

PAXD

PAXLVA

PAXLHV

PAXH

PAX2A

48mm (H) x96mm (W)

48mm (H) x96mm (W)

48mm (H) x96mm (W)

48mm (H) x96mm (W)

48mm (H) x96mm (W)

5 Digit, 14mm Sunlight Readable Red LED

4 Digit, 14mm Red LED

4 Digit, 14mm Red LED

5 Digit, 14mm Sunlight Readable Red LED

Top Line 6 digit, 18 mm with tri-colour backlight (red, green or orange) Bottom Line 9 digit, 8.9 mm with green backlight

+/-200mV DC to +/- 300V DC

0 to 199.9mV AC to 300V AC

0 to 600 VAC

+/-200mV to 300V AC

0/4 to 20mA / 0 to 10VDC Current – Up to 2A DC Voltage - Up to 200VDC Temperature – RTD & Thermocouple Resistance – Up to 10Kohm

Dual or Quad Relay Quad NPN or PNP Transistor

No

No

Dual or Quad Relay Quad NPN or PNP Transistor

Dual or Quad Relay Quad NPN or PNP Transistor

RS232 RS485 Modbus DeviceNet Profibus Ethernet w/ ICM8

No

No

RS232 RS485 Modbus DeviceNet Profibus Ethernet w/ ICM8

RS232 RS485 Modbus DeviceNet Profibus Ethernet w/ ICM8

Analog Output, Tare, Min/Max Memory, Totalizer, Linearizer & Engineering Units Overlay

Engineering Units Overlay

Engineering Units Overlay

Analog Output Tare Min/Max Memory Totalizer Linearizer & Engineering Units Overlay

Analog Output Tare Min/Max Memory Totalizer Linearizer & Engineering Units Indicator

Power Supply

85 to 250VAC 11 to 36VDC

115/240VAC

115/240VAC

85 to 250VAC 11 to 36VDC

50 to 250VAC 21.6 to 250VDC

Page Number

Page 4-211

Page 4-213

Page 4-213

Page 4-214

Page 4-212

Series Product Picture

Dimensions Display

Input Ranges

Setpoint Capability

Communications

Other Features / Options

4-173


4. Digital Displays & Controllers Selection Guide Overview

Temperature Displays Series

CUB5R/T

PAXLR/T

DP5T

PAXLT

PAXT

PAX2A

39mm (H) x 75mm (W)

48mm (H) x96mm (W)

48mm (H) x96mm (W)

48mm (H) x96mm (W)

48mm (H) x96mm (W)

48mm (H) x96mm (W)

5 Digit, 12mm Reflective, Green & Red Backlight LCD

4 Digit, 14mm Red LED

5 Digit, 14mm Red LED

5 Digit, 14mm Red LED

5 Digit, 14mm Sunlight Readable Red LED

Top Line 6 digit, 18 mm with tri-colour backlight (red, green or orange) Bottom Line 9 digit, 8.9 mm with green backlight

Thermocouple (CUB5TC) T,E,J,K,R,S,B,N & mV RTD (CUB5RT) Pt385, Pt392, Ni672 & Cu427

Thermocouple (PAXLTC) T,E,J,K,R,S,B,N & mV RTD (PAXLRT) Pt385 & Pt392

Thermocouple T,E,J,K,R,S,B,N & mV RTD Pt385, Pt392, Ni672 & Cu427 Direct 10 Ohm, 100 Ohm & mV

Thermocouple T,E,J,K,R,S,B,N & mV RTD Pt385, Pt392, Ni672 & Cu427

Single Relay Dual NPN Transistor

No

No

Dual Relay

Dual or Quad Relay Quad NPN or PNP Transistor

Dual or Quad Relay Quad NPN or PNP Transistor

Communications

RS232 or RS485

No

No

No

RS232 RS485 Modbus DeviceNet Profibus Ethernet w/ ICM8

RS232 RS485 Modbus DeviceNet Profibus Ethernet w/ ICM8

Other Features / Options

User Input Min/Max Memory Engineering Units Indicator

Engineering Units Overlay

Min/Max Memory Totalizer Engineering Units Overlay

User Input Min/Max Memory Custom Units Overlay

Analog Output Tare Min/Max Memory Totalizer Linearizer & Engineering Units Overlay

Analog Output Min/Max Memory Totalizer Linearizer & Engineering Units Indicator

Power Supply

9 to 28VDC

115/240VAC

85 to 250VAC 11 to 36VDC

50 to 250VAC 21.6 to 250VDC

85 to 250VAC 11 to 36VDC

50 to 250VAC 21.6 to 250VDC

Page Number

Page 4-216

Page 4-215

Page 4-215

Page 4-216

Page 4-217

Page 4-218

Product Picture

4

Dimensions Display

Input Ranges

Setpoint Capability

4-174

Thermocouple Universal Input T,E,J,K,R,S,B,N,C & mV 0/4 - 20mA / 0 - 10VDC Current - Up to 2A DC RTD 2 or 3 Wire 100 Ohm Voltage - Up to 200VDC (ALPHA = .00385, Temperature -RTD & TC Resistance .00391 & .00672 Up to 10Kohm

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


Selection Guide Overview

Load Cell Displays Series

PAXLSG

PAXS

PAX2S

Product Picture

4

Dimensions

48mm (H) x96mm (W)

48mm (H) x96mm (W)

48mm (H) x96mm (W)

4 Digit, 14mm Red LED

5 Digit, 14mm Sunlight Readable Red LED

Top Line - 6 digit, 18 mm with tri-colour backlight (red, green or orange) Bottom Line 9 digit, 8.9 mm with green backlight

Single-ended or Differential Input 0 to 10mV through 1.999A

+/-24mV DC +/-240mV DC

+/-24mV DC +/-240mV DC

Setpoint Capability

No

Dual or Quad Relay Quad NPN or PNP Transistor

Dual or Quad Relay Quad NPN or PNP Transistor

Communications

No

RS232 RS485 Modbus DeviceNet Profibus Ethernet w/ ICM8

RS232 RS485 Modbus DeviceNet Profibus Ethernet w/ ICM8

5VDC @ 60mA 10VDC @ 120mA

5VDC @ 65mA 10VDC @ 125mA

Analog Output Min/Max Memory Totalizer Linearizer & Engineering Units Indicator

Engineering Units Overlay

Analog Output Tare Min/Max Memory Totalizer Linearizer & Engineering Units Overlay

Analog Output Min/Max Memory Totalizer Linearizer & Engineering Units Indicator

Power Supply

115/240VAC

85 to 250VAC 11 to 36VDC

50 to 250VAC 21.6 to 250VDC

Page Number

Page 4-219

Page 4-220

Page 4-221

Display

Input Ranges

Sensor Power

Other Features / Options

4-175


4. Digital Displays & Controllers Selection Guide Overview

Large Graphic & LED Displays Series

LDA

LDSS

LD

LDT

LDS

LD2A 101.6mm(H) x 406.4mm W) LD4A 200mm(H) x 660.4mm(W)

LD2SS 101.6mm(H) x 406.4mm(W) LD4SS 200mm(H) x 660.4mm(W)

LD2 101.6mm(H) x 406.4mm(W) LD4 200mm(H) x 660.4mm(W)

LD2T 101.6mm(H) x 406.4mm(W) LD4T 200mm(H) x 660.4mm(W)

LD2SG – 101.6mm(H) x 406.4mm(W) LD4SG – 200mm(H) x 660.4mm(W)

Display

LD2A 5 Digit, 57mm High Red LED LD4A 5 Digit, 101mm High Red LED

LD2SS 6 Digit, 57mm High Red LED LD4SS 6 Digit, 101mm High Red LED

LD2 6 Digit, 57mm High Red LED LD4 6 Digit, 101mm High Red LED

LD2T 6 Digit, 57mm High Red LED LD4T 6 Digit, 101mm High Red LED

5 Digit, 57mm (LD2SG) or 101mm (LD4SG) Red LED

Input Ranges

Process 4 to 20mA 1 to 5VDC 1 to 10VDC DC Voltages 0 to 200mV, 2V, 20V, 200V & 10V DC Currents 0 to 200uA, 2mA, 20mA & 200mA

Serial RS232 or RS485 ASCII Input

Counter Counter & Rate Input

Timer & Cycle Counter Input

Dip-Switch Selectable Switch Contacts NPN PNP Max. 30VDC

Dip-Switch Selectable Switch Contacts NPN PNP Max. 30VDC

Load Cell +/- 24 mVDC +/- 240 mVDC

Product Picture

4

Dimensions

Setpoint Capability

Dual Relay Output

No

Dual Relay Output

Single Relay Output

RS485 or RS232

Refer Input Ranges

RS485 or RS232

RS232 or RS485

RS485 or RS232

IP65 Powder Coated Aluminium Enclosure

IP65 Powder Coated Aluminium Enclosure

IP65 Powder Coated Aluminium Enclosure

IP65 Powder Coated Aluminium Enclosure

IP65 Powder Coated Aluminium Enclosure

Power Supply

50 to 250VAC 21.6 to 250VDC

50 to 250VAC 21.6 to 250VDC

50 to 250VAC 21.6 to 250VDC

50 to 250VAC 21.6 to 250VDC

50 to 250VAC 21.6 to 250VDC

Page Number

Page 4-227

Page 4-228

Page 4-228

Page 4-229

Page 4-229

Communications Other Features / Options

4-176

Dual Relay Output

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


Selection Guide Overview

Large Graphic & LED Displays Series

LPAX

EPAX

PFM

PTV

Product Picture

4

Dimensions

121mm (H) x 254mm (W)

183mm (H) x 630mm (W)

PFM1608: 660 x 168 x 61 mm PFM2412: 978 x 224 x 86 mm PFM3212: 986 x 277 x 86 mm PFM6412: 998 x 572 x 86 mm

Any TV size selected

Display

5 Digit, 38mm Red LED (Analog Input Models)

5 Digit, 101mm Red LED (Analog Input Models)

LED (Red/Amber/Green)

Connect any size TV (LCD or Plasma) via HDMI

6 Digit, 38mm Red LED (Digital Input Models)

6 Digit, 101mm Red LED (Digital Input Models)

Via a Plug-in Personality Module

Via a Plug-in Personality Module

Analog Inputs Process, Voltage, Current, Temperature & Load Cell

Analog Inputs Process, Voltage, Current, Temperature & Load Cell

Digital Inputs Count, Rate, Counter/Rate, Timer & Real Time Clock

Digital Inputs Count, Rate, Counter/Rate, Timer & Real Time Clock

Dual or Quad Relay Quad NPN or PNP Transistor

Input Ranges

Resolutions: PFM1608: 16H x 80W PFM2412: 24H x 120W PFM3212: 32H x 120W PFM6412: 64H x 120W All inputs are via the Red Lion Data Station Plus or Modular Controller Series

Serial (RS232 & RS485) Ethernet Analog Digital I/O Thermocouple RTD Load Cell

Dual or Quad Relay Quad NPN or PNP Transistor

Programmable

Programmable

RS232 RS485 Modbus DeviceNet Profibus Ethernet w/ ICM8

RS232 RS485 Modbus DeviceNet Profibus Ethernet w/ ICM8

RS232 RS485 Modbus DeviceNet Profibus CAN Ethernet via Data Station Plus or Modular Controller Series

RS232 RS485 Modbus DeviceNet Profibus CAN Ethernet

Optional IP65 Enclosure & Mounting Brackets

Optional IP65 Enclosure & Mounting Brackets

200+ Comms Drivers Data Logging Web Server Email & SMS Alerts Expandable I/O

200+ Comms Drivers Data Logging Web Server Email & SMS Alerts Expandable I/O

Power Supply

85 to 250VAC 18 to 36VDC 24VAC

85 to 250VAC

240VAC

24VDC

Page Number

Page 4-230

Page 4-230

Page 4-227

Page 4-222

Setpoint Capability Communications

Other Features / Options

4-177


4. Digital Displays & Controllers 4.1. Counter Displays

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

4.1.1. Without Outputs

Discount Code C8

Discount Code L3

CUB7 - Miniature 8 Digit Counter • • • •

4

8 Digit, 9mm High Digits LCD Display Count Speeds up to 10 KHz Standard Wire Connections or Optional Plug-in Terminal Block IP65 Rated

Order Codes Display

Input Type

Counting Capability

Power Supply

Code

Green Backlight

No Voltage / Contact Closure or up to 28VDC

Uni-Directional

9 – 28VDC

CUB7CCG0

Red Backlight

CUB7CCR0

Reflective Green Backlight

50 - 250V AD/DC

Battery

CUB7CCS0

9 – 28VDC

CUB7CVG0 CUB7CVR0

Red Backlight Reflective

Battery

CUB7CVS0

Accessories Type

Description

Used With

Plug-in Terminal Block

3 Position Terminal Block

CUB7CCS0

Code TB100003

4 Position Terminal Block

CUB7CCG0 CUB7CCR0 CUB7CVS0

TB100004

5 Position Terminal Block

CUB7CVG0 CUB7CVR0

TB100005

Enclosure

CUB7 Enclosure

ALL

ENC13000

Base Mount

CUB7 Base Mount

ALL

BMK80000

LC2H - Miniature 8 Digit Counter • • • •

8 Digit, 8.7 mm High Digits LCD Display Counting Speed Switchable between 2 kHz and 30 Hz Screw Terminals IP66 Rated

Order Codes Display

Input Type

Counting Capability

Power Supply

Code

Reflective

No Voltage / Contact Closure

Uni-Directional

Battery

LC2H-F-2KK LC2H-F-DL-2KK

4.5 – 30VDC 24 – 240V AC/DC Green/ Red Backlight

4-178

4.5 – 30VDC

LC2H-F-FV-30 9 – 28VDC

LC2H-F-DL-2KK-B

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


4.1. Counter Displays

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

4.1.1. Without Outputs Discount Code L3

CUB4 - Miniature 6 & 8 Digit Counter • • • • • •

6 Digit, 12.2 mm LCD (CUB4L) 8 Digit, 11.7 mm LCD (CUB4L8) 3 V Lithium Battery (9 - 28 VDC Required for Backlit Models) Front Panel, Remote Reset 5 KHz Max Input Frequency IP65 Rated

4

Order Codes Display

Input Type

Counting Capability

No. Digits

Power Supply

Code

Reflective

Up to 28VDC

Uni-Directional

6

Battery

CUB4L000

9 – 28VDC

CUB4L010

Yel-Grn Backlight

CUB4L020

Red Backlight Reflective

8

Yel-Grn Backlight

Battery

CUB4L800

9 – 28VDC

CUB4L810

Red Backlight

CUB4L820

Accessories Description

Code

Integrated Power Supply, 85 to 250 VAC

MLPS1000

Base Mount Kit

BMK60000

Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single units

ENC8A000

Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for units with an MLPS1 attached

ENC8B000

PAXLC – PAX Lite 6 & 8 Digit Counter • • • • • • • •

6 & 8 Digit Counter 6 Digit, 14.2 mm Red LED Display 8 Digit, 10.1 mm Red LED Display Accepts Input Count Rates up to 25 KHz Remote Reset Capability Count Inhibit Function Programmable Scale Factor IP65 Rated

Order Codes Display

Input Type

Counting Capability

No. Digits

Power Supply

Code

Red LED

No Voltage Contact Closure PNP or NPN (Max. 30VDC)

Bi Directional Inhibit Store

6

115/240VAC 10 to 16VDC

PAXLC600

8

PAXLC800

Accessories Description

Code

DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit

BMK90000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit

ENC5B000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units

ENC5C000

4-179


4. Digital Displays & Controllers 4.1. Counter Displays

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

4.1.2. With Outputs

Discount Code C8

Discount Code L3

C48C – Single, Dual & Three Preset Batch Counter • • • •

4

Single, Dual, or Three Preset Version 2 Line, 6 Character LCD Display w/Backlighting Bi-Directional and Quadrature Counting IP65 Rated

Order Codes Display

Input Type

Outputs

Power Supply

Code

Reflective

No Voltage Contact Closure PNP NPN (Max. 30VDC)

1 x Relay 1 x NPN

18-36VDC / 24VAC

C48CS013

85 to 250VAC

C48CS003

18-36VDC / 24VAC

C48CS113

Red / Green Backlight Reflective

2 x Relay

Red / Green Backlight Reflective

2 x Relay 1 x NPN

Red / Green Backlight

85 to 250VAC

C48CS103

18-36VDC / 24VAC

C48CD012

85 to 250VAC

C48CD002

18-36VDC / 24VAC

C48CD112

85 to 250VAC

C48CD102

18-36VDC / 24VAC

C48CB003

85 to 250VAC

C48CB103

Accessories Description

Code

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit

ENC11A00

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units

ENC11B00

LC4H – Single & Dual Preset Counter • • • •

2 Colour / 2 Line Preset Counter 4 & 6 Digit Models Panel or Din-Rail Mount Easy operation via “thumbwheel pushbuttons

Order Codes Display

Input Type

Outputs

Style

Power Supply

Code

4 Digit Red / Green Backlight

No Voltage Contact Closure PNP NPN (Max. 30VDC)

1 x Relay

11 Pin

12–24VDC

LC4H-R4-DC24V

100-240VAC

LC4H-R4-AC240V

12–24VDC

LC4H-R4-DC24VS

100-240VAC

LC4H-R4-AC240VS

12–24VDC

LC4H-R6-DC24V

100-240VAC

LC4H-R6-AC240V

12–24VDC

LC4H-R6-DC24VS

100-240VAC

LC4H-R6-AC240VS

24VAC

LC4HW-R6-AC24V

12–24VDC

LC4HW-R6-DC24V

100-240VAC

LC4HW-R6-AC240V

24VAC

LC4HW-R6-AC24VS

12–24VDC

LC4HW-R6-DC24VS

100-240VAC

LC4HW-R6-AC240VS

Screw Terminals

6 Digit Red / Green Backlight

11 Pin Screw Terminals 2 x Relay

11 Pin

Screw Terminals

Accessories

4-180

Description

Code

8 Pin Socket for Din Rail Mounting

AT8-DF11K

8 Pin Socket for Panel Mounting (Rear Connect)

AT8-R11K

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


4.1. Counter Displays

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

4.1.2. With Outputs

Discount Code L3

PAXC – Multi-Function Dual / Quad Preset Counter • • • • •

6 Digit, 14.2 mm LED Display Up to 3 Count Displays Programmable Scale Factors Up to Four Setpoint Alarm Outputs (W/Plug-in Card) IP65 Rated

4

Order Codes Display

Input Types

Outputs

Power Supply

Code

Red LED

Dip-Switch Selectable Switch Contacts NPN PNP (Max. 30VDC)

Field Upgradable (See option cards below)

85-250VAC

PAXC0020

11-36VDC 24VAC

PAXC0030

Accessories Description

Code

Dual Setpoint Relay Output Card

PAXCDS10

Quad Setpoint Relay Output Card

PAXCDS20

Quad Setpoint NPN Output Card

PAXCDS30

Quad Setpoint PNP Output Card

PAXCDS40

DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit

BMK90000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit

ENC5B000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units

ENC5C000

Typical application Cut to lengh tape and label roll application A tape and label company needs a method of cutting to length material on a roll to the nearest millimeter. Since the machine moves from roll to roll very quickly, the machine must enter a “reduced speed” mode 5 cm before the cut. Additionally, management would like to know the total number of meters of material ran. When the counter reaches preset 1 value, output 1 will latch sending a slow down signal. When preset 2 value is obtained, a timed output 2 will signal the cutter to cut, the counter will auto reset and output 1 will turn off. For various size rolls, the

PAXC counter can be programmed to allow easy operator access to preset 2 cut value. Preset 1 value (reduce speed) can be programmed to auto track preset 2, by 5 cm less, eliminating the need for the operator to change it. The PAXC counter has another count register (Counter C), which can be programmed to follow the main Counter A. This Counter C can totalize the running number of meters and can be reset with the RST button.

4-181


4. Digital Displays & Controllers 4.2. Rate Displays

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

4.2.1. Without Outputs

Discount Code L3

DT8 – Economical Rate Meter • • • • •

4

Adjustable Time Base Tachometer 5 Digit, 15.2 mm LCD Lithium Battery - Over 7 years continuous operation Up to 10 KHz Input Frequency IP65 Rated

Order Codes Display

Input Type

Power Supply

Code

Reflective

Magnetic Pick-up Bi-Polar (50% Duty Cycle) (Max. 28VDC)

Battery

DT800000

9-28VDC

DT800010

Yel-Grn Backlight Red Backlight

DT800020

Accessories Description

Code

Integrated Power Supply, 85 to 250 VAC

MLPS1000

Base Mount Kit

BMK60000

Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single units

ENC8A000

Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for units with an MLPS1 attached

ENC8B000

PAXLR – PAX Lite Rate Meter • • • •

6 Digit, 14.2 mm Red LED Display Input Rates up to 25 KHz Programmable Scaling, Update Time + Decimal Points IP65 Rated

Order Codes Display

Input Type

Power Supply

Code

Red LED

Dip-Switch Selectable NPN PNP Magnetic Pickups (Max. 30VDC)

115/240VAC 10 to 16VDC

PAXLR000

Accessories

4-182

Description

Code

DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit

BMK90000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit

ENC5B000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units

ENC5C000

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


4.2. Rate Displays

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

4.2.2. With Outputs Discount Code L3

PAXR – Multi-Function Dual / Quad Preset Rate Meter • • •

5 Digit, 14.2 mm LED Display Up to Four Setpoint Alarm Outputs (W/Plug-in Card) IP65 Rated

4

Order Codes Display

Input Types

Outputs

Power Supply

Code

Red LED

Dip-Switch Selectable NPN, PNP Magnetic Pickups (Max. 30VDC)

Field Upgradable (See option cards below)

85-250VAC

PAXR0020

11-36VDC 24VAC

PAXR0030

Accessories Description

Code

Dual Setpoint Relay Output Card

PAXCDS10

Quad Setpoint Relay Output Card

PAXCDS20

Quad Setpoint NPN Output Card

PAXCDS30

Quad Setpoint PNP Output Card

PAXCDS40

DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit

BMK90000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit

ENC5B000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units

ENC5C000

PAXDR – Intelligent Dual Rate Meter / Totalizer • • • • • • • •

Six Displays - One Each For: Rate A & B; Totalizer A & B; Display C Rate Calculation & Totalizer Calculation Calculations: Sum (A+B), Difference (A-B), Ratio (A/B), % Of Total (A/A+B) Or Draw (A-B/B) 14mm Red LED Sunlight Readable Display Separate Input Scaling For A & B Totalizers Four Setpoint Alarm Outputs (W/Option Card) Retransmitted Analog Output (W/Option Card) Communication and Bus Capabilities (W/Option Card) IP65 Rated

Order Codes Display

Input Types

Outputs

Power Supply

Code

Red LED

Dip-Switch Selectable NPN, PNP Magnetic Pickups (Max. 30VDC)

Field Upgradable (See option cards below)

85-250VAC

PAXDR000

11-36VDC 24VAC

PAXDR010

Accessories Description

Code

Dual Setpoint Relay Output Card

PAXCDS10

Quad Setpoint Relay Output Card

PAXCDS20

Quad Setpoint NPN Output Card

PAXCDS30

Quad Setpoint PNP Output Card

PAXCDS40

RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block

PAXCDC10

Extended RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector

PAXCDC1C

RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block

PAXCDC20

Extended RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ DB9 Connector

PAXCDC2C

DeviceNet Communications Card

PAXCDC30

Modbus Communications Card

PAXCDC40

Extended Modbus Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector

PAXCDC4C

Profibus-DP Communications Card

PAXCDC50

Analog Output Card

PAXCDL10

Ethernet Communications Gateway

ICM80000

DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit

BMK90000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit

ENC5B000

4-183


4. Digital Displays & Controllers 4.3. Counter & Rate Displays

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

4.3.1. With Outputs

Discount Code L3

CUB5 – Miniature Dual Counter & Rate Meter • • • • • • • • • •

4

Dual Counter or Counter/Rate Indicator 8 Digit, 12 mm LCD Display LCD, Reflective, or User-Selectable Green/Red LED Backlighting Preset Capability with Optional Output Card Optional Serial Communication Modules Optional Setpoint Cards Optional USB Programming Card Change Display Colour at Preset Decimal Points and Scaling IP65 Rated

Order Codes Display

Input Types

Outputs

Power Supply

Code

Reflective

Dip-Switch Selectable Switch Contacts NPN, PNP Magnetic Pickups (Max. 30VDC)

Field Upgradable (See option cards below)

9-28VDC

CUB5R000

Red/Green Backlight

CUB5B000

Accessories Description

Code

Single Setpoint Relay Output Card

CUB5RLY0

Dual Setpoint NPN Output Card

CUB5SNK0

RS485 Serial Communications Card

CUB5COM1

RS232 Serial Communications Card

CUB5COM2

USB Programming Option Card

CUB5USB0

USB Programming Cable Type A-Mini B

CBLUSB01

Integrated Power Supply, 85 to 250 VAC

MLPS1000

Base Mount Kit

BMK60000

Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single units

ENC8A000

Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for units with an MLPS1 attached

ENC8B000

PAXLCR – Dual Counter & Rate Meter • • • • • •

6 Digit, 14mm High Red LED Display Programmable Scaling for Count and Rate Bi-directional Counting, Up/down Control Built-in Batch Counting Capability Universally Powered IP65 Rated

Order Codes Display

Input Types

Outputs

Power Supply

Code

Red LED

Dip-Switch Selectable Switch Contacts NPN, PNP Magnetic Pickups (Max. 30VDC)

2 x Relay (5A Rated)

50-250VAC 21.6-250VDC

PAXLCR00

Accessories

4-184

Description

Code

Base Mount Kit

BMK60000

Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single units

ENC8A000

Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for units with an MLPS1 attached

ENC8B000

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


4.3. Counter & Rate Displays

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

4.3.1. With Outputs

Discount Code L3

PAXI – Intelligent Dual Counter & Rate Meter / Totalizer • • • • • • • • •

6 Digit, 14.2 mm LED Display Dual Count Quad Inputs Rate Indication Up to 3 Count Displays or a Serial Slave Four Setpoint Alarm Outputs (W/Option Card) Communications and Bus Capabilities (W/Option Card) Analog Output Signal (W/Option Card) PC Software Available for Meter Configuration IP65 Rated

4

Order Codes Display

Input Types

Outputs

Power Supply

Code

Red LED

Dip-Switch Selectable Switch Contacts NPN, PNP Magnetic Pickups (Max. 30VDC)

Field Upgradable (See option cards below)

85-250VAC

PAXI0020

11-36VDC 24VAC

PAXI0030

Accessories Description

Code

Dual Setpoint Relay Output Card

PAXCDS10

Quad Setpoint Relay Output Card

PAXCDS20

Quad Setpoint NPN Output Card

PAXCDS30

Quad Setpoint PNP Output Card

PAXCDS40

RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block

PAXCDC10

Extended RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector

PAXCDC1C

RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block

PAXCDC20

Extended RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ DB9 Connector

PAXCDC2C

DeviceNet Communications Card

PAXCDC30

Modbus Communications Card

PAXCDC40

Extended Modbus Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector

PAXCDC4C

Profibus-DP Communications Card

PAXCDC50

Analog Output Card

PAXCDL10

Ethernet Communications Gateway

ICM80000

DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit

BMK90000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit

ENC5B000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units

ENC5C000

Typical application Monitoring Motor Speed With Analog Output Application A recent application required monitoring the speed of a motor. The customer, a motor testing facility, needed a device to display the motor’s speed in RPM, as well as provide a 4-20 output to chart the speed over a long period. An alarm was required to keep the operator from inadvertently running the motor too fast. The PAXI0020 was selected to display the rate, the PAXCDL10 optional analog output card used to drive a chart recorder, and the dual alarm relay card for the over speed condition. To sense the motor’s speed, an LMPC0000 was selected to look at a keyway on the turning motor shaft.

4-185


4. Digital Displays & Controllers 4.3. Counter & Rate Displays

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

4.3.1. With Outputs

Discount Code L3

PAX2D – Universal Dual Counter & Dual Rate Meter / Totalizer • • • • • • • • • •

4

Count, Dual Counter with Math Functions Rate, Dual Rate with Math Functions 6 / 9 Digit Dual Line/Tri-Colour Display with 18mm & 8.9mm Digits 10 Point Rate Scaling for Non-Linear Processes Programmable Units Display Four Setpoint Alarm Outputs (W/Option Card) Communications and Bus Capabilities (W/Option Card) Analog Output Signal (W/Option Card) Built-in USB Programming Port Enabling Unit Configuration with Crimson Programming Software IP65 Rated

Order Codes Display

Input Types

Outputs

Power Supply

Code

Tri-Colour (Red, Green or Orange)

Dip-Switch Selectable Switch Contacts NPN, PNP Magnetic Pickups Max. 30VDC

Field Upgradable (See option cards below)

40-250VAC 21.6-250VDC

PAX2D000

Accessories

4-186

Description

Code

Dual Setpoint Relay Output Card

PAXCDS10

Quad Setpoint Relay Output Card

PAXCDS20

Quad Setpoint NPN Output Card

PAXCDS30

Quad Setpoint PNP Output Card

PAXCDS40

RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block

PAXCDC10

Extended RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector

PAXCDC1C

RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block

PAXCDC20

Extended RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ DB9 Connector

PAXCDC2C

DeviceNet Communications Card

PAXCDC30

Modbus Communications Card

PAXCDC40

Extended Modbus Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector

PAXCDC4C

Profibus-DP Communications Card

PAXCDC50

Analog Output Card

PAXCDL10

Ethernet Communications Gateway

ICM80000

USB Programming Cable Type A-Mini B

CBLUSB01

DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit

BMK90000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit

ENC5B000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units

ENC5C000

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


4.4. Process Displays

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

4.4.1. Without Outputs Discount Code L3

CUB4CL/LP – Current Loop Powered Meter • • • •

Current Loop Meter (CUB4CL) Current Loop Powered Meter (CUB4LP) 4 Digit, 15.2 mm LCD Display IP65 Rated

4

Order Codes Display

Input Type

Power Supply

Code

Reflective

4 to 20mA 10 to 50mA

Loop Powered

CUB4LP00

Red Backlight (Backlight intensity varies depending on input signal level) Yel / Grn Backlight

CUB4LP40

9-28VDC

CUB4CL10 CUB4CL20

Red Backlight

Accessories Description

Code

Integrated Power Supply, 85 to 250 VAC (CUB4 Models)

MLPS1000

Base Mount Kit

BMK60000

Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single units

ENC8A000

Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for units with an MLPS1 attached

ENC8B000

PAXLCL – PAX Lite Current Loop Meter • • • •

4 Digit, 14 mm LED Display 24 VDC Sensor Excitation Supply IP65 Sealed Front Bezel Optional Custom Units Overlay w/backlight

Order Codes Display

Input Type

Power Supply

Code

Red LED

4 to 20mA 10 to 50mA 0 to 50mA 0 to 20mA 0 to 10mA 1 to 5mA

85-250VAC

PAXLCL00

Accessories Description

Code

Engineering Units Label Kit

PAXLBK30

DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit

BMK90000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit

ENC5B000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units

ENC5C000

4-187


4. Digital Displays & Controllers 4.4. Process Displays

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

4.4.1. Without Outputs

Discount Code L3

PAXLPV – PAX Lite Process Volt Meter • • • • • •

4

4 Digit, 14 mm LED Display 24 VDC Excitation Supply Wide Span & Offset Scaling Range (covers 1 to 5 VDC process input) Selectable Decimal Points IP65 Rated Optional Custom Units Overlay w/backlight

Order Codes Display

Input Type

Power Supply

Code

Red LED

+/-25VDC

85-250VAC

PAXLPV00

Accessories Description

Code

Engineering Units Label Kit

PAXLBK30

DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit

BMK90000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit

ENC5B000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units

ENC5C000

DP5P – Process Meter • • • • •

5 Digit, 14 mm LED Display 20 mA or 10VDC Input Linear Scaling 9 Digit Totalizer IP65 Rated

Order Codes Display

Input Type

Power Supply

Code

Red LED

0/4 to 20mA 0 to 10VDC

85-250VAC

DP5P0000

11-36VDC 24VAC

DP5P0010

Accessories

4-188

Description

Code

Engineering Units Label Kit

PAXLBK10

DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit

BMK90000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit

ENC5B000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units

ENC5C000

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


4.4. Process Displays

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

4.4.2. With Outputs

Discount Code L3

CUB5P – Miniature Intelligent Process Meter • • • • • • • • • •

Three Selectable D.C. Ranges Minimum and Maximum Display Capture LCD, Reflective or Red/Green LED Backlighting Display 12.2 mm High Digits Optional Serial Communication Modules Optional Setpoint Cards available Optional USB Programming Card available Front Panel or Crimson Programmable Display Colour Change Capability at Setpoint Output IP65 Rated

4

Order Codes Display

Input Types

Outputs

Power Supply

Code

Reflective

0/4 to 20mA 0 to 50mA 0 to 10VDC

Field Upgradable (See option cards below)

9-28VDC

CUB5PR00

Red/Green Backlight

CUB5PB00

Accessories Description

Code

Single Setpoint Relay Output Card

CUB5RLY0

Dual Setpoint NPN Output Card

CUB5SNK0

RS485 Serial Communications Card

CUB5COM1

RS232 Serial Communications Card

CUB5COM2

USB Programming Option Card

CUB5USB0

USB Programming Cable Type A-Mini B

CBLUSB01

Integrated Power Supply, 85 to 250 VAC

MLPS1000

Base Mount Kit

BMK60000

Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single units

ENC8A000

Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for units with an MLPS1 attached

ENC8B000

PAXLA – PAX Lite Process Meter with Built-in Outputs • • • • • • •

5 Digit, 14mm High Red LED Display Programmable Scaling and Decimal Points Programmable User Input Dual 5 AMP Form C Relay IP65 Rated Optional Custom Unit Overlay with Backlight Minimum and Maximum Display Capture

Order Codes Display

Input Type

Power Supply

Code

Red LED

4 to 20mA 1 to 5VDC 0 to 10VDC

50-250VAC 21.6 to 250VDC

PAXLA000

Accessories Description

Code

Engineering Units Label Kit

PAXLBK30

DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit

BMK90000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit

ENC5B000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units

ENC5C000

4-189


4. Digital Displays & Controllers 4.4. Process Displays

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

4.4.2. With Outputs

Discount Code L3

PAXP – Intelligent Process Meter • • • • • • • •

4

5 Digit, 14.2 mm Red LED Display 16 Point Scaling for Non-Linear Processes 9 Digit Totalizer with Batching Programmable Function Keys / User Inputs Four Setpoint Alarm Outputs (W/Option Card) Communications and Bus Capabilities (W/Option Card) Analog Output Signal (W/Option Card) IP65 Rated

Order Codes Display

Input Types

Outputs

Power Supply

Code

Red LED

0/4 to 20mA 0 to 10VDC

Field Upgradable (See option cards below)

85-250VAC

PAXP0000

11-36VDC 24VAC

PAXP0010

Accessories Description

Code

Dual Setpoint Relay Output Card

PAXCDS10

Quad Setpoint Relay Output Card

PAXCDS20

Quad Setpoint NPN Output Card

PAXCDS30

Quad Setpoint PNP Output Card

PAXCDS40

RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block

PAXCDC10

Extended RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector

PAXCDC1C

RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block

PAXCDC20

Extended RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ DB9 Connector

PAXCDC2C

DeviceNet Communications Card

PAXCDC30

Modbus Communications Card

PAXCDC40

Extended Modbus Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector

PAXCDC4C

Profibus-DP Communications Card

PAXCDC50

Analog Output Card

PAXCDL10

Ethernet Communications Gateway

ICM80000

DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit

BMK90000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit

ENC5B000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units

ENC5C000

Engineering Units Label Kit

PAXLBK10

Typical application Asphalt Manufacturing Amps Monitoring A company that produces various liquids has a need for an indicator that could display, in litres, the amount of liquid solvent in a tank. They also want an output to turn on a pump when the level falls to 250 litres and stops filling at 1900 litres. Because the liquid is corrosive, an ultrasonic level sensor is used. This sensor outputs a 0-20 mA signal based on the top level of the tank. However, because this tank is round and horizontal to the ground, the level signal measured will not be linear to litres of

4-190

liquid in the tank. (There is more volume per cm of depth in the middle of the tank, compared to the top and bottom.) The PAXP0000 Process Input Panel Meter with the PAXCDS10 Dual Relay Setpoint Card is best suited to fit this customer’s needs. With this meter, up to 16 scaling points can be used to greatly reduce the error induced by the shape of the tank. (Without this feature, the error could be as high as 200 litres.)

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


4.4. Process Displays

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

4.4.2. With Outputs

Discount Code L3

PAX2A – Universal Intelligent Process Meter • • • • • •

Universal Process Inputs 6/9 Digit Dual Line/Colour Display with 18mm & 8.9mm digits Variable Contrast and Intensity Display Meter Update Rate up to 160/Second Built-in Modbus Communications (W/Serial Option Card Installed) Communications: R232, RS485, DeviceNet and Profibus (W/Option Card)

4

Order Codes Display

Input Types

Outputs

Power Supply

Code

Tri-Colour (Red, Green or Orange)

Process Signals 0/4 to 20mA 0 to 10VDC DC Current +/-250mA, +/-25mA, +/-2.5mA, +/-2A DC Voltage +/-250mV, +/-2V, +/-10V, +/-25V, +/-100V, +/-200V Thermocouples T, E, J, K, R, S, B, N, C RTD’s PT100 (.00385, .00392) Resistance 100ohm, 1000ohm, 10Kohm

Field Upgradable (See option cards below)

50-250VAC 21.6-250VDC

PAX2A000

Accessories Description

Code

Dual Setpoint Relay Output Card

PAXCDS10

Quad Setpoint Relay Output Card

PAXCDS20

Quad Setpoint NPN Output Card

PAXCDS30

Quad Setpoint PNP Output Card

PAXCDS40

RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block

PAXCDC10

Extended RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector

PAXCDC1C

RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block

PAXCDC20

Extended RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ DB9 Connector

PAXCDC2C

DeviceNet Communications Card

PAXCDC30

Modbus Communications Card

PAXCDC40

Extended Modbus Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector

PAXCDC4C

Profibus-DP Communications Card

PAXCDC50

Analog Output Card

PAXCDL10

Ethernet Communications Gateway

ICM80000

USB Programming Cable Type A-Mini B

CBLUSB01

DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit

BMK90000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit

ENC5B000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units

ENC5C000

4-191


4. Digital Displays & Controllers 4.4. Process Displays

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

4.4.2. With Outputs

Discount Code L3

PAXDP – Intelligent Dual Process Input Meter • • • • • • • •

4

5 Digit, 14.2 mm Red LED Display Dual Process Input 5 Digit, 14 mm Red LED Display Accepts 2 x 4-20 mA or 0-10 VDC Input Signals Linearization/Square Root Extraction Input Range 9 Digit Totalizer (integrator) with batching IP65 Rated Software available for Meter Configuration

Order Codes Display

Input Types

Outputs

Power Supply

Code

Red LED

+/- 0/4 to 20mA +/- 0 to 10VDC

Field Upgradable (See option cards below)

85-250VAC

PAXDP000

11-36VDC 24VAC

PAXDP010

Accessories

4-192

Description

Code

Dual Setpoint Relay Output Card

PAXCDS10

Quad Setpoint Relay Output Card

PAXCDS20

Quad Setpoint NPN Output Card

PAXCDS30

Quad Setpoint PNP Output Card

PAXCDS40

RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block

PAXCDC10

Extended RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector

PAXCDC1C

RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block

PAXCDC20

Extended RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ DB9 Connector

PAXCDC2C

DeviceNet Communications Card

PAXCDC30

Modbus Communications Card

PAXCDC40

Extended Modbus Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector

PAXCDC4C

Profibus-DP Communications Card

PAXCDC50

Analog Output Card

PAXCDL10

Ethernet Communications Gateway

ICM80000

DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit

BMK90000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit

ENC5B000

Engineering Units Label Kit

PAXLBK10

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


4.5. PID Controllers

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

Discount Code L3

T16 – Temperature Controller • • • • •

PID Control with Reduced Overshoot Accepts TC and RTD Inputs On Demand Auto-Tuning of PID Settings DC Analog Output (T164xxxx Models) Heat and Optional Cooling Outputs (Alarm Models Only)

4

Order Codes Display

Input Types

Control

Outputs

Power Supply

Code

2 Line x 4 Digit Top Line 7mm Red Bottom Line 5mm Green LCD

Thermocouple T, E, J, K, R, S, B, N, C RTD Type 385, 392, 672

PID On/Off

Main Control 1 x Relay

85-250VAC

T1610000

18-36VDC 24VAC

T1610010

Main Control 1 x Relay Alarms 2 x Relay

85-250VAC

T1611100

18-36VDC 24VAC

T1611110

Main Control 1 x Solid State

85-250VAC

T1620000

18-36VDC 24VAC

T1620010

Main Control 1 x Relay Alarms 2 x Relay

85-250VAC

T1621100

18-36VDC 24VAC

T1621110

Main Control Analog 4 to 20mA / 0 to 10VDC

85-250VAC

T1641100

Main Control Analog 4 to 20mA / 0 to 10VDC Alarms 2 x Relay

18-36VD 24VAC

T1641110

Accessories Description

Code

Panel Mount Adaptor Kit for 48x48mm controllers to fit a 96x96mm existing panel cut-out

PMK70000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit

ENC11A00

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units

ENC11B00

4-193


4. Digital Displays & Controllers 4.5. PID Controllers

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

Discount Code L3

P16 – Process Controller • • • •

4

PID Control with Reduced Overshoot Accepts 0 to 10VDC and 0/4 to 20mA Input Signals On Demand Auto-Tuning of PID Settings DC Analog Output (P164xxxx Models)

Order Codes Display

Input Types

Control

Outputs

Power Supply

Code

2 Line x 4 Digit Top Line 7mm Red Bottom Line 5mm Green LCD

0/4 to 20mA 0 to 10VDC

PID On/Off

Main Control 1 x Relay

85-250VAC

P1610000

18-36VDC 24VAC

P1610010

Main Control 1 x Relay Alarms 2 x Relay

85-250VAC

P1611100

18-36VDC 24VAC

P1611110

Main Control 1 x Solid State

85-250VAC

P1620000

18-36VDC 24VAC

P1620010

Main Control 1 x Relay Alarms 2 x Relay

85-250VAC

P1621100

18-36VDC 24VAC

P1621110

Main Control Analog 4 to 20mA / 0 to 10VDC

85-250VAC

P1641100

Main Control Analog 4 to 20mA / 0 to 10VDC Alarms 2 x Relay

18-36VDC 24VAC

P1641110

Accessories

4-194

Description

Code

Panel Mount Adaptor Kit for 48x48mm controllers to fit a 96x96mm existing panel cut-out

PMK70000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit

ENC11A00

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units

ENC11B00

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


4.5. PID Controllers

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

Discount Code L3

T48 – Advanced Temperature Controller • • • • • • • • • •

Dual 4 Digit Display, 10 mm Red and 7.6 mm Green LED Relay, SSR Drive, Triac, Analog Outputs PID Control with Reduced Overshoot Accepts TC and RTD Inputs On Demand Auto-Tuning of PID Settings IP65 Rated Heat and Optional Cooling Outputs Selectable manual and automatic control modes Optional RS485, communications Optional remote setpoint input (0/4 to 20mA)

4

Order Codes Display

Input Types

Control

Outputs

Power Supply

Code

2 Line x 4 Digit Top Line 10mm Red Bottom Line 7mm Green LED

Thermocouple T, E, J, K, R, S, B, N, C RTD Type 385, 392, 672

PID On/Off

Main Control 1 x Relay

85-250VAC

T4810000

Main Control 1 x Relay Alarms 2 x Relay Main Control 1 x Solid State Alarms 2 x Relay Main Control 1 x Relay Alarms 1 x Relay Other Analog Output Main Control 1 x Relay Alarms 1 x Relay Other Remote Setpoint Input Analog Output Main Control 1 x Relay Alarms 1 x Relay Other RS485 Analog Output Main Control 1 x Solid State Alarms 1 x Solid State Other Analog Output Main Control 1 x Solid State Alarms 1 x Solid State Other Remote Setpoint Input RS485 Analog Output Main Control 1 x Solid State Alarms 1 x Solid State Other Remote Setpoint Input RS485

18-36VDC 24VAC 85-250VAC

T4811110

18-36VDC 24VAC 85-250VAC

T4821110

18-36VDC 24VAC 85-250VAC

T4810111

18-36VDC 24VAC 85-250VAC

T4810115

18-36VDC 24VAC 85-250VAC

T4810117

18-36VDC 24VAC

T4820211

18-36VDC 24VAC 85-250VAC

T4820215

18-36VDC 24VAC 85-250VAC

T4820218

T4811100

T4821100

T4810101

T4810105

T4810107

T4820205

T4820208

Accessories Description

Code

Panel Mount Adaptor Kit for 48x48mm controllers to fit a 96x96mm existing panel cut-out

PMK70000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit

ENC11A00

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units

ENC11B00

4-195


4. Digital Displays & Controllers 4.5. PID Controllers

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

Discount Code L3

P48 – Advanced Process Controller • • • • • • • • • • • •

4

Dual 4 Digit Display, 10 mm Red and 7.6 mm Green LED PID Control with Reduced Overshoot On Demand Auto-Tuning of PID Settings Accepts 0 to 10VDC or 0/4 to 20mA Inputs Optional two Linear DC Outputs Optional Dual Alarm Outputs Optional Remote Setpoint Input IP65 Rated Second Setpoint Setting Selectable manual and automatic control modes Programmable user input for added flexibility Setpoint ramping for process start-up

Order Codes Display

Input Types

2 Line x 4 Digit 0/4 to 20mA Top Line 0 to 10VDC 10mm Red Bottom Line 7mm Green LED

Control

Outputs

Power Supply

Code

PID On/Off

Main Control 1 x Analog Output

85-250VAC

P4800001

18-36VDC 24VAC

P4800011

Main Control 1 x Relay

85-250VAC

P4810000

18-36VDC 24VAC

P4810010

Main Control 1 x Relay Alarms 1 x Relay Other Analog Output

85-250VAC

P4810101

18-36VDC 24VAC

P4810111

Main Control 1 x Relay Alarms 1 x Relay Other Remote Setpoint Input Analog Output

85-250VAC

P4810105

18-36VDC 24VAC

P4810115

Main Control 1 x Relay Alarms 1 x Relay Other RS485 Analog Output

85-250VAC

P4810107

18-36VDC 24VAC

P4810117

Main Control 1 x Relay Alarms 1 x Relay Other Analog Output 2nd Analog Output

85-250VAC

P481010A

18-36VDC 24VAC

P481011A

Main Control 1 x Relay Alarms 2 x Relay

85-250VAC

P4811100

18-36VDC 24VAC

P4811110

Main Control 1 x Relay Alarms 2 x Relay Other RS485

85-250VAC

P4811102

18-36VDC 24VAC

P4811112

Accessories

4-196

Description

Code

Panel Mount Adaptor Kit for 48x48mm controllers to fit a 96x96mm existing panel cut-out

PMK70000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit

ENC11A00

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units

ENC11B00

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


4.5. PID Controllers

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

Discount Code L3

PAX2C – Advanced Universal Process Controller • • • • • • • • PX2C8V00

PID Control With Reduced Overshoot Universal Process, Temperature, Voltage, Current And Resistance Input Programmable Dual Line Display With Units And Bar Graph Four Programmable Universal Annunciators Tri-Colour Display, With 7 Programmable Colour Zones Up To 16 Alarms With Boolean Logic Functionality Built-In USB Programming Port Enabling Unit Configuration With Crimson Programming Software IP65 Rated

4

Order Codes Display

Input Types

Control

Outputs

Power Supply

Mounting

Code

Tri-Colour (Red, Green or Orange) Programmable Dual Line Display with Units Indication & Bar Graph

Process Signals 0/4 to 20mA 0 to 10VDC DC Current +/-250mA, +/-25mA, +/2.5mA, +/-2A DC Voltage +/-250mV, +/-2V, +/-10V, +/-25V, +/-100V, +/-200V Thermocouples T, E, J, K, R, S, B, N, C RTD’s PT100 (.00385, .00392) Resistance 100ohm, 1000ohm, 10Kohm

PID On/Off

Field Upgradable (See option cards below)

50-250VAC 21.6-250VDC

Horizontal

PX2C8H00

Vertical

PX2C8V00

PX2C8H00

Accessories Description

Code

Dual Setpoint Relay Output Card

PAXCDS10

Quad Setpoint Relay Output Card

PAXCDS20

Quad Setpoint NPN Output Card

PAXCDS30

Quad Setpoint PNP Output Card

PAXCDS40

RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block

PAXCDC10

Extended RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector

PAXCDC1C

RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block

PAXCDC20

Extended RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ DB9 Connector

PAXCDC2C

DeviceNet Communications Card

PAXCDC30

Modbus Communications Card

PAXCDC40

Extended Modbus Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector

PAXCDC4C

Profibus-DP Communications Card

PAXCDC50

Analog Output Card

PAXCDL10

Ethernet Communications Gateway

ICM80000

USB Programming Cable Type A-Mini B

CBLUSB01

DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit

BMK90000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit

ENC5B000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units

ENC5C000

4-197


4. Digital Displays & Controllers 4.5. PID Controllers

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

Discount Code C8

KT2 – Miniature Temperature / Process Controller • • • •

4

Accepts Temperature or Process Signals 9-step pattern control (ramp function) Auto Tune Function IP66 Rated

Order Codes Display

Input Types

Control

Outputs

Power Supply

Code

1 Line x 4 Digit 10.2mm Red LED

Thermocouple K, J, R, S, B, E, T, N, RTD Pt100, JPt100 DC Current 0-20mA, 4-20mA DC Voltage 0-1VDC, 0-10VDC, 1-5VDC,0-5VDC

PID On/Off

Main Control 1 x Relay Alarms 2 x Relays

100-240VAC

AKT2111200

KT4 – Temperature / Process Controller • • • •

Accepts Temperature or Process Signals 9-step pattern control (ramp function) Auto Tune Function IP66 Rated

Order Codes Display

Input Types

Control

Outputs

Power Supply

Code

2 Line x 4 Digit Top Line 10.2mm Red Bottom Line 8.8mm Green LED

Thermocouple K, J, R, S, B, E, T, N, RTD Pt100, JPt100 DC Current 0-20mA, 4-20mA DC Voltage 0-1VDC, 0-10VDC, 1-5VDC,0-5VDC

PID On/Off

Main Control 1 x Relay Alarms 1 x Relay

100-240VAC

AKT4111100

Main Control Heat & Cool Solid State Alarms 1 x Relay

AKT4111140

Main Control 1 x Relay Alarms 1 x Relay

AKT4111200

Main Control 1 x DC Voltage for SSR Control Alarms 1 x Relay

AKT4112100

Main Control 1 x Analog 4 to 20mA Alarms 1 x Relay

AKT4113100

Main Control 1 x Relay Alarms 1 x Relay

4-198

24V AC/DC

AKT4211100

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


4.5. PID Controllers

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

Discount Code C8

KT4H – Advanced Temperature / Process Controller • • • • •

Accepts Temperature or Process Signals 9-step pattern control (ramp function) Auto Tune Function MEWTOCOL, Modbus RTU / ASCII communications IP66 Rated

4

Order Codes Display

Input Types

Control

Outputs

Power Supply

Code

2 Line x 4 Digit Top Line 10.2mm Red Bottom Line 8.8mm Green LED

Thermocouple K, J, R, S, B, E, T, N, RTD Pt100, JPt100 DC Current 0-20mA, 4-20mA DC Voltage 0-1VDC, 0-10VDC, 1-5VDC,0-5VDC

PID On/Off

Main Control 1 x Relay Alarms 1 x Relay Other RS485

100-240VAC

AKT4H111100

Main Control 1 x Relay Alarms 2 x Relays Other RS485

AKT4H111200

Main Control 1 x DC Voltage for SSR Control Alarms 1 x Relay Other RS485

AKT4H112100

Main Control 1 x Analog 4 to 20mA Alarms 1 x Relay Other RS485

AKT4H113100

Main Control 1 x Relay Alarms 1 x Relay Other RS485

24V AC/DC

AKT4H211100

KT7 – Din-Rail Mount Temperature / Process Controller • • • • •

Accepts Temperature or Process Signals Din-Rail Mount 9-step pattern control (ramp function) Auto Tune Function IP66 Rated

Order Codes Display

Input Types

Control

Outputs

Power Supply

Code

2 Line x 4 Digit Top Line 7.4mm Red Bottom Line 7.4mm Green LED

Thermocouple K, J, R, S, B, E, T, N, RTD Pt100, JPt100 DC Current 0-20mA, 4-20mA DC Voltage 0-1VDC, 0-10VDC, 1-5VDC,0-5VDC

PID On/Off

Main Control 1 x Relay Alarms 1 x Relay

100-240VAC

AKT7111100

Main Control 1 x DC Voltage for SSR Control Alarms 1 x Relay

AKT7112100

Main Control Analog 4 to 20mA Alarms 1 x Relay

AKT7113100

Main Control 1 x Relay Alarms 1 x Relay

24VAC/DC

AKT7211100

4-199


4. Digital Displays & Controllers 4.5. PID Controllers

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

Discount Code C8

KT8 – Temperature / Process Controller • • • •

4

Accepts Temperature or Process Signals 9-step Pattern Control (ramp function) Auto Tune Function IP66 Rated

Order Codes Display

Input Types

Control

Outputs

Power Supply

Code

2 Line x 4 Digit Top Line 11.2mm Red Bottom Line 11.2mm Green LED

Thermocouple K, J, R, S, B, E, T, N, PLII, C(W/Re5-26) RTD Pt100, JPt100 DC Current 0-20mA, 4-20mA DC Voltage 0-1VDC, 0-10VDC, 1-5VDC,0-5VDC

PID On/Off

Main Control 1 x Relay Alarms 1 x Relay

100-240VAC

AKT8111100

Main Control 1 x DC Voltage for SSR Control Alarms 1 x Relay

AKT8112100

Main Control Analog 4 to 20mA Alarms 1 x Relay

AKT8113100

KT9 – Temperature / Process Controller • • • •

Accepts Temperature or Process Signals 9-step Pattern Control (ramp function) Auto Tune Function IP66 Rated

Order Codes

4-200

Display

Input Types

Control

Outputs

Power Supply

Code

2 Line x 4 Digit Top Line 11.2mm Red Bottom Line 11.2mm Green LED

Thermocouple K, J, R, S, B, E, T, N, PLII, C(W/Re5-26) RTD Pt100, JPt100 DC Current 0-20mA, 4-20mA DC Voltage 0-1VDC, 0-10VDC, 1-5VDC,0-5VDC

PID On/Off

Main Control 1 x Relay Alarms 1 x Relay

100-240VAC

AKT9111100

Main Control 1 x DC Voltage for SSR Control Alarms 1 x Relay

AKT9112100

Main Control 1 x Analog 4 to 20mA Alarms 1 x Relay

AKT9113100

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


4.6. DC Current Displays

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

4.6.1. Without Outputs

Discount Code L3

CUB4I – Miniature DC Current Meter • • • • • •

4 Digit, 15.2 mm LCD Display Reflective, Red or Green w/Backlighting 0-199.9 uA through 199.9 mA DC Input Range IP65 Rated Built-in Scaling Selectable Decimal Points

4

Order Codes Display

Input Range

Power Supply

Code

Reflective

0-199.9uA DC 1.999mA DC 19.99mA DC 199.9mA DC

9-28VDC

CUB4I000

Yel / Grn Backlight Red Backlight

CUB4I010 CUB4I020

Accessories Description

Code

Integrated Power Supply, 85 to 250 VAC (CUB4 Models)

MLPS1000

Base Mount Kit

BMK60000

Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single units

ENC8A000

Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for units with an MLPS1 attached

ENC8B000

PAXLID – PAX Lite DC Current Meter • • • • • •

Selectable DC current ranges 4 Digit, 14.2 mm Red LED Built-in Scaling Provisions Selectable Decimal Point Location IP65 Rated Optional Custom Units Overlay w/Backlight

Order Codes Display

Input Type

Power Supply

Code

Red LED

+/- 199.9uA DC +/- 1.999mA DC +/- 19.99mA DC +/- 199.9mA DC +/- 1.999 A* DC *Accessory shunts available for higher current ranges

115/240VAC

PAXLID00

Accessories Description

Code

Engineering Units Label Kit

PAXLBK30

10 Amp DC Current Shunt

APSCM010

100 Amp DC Current Shunt

APSCM100

DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit for PAX

BMK90000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit

ENC5B000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units

ENC5C000

4-201


4. Digital Displays & Controllers 4.6. DC Current Displays

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

4.6.1. Without Outputs

Discount Code L3

DP5D – DC Current Meter • • • • • •

4

5 Digit, 14 mm LED Display +/-200uA to 2A DC Linear Scaling 9 Digit Totalizer AC & DC Powered Versions IP65 Rated

Order Codes Display

Input Type

Power Supply

Code

Red LED

+/-200uA DC +/-2mA DC +/-20mA DC +/-200mA DC +/-2A DC

85-250VAC

DP5D0000

11-36VDC 24VAC

DP5D0010

Accessories

4-202

Description

Code

Engineering Units Label Kit

PAXLBK10

10 Amp DC Current Shunt

APSCM010

100 Amp DC Current Shunt

APSCM100

DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit f

BMK90000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit

ENC5B000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units

ENC5C000

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


4.6. DC Current Displays

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

4.6.2. With Outputs

Discount Code L3

CUB5I – Miniature Intelligent DC Current Meter • • • • • • • • • • •

Four Selectable D.C. Ranges Minimum and Maximum Display Capture LCD, Reflective or Red/Green LED Backlighting 12.2 mm High Digits Optional Serial Communication Modules Optional Setpoint Cards available Optional USB Programming Card available Operates from 9 to 28 VDC Power Source Front Panel or Crimson Programmable Display Colour Change Capability at Setpoint Output IP65 Rated

4

Order Codes Display

Input Ranges

Outputs

Power Supply

Code

Reflective

200uA DC 2mA DC 20mA DC 200mA DC

Field Upgradable (See option cards below)

9-28VDC

CUB5IR00

Red/Green Backlight

CUB5IB00

Accessories Description

Code

Single Setpoint Relay Output Card

CUB5RLY0

Dual Setpoint NPN Output Card

CUB5SNK0

RS485 Serial Communications Card

CUB5COM1

RS232 Serial Communications Card

CUB5COM2

USB Programming Option Card

CUB5USB0

USB Programming Cable Type A-Mini B

CBLUSB01

Integrated Power Supply, 85 to 250 VAC

MLPS1000

10 Amp DC Current Shunt

APSCM010

100 Amp DC Current Shunt

APSCM100

Base Mount Kit

BMK60000

Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single units

ENC8A000

Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for units with an MLPS1 attached

ENC8B000

PAXLA – PAX Lite DC Current Meter with Built-in Outputs • • • • • • • •

5 Digit, 14mm High Red LED Display Programmable Scaling and Decimal Points Programmable User Input Dual 5 AMP Form C Relay Universally Powered IP65 Rated Optional Custom Unit Overlay with Backlight Minimum and Maximum Display Capture

Order Codes Display

Input Range

Outputs

Power Supply

Code

Red LED

200uA 2mA 20mA 200mA DC

2x Relay (5A)

50-250VAC 21.6 to 250VDC

PAXLA000

Accessories Description

Code

Engineering Units Label Kit

PAXLBK30

10 Amp DC Current Shunt

APSCM010

100 Amp DC Current Shunt

APSCM100

DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit

BMK90000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit

ENC5B000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units

ENC5C000

4-203


4. Digital Displays & Controllers 4.6. DC Current Displays

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

4.6.2. With Outputs

Discount Code L3

PAXD – Intelligent DC Current Meter • • • • • • • • •

4

5 Digit, 14.2 mm Red LED Display 16 Point Scaling for Non-Linear Processes 9 Digit Totalizer with Batching Programmable Function Keys / User Inputs Four Setpoint Alarm Outputs (W/Option Card) Communications and Bus Capabilities (W/Option Card) Analog Output Signal (W/Option Card) PC Software Available for Meter Configuration IP65 Rated

Order Codes Display

Input Types

Outputs

Power Supply

Code

Red LED

+/-200uA DC +/-2mA DC +/-20mA DC +/-200mA DC +/-2A DC

Field Upgradable (See option cards below)

85-250VAC

PAXD0000

11-36VDC 24VAC

PAXD0010

Accessories

4-204

Description

Code

Dual Setpoint Relay Output Card

PAXCDS10

Quad Setpoint Relay Output Card

PAXCDS20

Quad Setpoint NPN Output Card

PAXCDS30

Quad Setpoint PNP Output Card

PAXCDS40

RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block

PAXCDC10

Extended RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector

PAXCDC1C

RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block

PAXCDC20

Extended RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ DB9 Connector

PAXCDC2C

DeviceNet Communications Card

PAXCDC30

Modbus Communications Card

PAXCDC40

Extended Modbus Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector

PAXCDC4C

Profibus-DP Communications Card

PAXCDC50

Analog Output Card

PAXCDL10

Ethernet Communications Gateway

ICM80000

10 Amp DC Current Shunt

APSCM010

100 Amp DC Current Shunt

APSCM100

DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit

BMK90000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit

ENC5B000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units

ENC5C000

Engineering Units Label Kit

PAXLBK10

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


4.6. DC Current Displays

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

4.6.2. With Outputs

Discount Code L3

PAX2A – Universal Intelligent DC Current Meter • • • • • •

Universal Process Inputs 6/9 Digit Dual Line/Colour Display with 18mm and 8.9mm digits Variable Contrast and Intensity Display Meter Update Rate up to 160/Second Built-in Modbus Communications (W/Serial Option Card Installed) Communications: R232, RS485, DeviceNet and Profibus (W/Option Card)

4

Order Codes Display

Input Types

Outputs

Power Supply

Code

Tri-Colour (Red, Green or Orange)

Process Signals 0/4 to 20mA 0 to 10VDC DC Current +/-250mA, +/-25mA, +/2.5mA, +/-2A DC Voltage +/-250mV, +/-2V, +/-10V, +/-25V, +/-100V, +/-200V Thermocouples T, E, J, K, R, S, B, N, C RTD’s PT100 (.00385, .00392) Resistance 100ohm, 1000ohm, 10Kohm

Field Upgradable (See option cards below)

50-250VAC 21.6-250VDC

PAX2A000

Accessories Description

Code

Dual Setpoint Relay Output Card

PAXCDS10

Quad Setpoint Relay Output Card

PAXCDS20

Quad Setpoint NPN Output Card

PAXCDS30

Quad Setpoint PNP Output Card

PAXCDS40

RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block

PAXCDC10

Extended RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector

PAXCDC1C

RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block

PAXCDC20

Extended RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ DB9 Connector

PAXCDC2C

DeviceNet Communications Card

PAXCDC30

Modbus Communications Card

PAXCDC40

Extended Modbus Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector

PAXCDC4C

Profibus-DP Communications Card

PAXCDC50

Analog Output Card

PAXCDL10

Ethernet Communications Gateway

ICM80000

USB Programming Cable Type A-Mini B

CBLUSB01

10 Amp DC Current Shunt

APSCM010

100 Amp DC Current Shunt

APSCM100

DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit

BMK90000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit

ENC5B000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units

ENC5C000

4-205


4. Digital Displays & Controllers 4.7. AC Current Displays

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

4.7.1. Without Outputs

Discount Code L3

PAXLIA – PAX Lite AC Current Meter • • • • • • • •

4

Selectable AC current ranges 4 Digit, 14.2 mm Red LED Built-in Scaling Provisions Selectable Decimal Point Location Auto Zeroing Circuits Over-Range Indication IP65 Rated Optional Custom Units Overlay w/Backlight

Order Codes Display

Input Type

Power Supply

Code

Red LED

+/- 199.9uA AC +/- 1.999mA AC +/- 19.99mA AC +/- 199.9mA AC +/- 1.999 A AC

115/240VAC

PAXLIA00

Accessories Description

Code

Engineering Units Label Kit

PAXLBK30

DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit

BMK90000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit

ENC5B000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units

ENC5C000

PAXLIT – PAX Lite 5A AC Current Meter • • • • • • •

4 Digit, 14.2 mm Red LED Display Selectable Decimal Point Location Built-in Scaling Provisions Auto Zeroing Circuits Over-Range Indication IP65 Rated Optional Custom Units Overlay w/Backlight

Order Codes Display

Input Type

Power Supply

Code

Red LED

0-5A AC

115/240VAC

PAXLIT00

Accessories

4-206

Description

Code

Engineering Units Label Kit

PAXLBK30

50:5 Amp Current Transformer

CT005050

200:5 Amp Current Transformer

CT020050

DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit

BMK90000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit

ENC5B000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units

ENC5C000

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


4.7. AC Current Displays

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

4.7.2. With Outputs

Discount Code L3

PAXH – Intelligent AC Current Meter • • • • • • • • •

5 Digit, 14.2 mm Red LED Display 16 Point Scaling for Non-Linear Processes 9 Digit Totalizer with Batching Programmable Function Keys / User Inputs Four Setpoint Alarm Outputs (W/Option Card) Communications and Bus Capabilities (W/Option Card) Analog Output Signal (W/Option Card) PC Software Available for Meter Configuration IP65 Rated

4

Order Codes Display

Input Types

Outputs

Power Supply

Code

Red LED

200uA AC 2mA AC 20mA AC 200mA AC 5A AC

Field Upgradable (See option cards below)

85-250VAC

PAXH0000

Accessories Description

Code

Dual Setpoint Relay Output Card

PAXCDS10

Quad Setpoint Relay Output Card

PAXCDS20

Quad Setpoint NPN Output Card

PAXCDS30

Quad Setpoint PNP Output Card

PAXCDS40

RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block

PAXCDC10

Extended RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector

PAXCDC1C

RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block

PAXCDC20

Extended RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ DB9 Connector

PAXCDC2C

DeviceNet Communications Card

PAXCDC30

Modbus Communications Card

PAXCDC40

Extended Modbus Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector

PAXCDC4C

Profibus-DP Communications Card

PAXCDC50

Analog Output Card

PAXCDL10

Ethernet Communications Gateway

ICM80000

DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit

BMK90000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit

ENC5B000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units

ENC5C000

Engineering Units Label Kit

PAXLBK10

4-207


4. Digital Displays & Controllers 4.8. DC Voltage Displays

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

4.8.1. Without Outputs

Discount Code L3

CUB4V – Miniature DC Volt Meter • • • •

4

4 Digit, 15.2 mm LCD Display IP65 Rated Built-in Scaling Selectable Decimal Points

Order Codes Display

Input Range

Power Supply

Code

Reflective

0-199.9mV DC 1.999V DC 19.99V DC 199.9V DC

9-28VDC

CUB4V000

Yel / Grn Backlight Red Backlight

CUB4V010 CUB4V020

Accessories Description

Code

Integrated Power Supply, 85 to 250 VAC (CUB4 Models)

MLPS1000

Base Mount Kit

BMK60000

Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single units

ENC8A000

Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for units with an MLPS1 attached

ENC8B000

PAXLVD – PAX Lite DC Volt Meter • • • • • • •

Selectable DC voltage ranges 4 Digit, 14.2 mm LED w/Polarity Built-in Scaling Provisions Selectable Decimal Point Location Auto Zeroing Circuits Over-Range Indication IP65 Rated

Order Codes Display

Input Range

Power Supply

Code

Red LED

+/- 1.999 V DC +/- 19.99 V DC +/- 199.9 V DC +/- 300V DC

115/240VAC

PAXLVD00

Accessories

4-208

Description

Code

Engineering Units Label Kit

PAXLBK30

DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit

BMK90000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit

ENC5B000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units

ENC5C000

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


4.8. DC Voltage Displays

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

4.8.1. Without Outputs

Discount Code L3

DP5D – DC Volt Meter • • • • •

5 Digit, 14 mm LED Display Linear Scaling 9 Digit Totalizer AC and DC Powered Versions IP65 Rated

4

Order Codes Display

Input Range

Power Supply

Code

Red LED

+/-200mV DC +/-2V DC +/-20V DC +/-300V DC

85-250VAC

DP5D0000

11-36VDC 24VAC

DP5D0010

Accessories Description

Code

Engineering Units Label Kit

PAXLBK10

DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit

BMK90000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit

ENC5B000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units

ENC5C000

4-209


4. Digital Displays & Controllers 4.8. DC Voltage Displays

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

4.8.2. With Outputs

Discount Code L3

CUB5V – Miniature Intelligent DC Volt Meter • • • • • • • • • •

4

Four Selectable D.C. Ranges Minimum and Maximum Display Capture LCD, Reflective or Red/Green LED Backlighting 12.2 mm High Digits Optional Serial Communication Modules (RS-232 or RS-485) Optional Setpoint Cards available (NPN or Relay) Optional USB Programming Card available Front Panel or Crimson Programmable Display Colour Change Capability at Setpoint Output IP65 Rated

Order Codes Display

Input Ranges

Outputs

Power Supply

Code

Reflective

200mV DC 2V DC 20V DC 200V DC

Field Upgradable (See option cards below)

9-28VDC

CUB5VR00

Red/Green Backlight

CUB5VB00

Accessories Description

Code

Single Setpoint Relay Output Card

CUB5RLY0

Dual Setpoint NPN Output Card

CUB5SNK0

RS485 Serial Communications Card

CUB5COM1

RS232 Serial Communications Card

CUB5COM2

USB Programming Option Card

CUB5USB0

USB Programming Cable Type A-Mini B

CBLUSB01

Integrated Power Supply, 85 to 250 VAC

MLPS1000

Base Mount Kit

BMK60000

Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single units

ENC8A000

Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for units with an MLPS1 attached

ENC8B000

PAXLA – PAX Lite DC Volt Meter with Built-in Outputs • • • • • • •

5 Digit, 14mm High Red LED Display Programmable Scaling and Decimal Points Programmable User Input Dual 5 AMP Form C Relay IP65 Rated Optional Custom Unit Overlay with Backlight Minimum and Maximum Display Capture

Order Codes Display

Input Range

Output

Power Supply

Code

Red LED

200mV DC 2V DC 10V DC 20V DC 200V DC

2x Relay (5A)

50-250VAC 21.6 to 250VDC

PAXLA000

Accessories

4-210

Description

Code

Engineering Units Label Kit

PAXLBK30

DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit

BMK90000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit

ENC5B000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units

ENC5C000

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


4.8. DC Voltage Displays

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

4.8.2. With Outputs

Discount Code L3

PAXD – Intelligent DC Volt Meter • • • • • • • • •

5 Digit, 14.2 mm Red LED Display 16 Point Scaling for Non-Linear Processes 9 Digit Totalizer with Batching Programmable Function Keys / User Inputs Four Setpoint Alarm Outputs (W/Option Card) Communications and Bus Capabilities (W/Option Card) Analog Output Signal (W/Option Card) PC Software Available for Meter Configuration IP65 Rated

4

Order Codes Display

Input Range

Outputs

Power Supply

Code

Red LED

+/-200mV DC +/-2V DC +/-20V DC +/-200V DC

Field Upgradable (See option cards below)

85-250VAC

PAXD0000

11-36VDC 24VAC

PAXD0010

Accessories Description

Code

Dual Setpoint Relay Output Card

PAXCDS10

Quad Setpoint Relay Output Card

PAXCDS20

Quad Setpoint NPN Output Card

PAXCDS30

Quad Setpoint PNP Output Card

PAXCDS40

RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block

PAXCDC10

Extended RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector

PAXCDC1C

RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block

PAXCDC20

Extended RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ DB9 Connector

PAXCDC2C

DeviceNet Communications Card

PAXCDC30

Modbus Communications Card

PAXCDC40

Extended Modbus Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector

PAXCDC4C

Profibus-DP Communications Card

PAXCDC50

Analog Output Card

PAXCDL10

Ethernet Communications Gateway

ICM80000

10 Amp DC Current Shunt

APSCM010

100 Amp DC Current Shunt

APSCM100

DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit

BMK90000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit

ENC5B000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units

ENC5C000

Engineering Units Label Kit

PAXLBK10

4-211


4. Digital Displays & Controllers 4.8. DC Voltage Displays

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

4.8.2. With Outputs

Discount Code L3

PAX2A – Universal Intelligent DC Volt Meter • • • • • • • •

4

5 Digit, 14mm High Red LED Display Universal Process Inputs 6/9 Digit Dual Line/Colour Display with 18mm and 8.9mm digits Variable Contrast and Intensity Display Meter Update Rate up to 160/Second Built-in Modbus Communications (W/Serial Option Card Installed) Communications: R232, RS485, DeviceNet and Profibus (W/Option Card) IP65 Rated

Order Codes Display

Input Types

Outputs

Power Supply

Code

Tri-Colour (Red, Green or Orange)

Process Signals 0/4 to 20mA 0 to 10VDC DC Current +/-250mA, +/-25mA, +/2.5mA, +/-2A DC Voltage +/-250mV, +/-2V, +/-10V, +/-25V, +/-100V, +/-200V Thermocouples T, E, J, K, R, S, B, N, C RTD’s PT100 (.00385, .00392) Resistance 100ohm, 1000ohm, 10Kohm

Field Upgradable (See option cards below)

50-250VAC 21.6-250VDC

PAX2A000

Accessories

4-212

Description

Code

Dual Setpoint Relay Output Card

PAXCDS10

Quad Setpoint Relay Output Card

PAXCDS20

Quad Setpoint NPN Output Card

PAXCDS30

Quad Setpoint PNP Output Card

PAXCDS40

RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block

PAXCDC10

Extended RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector

PAXCDC1C

RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block

PAXCDC20

Extended RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ DB9 Connector

PAXCDC2C

DeviceNet Communications Card

PAXCDC30

Modbus Communications Card

PAXCDC40

Extended Modbus Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector

PAXCDC4C

Profibus-DP Communications Card

PAXCDC50

Analog Output Card

PAXCDL10

Ethernet Communications Gateway

ICM80000

USB Programming Cable Type A-Mini B

CBLUSB01

DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit

BMK90000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit

ENC5B000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units

ENC5C000

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


4.9. AC Voltage Displays

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

4.9.1. Without Outputs

Discount Code L3

PAXLVA – PAX Lite AC Volt Meter • • • • • • •

Selectable AC voltage ranges 4 Digit, 14.2 mm LED w/Polarity Built-in Scaling Provisions Selectable Decimal Point Location Auto Zeroing Circuits Over-Range Indication IP65 Rated

4

Order Codes Display

Input Range

Power Supply

Code

Red LED

+/- 1.999 V AC +/- 19.99 V AC +/- 199.9 V AC +/- 300V AC

115/240VAC

PAXLVA00

Accessories Description

Code

Engineering Units Label Kit

PAXLBK30

DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit

BMK90000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit

ENC5B000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units

ENC5C000

PAXLHV – PAX Lite AC Voltage Monitor • • •

Up to 600 VAC max Auto Zero Circuit IP65 Sealed Front Bezel

Order Codes Display

Input Range

Power Supply

Code

Red LED

0 to 600VAC

115/240VAC

PAXLHV00

Accessories Description

Code

Engineering Units Label Kit

PAXLBK30

DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit

BMK90000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit

ENC5B000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units

ENC5C000

4-213


4. Digital Displays & Controllers 4.9. AC Voltage Displays

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

4.9.2. With Outputs

Discount Code L3

PAXH – Intelligent AC Current Meter • • • • • • • • •

4

5 Digit, 14.2 mm Red LED Display 16 Point Scaling for Non-Linear Processes 9 Digit Totalizer with Batching Programmable Function Keys / User Inputs Four Setpoint Alarm Outputs (W/Option Card) Communications and Bus Capabilities (W/Option Card) Analog Output Signal (W/Option Card) PC Software Available for Meter Configuration IP65 Rated

Order Codes Display

Input Range

Outputs

Power Supply

Code

Red LED

+/-200mV AC +/-2V AC +/-20V AC +/-300V AC

Field Upgradable (See option cards below)

85-250VAC

PAXH0000

Accessories

4-214

Description

Code

Dual Setpoint Relay Output Card

PAXCDS10

Quad Setpoint Relay Output Card

PAXCDS20

Quad Setpoint NPN Output Card

PAXCDS30

Quad Setpoint PNP Output Card

PAXCDS40

RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block

PAXCDC10

Extended RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector

PAXCDC1C

RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block

PAXCDC20

Extended RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ DB9 Connector

PAXCDC2C

DeviceNet Communications Card

PAXCDC30

Modbus Communications Card

PAXCDC40

Extended Modbus Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector

PAXCDC4C

Profibus-DP Communications Card

PAXCDC50

Analog Output Card

PAXCDL10

Ethernet Communications Gateway

ICM80000

DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit

BMK90000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit

ENC5B000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units

ENC5C000

Engineering Units Label Kit

PAXLBK10

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


4.10. Temperature Displays

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

4.10.1. Without Outputs

Discount Code L3

PAXLRT / LTC – PAX Lite Temperature Meter • • • • • •

4 Digit, 14 mm Red LED Display Programmable Temperature Offset Programmable Digital Filtering Peak/Valley (HI/LO Reading) Memory IP65 Rated Custom Units Overlay with Backlight

4

Order Codes Display

Input Type

Power Supply

Code

Red LED

RTD 3-wire 100 OHM RTD Sensors (ALPHA = 0.00385 or ALPHA =0.00392)

85 to 250VAC

PAXLRT00

Thermocouple T, E, J, K, R, S, B, N or mV

PAXLTC00

Accessories Description

Code

DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit

BMK90000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit

ENC5B000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units

ENC5C000

DP5T – PAX Temperature Meter • • • • • •

5 Digit, 14 mm LED Display Thermocouple & RTD Inputs Linear Scaling 9 Digit Totalizer AC and DC Powered Versions IP65 Rated

Order Codes Display

Input Type

Power Supply

Code

Red LED

RTD 3-wire 100 OHM RTD Sensors (ALPHA = 0.00385 or ALPHA =0.00392) Thermocouple T, E, J, K, R, S, B, N or mV

85-250VAC

DP5T0000

11-36VDC 24VAC

DP5T0010

Accessories Description

Code

DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit

BMK90000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit

ENC5B000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units

ENC5C000

4-215


4. Digital Displays & Controllers 4.10. Temperature Displays

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

4.10.2. With Outputs

Discount Code L3

CUB5RT/TC – Miniature Intelligent Temperature Meter • • • • • • • • •

4

Thermocouple or RTD inputs Programmable Temperature Offset Minimum and Maximum Display Capture 12.2 mm High Digits, LCD, Reflective or Green/Red LED Backlighting Optional Serial Communication Modules (RS-232 or RS-485) Optional Setpoint Cards available (Dual Sink or Relay) Optional USB Programming Card available Display Colour Change Capability at Setpoint Output IP65 Rated

Order Codes Display

Input Types RTD

Outputs

Power Supply

Code

Reflective

3-wire 100 OHM Sensors (ALPHA = 0.00385 or ALPHA =0.00392)

Field Upgradable (See option cards below)

9-28VDC

CUB5RTR0

Red/Green Backlight Reflective Red/Green Backlight

CUB5RTB0

Thermocouple T, E, J, K, R, S, B, N or mV

CUB5TCR0 CUB5TCB0

Accessories Description

Code

Single Setpoint Relay Output Card

CUB5RLY0

Dual Setpoint NPN Output Card

CUB5SNK0

RS485 Serial Communications Card

CUB5COM1

RS232 Serial Communications Card

CUB5COM2

USB Programming Option Card

CUB5USB0

USB Programming Cable Type A-Mini B

CBLUSB01

Integrated Power Supply, 85 to 250 VAC

MLPS1000

Base Mount Kit

BMK60000

Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single units

ENC8A000

Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for units with an MLPS1 attached

ENC8B000

PAXLT – PAX Lite Temperature Meter with Built-in Outputs • • • • • • • •

5 Digit, 14.2mm High Red LED Display Backlight Overlays Included (°C and °F) Max and Min Reading Memory Programmable Temperature Offset Dual 5 Amp Form C Relays Universally Powered IP65 Rated Thermocouple and RTD Inputs

Order Codes Display

Input Range

Power Source

Outputs

Code

Red LED

RTD 3-wire 100 OHM RTD Sensors (ALPHA = 0.00385 or ALPHA =0.00392) Thermocouple T, E, J, K, R, S, B, N

50-250VAC 21.6 to 250VDC

2 x Relay (5A)

PAXLT000

Accessories

4-216

Description

Code

DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit

BMK90000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit

ENC5B000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units

ENC5C000

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


4.10. Temperature Displays

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

4.10.2. With Outputs

Discount Code L3

PAXT – Intelligent Temperature Meter • • • • • • • • • •

5 Digit, 14.2 mm Red LED Display Backlight Overlays Included (°C and °F) Thermocouple & RTD Inputs Time – Temperature Integrator Programmable Function Keys / User Inputs Four Setpoint Alarm Outputs (W/Option Card) Communications and Bus Capabilities (W/Option Card) Analog Output Signal (W/Option Card) PC Software Available for Meter Configuration IP65 Rated

4

Order Codes Display

Input Types

Outputs

Power Supply

Code

Red LED

RTD 3-wire 100 OHM RTD Sensors (ALPHA = 0.00385 or ALPHA =0.00392) Thermocouple T, E, J, K, R, S, B, N or mV Scale

Field Upgradable (See option cards below)

85-250VAC

PAXT0000

11-36VDC 24VAC

PAXT0010

Accessories Description

Code

Dual Setpoint Relay Output Card

PAXCDS10

Quad Setpoint Relay Output Card

PAXCDS20

Quad Setpoint NPN Output Card

PAXCDS30

Quad Setpoint PNP Output Card

PAXCDS40

RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block

PAXCDC10

Extended RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector

PAXCDC1C

RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block

PAXCDC20

Extended RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ DB9 Connector

PAXCDC2C

DeviceNet Communications Card

PAXCDC30

Modbus Communications Card

PAXCDC40

Extended Modbus Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector

PAXCDC4C

Profibus-DP Communications Card

PAXCDC50

Ethernet Communications Gateway

ICM80000

DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit

BMK90000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit

ENC5B000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units

ENC5C000

Typical application Monitoring Ceramic Tile Temperature The process for the manufacturing of ceramic tile requires the tile to be maintained at a certain glazing temperature. Presently, the operator views the temperature display to determine if the temperature is within the desired temperature range for the specific project. Defective product would sometimes be produced because the operators were performing other tasks and not watching closely. The solution to this application is the PAXT0000 Thermocouple Panel Meter. By inserting the PAXCDS10 setpoint card, a low alarm setpoint and high alarm setpoint may be configured as warnings.

4-217


4. Digital Displays & Controllers 4.10. Temperature Displays

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

4.10.2. With Outputs

Discount Code L3

PAX2A – Universal Intelligent Temperature Meter • • • • • • •

4

Universal Process Inputs 6/9 Digit Dual Line/Colour Display with 18mm & 8.9mm digits Variable Contrast and Intensity Display Meter Update Rate up to 160/Second Built-in Modbus Communications (W/Serial Option Card Installed) Communications: R232, RS485, DeviceNet and Profibus (W/Option Card) IP65 Rated

Order Codes Display

Input Types

Outputs

Power Supply

Code

Tri-Colour (Red, Green or Orange)

Process Signals 0/4 to 20mA 0 to 10VDC DC Current +/-250mA, +/-25mA, +/2.5mA, +/-2A DC Voltage +/-250mV, +/-2V, +/-10V, +/-25V, +/-100V, +/-200V Thermocouples T, E, J, K, R, S, B, N, C RTD’s PT100 (.00385, .00392) Resistance 100ohm, 1000ohm, 10Kohm

Field Upgradable (See option cards below)

50-250VAC 21.6-250VDC

PAX2A000

Accessories

4-218

Description

Code

Dual Setpoint Relay Output Card

PAXCDS10

Quad Setpoint Relay Output Card

PAXCDS20

Quad Setpoint NPN Output Card

PAXCDS30

Quad Setpoint PNP Output Card

PAXCDS40

RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block

PAXCDC10

Extended RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector

PAXCDC1C

RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block

PAXCDC20

Extended RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ DB9 Connector

PAXCDC2C

DeviceNet Communications Card

PAXCDC30

Modbus Communications Card

PAXCDC40

Extended Modbus Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector

PAXCDC4C

Profibus-DP Communications Card

PAXCDC50

Analog Output Card

PAXCDL10

Ethernet Communications Gateway

ICM80000

USB Programming Cable Type A-Mini B

CBLUSB01

DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit

BMK90000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit

ENC5B000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units

ENC5C000

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


4.11. Load Cell Displays

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

4.11.1. Without Outputs

Discount Code L3

PAXLSG – PAX Lite Load Cell Meter • • • • • • •

4 Digit, 14.2 mm Red LED Display High Sensitivity, 10mV full scale Built-in Excitation 5 or 10 VDC Selectable Decimal Points Over-Range Indication Custom Units Overlay with Backlight IP65 Rated

4

Order Codes Display

Input Range

Power Supply

Code

Red LED

Single-ended or differential input, ±2.0 V max.

85 to 250VAC

PAXLSG00

Accessories Description

Code

Engineering Units Label Kit

PAXLBK30

DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit

BMK90000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit

ENC5B000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units

ENC5C000

4-219


4. Digital Displays & Controllers 4.11. Load Cell Displays

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

4.11.2. With Outputs

Discount Code L3

PAXS – Intelligent Load Cell Meter • • • • • • • • •

4

5 Digit, 14 mm Red LED Display 5 or 10 VDC Bridge Excitation Programmable Auto-Zero Tracking Programmable Function Keys / User Inputs Four Setpoint Alarm Outputs (W/Option Card) Communications and Bus Capabilities (W/Option Card) Analog Output Signal (W/Option Card) PC Software Available for Meter Configuration IP65 Rated

Order Codes Display

Input Range

Outputs

Power Supply

Code

Red LED

+/- 24 mV or +/- 240 mV Inputs

Field Upgradable (See option cards below)

85-250VAC

PAXS0000

11-36VDC 24VAC

PAXS0010

Accessories

4-220

Description

Code

Dual Setpoint Relay Output Card

PAXCDS10

Quad Setpoint Relay Output Card

PAXCDS20

Quad Setpoint NPN Output Card

PAXCDS30

Quad Setpoint PNP Output Card

PAXCDS40

RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block

PAXCDC10

Extended RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector

PAXCDC1C

RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block

PAXCDC20

Extended RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ DB9 Connector

PAXCDC2C

DeviceNet Communications Card

PAXCDC30

Modbus Communications Card

PAXCDC40

Extended Modbus Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector

PAXCDC4C

Profibus-DP Communications Card

PAXCDC50

Ethernet Communications Gateway

ICM80000

DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit

BMK90000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit

ENC5B000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units

ENC5C000

Engineering Units Label Kit

PAXLBK10

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


4.11. Load Cell Displays

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

4.11.2. With Outputs

Discount Code L3

PAX2S – Universal Intelligent Load Cell Meter • • • • • • • • • •

Load cells, Strain Gage, and Pressure Sensors 6/9 Digit Dual Line/Colour Display with 18mm and 8.9mm digits Variable Contrast and Intensity Display Built-in USB Port for programming Meter Update Rate up to 160/Second Built-in Modbus Communications (With Serial Option Card Installed) Setpoints: Dual and Quad Relay; Quad Sinking and Sourcing Retransmitted Analog Output Communications: RS232, RS485, DeviceNet, and Profibus IP65 Rated

4

Order Codes Display

Input Range

Outputs

Power Supply

Code

Tri-Colour (Red, Green or Orange)

+/- 24 mV or +/- 240 mV Inputs

Field Upgradable (See option cards below)

50-250VAC 21.6-250VDC

PAX2S000

Accessories Description

Code

Dual Setpoint Relay Output Card

PAXCDS10

Quad Setpoint Relay Output Card

PAXCDS20

Quad Setpoint NPN Output Card

PAXCDS30

Quad Setpoint PNP Output Card

PAXCDS40

RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block

PAXCDC10

Extended RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector

PAXCDC1C

RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block

PAXCDC20

Extended RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ DB9 Connector

PAXCDC2C

DeviceNet Communications Card

PAXCDC30

Modbus Communications Card

PAXCDC40

Extended Modbus Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector

PAXCDC4C

Profibus-DP Communications Card

PAXCDC50

Analog Output Card

PAXCDL10

Ethernet Communications Gateway

ICM80000

USB Programming Cable Type A-Mini B

CBLUSB01

DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit

BMK90000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit

ENC5B000

IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units

ENC5C000

4-221


4. Digital Displays & Controllers 4.12. Large Graphic & LED Displays 4.12.1. ProducTVity Display

ProducTVity Station Continuous improvement driven by continuous information. The principles of Lean manufacturing are now widely acknowledged as the most effective method for continuous improvement of factory productivity, flow, quality, uptime and waste reduction. Whether Kaizen, Six Sigma, Total Quality Management or another initiative, these operational excellence programs rely heavily on the measurement and display of Key Performance Indicators (KPIs).

4

KPIs are top level metrics that illustrate the utilization of facilities, time, material and personnel for manufacturing and process operations. Linked to target values that indicate gaps between actual and ideal performance, KPIs communicate success or failure of processes or operations, as well as measure the positive or negative effect of changes. To make this data actionable, KPIs are communicated in an understandable and meaningful way to those responsible for it – production floor personnel and their supervisors. In the past, this was done with a chalkboard. Today, large electronic scoreboards can automate communication to the entire plant floor in real time. Studies have shown how measuring and displaying KPIs produce immediate gains in operator performance, if for no other reasons than monitoring awareness, pride or employee competitiveness. In the most efficient manufacturing or process environment, every operator on the plant floor has visual acuity to current production rates and targets in real time. In many cases, a single percent improvement in productivity can cost-justify a production scoreboard in a single day.

Collect and display KPIs on any TV. In just minutes! Red Lion’s ProducTVity Station lets you create your own sophisticated production scoreboard using standard, consumer-grade LCD, LED or plasma TVs you can purchase for less than $500. • • • • • • • •

4-222

Built-in communications drivers and protocol conversion let you interface to most PLCs, drives and other automation equipment Requires no dedicated PCs, SCADA or OPC Server Automatically page between multiple screens of KPI, trends, Andon, messaging and more Powerful programming capabilities with included Crimson software lets you customize solutions to your exact requirements or as needs change Works with any brand or size of modern TV, monitor or projector Easily duplicate information on multiple TVs with common signal splitters Completely internet-ready with built in Web and FTP servers for remote access and control Create the versatile system you want at a fraction of the cost of inflexible industrial scoreboard solutions PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


4.12. Large Graphic & LED Displays 4.12.1. ProducTVity Display

ProducTVity Station 4

The ready-to-deploy scoreboard solution that links performance to any TV. ProducTVity Station lets you create your own interactive, real-time productivity scoreboard in minutes, using any consumer model LED/LCD or plasma TV. Save thousands over packaged industrial displays and get unprecedented capabilities, fast and easy connectivity to your machines with unlimited possibilities including: • Complete performance metrics: KPI, Takt, OEE/TEEP • Flow monitoring: line status, calls, maintenance • Andon: events, alerts, downtime timers • Production smoothing: Heijunka, Kanban • Safety: scorecards, messaging, reminders • Communications & Web: messaging, news, break timers • Operator guidance: picking, assembly ...and much more

4-223


4. Digital Displays & Controllers 4.12. Large Graphic & LED Displays 4.12.1. ProducTVity Display

Supported Manufactures

4

ABB Siemens Omron Eaton Fatek Johnson Controls Schneider Unitronics Yaskawa Yokogawa Square D Matsushita / Panasonic MicroMod Automation Mitsubishi Electric Modbus AC Tech Adam Allen Bradley Alpha Gear Alstom Animatics Applied Motion BACnet Baldor Banner Beckhoff ADS Bristol Babcock CAN EZ Automation Festo FlowCom Garmin GPS GE Giddings & Lewis Hardy Instruments HBM Hitachi Intelligent Actuator Ircon Honeywell IDEC IFM IMO Indramat Caterpillar Contrex Control Tecniques Cruisair CTC Danfoss Delta C DeviceNet Dometic Dupline Elmo EMCO Emerson Ethernet IP CAN J1939 KEB Keyence King Klockner Moeller KollMorgen AC Drives Koyo Krohne Lenze LG/LS Maguire MicroMod Automation Mitsubishi Electric Motrona MTS

4-224

ProducTVity Station

Features: Communication, connectivity, conversion and collection, all-in-one. • • • • • • • •

720p DVI output to leverage affordable consumer TVs with no compatibility issues USB and CompactFlash® ports let you track and log data directly to IT-friendly CSV Files Three built-in independent serial ports plus one 10 Base-T/100 Base-TX Ethernet port capable of communicating 10 protocols simultaneously Built-in protocol conversion with over 200 communications drivers Integrated Ethernet gateway to network-enable serial or fieldbus machines onto a common communications backbone in minutes Expansion port to add additional serial or Ethernet ports, as well as various fieldbuses such as DeviceNet and Profibus Processor with 32-bit floating-point math to calculate complex and time-based metrics Built-in Web and FTP servers provide worldwide access to data logs and status

ProducTVity Station is driven by Red Lion’s powerful programming platform – Crimson. A full version of the Crimson 3.0 software suite is included at no extra charge, including free lifetime support and upgrades. With unprecedented ease to collect, analyze and display KPI and Andon information, Crimson is unlike any other productivity visualization tool: • • • • •

Collect data directly from devices such as PLCs, drives, bar code scanners and more Drag-and-drop data mapping to PLCs, PCs, and SCADA systems; lets a Siemens® PLC to talk to an Allen Bradley® drive in just seconds Built in graphics library featuring over 5,000 of drag-and-drop elements Synchronize with FTP servers and MS SQL Server Mail Manager allows notifications to be sent to one or several defined recipients via text message and e-mail; report or logged data files can be attached to e-mail

Display a host of production metrics, trends, alerts, scheduling, guidance and more.

Warn of line down conditions immediately, to reduce overall downtime.

Create screens that provide KPIs and Andon information at a glance.

Inform personnel of the problem, as well as whose attention is required, to minimize disruptions to production.

Compare each shift’s production against the others to spot potential issues, and to drive a competitive spirit.

Inform operators of current run and upcoming requirements to reduce changeover time.

Calculate advanced KPIs such as OEE to drive continuous improvement initiatives.

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


4.12. Large Graphic & LED Displays

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

4.12.1. ProducTVity Display

Discount Code L3

Features and Specifications: POWER: 24 VDC ± 10% 450 mA min. (1 module) 3.4 Amps max. (16 modules + Expansion Card) Must use NEC Class 2 rated power supply. COMMUNICATIONS: USB/PG Port: Adheres to USB 2.0 specification full speed only via Type B connection. USB Host Port: Complies with USB specification Rev 2.0. Hardware over current protected (0.5A max). DVI Port: Digital Visual Interface version 1.3, single link, provides a digital video feed, with a resolution of 1280 horizontal x 720 vertical pixels, progressive scan, adhering to CEA-861-E (720p). DDC support, HDCP is not supported. Colour depth is 32K.

Serial Ports: Serial ports are individually isolated. RS232/PG Port: RS232 port via RJ12 COMMS Ports: RS422/485 port via RJ45, and RS232 port via RJ12 Ethernet Port: 10 BASE-T/100 BASE-TX MEMORY: On-board User Memory: 128Mbytes of non-volatile Flash memory. On-board RAM: 64Mbytes. Memory Card: CompactFlash Typ II slot for Type I and Type II cards – 2GB CompactFlash card included.

Order Codes Description

ProducTVity Station Also includes…2GB CompactFlash Card 3M DVI to HDMI Cable HDMI to DVI Adaptor (for DVI to DVI connections)

Code

PTV00000

Option Cards Type

Communications Option Cards for the PTV (1 only per PTV)

Description

Code

CANopen/J1939 Card

XCCN0000

Ethernet Option Card (Adds independent, secondary port)

RS232/485 Card Profibus-DP (Slave) Card DeviceNet (Slave) Card GSM/GPRS Cellular Modem Card

I/O Option Cards for the PTV (16 Max. I/O Cards per PTV)

Eight Inputs, Six Relay Outputs Eight Inputs, Six Solid State Outputs 8 Channel 0(4)-20 mA Input Module 8 Channel 0(4)-20 mA Input Module c/w 100 Linearizer 8 Channel ±10 V Input Module 8 Channel ±10 V Input Module c/w 100 Linearizer 4 Channel Analog Output Module Single Loop Module, Relay Outputs Single Loop Module, Relay & Analog Outputs Single Loop Module, Solid State Outputs

XCENET00 XCRS0000

XCPBDP00 XCDN0000

XCGSM000 CSDIO14R CSDIO14S CSINI800 CSINI8L0

CSINV800 CSINV8L0

CSOUT400 CSPID1R0

CSPID1RA CSPID1S0

Single Loop Module, Solid State & Analog Outputs

CSPID1SA

Single Loop Module, Triac & Analog Outputs

CSPID1TA

Dual Loop Module, Relay Outputs Dual Loop Module, Solid State Outputs Dual Loop Module, Triac Outputs 6 Channel Input, RTD Single Loop, 1 Load Cell Input, Relay & Analog Outputs Single Loop, 1 Load Cell Input, Solid State & Analog Output Single Loop, 2 SG Inputs, Relay & Analog Outputs Single Loop, 2 SG Inputs, Solid State & Analog Outputs 8 Channel Thermocouple Module

CSPID2R0 CSPID2S0 CSPID2T0

CSRTD600

CSSG10RA CSSG10SA

CSSG11RA CSSG11SA CSTC8000

Accessories Description

Code

Communications Cables to Serial 3rd Party Devices (3m)

CBLxxxxx*

USB Programming Cable (3m) DIN-Rail RJ-45 Connector to Screw Terminal Adapter DIN-Rail RJ-11/12 Connector to Screw Terminal Adapter 1Gb Compact Flash Card 2Gb Compact Flash Card 5dB Panel Mount Antenna with 5m Cable for XCGSM000 Option Card 7dB Panel Mount Antenna with 5m Cable for XCGSM000 Option Card

CBLUSB00 DRRJ45T8 DRRJ11T6

G3CF001G G3CF002G

ANT5DB5M ANT7DB5M

* Contact Customer Service

4-225

4


4. Digital Displays & Controllers 4.12. Large Graphic & LED Displays 4.12.1. ProducTVity Displays

4.12.1.1. Ceiling & Wallmount Display Kits Ceiling & Wallmount Display Kits Ceiling Mount - 50mm Poles BT7822S Silver Cable management Coverplate included Safety bolt for secure installation Ceiling plate dia: 150mm Ceiling drop: 120mm

4

50mm Dia Extension Pole BT7850-200S - 2 meters Cable Management Safety bolt holes at top & bottom

50mm Accessory Collar BT7052S Collar for use with 50mm poles Includes silver coverplate Quick Release Mounting Adaptor - BT8432S Silver Wall or pole mounting display bracket. Torsion tilt mechanism for +/-15 ̊ tilt Includes locking bar for secure installation Simple hook-on installation with all mounting hardware included

Kit 1 - Wallmount Description

42” LCD Philips commercial rated Display

QTY

1

Code

BDL4245E

Wall Mount Display Bracket

1

BT8432S

HDMI EXT Kit over single CAT5 (60M)

1

ATHD4V40SRS

HDMI high speed cable (1M)

1

DKH101UP

Kit 2 - Single Display Ceiling Mount Description

42” LCD Philips commercial rated Display

2

1

QTY

1

Code

BDL4245E

Ceiling Bracket

1

BT7822S

50mm Diameter 2m extension pole

1

BT7850-20S

50mm collar for pole mounting TV

2

BT7052S

Pole mount Display Bracket

1

BT8432S

HDMI EXT Kit over single CAT5 (60m)

1

ATHD4V40SRS

HDMI high speed cable (1m)

1

DKH101UP

Description

QTY

Code

Ceiling Bracket

1

BT7822S

50mm Diameter 2m extension pole

1

BT7850-20S

50mm collar for pole mounting TV

2

BT7052S

Pole mount Display Bracket

2

BT8432S

HDMI EXT Kit over single CAT5 (60m)

1

ATHD4V40SRS

1x Input / 2x Output HDMI Splitter

1

ATHDV12

HDMI high speed cable (1m)

3

DKH101UP

Kit 3 - Dual Display Ceiling Mount 42” LCD Philips commercial rated Display

1

4-226

2

2

BDL4245E

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


4.12. Large Graphic & LED Displays

4.12.2. Plant Floor Marquee 4.12.3. DC Volt/Current/Process Displays

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

Discount Code L3

PFM – Plant Floor Marquee • • • •

Tri-colour Display Provides Instant Notice of Important Information Displays Information from any SX/GT Models of the Data Station and Modular Controller Graphical Design Allows Bargraphs, Custom Symbols and Graphics Four Sizes for a Wide Range of Applications

4

Order Codes Display (LED Tri-Colour Red/Amber/Green) Resolution

Dimensions

Max. Viewing Distance

Power Supply

Code

240VAC

PFM1608B

16H x 80W

660x168x61mm

45m

24H x 120W

978x224x86mm

60m

PFM2412B

Accessories Description

Code

Cable from Data Station Plus or Modular Controller to PFM

CBLPFM00

LDA – Large DC Volt/Current/Process Display • • • • • •

Wide Input Range of Analog Signals 57mm & 101mm High Red LED Digits Programmable Scaling and Decimal Points Dual 5 Amp Form C Relay Aluminium IP65 Case Construction RS232/RS485 Serial Communications

Order Codes Display

Input Ranges

Outputs

Power Supply

Code

5 Digit 57mm Red LED

Process 4 to 20mA, 1 to 5VDC, 0 to 10VDC DC Voltages 200mV, 2V, 20V, 200V, 10V DC Currents 200uA, 2mA, 20mA, 200mA

2 x Relay RS232 or RS485

50-250VAC 21.6-250VDC

LD2A05P0

5 Digit 101mm Red LED

LD4A05P0

4-227


4. Digital Displays & Controllers 4.12. Large Graphic & LED Displays 4.12.4. Serial Slave Displays 4.12.5. Counter & Rate Displays

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

Discount Code L3

LDSS – Large Serial Slave Display • • • • • •

4

57mm or 101mm High Red LED Digits Displays up to 6 Digits of Serial ASCII Data Dual Display Buffer Allows Alternating Displays Selectable RS232 or RS485 Serial Interface Connects Directly to Red Lion Products with Serial communications Aluminium IP65 Case Construction

Order Codes Display

Input Ranges

Outputs

Power Supply

Code

6 Digit 57mm Red LED

RS485 or RS232 Serial Communications

N/A

50-250VAC 21.6-250VDC

LD2SS6P0

6 Digit 101mm Red LED

LD4SS6P0

LD – Large Display Counter and Rate Indicator • • • • • • • •

57mm & 101mm High Red LED Digits Available in 4 or 6 Digit Versions Single or Dual Counter with Rate Indicator* Built-in Batch Counting Capability* Programmable Scaling and Decimal Points* Dual 5 AMP Form C Relay* RS232/RS485 Serial Communications* Aluminium IP65 Rated 4X Case Construction *LD2006P0 & LD4006P0 Models Only

Order Codes Display

Input Types

Outputs

Power Supply

Code

4 Digit 57mm Red LED (No Front Panel Buttons)

Dip-Switch Selectable Switch Contacts NPN PNP (Max. 30VDC)

N/A

50-250VAC 21.6-250VDC

LD200400

6 Digit 57mm Red LED (No Front Panel Buttons) 4 Digit 101mm Red LED (No Front Panel Buttons)

LD400400

6 Digit 101mm Red LED (No Front Panel Buttons)

LD400600

6 Digit 101mm Red LED (With Front Panel Buttons) 6 Digit 101mm Red LED (With Front Panel Buttons)

4-228

LD200600

Dip-Switch Selectable Switch Contacts NPN PNP Magnetic Pickups (Max. 30VDC)

2 x Relay RS232 or RS485

LD2006P0

LD4006P0

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


4.12. Large Graphic & LED Displays

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

4.12.6. Timer Displays 4.12.7. Load Cell Displays

Discount Code L3

LDT – Large Display Timer & Cycle Counter • • • • • • • •

57mm or 101mm High Red LED Digits 6-Digit Bi-directional Timing Capability 5-Digit Cycle Counting Capability Selectable Timer Ranges and Operating Modes Elapsed Timer and Preset Timer Functionality Serial Communications (Selectable RS232 or RS485) 5 AMP Form C Relay Output Aluminium IP65 Case Construction

4

Order Codes Display

Input Ranges

Outputs

Power Supply

Code

6 Digit 57mm Red LED

Dip-Switch Selectable Switch Contacts NPN PNP (Max. 30VDC)

2 x Relay RS232 or RS485

50-250VAC 21.6-250VDC

LD2T06P0

6 Digit 101mm Red LED

LD4T06P0

LDS – Large Display Load Cell/ Stain Gauge • • • • • •

5 Digit, 57mm or 101mm High Red LED Digits Load Cell or Strain Gauge Input Serial Communications (Selectable RS232 or RS485) Universally Powered 5 AMP Form C Relay Output Aluminium IP65 Case Construction

Order Codes Display

Input Ranges

Outputs

Power Supply

Code

6 Digit 57mm Red LED

+/- 24 mV or +/- 240 mV Inputs

2 x Relay RS232 or RS485

50-250VAC 21.6-250VDC

LD2SG5P0

6 Digit 101mm Red LED

LD4SG5P0

4-229


4. Digital Displays & Controllers 4.12. Large Graphic & LED Displays

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

4.12.8. Universal Input Displays

Discount Code L3

LPAX & EPAX – Universal Large Displays • • • • • • • •

4

Large PAX Displays 38 mm High Red LED Display (LPAX) 101 mm High Red LED Display (EPAX) Various Input Modules Available (via Plug-in MPAX Modules) Alarms, Analog Outputs, and Communications Custom Units Label with Backlight for LPAX5 and LPAXDA Analog Units only IP65 Rated Input Module (MPAX units) Ordered Separately

LPAX Order Codes (Display only) Display

Input Ranges

Outputs

Power Supply

Code

5 Digit 38mm Red LED

Input Module (MPAX units) Ordered Separately See table below.

Field Upgradable (See option cards below)

Based on MPAX Module Selection. (MPAX units) Ordered Separately. See table below.

LPAX0500

6 Digit 38mm Red LED

LPAX0600

5 Digit 38mm Red LED

0/4 to 20mA 0 to 10VDC

LPAXDA00

6 Digit 38mm Red LED

Dip-Switch Selectable Switch Contacts NPN PNP (Max. 30VDC)

LPAXCK00

EPAX Order Codes (Display only) Display

Input Ranges

Outputs

Power Supply

Code

5 Digit 101mm Red LED

Input Module (MPAX units) Ordered Separately. See table below.

Field Upgradable (See option cards below)

Based on MPAX Module Selection. (MPAX units) Ordered Separately. See table below.

EPAX0500

6 Digit 101mm Red LED

EPAX0600

MPAX Order Codes (Input Module for LPAX or EPAX Display) Used With

Input Ranges

Outputs

Power Supply

Code

LPAX0500 EPAX0500

DC Voltage 200mV, 2V, 20V, 300V DC Current 200uA, 2mA, 20mA, 200mA, 2A Resistance 100ohm, 1000ohm, 10kohm

Field Upgradable (See option cards below)

85-250VAC

MPAXD000

11-36VDC/24VAC

MPAXD010

0/4 to 20mA 0 to 10VDC

85-250VAC

MPAXP000

11-36VDC/24VAC

MPAXP010

RTD 3-wire 100 OHM RTD Sensors (ALPHA = 0.00385 or ALPHA =0.00392) Thermocouple T, E, J, K, R, S, B, N or mV Scale

85-250VAC

MPAXT000

11-36VDC/24VAC

MPAXT010

Load Cell Input +/-24mV or +/-240mV

85-250VAC

MPAXS000

11-36VDC/24VAC

MPAXS010

AC Voltage 200mV, 2V, 20V, 300V AC Current 200uA, 2mA, 20mA, 200mA, 5A

85-250VAC

MPAXH000

LPAX Dimensions

4-230

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


4.12. Large Graphic & LED Displays

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

4.12.8. Universal Input Displays

Discount Code L3

MPAX Order Codes (Input Module for LPAX or EPAX Display) Used With

Input Ranges

Outputs

Power Supply

Code

LPAX0600 EPAX0600

Dip-Switch Selectable Switch Contacts NPN PNP Magnetic Pickups (Max. 30VDC)

Field Upgradable (See option cards below)

85-250VAC

MPAXI020

11-36VDC/24VAC

MPAXI030

Dip-Switch Selectable Switch Contacts NPN PNP (Max. 30VDC)

85-250VAC

MPAXC020

11-36VDC/24VAC

MPAXC030

Dip-Switch Selectable Switch Contacts NPN PNP Magnetic Pickups (Max. 30VDC)

85-250VAC

MPAXR020

11-36VDC/24VAC

MPAXR030

Dual Rate Input Dip-Switch Selectable Switch Contacts NPN PNP Magnetic Pickups (Max. 30VDC)

85-250VAC

MPAXDR00

11-36VDC/24VAC

MPAXDR10

LPAXCK00 EPAX0600

Dip-Switch Selectable Switch Contacts NPN PNP (Max. 30VDC)

85-250VAC

MPAXCK00

11-36VDC/24VAC

MPAXCK10

LPAXDP00 EPAX0500

Two of any below +/- 0/4 to 20mA +/- 0 to 10VDC

85-250VAC

MPAXDP00

11-36VDC/24VAC

MPAXDP10

4

Accessories Description

Code

Dual Setpoint Relay Output Card

PAXCDS10

Quad Setpoint Relay Output Card

PAXCDS20

Quad Setpoint NPN Output Card

PAXCDS30

Quad Setpoint PNP Output Card

PAXCDS40

RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block

PAXCDC10

Extended RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector

PAXCDC1C

RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block

PAXCDC20

Extended RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ DB9 Connector

PAXCDC2C

DeviceNet Communications Card

PAXCDC30

Modbus Communications Card

PAXCDC40

Extended Modbus Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector

PAXCDC4C

Profibus-DP Communications Card

PAXCDC50

LPAX IP65 Aluminium Enclosure

ENC90000

LPAX Shroud

SHRLPAX0

LPAX Mounting Brackets

MBLPAX00

EPAX IP65 Aluminium Enclosure with Shroud

EPAXENSH

EPAX Programming Remote with 3m Cable

EPAXPGM0

EPAX Dimensions

4-231


5. Process Sensors Section Guide Overview

Section 5

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

2.1.1. Micro

2.1.1.1. AM1 Series

Discount Code L5

5

5-232

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


Process Sensors 5. Process Sensors 5-232 Section Guide Overview 5-234 5.1. Level 5-238 5.1.1. Submersible Probes 5-238 5.1.1.1. Industrial 5-238 5.1.1.2. Precision 5-246 5.1.2. Screw-in Transmitter 5-249 5.1.2.1. Industrial 5-249 5.2. Pressure 5-252 5.2.1. Pressure Transmitters 5-252 5.2.1.1. Industrial 5-252 5.2.1.2. Precision 5-264 5.2.1.3. OEM 5-268 5.2.2. Plug-on Display 5-269 5.2.3. Differential Pressure Transmitters 5-270 5.2.3.1. Industrial 5-270 5.2.3.2. Precision 5-273 5.2.4. Digital Pressure Gauges 5-274 5.2.4.1. Industrial 5-274 5.2.4.2. Precision 5-276 5.2.4.3. OEM 5-277 5.3. Switches 5-278 5.3.1. Pressure Switches 5-278 5.3.1.1. Industrial 5-278 5.3.1.2. Precision 5-283 5.3.1.3. OEM 5-284

5-233


5. Process Sensors Section Guide Overview

Level A submersible / hydrostatic level sensor is used to measure the pressure created by a liquid. The greater the height of the liquid, the greater the pressure. The sensor needs to be close to the bottom of the tank and either fitted on the outside via a thread or a flange, or entering into the top of the tank and then attached to the bottom.

5

CableSensor

0 ... 4 up to 0 ... 200

0 ... 0.6 up to 0 ... 100

LMK 358H

39.5

0 ... 0.6 up to 0 ... 100

LMP 305

19

0 ... 1 up to 0 ... 250

LMP 307

27

0 ... 1 up to 0 ... 250

LMP 307T

27

0 ... 1 up to 0 ... 250

LMK 306

17

0 ... 6 up to 0 ... 200

LMK 307

27

0 ... 4 up to 0 ... 250

ATEX, SIL, IECEX

5-241

LMK 382

39.5

0 ... 0.4 up to 0 ... 100

ATEX

5-243

SIL

5-244

Water

Separable

39.5

Not separable

35

Pressure Range / Level [mH2O]

Aggressive Media

Fuel and Oil

LMK 382H

Plastic

LMP 308i

Stainless Steel

Sewage

Preferred areas of use

Stainless Steel Sensor

Housing Material

ø [mm]

Level

Ceramic Sensor

As a hydrostatic sensor needs to be in contact with the product then we need to ensure that the materials are compatible, and any aggressive medium doesn’t eat away at the instrument. Our range of sensors are made from a variety of stainless steel which is usually fine, but for aggressive media such as acids, we can provide sensors made from engineered ceramics that will suit the conditions. Special versions with IECEx hazardous area approvals , integrated temperature sensor, communications such as Modbus RS485, or HART Protocol are all available.

Certificates

Page

Precision

ATEX, IECEX

5-246

ATEX, HART®

5-248

ATEX, HART®

5-247

Industry •

5-238 ATEX, SIL, IECEX

5-242

LMK 807

35

0 ... 4 up to 0 ... 100

LMK 809

45

0 ... 0.4 up to 0 ... 100

5-240 5-239

5-245

Screw-in Transmitter LMP 331

0 ... 1 up to 0 ... 400

ATEX, SIL, IECEX

5-249

LMK 331

0 ... 4 up to 0 ... 600

ATEX, SIL

5-250

LMK 351

0 ... 0.4 up to 0 ... 200

ATEX

5-251

5-234

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


Section Guide Overview

Pressure A comprehensive family of products that include vacuum, gauge, absolute and differential pressure transmitters. Based on different sensor technologies, combined with housing materials such as stainless steel and various plastics, our industrial pressure transmitters are suitable for almost all industrial gasses and fluids. Many different types of mechanical and electrical connections, ensures you will find the correct sensor for nearly any application. Special versions with IECEx hazardous area approvals, integrated temperature sensor, communications such as Modbus RS485, or HART Protocol are all available.

5

Pressure

DRD flange

lameproof enclosure, cooling element up to 300°C

Certificates

Flange

0 ... 0.4 up to 0 ... 600

Varivent® (3A-certification)

Inch thread flush

0.1 %

Clamp (3A-certification)

Options / Special Characteristics

Dairy Pipe

Nominal Pressure [bar]

Inch and NPT thraed

Accuracy (fSO) (1)

Ceramic Sensor

Stainless Steel Sensor

Preferred areas of use

ATEX, HART®

Page

5-264

Precision XMP i

XMP ci x|act i

• •

x|act ci

0.1 %

0 ... 0.06 up to 0 ... 20

flameproof enclosure

0.1 %

0 ... 0.4 up to 0 ... 40

hygienic version, cooling element up to 300°C

0.1 %

0 ... 0.06 up to 0 ... 20

hygienic version

ATEX, HART®

5-265

ATEX, HART®, 3A

5-266

ATEX, HART®

5-267

ATEX, SIL, UL, IECEX

5-252

Industry DMP 343

0.35 %

0 ... 0.01 up to 0 ... 1

for non-aggressive gases

DMP 331

0.35 %

0 ... 0.01 up to 0 ... 1

universal applications

DMP 333

0.35 %

0 ... 60 up to 0 ... 600

universal applications

ATEX, SIL, UL, IECEX

5-253

ATEX, SIL, UL, IECEX

5-254

ATEX, IECEX

5-256

DMP 339

0.35 %

0 ... 60 up to 0 ... 600

G 1/2“ flush

DMP 335

0.5 %

0 ... 6 up to 0 ... 600

welded version

ATEX, UL, IECEX

5-255

DMP 334

0.35 %

0 ... 600 up to 0 ... 2.200

adjustability of span and offset

ATEX, UL

5-257

DMK 351

0.35 %

0 ... 0.04 up to 0 ... 20

diaphragm 99.9% Al2O3, pressure port PVDF

ATEX

5-260

DMK 331

0.5 %

0 ... 0.4 up to 0 ... 600

pressure port PVDF for agressive media

ATEX, SIL, UL, IECEX

5-259

ATEX, DNV, GL, CCS, IECEX

5-258

ATEX, SIL, UL, 3A, IECEX

5-261

ATEX, SIL, UL, IECEX

5-262

ATEX

5-263

DMP 457

0.35 %

0 ... 0.1 up to 0 ... 600

DMP 331P

0.35 %

0 ... 0.1 up to 0 ... 40

hygienic version, cooling element up to 300°C

DMK 331P

0.5 %

0 ... 60 up to 0 ... 400

illing fluid with FDA approval, cooling element up to 300°C

DMK 351P

0.35 %

0 ... 0.04 up to 0 ... 20

diaphragm 99.9% Al2O3

0.5 %

0 ... 1 up to 0 ... 400

oil and grease free version

OEM 26.600 G

5-268

(1) according to Iec 60770

5-235


5. Process Sensors Section Guide Overview

Switches Pressure switches with up to 4 output contacts and with a digital display. Depending on the application, the universal pressure measuring devices with display and switching contacts can be used as a pressure transmitter, electronic pressure switch or digital pressure gauge. Due to the simple handling as well as the variety of software features , switching points and hysteresis values are easily configurable with added functions such as on-delay, min/max value data storage, display and analogue output signal also scalable. Our comprehensive range is suitable as an intelligent pressure switch for general plant and machine construction and the food processing industry.

5

Page

Clamp

Certificates Dairy Pipe

1/2/4

1/2

Nominal Pressure [bar]

Inch thread flush

Pressure Port

Inch and NPT thraed

Contacts Accuracy (FsO) (1)

Plastic

Housing Material Stainless steel ball housing

Switches

Precision DS 400

0.35 %

0 ... 100 up to 0 ... 600

ATEX

5-280

DS 401

0.5 %

0 ... 0.4 up to 0 ... 600

ATEX

5-281

DS 200

0.35 %

0 ... 0.1 up to 0 ... 600

ATEX

5-278

DS 201

0.5 %

0 ... 0.4 up to 0 ... 600

ATEX

5-279

DS 400P

0.35 %

0 ... 0.1 up to 0 ... 40

DS 217

• •

0.5 %

0 ... 6 up to 0 ... 600

ATEX, 3A

5-282

5-283

DS 230

1.5 %

0 ... 2 up to 0 ... 400

5-284

(1) according to Iec 60770

5-236

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


Section Guide Overview

IECEx Certification : The Way to Safety Compliance in Hazardous Areas Modern day industrial automation has increased the need for electric equipment in hazardous areas. These are places where flammable liquids, vapours, gases or combustible dusts could present a fire or explosion hazard. They are also called “Hazardous Locations” or “Explosive Atmospheres” or Ex Areas. The use of equipment, especially electrical, in these areas is generally highly regulated. It is in the interest of industry and governments to ensure that Ex Areas and the personnel working in them are as safe as possible. The IECEx scheme is the first international certification scheme in the world and certificates issued under this scheme will be accepted by all member countries which include UK, France, Germany, Australia, Canada and USA. Australian Standards are following IEC Standards with Australia being a member country of the IECEx certification scheme.

5

5-237


5. Process Sensors 5.1. Level

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

5.1.1. Submersible Probes 5.1.1.1. Industrial

Discount Code L5

LMP 305 – Slimline Probe with Stainless Steal Sensor The slimline probe LMP 305 with silicon stainless steel sensor is designed for continuous level measurement in confined space conditions. Permissible media are clean or waste water and thin fluids. A stainless steel sensor with low thermal error, excellent linearity and long term stability, is basis of LMP 305. Nominal pressure from 0 ... 1 mH2O up to 0 ... 250 mH2O Special characteristics Diameter 19 mm for cramped areas Small thermal effect Excellent long term stability & linearity

5

Preferred areas of use are: Water Level measurement in confined space conditions Ground water monitoring Depth or level measurement in wells and open waters Drinking water system Level measurement in container

5-238

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


5.1. Level

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

5.1.1. Submersible Probes 5.1.1.1. Industrial

Discount Code L5

LMK 306 – Slimline Probe with Ceramic Sensor The slimline probe LMK 306 with ceramic sensor has been especially designed for the continuous level measurement at confined space conditions. Permissible media are clean or slightly contaminated water and thin fluids. Different cable sheath materials are available in order to achieve maximum media compatibility. Nominal Pressure from 0 ... 6 mH2O up to 0 ... 200 mH2O Special Characteristics Ceramic Sensor Diameter 17 mm Suitable for hydrostatic level measurement Good linearity & long term stability

5

Preferred areas of use are: Water Level measurement in confined space conditions Ground water monitoring Depth or level measurement in wells Drinking water Level measurement in open tanks

5-239


5. Process Sensors 5.1. Level

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

5.1.1. Submersible Probes 5.1.1.1. Industrial

Discount Code L5

LMP 307 – Industry Standard Probe with Stainless Steal Sensor The stainless steel probe LMP 307 is designed for continuous level measurement in water and clean or waste fluids. Basic element is a high quality stainless steel sensor with high requirements for exact measurement with excellent long term stability. Nominal Pressure from 0 ... 1 mH2O up to 0 ... 250 mH2O Special Characteristics Stainless Steel Sensor Diameter 27 mm Small thermal effect Excellent accuracy & long term stability

5

Preferred areas of use are: Water Drinking water system Ground water level measurement Rain spillway basin Pump and booster stations Level measurement in container

5-240

Sewage Water treatment plants Waste water treatment Water recycling

Fuel / Oil Fuel storage Tank farm

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


5.1. Level

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

5.1.1. Submersible Probes 5.1.1.1. Industrial

Discount Code L5

LMK 307 – Industry Standard Probe with Ceramic Sensor The level transmitter LMK 307 is designed for continuous level measurement in water or waste water applications. Basic element is a flush mounted ceramic sensor. Suitable for all fluids which are compatible with media wetted materials. Different cable and elastomer materials can be offered according to the customer-specific operating conditions. Nominal Pressure from 0 ... 4 mH2O up to 0 ... 250 mH2O Special Characteristics Ceramic Sensor Diameter 27 mm Good linearity & long term stability Preferred areas of use are: Water Drinking water system Ground water monitoring Storm water reservoir

5 Sewage Waste water treatment Water recycling Dumpsite

Fuel / Oil Fuel storage Tank farm Biogas plants

Protection cap removable

5-241


5. Process Sensors 5.1. Level

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

5.1.1. Submersible Probes 5.1.1.1. Industrial

Discount Code L5

LMP 307T – Stainless Steel Sensor and Temperature Sensor The LMP 307T stainless steel submersible probe is designed for continuous level and temperature measurement in water or clean to lightly-soiled liquids. The advantage: simultaneous recording of level and temperature with separate independent signal amplification. The maintenance and wiring costs are considerably reduced. In addition to classical signal processing of the level, an additional signal circuit independent of the level which converts the temperature signal into a 4 … 20 mA analogue signal in 2-wire technology is provided. Nominal Pressure from 0 … 1mH20 up to 0 … 250mH20

5

Special Characteristics Separate output signals for pressure and temperature ranges Diameter only 27mm Preferred areas of use: Water Filtrated sewage

5-242

Fuel / Oil Tank farm

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


5.1. Level

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

5.1.1. Submersible Probes 5.1.1.1. Industrial

Discount Code L5

LMK 382 – Probe with Ceramic Sensor for Viscous and Pasty Media The stainless steel probe LMK 382 has been designed for continuous level measurement in waste water, waste and higher viscosity mediums. Basic element is a robust and high overpressure capable capacitive ceramic sensor e.g. for low levels. Nominal Pressure from 0 ... 40 cmH2O up to 0 ... 100 mH2O Special Characteristics Ceramic Sensor Diameter 39.5 mm Especially designed for sewage, viscous and pasty media Preferred areas of use are: Sewage Waste water treatment Water recycling

Fuel / Oil Level monitoring in open tanks with low filling heights Fuel storage Tank farms Biogas plants

5 Aggressive Media Level measurement for most acids

5-243


5. Process Sensors 5.1. Level

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

5.1.1. Submersible Probes 5.1.1.1. Industrial

Discount Code L5

LMK 807 – Plastic Submersible Probe for Aggressive Media The plastic submersible probe LMK 807 is designed for continuous level measurement for waste water or and different aggressive media. Basic element of the plastic submersible probe is the flush mounted ceramic sensor, which makes cleaning easier when solid parts of the medium deposit on it. Different cable and elastomer materials are available in order to achieve maximum media compatibility. Nominal Pressure from 0 ... 4 mH2O up to 0 ... 100 mH2O

5

Special Characteristics Ceramic Sensor Diameter 35 mm Excellent long term stability Preferred areas of use are: Sewage Waste water treatment Water recycling Dumpsite

5-244

Aggressive Media Level measurement in most of acids

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


5.1. Level

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

5.1.1. Submersible Probes 5.1.1.1. Industrial

Discount Code L5

LMK 809 – Plastic Submersible Probe for Aggressive Media The plastic submersible probe LMK 809 is designed for continuous level measurement in waste water or in most of aggressive media. Basic element is a capacitive ceramic sensor. Basic element of the plastic probe is the flush mounted ceramic sensor, which makes cleaning easier when solid parts of the medium deposit on it. Different cable and seal materials are available in order to achieve maximum media compatibility. Nominal Pressure from 0 ... 0.4 mH2O up to 0 ... 100 mH2O

5

Special Characteristics Diameter 45 mm Ceramic Sensor with High Chemical Resistance High overpressure resistance Especially for tank level measurement of viscous and aggressive media Diaphragm 99.9 % AI2O3 Housing material PP (Polypropylene) or PVDF Preferred areas of use are: Sewage Waste water treatment Water recycling Dumpsite

Aggressive Media Level measurement in most of acids

5-245


5. Process Sensors 5.1. Level

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

5.1.1. Submersible Probes 5.1.1.2. Precision

Discount Code L5

LMP 308i – Separable Precision Stainless Steel Probe The separable precision stainless steel probe LMP 308i is designed for continuous fill level and level measurement of water and liquid mediums. The signal processing of sensor signal is done by digital electronics with 16-bit analog digital converter. Consequently it is possible to conduct an active compensation of sensor intrinsic deviations from normal conditions like nonlinearity and thermal error. In order to facilitate stock-keeping and maintenance the transmitter body is plugged to the cable assembly with a connector and can be changed easily. Nominal Pressure from 0 ... 4 mH2O up to 0 ... 250 mH2O

5

Special Characteristics Stainless Steel Sensor Diameter 35 mm Cable and sensor section separable Excellent accuracy Communication connector for adjustment of offset, span and damping Preferred areas of use are: Water Ground water level measurement Depth or level measurement in wells and open waters Rain spillway basin Level measurement in container

5-246

Fuel / Oil Level monitoring in open tanks with low filling heights Fuel storage Tank farms Biogas plants

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


5.1. Level

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

5.1.1. Submersible Probes 5.1.1.2. Precision

Discount Code L5

LMK 358H – Separable Stainless Steel Probe with HART®-Communication The separable stainless steel probe LMK 358H has been designed for level measurement in waste water, waste and higher viscosity media. Basic element is a capacitive ceramic sensor. In order to facilitate stock-keeping and maintenance the transmitter head is plugged to the cable assembly with a connector and can be changed easily. Nominal Pressure from 0 ... 60 cmH2O up to 0 ... 100 mH2O

5

Special Characteristics Diameter 39.5 mm Cable and sensor section separable HART® communication (setting of offset, span and damping) Permissible temperatures up to 85 °C Ceramic sensor with high chemical resistance Preferred areas of use are : Sewage Water treatment plants Waste water treatment Water recycling Activated return sludge Pump station

Aggressive Media Level measurement for most acids and lyes

5-247


5. Process Sensors 5.1. Level

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

5.1.1. Submersible Probes 5.1.1.2. Precision

Discount Code L5

LMK 382H – Stainless Steel Probe with HART®-communication The stainless steel probe LMK 382H has been designed for continuous level measurement in waste water, waste and higher viscosity mediums. Basic element is a robust and high overpressure capable capacitive ceramic sensor e.g. for low levels. Nominal Pressure from 0 ... 60 cmH2O up to 0 ... 100 mH2O Special Characteristics Diameter 39.5 mm Cable and sensor section separable HART® communication (setting of offset, span and damping) Permissible temperatures up to 85 °C Ceramic sensor with high chemical resistance

5

Preferred areas of use are : Sewage Water treatment plants Waste water treatment Water recycling Activated return sludge Pump station

5-248

Aggressive Media Level measurement for most acids and lyes

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


5.1. Level

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

5.1.2. Screw-in Transmitter 5.1.2.1. Industrial

Standard Version

Discount Code L5

LMP 331 – Screw-In Transmitter with Stainless Steel Sensor The screw-in transmitter LMP 331 has been designed for continuous level measurement and is characterized by an excellent performance and a robust construction. The modular construction allows the user the highest possible flexibility in the adaption of LMP 331. Nominal Pressure from 0 ... 100 mbar up to 0 ... 40 bar Special Characteristics Pressure port G 3/4” flush Excellent accuracy Small thermal effect Excellent long term stability

G3/4” flush (DIN 3852) with ISO 4400

5

Preferred areas of use are : Plant and Machine Engineering Energy Industry Environmental Engineering (water – sewage – recycling)

SIL + SIL EX Version

G3/4” flush (DIN 3852) with ISO 4400

Compact Field Housing Version

5-249


5. Process Sensors 5.1. Level

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

5.1.2. Screw-in Transmitter 5.1.2.1. Industrial

Standard Version

Discount Code L5

LMK 331 – Screw-In Transmitter with Ceramic Sensor The screw-in transmitter LMK 331 has been especially designed for level and process measurement and is suitable for pressure measurement of liquids, oils and gases. Usage in more viscous or polluted media is possible because of the semi-flush pressure sensor. For the usage in aggressive media we recommended the version with PVDF pressure port. Nominal Pressure from 0 ... 400 mbar up to 0 ... 60 bar Special Characteristics Pressure port G 3/4” flush for pasty media Pressure port PVDF for aggressive media

5

Preferred areas of use are : Plant and Machine Engineering Energy Industry Environmental Engineering (water, sewage, recycling) Medical Technology G3/4” flush (DIN 3852) with ISO 4400

SIL + SIL EX Version

G3/4” flush (DIN 3852) with ISO 4400

Compact Field Housing Version

5-250

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


5.1. Level

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

5.1.2. Screw-in Transmitter 5.1.2.1. Industrial

Stainless Steel Pressure Port Version

Discount Code L5

LMK 351 – Screw-In Transmitter with Ceramic Sensor The screw-in transmitter LMK 351 has been designed for measuring small system pressure and level measurement in container. The LMK 351 is based on an own-developed capacitive ceramic sensor element. Usage in viscous and pasty media is possible because of the flush mounted sensor. For the usage in aggressive media a pressure port in PVDF and the diaphragm in AI2O3 99.9 % is available. Nominal Pressure from 0 ... 40 mbar up to 0 ... 20 bar Product Characteristics Pressure port PVDF-version for aggressive media Pressure port G 1 ½“ for pasty and polluted media

G1 1/2” flush (DIN 3852) stainless steel

5

Preferred areas of use are : Plant and Machine Engineering Environmental Engineering (water – sewage – recycling) Preferred used for: Fuel and Oil Viscous and Pasty Media

PVDF Pressure Port Version

G1 1/2” flush (DIN 3852) PVDF

Compact Field Housing Version

5-251


5. Process Sensors 5.2. Pressure

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

5.2.1. Pressure Transmitters 5.2.1.1. Industrial

Discount Code L5

DMP 343 – Industrial Very Low Pressure Transmitter with a Stainless Steel Sensor The pressure transmitter DMP 343 has been especially designed for the measurement of very low gauge pressure and for vacuum applications. Permissible media are gases, pressurized air and non-aggressive low viscos oils. Nominal pressure: from 0 ... 10 mbar up to 0 ... 1000 mbar Product characteristics Excellent linearity Small thermal effect Excellent long term stability

5

Preferred areas of use are: Plant and Machine Engineering Heating and Air Conditioning

Compact Field Housing Version

5-252

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


5.2. Pressure

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

5.2.1. Pressure Transmitter 5.2.1.1. Industrial

Standard Version

Discount Code L5

DMP 331 – Industrial Low Pressure Transmitter with a Stainless Steel Sensor The pressure transmitter DMP 331 can be used in all industrial areas when the medium is compatible with stainless steel. Nominal Pressure from 0 ... 100 mbar up to 0 ... 40 bar Special Characteristics Perfect thermal behaviour Excellent long term stability

5

Preferred areas of use are: Plant and Machine Engineering Environmental Engineering (water - sewage - recycling) Energy Industry

G1/2” DIN 3852 with ISO 4400 Accuracy 0.1%; SIL + SIL IS Version

G1/2” DIN 3852 with ISO 4400

Compact Field Housing Version

5-253


5. Process Sensors 5.2. Pressure

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

5.2.1. Pressure Transmitters 5.2.1.1. Industrial

Standard Version

Discount Code L5

DMP 333 – Industrial High Pressure Transmitter with a Stainless Steel Sensor The pressure transmitter type DMP 333 has been especially designed for use in hydraulic applications with high static and dynamic pressure. The transmitter is characterised by an excellent long term stability, also under fast changing pressure as well as positive and negative pressure peaks. Nominal Pressure from 0 ... 60 bar up to 0 ... 600 bar Special Characteristics Excellent long-term stability, also with high dynamic pressure loads Insensitive to pressure peaks High overpressure capability

5

Preferred areas of use are: Mobile Hydraulics Plant and Machine Engineering Machine tools Hydraulic presses Injection moulding machine Handling equipment Elevated platforms Test benches G1/2” DIN 3852 with ISO 4400

Accuracy 0.1%; SIL + SIL IS Version

G1/2” DIN 3852 with ISO 4400

Compact Field Housing Version

5-254

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


5.2. Pressure

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

5.2.1. Pressure Transmitter 5.2.1.1. Industrial

Discount Code L5

DMP 335 – Industrial Welded, Dry Stainless Steel Sensor The industrial pressure transmitter DMP 335 is based on a stainless steel welded pressure sensor without fluid. This characteristic has a special advantage with applications where silicon oil or elastomere seals cannot be used. Nominal Pressure from 0 ... 6 bar up to 0 ... 600 bar Special Characteristics Suitable for oxygen applications Insensitive to pressure peaks High overpressure capability

5

Preferred areas of use are: Medical Technology Plant and Machine Engineering Mobile Hydraulics Refrigeration Oxygen application G1/2� EN 837

Compact Field Housing Version

5-255


5. Process Sensors 5.2. Pressure

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

5.2.1. Pressure Transmitters 5.2.1.1. Industrial

Discount Code L5

DMP 339 – Industrial Pressure Transmitter with G ¼” Flush Diaphragm The industrial pressure transmitter type DMP 339 with flush diaphragm has been especially designed for use in dosing systems. The transmitter is suited for pressure measuring of adhesive, highly viscous oils, colours and pastes, which stringently need the G1/4” flush pressure port. Nominal Pressure from 0 ... 60 bar up to 0 ... 600 bar Special Characteristics Mechanical connection: G1/4” flush Suitable for viscous and pasty media

5

Preferred areas of use are: Hydraulics Plant and Machine Engineering

G1/4” flush DIN 3852

Preferred using in: Fuels / Oils Pasty media

Compact Field Housing Version

5-256

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


5.2. Pressure

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

5.2.1. Pressure Transmitter 5.2.1.1. Industrial

Discount Code L5

DMP 334 – Industrial Pressure Transmitter for very high Pressure The industrial pressure transmitter DMP 334 has been especially designed for use in hydraulic systems up to 2200 bar. The base element of DMP334 is a thin-film sensor that’s welded with the pressure port that meets the high demands of industry. Nominal Pressure Ranges from 0 ... 600 bar up to 0 ... 2200 bar Special Characteristics Extremely robust and excellent long-term stability Pressure sensor welded

5

Preferred areas of use are: Plant and Machine Engineering Commercial Vehicles and Mobile Hydraulics

G1/2� EN 8375

Compact Field Housing Version

5-257


5. Process Sensors 5.2. Pressure

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

5.2.1. Pressure Transmitters 5.2.1.1. Industrial

Discount Code L5

DMP 457 – Pressure Transmitter for Shipbuilding and Offshore The pressure transmitter DMP 457 has been especially designed for rough conditions occurring especially in shipbuilding and offshore applications. All gaseous and liquid media, which are compatible with stainless steel 1.4404 (316L) respectively can be used. Sensor element is a piezoresistive stainless steel sensor with high accuracy and excellent long-term stability. Nominal Pressure from 0 ... 100 mbar up to 0 ... 600 bar Special Characteristics Shipping approvals - GL (Germanischer Lloyd), DNV (Det Norske Veritas) and CCS (China Classification Society)

5

Preferred areas of use are: Shipbuilding and Offshore Boiler Diesel Engines Compressors Drives Pumps

G1/2� DIN 3852

Field Housing Version

5-258

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


5.2. Pressure

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

5.2.1. Pressure Transmitter 5.2.1.1. Industrial

Standard Version

Discount Code L5

DMK 331 – Industrial Pressure Transmitter with a Ceramic Sensor The industrial pressure transmitter DMK 331 with ceramic sensor has been especially designed for pasty, polluted or aggressive media and for oxygen applications at low pressure range. Nominal Pressure: from 0 ... 400 mbar up to 0 ... 600 bar Special Characteristics: Pressure port G 1/2” flush for pasty and polluted media Pressure port G 1/2” open port PVDF for aggressive media Oxygen application

5

Preferred areas of use are: Plant and Machine Engineering Energy Industry Medical Technology Environmental Engineering (water - sewage - recycling)

G1/2” DIN 3852 with ISO 4400

SIL + SIL EX Version

G1/2” DIN 3852 with ISO 4400 Compact Field Housing Version

5-259


5. Process Sensors 5.2. Pressure

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

5.2.1. Pressure Transmitters 5.2.1.1. Industrial

Discount Code L5

DMK 351 – Industrial Very Low Pressure Transmitter with a Ceramic Sensor The pressure transmitter DMK 351 has been specially designed for applications in plant and machine engineering as well as laboratory techniques and is suitable for measuring small system pressure and filling heights. By using a specially developed capacitive sensor, optionally available as AI2O3 99.9 %, the DMK 351 offers a high overpressure resistance and a high temperature and media resistance. Nominal pressure from 0 ... 40 mbar up to 0 ... 20 bar Product characteristics High media resistance

5

Preferred areas of use are: Plant and Machine Engineering Laboratory Applications G1/2� DIN 3852

Preferred used for: Fuel and Oil Water

Compact Field Housing Version

5-260

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


5.2. Pressure

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

5.2.1. Pressure Transmitter 5.2.1.1. Industrial

Standard Version

Discount Code L5

DMP 331P – Industrial Low Pressure Transmitter with Flush Welded Stainless Steel Diaphragm The pressure transmitter DMP 331P was designed for use in the food and pharmaceutical industry. The compact design with hygienic process connections makes it possible to achieve an outstanding performance in terms of accuracy, temperature behaviour and long term stability. The modular construction concept allows a combination of various process connections with different filling fluids and a cooling element. Several electrical connections complete the profile of DMP 331P. This transmitter fulfils nearly all requirements in hygienic / food and beverage industrial processes. Nominal Pressure from 0 ... 100 mbar up to 0 ... 40 bar

5

Special Characteristics Hygienic process connections CIP / SIP cleaning up to 150 °C Vacuum resistant Preferred areas of use are: Food & Beverage Industry Pharmaceutical Industry

G1/2” flush with ISO 44008

5-261


5. Process Sensors 5.2. Pressure

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

5.2.1. Pressure Transmitters 5.2.1.1. Industrial

Discount Code L5

DMK 331P – Industrial High Pressure Transmitter with Flush Welded Stainless Steel Diaphragm The pressure transmitter DMK 331P is suitable for measuring the pressure of viscous and pasty media, where a totally flush pressure port is required. Nominal Pressure from 0 ... 60 bar up to 0 ... 400 bar Special Characteristics Suited for viscous and pasty media

5

Preferred areas of use are: Plant and Machine Engineering Food & Beverage Industry Preferred used for: Viscous and Pasty Media

G1/2� flush with ISO 44008

Compact Field Housing Version

5-262

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


5.2. Pressure

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

5.2.1. Pressure Transmitter 5.2.1.1. Industrial

Discount Code L5

DMK 351P – Pressure Transmitter for the Process Industry with Ceramic Diaphragm The pressure transmitter DMK 351P has been designed for measuring small system pressure in the food and beverage industry. The DMK 351P is based on a specially developed capacitive ceramic sensor element. It features high over pressure resistance and high resistance against the most aggressive media. Nominal Pressure from 0 … 40 mbar up to 0 … 20 bar Special characteristics Hygienic Version Different process connections (G1 1/2”, diary pipe, clamp, etc. ) High overpressure capability G1/2” EN 837 with field housing

Preferred areas of use are: Food Industry Chemical and petrochemical industry

5

Preferred used for: Paint and Varnish Viscous and Pasty Media

Compact Field Housing Version

5-263


5. Process Sensors 5.2. Pressure

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

5.2.1. Pressure Transmitters 5.2.1.2. Precision

Aluminium Case Version

Discount Code L5

XMP i – Process Transmitter with HART®-Communication with a Stainless Steel Sensor The process pressure transmitter XMP i has been especially designed for the process industry and measures vacuum, gauge and absolute pressure ranges of gases, steam, fluids and dust up to 600 bar. Different process connections with an internal or flush welded diaphragm are available and can be combined with a cooling element for media temperatures up to 300°C. The transmitter is equipped with HART®-communication; with a choice between a two chamber aluminium die cast case or a stainless field housing. Nominal Pressure from 0 ... 400 mbar up to 0 ... 600 bar

5

Special characteristics Turn-down 1:10 Two chamber aluminium die cast case or stainless field housing Internal or flush welded diaphragm HART®-communication Preferred areas of use are: Oil and gas industry Chemical and petrochemical industry Energy Industry Heavy Industry

Stainless Steel Field Housing Version

5-264

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


5.2. Pressure

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

5.2.1. Pressure Transmitter 5.2.1.2. Precision

Aluminium Case Version

Discount Code L5

XMP ci – Process Transmitter with HART®-Communication with a Ceramic Sensor The process pressure transmitter XMP ci measures the pressure of gases, steam, dust and fluids. The special-developed capacitive ceramic sensor for this transmitter has a high overpressure capability and excellent media stability. The transmitter is equipped with HART®-communication, the customer can choose between a two chamber aluminium die cast case or a stainless field housing.

Nominal Pressure from 0 ... 60 mbar up to 0... 20 bar

Special characteristics Turn-down 1:10 Two chamber aluminium die cast case or stainless field housing Internal or flush mounted capacitive ceramic sensor HART®-communication

5

Preferred areas of use are: Oil and gas industry Chemical and petrochemical industry Preferred using in: Fuel and Oil Aggressive Media

Stainless Steel Field Housing Version

5-265


5. Process Sensors 5.2. Pressure

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

5.2.1. Pressure Transmitters 5.2.1.2. Precision

G1” Cone Version

Discount Code L5

x|act i – Transmitter for Food and Beverage Industry with a Stainless Steel Sensor The precise pressure transmitter x|act i has been especially designed for the food and beverage industry that measures vacuum, gauge and absolute pressure of gases, steams and fluids up to 40 bar. Several process connections e.g. thread or hygienic versions like dairy pipe and clamp with a flush welded diaphragm are available, which can be combined with a cooling element for media temperatures up to 300 °C. The robust stainless steel globe housing has a high ingress protection IP 67 and all characteristics for a residue-free and antibacterial cleaning. Nominal Pressure from 0 ... 400 mbar up to 0 ... 40 bar

5

Special Characteristics Turn-down 1:10 Hygienic version Flush welded diaphragm Several process connections (G1“ cone, Clamp, dairy pipe, etc.) Integrated display and operating module

5-266

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


5.2. Pressure

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

5.2.1. Pressure Transmitter 5.2.1.2. Precision

DIN 3852 Version

Discount Code L5

x|act ci – Transmitter for Food and Beverage Industry with a Ceramic Sensor The precise pressure transmitter x|act ci measures the pressure of gases, steam and fluids. The special-developed capacitive ceramic sensor for this transmitter, which can optionally be delivered in pure ceramic, has a high overpressure capability and excellent media stability. Several process connections e.g. inch thread or hygienic versions like dairy pipe or clamp are available. The robust stainless steel globe housing has a high ingress protection IP 67 and all characteristics for a residue-free and antibacterial cleaning. Nominal pressure from 0 ... 60 mbar up to 0... 20 bar

G1 1/2� FLUSH DIN 3852

5

Special characteristics Turn-Down 1:10 Hygienic version Flush mounted, capacitive ceramic sensor Several process connections (inch thread, Clamp, etc.) With integrated display and operating module Diaphragm Al2O3 99.9 % Preferred areas of use are: Food Industry Chemical and petrochemical industry Preferred using in: Viscous and pasty media

5-267


5. Process Sensors 5.2. Pressure

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

5.2.1. Pressure Transmitters 5.2.1.3. OEM

ISO 4400 Version

Discount Code L5

26.600 G – Universal OEM Pressure Transmitter Applications Mechanical and plant engineering General industrial applications Characteristics Ceramic sensor Accuracy 0.5 % FSO according to IEC 60770 Nominal pressure ranges from 0 … 1 bar up to 0 … 400 bar Option: oil and grease free version

5

5-268

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


5.2. Pressure

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

5.2.2. Plug-on Display Discount Code L5

ISO 4400 Version

PA 430 – Plug-On Display for Pressure Transmitters Product Characteristics Plug-on display for pressure transmitter with output signal: 4 … 20 mA / 2-wire or 0 … 10 V / 3-wire 4-digit LED display Scalable display Display 330 ° rotatable Connector 300 ° rotatable No external power supply necessary (Loop powered) Optional 1 or 2 programmable contacts

5

5-269


5. Process Sensors 5.2. Pressure

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

5.2.3. Differential Pressure Transmitters 5.2.3.1. Industrial

Discount Code L5

DMD 331 – Differential Pressure Transmitter for Liquids and Gases with a Stainless Steel Sensor The DMD 331 is a differential pressure transmitter for industrial applications and is based on a piezoresistive stainless steel sensor, which can be pressurized on both sides with fluids or gases compatible with SST 1.4404 and 1.4435. The compact design allows an integration of the DMD 331 in machines and applications with limited space. The DMD 331 calculates the difference between the pressure on the positive and the negative side and converts it into a proportional electrical signal. Differential Pressure from 0 ... 20 mbar up to 0 ... 16 bar

5

Special Characteristics Differential pressure wet / wet Permissible static pressure –one sided- up to 30 times of differential pressure range Compact design Mechanical robust and reliable at dynamic pressures as well as shock and vibration Preferred areas of use are: Plant and Machine Engineering Energy Industry

Preferred used for: Water

G1/2� EN 837

5-270

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


5.2. Pressure

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

5.2.3. Differential Pressure Transmitters 5.2.3.1. Industrial

Discount Code L5

DMD 831 – Differential Pressure Transmitter with Display and Contact’s for Fluids and Gases Special Characteristics 2 piezoresistive stainless steel sensors Differential pressure from 0 ... 80 mbar up to 0 ... 70 bar Display and pressure port rotatable

5

G1/2” DIN 3852

5-271


5. Process Sensors 5.2. Pressure

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

5.2.3. Differential Pressure Transmitters 5.2.3.1. Industrial

Discount Code L5

DPS 300 – Differential Pressure Transmitter for Gas and Compressed Air The pressure transmitter DPS 300 was devel- oped for the differential pressure measuring for dry, non aggressive gases and compressed air and can be used for several HVAC applications. The DPS 300 is a multi range transmitter with up to three adjustable measuring ranges. The device is equipped with a two-line LC dis- play and can simply parameterised about this. The result, status of the contact and the unit are clear shown on the display. Differential Pressure from 0 ... 1,6 mbar up to 0 ... 1000 mbar

5

Special characteristics

LC-display, two-line Adjustable measuring ranges High overpressure capability Adjustable damping Compact form Preferred applications are: HVAC Medical

Preferred areas of use are: Gas Compressed air

DPS 300 with Display

5-272

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


5.2. Pressure

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

5.2.3. Differential Pressure Transmitters 5.2.3.2. Precision

Discount Code L5

XMD – Differential Pressure Transmitter for Process Industry with HARTŽ-Communication The differential pressure transmitter XMD has been especially designed for the process industry and can be used for level measurement of closed, pressurized tanks, pump or filter controlling, etc. Another attribute is the possibility to switch the output signal from linear to square root extraction by what the flow rate of the medium can be issued. Nominal Pressure from 75 mbar up to 2 bar

5

Special characteristics Static over pressure 130 bar Turn-down 1:10 Two chamber aluminium die cast case HART communication Output signal: linear or square root extraction IS-version Ex ia = intrinsically safe version Preferred areas of use are: Oil and gas industry Chemical and petrochemical industry Energy Industry Food Industry Paper Industry

5-273


5. Process Sensors 5.2. Pressure

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

5.2.4. Digital Pressure Gauges 5.2.4.1. Industrial

Discount Code L5

BAROLI 02 – Class 0.1 Battery Powered Digital Pressure Gauge with a Stainless Steel Sensor The battery-powered digital pressure gauge BAROLI 02 enables a local displaying of values, satisfying the highest demands for accuracy and long-term stability. The pressure gauge may be applied in all media compatible with the stainless steel use; it shows an excellent robustness and a high overpressure protection. The BAROLI 02 display housing is rotatable, thus ensuring an easy reading even under unfavourable mounting conditions. Additional functions are available like changing the unit of measure, displaying min / max values, calibrating of offset and the span, as well as configuring the automatic switching off.

5 G1/2� EN 837

Nominal Pressure from 0 ... 100 mbar up to 0 ... 600 bar Characteristics Rotatable housing 2-Line Digital Display

5-274

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


5.2. Pressure

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

5.2.4. Digital Pressure Gauges 5.2.4.1. Industrial

Discount Code L5

BAROLI 05 – Class 0.25 Battery Powered Digital Pressure Gauge with a Ceramic Sensor The battery-powered digital pressure gauge BAROLI 05 has been designed for measuring the pressure (absolute or gauge) of fluids, oils and gases. The display housing is rotatable, thus ensuring an easy reading even under unfavourable mounting conditions. Additional functions are available like changing the unit of measure, displaying min / max values, calibrating the offset and of span, as well as configuring the automatic switching off. Nominal Pressure from 0 ... 400 mbar up to 0 ... 600 bar

5

Characteristics Rotatable housing 2-Line Digital Display G1/2� EN 837

5-275


5. Process Sensors 5.2. Pressure

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

5.2.4. Digital Pressure Gauges 5.2.4.2. Precision

Discount Code L5

DM01 – Class 0.05 Battery Powered Precision Digital Gauge with Stainless Steel Sensor The precision digital gauge DM01 has been designed for extremely high demands in the sector of calibration and test technology. Extraordinary measurement characteristics, easy handling as well as the innovative, modular sensor concept are the heart of our DM01. The user can exchange pressure sensor without tools or parameterization on-site; and continue or re-start the measurement. The graphic LC display with background illumination ensures clear visualization and supports operation the device. Nominal Pressure from 0 ... 100 mbar up to 0 ... 600 bar

5

Special Characteristics Modular sensor concept Data logger incl. software Graphic display Stainless steel housing Ø 100 mm Communication interface USB 2.0 G1/2” EN 837

5-276

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


5.2. Pressure

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

5.2.4. Digital Pressure Gauges 5.2.4.3. OEM

Discount Code L5

DM 10 – OEM Class 0.5 Battery Powered Digital Pressure Gauge with Ceramic Sensor The compact low-cost digital pressure gauge DM 10 is battery powered and has an adjustable housing; it is therefore suitable for mobile pressure monitoring. The 4.5-digit LC-display indicates the battery status, the measurement value as well as the unit, this enables a fast and precise reading. It is possible to switch between the most common units (bar, psi, Pa, MPa). Additional functions such as auto zero, min / max values and an automatic switching off complete the DM 10 profile. Nominal Pressure from 0 ... 1.6 bar up to 0 ... 250 bar

G1/4� DIN 3852

5

Special characteristics Adjustable housing LC display (4.5-digit 7-segment display) Standard lithium battery CR 2450 (operation period > 1.800 h)

5-277


5. Process Sensors 5.3. Switches

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

5.3.1. Pressure Switches 5.3.1.1. Industrial

Discount Code L5

DS 200 – Electronic Pressure Switch with a Stainless Steel Sensor The DS 200 electronic pressure switch is the successful combination of a intelligent pressure switch and a digital display which has been specially designed for numerous applications in various industrial sectors. As standard the DS 200 offers a PNP contact and a rotatable display module with 4-digit LED display. Additionally the DS 200 could be equipped with a up to 4 contacts and an analog output. Nominal Pressure from 0 ... 100 mbar up to 0 ... 600 bar

5

Special Characteristics Indication of measured values on a 4-digit LED display Rotatable and configurable display module Preferred areas of use are: Plant and Machine Engineering Heating and Air Conditioning Environmental Engineering (water / sewage / recycling)

G1/2� DIN 3852

5-278

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


5.3. Switches

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

5.3.1. Pressure Switches 5.3.1.1. Industrial

Discount Code L5

DS 201 – Electronic Pressure Switch with a Ceramic Sensor The DS 201 electronic pressure switch is the successful combination of a intelligent pressure switch and a digital display and has been specially designed for universal usage in industry applications. The DS 201 is available with flush pressure ports for viscous, pasty and highly contaminated media. As standard the DS 201 offers a PNP contact and a rotatable display module with 4-digit LED display. Additionally the DS 201 could be equipped with a up to 4 contacts and an analog output. Nominal Pressure from 0 ... 400 mbar up to 0 ... 600 bar

5

Special Characteristics Indication of measured values on a 4-digit LED display Rotatable and configurable display module Preferred areas of use are: Plant and Machine Engineering Environmental Engineering (water / sewage / recycling)

G1/2� DIN 3852

5-279


5. Process Sensors 5.3. Switches

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

5.3.1. Pressure Switches 5.3.1.1. Industrial

Discount Code L5

DS 400 – Stainless Steel Pressure Switch with a Stainless Steel Sensor The DS 400 electronic pressure switch is the successful combination of a intelligent pressure switch and has been specially designed for numerous applications in various industrial sectors. As standard the DS 400 offers a PNP contact and a display module, which is mounted and rotatable in the ball housing. Additionally the DS 400 could be equipped with a second contact and analog output. Nominal Pressure from 0 ... 100 mbar up to 0 ... 600 bar Special Characteristics Indication of measured values on a 4-digit LED display Rotatable and configurable display module

5 G1/2� DIN 3852 For nominal pressure PN > 400 bar increases the length of devices with IS-vesion by 19 mm and of devices without IS-version by 39 mm

5-280

Preferred areas of use are: Plant and Machine Engineering Heating and Air Conditioning Environmental Engineering (water / sewage / recycling)

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


5.3. Switches

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

5.3.1. Pressure Switches 5.3.1.1. Industrial

Discount Code L5

DS 401 – Stainless Steel Pressure Switch with a Ceramic Sensor The DS 401 electronic pressure switch is the successful combination of a intelligent pressure switch and a digital display and has been specially designed for universal usage in industry applications; with flush diaphragm the DS 401 is suitable for the usage in viscous, pasty or highly contaminated media. The rotatable stainless steel housing is suitable for rough conditions and difficult installing conditions, due to it’s robustness. As standard the DS 401 offers a PNP contact and is optionally available with a second, independent contact. Additionally the DS 401 could be equipped with an analog output. Nominal Pressure from 0 ... 400 mbar up to 0 ... 600 bar

5

Special Characteristics Indication of measured values on a 4-digit LED display Rotatable and configurable display module G1/2” DIN 3852

Preferred areas of use are: Plant and Machine Engineering Environmental Engineering (water / sewage / recycling) Hydraulic Oil

5-281


5. Process Sensors 5.3. Switches

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

5.3.1. Pressure Switches 5.3.1.1. Industrial

Discount Code L5

DS 217 – Pressure Switch with welded Stainless Steel Sensor Nominal Pressure from 0 ... 6 bar up to 0 ... 600 bar Special Characteristics 1 analogue output and up to 2 contacts Display and housing rotatable Suitable for oxygen applications

5

G1/2� EN 837

5-282

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


5.3. Switches

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

5.3.1. Pressure Switches 5.3.1.2. Precision

Discount Code L5

DS 400P – Food & Beverage Electronic Pressure Switch with a Stainless Steel Sensor The electronic pressure switch DS400P is the successful combination of Intelligent pressure switch & digital display that has been developed for the process industry; especially for food and pharmaceutical industries. Nominal Pressure from 0 ... 100 mbar up to 0 ... 40 bar Special Characteristics Indication of measured values on a 4-digit LED display Rotatable and configurable display module Configurable contacts (switch on / switch off points, hysteresis / window mode, switch on / switch off delay) Hygienic version

5

G1/2” fluah only for PN ≤ 40 bar

5-283


5. Process Sensors 5.3. Switches

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

5.3.1. Pressure Switches 5.3.1.3. OEM

Discount Code L5

DS 230 – Electronic OEM Pressure Switch Nominal Pressure from 0 … 2 bar up to 0 … 400 bar Characteristics Display and housing rotatable Up to 2 contact outputs Configurable via display Optional: analogue output

5 G1/4” DIN 3852

5-284

Applications Pneumatics Pumps and hydraulic machines

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


5

5-285


6. Machine safety Section Guide Overview

Section 6

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

6.1.1. XXX

6.1.1.1. XXX

Discount Code C6

6

6-286

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


MAchine Safety 6. Machine safety 6.1. Machine Guard Interlocks 6.1.1. Mechanical Actuator Type 6.1.2. Non-Contact Type 6.1.3. Solenoid Lock Type 6.1.4. Hinge Interlock Type 6.2. Safety Relays 6.2.1. Selection Guide 6.2.2. 1NO + 1NC Input Type 6.2.3. 2NC Input Type 6.2.4. Output Expanders 6.2.5. Input Expanders 6.2.6. Two Hand Control Relays 6.2.7. Safety Mat Relays 6.2.8. Stand Still Monitors 6.2.9. Fail-Safe Delay Timer 6.2.10. Muting Relay 6.2.11. IS Rated Safety Relays 6.2.12. Force Guided Plug-In Type 6.3. Safety Light Curtains 6.3.1. Finger & Hand Protection 6.3.2. Body Protection 6.3.3. IP69K Version 6.4. Safety Pull-Wire Switches 6.5. Two Hand Control Stations 6.6. Enabling Switches 6.7. Safety Mats 6.8. Safety Edge Sensors 6.9. Safety Foot Switches 6.10. Safety PLC

6-286 6-288 6-288 6-294 6-301 6-310 6-312 6-312 6-314 6-315 6-318 6-319 6-320 6-321 6-322 6-323 6-323 6-324 6-325 6-326 6-326 6-328 6-329 6-331 6-334 6-335 6-336 6-337 6-338 6-339

6-287


6. Machine safety 6.1. Machine Guard Interlocks

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

6.1.1. Mechanical Actuator Type

Discount Code C6

AZ 17 Series • • • • • • • •

Thermoplastic enclosure IP67 Small body 8 actuating planes Multiple coding Double-insulated High level of contact reliability with low voltages and currents Not sensitive to dirty conditions by virtue of patented roller system

Order Codes

6

Actuator Action

Output Operation

Code

5N Latching Force

2NC

AZ 17-02ZK

1NO + 1NC

AZ 17-11ZK

Description

Code

Straight Actuator

AZ 17/170-B1

Straight Actuator Rubber Mount

AZ 17/170-B1-2245

Straight Actuator 90⁰ Mount

AZ 17/170-B5

Flexible Actuator

AZ 17-B6

Long Straight Actuator

AZ 17/170-B11

Long Straight Actuator 90⁰ mount

AZ 17/170-B15

Accessories Image

6-288

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


6.1. Machine Guard Interlocks

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

6.1.1. Mechanical Actuator Type

Discount Code C6

AZ 16 Series • • • • • • • • •

Thermoplastic enclosure Double-insulated Large wiring compartment Multiple coding High level of contact reliability with low voltages and currents Slotted holes for adjustment, circular holes for location 3 cable entries M 20 x 1.5 LED version available IP67

Order Codes AZ 16 Series Actuator Action

Output Operation

Code

Ejection

1NO + 1NC

AZ 16ZVK-M20

1NO + 2NC

AZ 16-12ZVK-M20

2NC

AZ 16-02ZVK-M20

3NC

AZ 16-03ZVK-M20

30N Latching Force

6

1NO + 1NC

EX-AZ 16ZVK-3D*

1NO + 1NC

AZ 16ZVRK-M20

1NO + 2NC

AZ 16-12ZVRK-M20

2NC

AZ 16-02ZVRK-M20

3NC

AZ 16-03ZVRK-M20

* EX-Version Note: Accessories on next page.

AZ 15 Series • • • • • • • • • •

Thermoplastic enclosure Double-insulated Long life Multiple coding Large wiring compartment High level of contact reliability with low voltages and currents Slotted holes for adjustment, circular holes for location Not sensitive to dirty conditions by virtue of patented roller system 3 cable entries M 20 x 1.5 IP67

Order Codes AZ 15 Series Actuator Action

Output Operation

Code

Ejection

1NC

AZ 15-ZVK-M20

30N Latching Force

1NC

AZ 15-ZVRK-M20

Note: Accessories on next page.

6-289


6. Machine safety 6.1. Machine Guard Interlocks

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

6.1.1. Mechanical Actuator Type

Discount Code C6

AZ 15 & AZ 16-Series Accessories Image

6

6-290

Description

Code

Straight Actuator

AZ 15/16-B1

Straight Actuator - Magnetic Latch

AZ 15/16-B1 – 1747

Straight Actuator – Slot Lip-Seal

AZ 15/16-B1 – 2024

Straight Actuator – Ball Latch

AZ 15/16-B1 – 2053

Straight Actuator – Centring Guide

AZ 15/16-B1 – 2177

Straight Actuator – Flexible for small actuating Radii in line with the plane of the actuator

AZ 15/16-B2

Straight Actuator – Flexible Magnetic Latch for small actuating Radii in line with the plane of the actuator

AZ 15/16-B2 – 1747

Straight Actuator - Flexible for small actuating Radii at 90˚ to the plane of the actuator

AZ 15/16-B3

Straight Actuator – Flexible Magnetic Latch for small actuating Radii at 90˚ to the plane of the actuator

AZ 15/16-B3 – 1747

Straight Actuator – Flexible for small actuating Radii in Line with or 90˚ to the plane of the actuator

AZ 15/16-B6

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


6.1. Machine Guard Interlocks

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

6.1.1. Mechanical Actuator Type

Discount Code C6

AZ 3350 Series • • • • • •

Metal enclosure Heavy Duty Latching handle High level of contact reliability with low voltages and currents 1 Cable entry M 20 x 1.5 IP67

Order Codes Actuator Action

Output Operation

Code

5N Latching Force

3NC

AZ 3350-03ZK

1NO + 2NC

AZ 3350-12ZUEK

Description

Code

Straight Actuator

AZ 3350-B1

Straight Actuator 90⁰ Mount

AZ 3350-B5

Flexible Actuator

AZ 3350-B6

6

Accessories Image

6-291


6. Machine safety 6.1. Machine Guard Interlocks

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

6.1.1. Mechanical Actuator Type

Discount Code C6

AZ 415 Series • • • • • • • •

Metal enclosure Heavy Duty Spring-loaded actuators High level of contact reliability with low voltages and currents Adjustable ball latch to 400 N 2 cable entries M 20 x 1.5 2 switches with different actuating functions in one enclosure IP67

Order Codes Actuator Action

Output Operation

Code

Adjustable Latching Force to 400N

1NO + 1NC 1NO + 1NC

AZ 415-11/11ZPK-M20

2NC 2NC

AZ 415-02/02ZPK-M20

Description

Code

Straight Actuator

AZ/AZM 415-B1

Flexible Actuator In line with actuator

AZ/AZM 415-B2

Flexible Actuator 90º to plane of actuator

AZ/AZM 415-B3

Sliding Actuator w/ Locking Bolt & Ball Latch

AZ/AZM 415-B4PS

6 Accessories Image

6-292

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


6.1. Machine Guard Interlocks

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

6.1.1. Mechanical Actuator Type

Discount Code C6

AZ 200 Series • • • • • • • •

Screw connection Thermoplastic enclosure Self-monitoring series-wiring of 31 sensors Max. length of the sensor chain 200 m 3 LEDs to show operating conditions Permits an offset between actuator and interlock of ± 5 mm vertically and ± 3 mm horizontally Intelligent diagnosis IP67

Order Codes Actuator Action

Output Operation

Code

30N Latching Force

1 Diagnostic O/P + 2 Safety PNP O/P

AZ 200SK-T-1P2P

Description

Code

Straight Actuator Left (Door hinges on left)

AZ/AZM 200-B1-LT

Straight Actuator Right (Door hinges on right)

AZ/AZM 200-B1-RT

Door Handle Actuator Left (Door hinges on left)

AZ/AZM 200-B30-LTAG1

Door Handle Actuator Right (Door hinges on right)

AZ/AZM 200-B30-RTAG1

Door Handle Actuator with Emergency Exit Left (Door hinges on left)

AZ/AZM 200-B30-LTAG1P1

Door Handle Actuator with Emergency Exit Right (Door hinges on right)

AZ/AZM 200-B30-RTAG1P1

6

Accessories Image

6-293


6. Machine safety 6.1. Machine Guard Interlocks

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

6.1.2. Non-Contact Type

Discount Code C6

BNS 16 Series - Coded Magnetic • • • • • • •

Thermoplastic enclosure Suitable for food processing industry Concealed mounting possible IP67 Insensitive to transverse misalignment No mechanical wear 3 cable entries M 20 x 1.5

Order Codes

6

Actuator Action

Output Operation

Code

Axial

1NO + 2NC

BNS 16-12ZV

Rear

BNS 16-12ZU

Front

BNS 16-12ZD

Left

BNS 16-12ZL

Right

BNS 16-12ZR

Left & Right*

BNS 16-12ZLR

*2 Actuators - suitable for double guards

Accessories Image

6-294

Description

Code

Actuator

BPS 16

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


6.1. Machine Guard Interlocks

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

6.1.2. Non-Contact Type

Discount Code C6

BNS 33 Series - Coded Magnetic • • • • • •

Thermoplastic enclosure LED version Concealed mounting possible Insensitive to transverse misalignment IP67 No mechanical wear

Order Codes Actuator Type

Output Operation

LED Indication

Code

Non-Contact Coded Magnetic

1NO + 1NC

No

BNS 33-11Z BNS 33-11Z 5M

6

BNS 33-11Z 10M Yes

BNS 33-11ZG BNS 33-11ZG 5M BNS 33-11ZG 10M BNS 33-12ZG

1NO + 2NC

BNS 33-12ZG 5M BNS 33-12ZG 10M 2NC

No

BNS 33-02Z-2187* BNS 33-02Z-2187 5M* BNS 33-02Z-2187 10M*

Yes

BNS 33-02ZG-2187* BNS 33-02ZG-2187 5M*

1NO + 2NC

No

BNS 33-12Z-2187* BNS 33-12Z-2187 5M* BNS 33-12Z-2187 10M*

Yes

BNS 33-12ZG-2187* BNS 33-12ZG-2187 5M* BNS 33-12ZG-2187 10M*

* Independent Channels

Accessories

13

8,5

Image

Code

Actuator Switching distance 5mm ON 15mm OFF

BPS 33

Actuator Switching distance 8mm ON 18mm OFF

BPS 33-2326

Mounting Spacer

Spacer BN 31/ Spacer BN 33

18,5 25

7

3,5

10

ø5

Description

78 88

6-295


6. Machine safety 6.1. Machine Guard Interlocks

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

6.1.2. Non-Contact Type

Discount Code C6

BNS 250 Series - Coded Magnetic • • • • • • •

LED version Thermoplastic enclosure Small body Concealed mounting possible IP67 No mechanical wear Insensitive to transverse misalignment

Order Codes

6

Actuator Type

Output Operation

LED Indication

Code

Non-Contact Coded Magnetic

1NO + 1NC

No

BNS 250-11Z BNS 250-11Z 5M BNS 250-11Z 10M

Yes

BNS 250-11ZG BNS 250-11ZG 5M BNS 250-11ZG 10M

1NO + 2NC

No

BNS 250-12Z BNS 250-12Z 5M BNS 250-12Z 10M BNS 250-12Z-2187* BNS 250-12Z-2187 5M*

Yes

BNS 250-12ZG BNS 250-12ZG 5M BNS 250-12ZG 10M

* Independent Channels

Accessories Image

6-296

Description

Code

Actuator

BPS 250

Mounting Spacer

Spacer BNS 250

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


6.1. Machine Guard Interlocks

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

6.1.2. Non-Contact Type

Discount Code C6

BNS 260 Series - Coded Magnetic • • • • • • •

Thermoplastic enclosure Small body Concealed mounting possible IP67 No mechanical wear Insensitive to transverse misalignment Connector 8 mm, 6-pole, Latching interlocking

Order Codes Actuator Type

Output Operation

LED Indication

Code

Non-Contact Coded Magnetic

2NC Safety, 1NC Signal

No

BNS 260-02/01Z-L 5M

6

BNS 260-02/01Z-R 5M BNS 260-02/01Z-ST-L BNS 260-02/01Z-ST-R Yes

BNS 260-02/01ZG-ST-L BNS 260-02/01ZG-ST-R

L - door hinge on left hand side R - door hinge on right hand side

Accessories Image

Description

Code

Actuator

BPS 260-1

Actuator 90º to sensor plane

BPS 260-2

Mounting Spacer

Spacer BNS 260

Cable

A-K6P-M8-R-G-5M-GY-1-X-A-4

6-297


6. Machine safety 6.1. Machine Guard Interlocks

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

6.1.2. Non-Contact Type

Discount Code C6

BNS 303 Series - Coded Magnetic • • • • • •

Thermoplastic enclosure IP67 No mechanical wear Ø M30 Suitable for food processing industry Insensitive to transverse misalignment

Order Codes Actuator Type

Output Operation

LED Indication

Code

Non-Contact Coded Magnetic

1NO + 1NC

No

BNS 303-11Z BNS 303-11Z 5M BNS 303-11Z 10M

6

BNS 303-12Z BNS 303-12Z 5M BNS 303-12Z 10M BNS 303-12Z-2187 5M* Yes

BNS 303-11ZG BNS 303-11ZG 5M BNS 303-11ZG 10M BNS 303-12ZG

1NO + 2NC

BNS 303-12ZG 5M BNS 303-12ZG 10M BNS 303-12ZG-2187* BNS 303-12ZG-2187 5M* * Independent Channels

Accessories Image

Description

Code

Actuator - Thermoplastic

BPS 300

Actuator - Thermoplastic Suitable for Food Processing Industry

BPS 303

Actuator - Stainless Steel

BPS 303 SS

90°

14

ø 4,5

ø2

2

15

30

ø 37

ø 30

14

Ø2

2

15

ø 37

ø 30

13,8

1,5

2

15

6-298

M4

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


6.1. Machine Guard Interlocks

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

6.1.2. Non-Contact Type

Discount Code C6

BNS 40S Series - Coded Magnetic

Concealed Mounting

• • • • • •

Stainless steel enclosure Suitable for food processing industry Concealed mounting possible IP69K No mechanical wear Insensitive to transverse misalignment

Order Codes Actuator Type

Output Operation

LED Indication

Code

Non-Contact Coded Magnetic

1NO + 2NC

No

BNS 40S-12Z BNS 40S-12Z 5M

6

BNS 40S-12Z 10M

Standard Mounting

Yes

BNS 40S-12ZG BNS 40S-12ZG 5M BNS 40S-12ZG 10M

No

BNS 40S-12Z-C* BNS 40S-12Z-C 5M* BNS 40S-12Z-C 10M*

Yes

BNS 40S-12ZG-C* BNS 40S-12ZG-C 5M* BNS 40S-12ZG-C 10M*

* Concealed Mounting

Accessories Image

Description

Code

Actuator

BPS 40S-1

Actuator 90⁰ to Sensor

BPS 40S-2

Actuator Concealed Mounting

BPS 40S-1-C

Actuator 90⁰ to Sensor Concealed Mounting

BPS 40S-2-C

6-299


6. Machine safety 6.1. Machine Guard Interlocks

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

6.1.2. Non-Contact Type

Discount Code C6

RSS 36 Series - RFID Coded Magnetic • • • • • • •

Thermoplastic enclosure Electronic contact-free, coded system Misaligned actuation possible 27 mm x 108.2 mm x 35 mm High repeat accuracy of the switching points 2 short-circuit proof PNP safety outputs Integral cross-short, wire-breakage and external voltage monitoring of the safety cables up to the control cabinet

Order Codes Actuator Type

Output Operation

LED Indication

Description

Code

Non-Contact RFID

2 PNP

Yes

Cable

RSS 36-D

Plug-in

RSS 36-D-ST

Latching Magnet

RSS 36-D-R

Plug-in, Latching Magnet

RSS 36-D-R-ST

Plug-in, Serial Diagnostics

RSS 36-SD-ST

Plug-in, Serial Diagnostics, Latching Magnet

RSS 36-SD-R-ST

Cable

RSS 36-I1-D

Plug-in

RSS 36-I1-D-ST

Latching Magnet

RSS 36-I1-D-R

Plug-in, Latching Magnet

RSS 36-I1-D-R-ST

Plug-in, Serial Diagnostics,

RSS 36-I1-SD-ST

Plug-in, Serial Diagnostics, Latching Magnet

RSS 36-I1-SD-R-ST

Cable

RSS 36-I2-D

Plug-in

RSS 36-I2-D-ST

Latching Magnet

RSS 36-I2-D-R

Plug-in, Latching Magnet,

RSS 36-I2-D-R-ST

Plug-in, Serial Diagnostics,

RSS 36-I2-SD-ST

Plug-in, Serial Diagnostics, Latching Magnet

RSS 36-I2-SD-R-ST

6

Non-Contact RFID Unique Coding

Non-Contact RFID Individual Coding

2 PNP

Yes

2 PNP

Yes

Accessories RSS 36 Image

Description

Code

Actuator

RST 36-1

Actuator with Latching Magnet

RST 36-1-R

Sealing Kit

ACC RSS 36-SK

106.3 91

25 18.5

25

91 78

6-300

M12

22

22

74 78

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


6.1. Machine Guard Interlocks

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

6.1.3. Solenoid Lock Type

Discount Code C6

AZM 170 Series • • • • • • • •

Thermoplastic enclosure Double-insulated Compact design 1 Cable entry M 20 x 1.5 IP67 High holding force 1000N Manual release from side Screw connection

Order Codes Actuator Action

Output Operation

Code

Power to Unlock

1NO + 1NC

AZM 170SK-11ZRK-2197 24VACDC AZM 170SK-11ZRK-2197 230VAC

Power to Lock

2NC

AZM 170SK-02ZRK-2197 24VACDC

1NO + 1NC

AZM 170SK-11ZRKA 24VACDC AZM 170SK-11ZRKA 240VAC

2NC

AZM 170SK-02ZRKA 24VACDC

Description

Code

Straight Actuator

AZ 17/170-B1

Straight Actuator with Rubber Mount

AZ 17/170-B1-2245

Straight Actuator 90⁰ Mount

AZ 17/170-B5

Long Straight Actuator

AZ 17/170-B11

Long Straight Actuator 90⁰ mount

AZ 17/170-B15

Flexible Actuator

AZM 170-B6

Unlock Key M5

TK-M5

Accessories Image

6-301

6


6. Machine safety 6.1. Machine Guard Interlocks

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

6.1.3. Solenoid Lock Type

Discount Code C6

AZM 161 Series • • • • • • • •

Thermoplastic enclosure Double-insulated IP67 High holding force 2000N 6 Contacts Large wiring compartment Manual release Cable entries 4 M16 x 1.5

Order Codes

6

Actuator Action

Output Operation

Code

Power to Unlock

1NO + 2NC (Actuator) 1NO + 2NC (Solenoid)

AZM 161SK-12/12RK 24VACDC AZM 161SK-12/12RK 110/230VAC AZM 161SK-12/12RKA 24VACDC

Power to Lock

AZM 161SK-12/12RKA 110/230VAC

Accessories Image

6-302

Description

Code

Actuator

AZM 161-B1

Actuator Flexible

AZM 161-B6

Actuator with Centring Guide

AZM 161-B1-2177

Actuator Flexible with Centring Guide

AZM 161-B6 -2177

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


6.1. Machine Guard Interlocks

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

6.1.3. Solenoid Lock Type

Discount Code C6

AZM 190 Series • • • • • • • • • •

Thermoplastic enclosure Interlock with protection against incorrect locking Holding force 1950N IP67 Actuating head can be repositioned by 4 x 90° 2 cable entries M 20 x 1.5 Manual release Wiring compartment Slim design, particularly suitable for fitting on hinged doors, aluminium profiles and fencing Sealing mechanism to prevent the ingress of dirt

Order Codes

6

Actuator Action

Output Operation

Code

Power to Unlock

1NC (Actuator) 1NO + 1NC (Solenoid)

AZM 190-11/01RK-M20 24VACDC

1NO (Actuator) 2NC (Solenoid)

AZM 190-02/10RK-M20 24VACDC

1NC (Actuator) 1NO + 1NC (Solenoid)

AZM 190-11/01RKA-M20 24VACDC

Description

Code

Actuator

AZM 190 - B1

Actuator Flexible

AZM 190 - B3/2x15

Power to Lock

AZM 190-02/10RKA-M20 24VACDC

Accessories Image

6-303


6. Machine safety 6.1. Machine Guard Interlocks

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

6.1.3. Solenoid Lock Type

Discount Code C6

AZM 300 Series • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

6

Suitable for mounting to profile systems Thermoplastic enclosure 3 different directions of actuation Compact design Electronic contact-free, coded system 3 LEDs to show operating conditions Resistant to cleaning agents Suitable for hinged and sliding guards Series-wiring Manual release Connector M12, 8-pole Power to unlock / Power to lock Actuator monitored / Guard locking monitored Diagnostic output / Serial output Protection class IP66, IP67 to IEC/EN 60529, IP69K to DIN 40050-9 Holding force 1000N

Order Codes Actuator Action

Output Operation

Coding

Diagnostic/Serial Output Code

Power to Lock Guard locking monitored

2 PNP

Universal

Diagnostic

AZM300Z-ST-1P2P-A

Serial

AZM300Z-ST-SD2P-A

Diagnostic

AZM300Z-I2-ST-1P2P-A

Serial

AZM300Z-I2-ST-SD2P-A

Diagnostic

AZM300Z-I1-ST-1P2P-A

Serial

AZM300Z-I1-ST-SD2P-A

Diagnostic

AZM300B-ST-1P2P-A

Serial

AZM300B-ST-SD2P-A

Diagnostic

AZM300B-I2-ST-1P2P-A

Serial

AZM300B-I2-ST-SD2P-A

Diagnostic

AZM300B-I1-ST-1P2P-A

Individual Unique Power to Lock Actuator monitored

2 PNP

Universal Individual Unique

Power to Unlock Guard locking monitored

2 PNP

Universal Individual Unique

Power to Unlock Actuator monitored

2 PNP

Universal Individual Unique

Serial

AZM300B-I1-ST-SD2P-A

Diagnostic

AZM300Z-ST-1P2P

Serial

AZM300Z-ST-SD2P

Diagnostic

AZM300Z-I2-ST-1P2P

Serial

AZM300Z-I2-ST-SD2P

Diagnostic

AZM300Z-I1-ST-1P2P

Serial

AZM300Z-I1-ST-SD2P

Diagnostic

AZM300B-ST-1P2P

Serial

AZM300B-ST-SD2P

Diagnostic

AZM300B-I2-ST-1P2P

Serial

AZM300B-I2-ST-SD2P

Diagnostic

AZM300B-I1-ST-1P2P

Serial

AZM300B-I1-ST-SD2P

Accessories Image

6-304

Description

Code

Actuator

AZ/AZM 300-B1

Mounting Plate

MP-AZ/AZM 300-1

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


6.1. Machine Guard Interlocks 6.1.3. Solenoid Lock Type

AZM300 Series Components

Mounting Plate

Actuator

Switch

AZM 300

6

AZM 300 Series Wireing

526 1 3748

SD OUT X1 X2 24V GND Y2 Y1 SD IN

SD OUT X1 X2 24V GND Y2 Y1 SD IN

526 1 3748

SD IN Y1 Y2

SD OUT X1 X2

SD IN Y1 Y2

24 VDC GND

Mounting Plate

Actuator

6-305


6. Machine safety 6.1. Machine Guard Interlocks

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

6.1.3. Solenoid Lock Type

Discount Code C6

AZM 200 Series • • • • • • • • • • •

Thermoplastic enclosure Guard locking monitored Electronic contact-free, coded system Self-monitoring series-wiring of 31 sensors Max. length of the sensor chain 200 m 3 LEDs to show operating conditions Sensor technology permits an offset between actuator and interlock of ± 5 mm vertically and ± 3 mm horizontally Intelligent diagnosis Manual release Holding force 2000N IP65

Order Codes

6

Actuator Action

Output Operation

Code

Power to Unlock

1 Diagnostic PNP 2 Safety PNP

AZM 200SK-T-1P2PW

Description

Code

Actuator Left

AZ/AZM 200 - B1-LT

Actuator Right

AZ/AZM 200 - B1-RT

Actuator with Door Handle Left

AZ/AZM 200 - B30-LTAG1

Actuator with Door Handle Right

AZ/AZM 200 - B30-RTAG1

Actuator with Door Handle Left with Emergency Exit

AZ/AZM 200 - B30-LTAG1P1

Actuator with Door Handle Right with Emergency Exit

AZ/AZM 200 - B30-RTAG1P1

Power to Lock

AZM 200SK-T-1P2PWA

Accessories Image

6-306

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


6.1. Machine Guard Interlocks

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

6.1.3. Solenoid Lock Type

Discount Code C6

AZM 415 Series • • • • • • • • • •

Metal enclosure Interlock with protection against incorrect locking. Robust design IP67 2 cable entries M 20 x 1.5 Cut clamp termination Adjustable ball latch to 400 N 2 switches in one enclosure Problem-free opening of stressed doors by means of bell-crank system High holding force 3500N

Order Codes Actuator Action

Output Operation

Code

Power to Unlock

1NO + 1NC (Actuator) 1NO + 1NC (Solenoid)

AZM 415-11/11ZPK 24VACDC AZM 415-11/11ZPK 230VAC

Power to Lock

AZM 415-11/11ZPKA 24VACDC

Power to Unlock

AZM 415-11/11ZPKF 24VACDC

AZM 415-11/11ZPKA 230VAC

Accessories Image

Description

Code

Actuator

AZ/AZM 415 B1

Actuator Flexible with small actuating Radii in line with plane off actuator

AZ/AZM 415 B2

Actuator Flexible with small actuating Radii 90˚ to plane of actuator

AZ/AZM 415 B3

Actuator Flexible with Centring Guide

AZ/AZM 415 B4PS

Unlock Key M5

TK-M5

6-307

6


6. Machine safety 6.1. Machine Guard Interlocks

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

6.1.3. Solenoid Lock Type

Discount Code C6

MZM 100 Series • • • • • • • • • • • •

6

Guard locking monitored Automatic latching Electronic contact-free, coded system Thermoplastic enclosure Max. length of the sensor chain 200 m 3 LEDs to show operating conditions Sensor technology permits an offset between actuator and interlock of ± 5 mm vertically and ± 3 mm horizontally Intelligent diagnosis Self-monitoring series-wiring of 31 sensors Connector M12, 8-pole Power to lock IP67

Order Codes Actuator Action

Output Operation

Code

Power to Lock

1 Diagnostic PNP 2 Safety PNP

MZM 100 ST2-1P2PW-A

Accessories Description

Code

Actuator

MZM 100 - B1.1

Mounting Kit

MS MZM 100-W

Cable 5M

A-K8P-M12-S-G-5M-BK-1-X-A-2

Cable 10M

A-K8P-M12-S-G-10M-BK-1-X-A-2

MZM 100ST2- 1P2PW-A

6-308

MZM 100ST2- 1P2PW-A

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


6.1. Machine Guard Interlocks

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

6.1.3. Solenoid Lock Type

Discount Code C6

MZM 120 Series • • • • • • • • • •

Thermoplastic enclosure Metal components with hygiene-compliant NEDOX® SF-2 coating Safety switches must be used as end stop Electronic contact-free, coded system Variably adjustable latching 3 LEDs to show operating conditions Sensor technology permits an offset between actuator & interlock of ± 5 mm vertically and ± 3 mm horizontally Intelligent diagnosis Self-monitoring series-wiring of 31 sensors Protection class IP67 / IP69K

Order Codes Actuator Action

Output Operation

Code

Power to Lock

1 Diagnostic PNP 2 Safety PNP

MZM 120B ST2- 1P2PW2RE-A* MZM 120BM ST2- 1P2PW2RE-A**

* B - Enabling Signal when Safety Guard is closed. ** BM - Enabling Signal when Safety Guard is closed and locked.

Accessories Description

Code

Actuator

MZM 120 - B1.1

Mounting Kit

MS MZM 100-W

Cable 5M

A-K8P-M12-S-G-5M-BK-1-X-A-2

Cable 10M

A-K8P-M12-S-G-10M-BK-1-X-A-2

Cable 5m IP69K

A-K8P-M12-S-G-5M-BK-1-X-A-4-69

MZM 120B ST2- 1P2PW2RE-A

MZM 120B ST2- 1P2PW2RE-A

6-309

6


6. Machine safety 6.1. Machine Guard Interlocks

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

6.1.4. Hinge Interlock Type

Discount Code C6

TC Series • • • • •

Flap Hinge Switch IP67 Good resistance to oil and petroleum spirit Actuator heads can be repositioned by 4 x 90° 1 Cable entry M 20 x 1.5

Order Codes

T5C 236-11Z-M20

Body Material

Actuator Action

Output Operation

Code

Metal

Left Hand Door

1NO + 1NC

T3C 235-11Z-M20 T4C 235-11Z-M20

Swing Door

T5C 235-11Z-M20

Right Hand Door Thermoplastic

6

Left Hand Door

1NO + 1NC

T3C 236-11Z-M20

Swing Door

T4C 236-11Z-M20

Right Hand Door

T5C 236-11Z-M20

T5C 235-11Z-M20

TVS 335 Series • • • • • •

Metal enclosure Good resistance to oil and petroleum spirit Actuator heads can be repositioned by 4 x 90° Actuator shaft can be turned 360° 1 Cable entry M 20 x 1.5 IP67

Order Codes

6-310

Actuator Action

Output Operation

Code

10mm Shaft

1NO + 1NC

TV10S 335-11Z-M20

2NC

TV10S 335-02Z-M20

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


6.1. Machine Guard Interlocks

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

6.1.4. Hinge Interlock Type

Discount Code C6

TESZ Series

TESZ1102/S

• • • • • • • •

Thermoplastic enclosure Double-insulated Good resistance to oil and petroleum spirit Simple fitting, especially on 40 mm profiles Universal fitting on guards hinged on left or right-hand side Fixing holes for M6 countersunk screws to DIN 965 2 cable entries M 20 x 1.5 IP65

Order Codes Actuator Action

Output Operation

Code

Left or Right Hand Doors

1NO + 2NC

TESZ1102/S

1NO + 2NC

TESZ1102

TES/S

Additional Hinge Left or Right Hand Doors (Including additional hinge)

6

TES/S

TESF Series

TESZ1102/S

• • • • • •

Metal enclosure Good resistance to oil and petroleum spirit For left or right hinged doors Simple mounting, suitable for all conventional profile systems ( 30 ... 60mm) Adjustable switching angle IP67

Order Codes Actuator Action

Output Operation

Code

Left or Right Hand Doors (Including additional hinge)

2NO + 2NC

TESF/U

Additional Hinge

TESF/S

Adjustment Tool

TESF-14

TESF/S

6-311


6. Machine safety 6.2. Safety Relays

6.2.1. Selection Guide

Safety Relay Selection Guide

Category

6

Input Type E-Stops

Electromechanical Safety Switches

Coded Magnetic

Light Curtain

Safety Mats

3

3

3/4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

NO/NC Input 2NC Input

6-312

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


6.2. Safety Relays

6.2.1. Selection Giude

Input Type Two Hand Control

Failsafe Time Delay

Standstill Monitor

• • •

• • •

Reset

Safety Relay

Page reference

Auto

AZS 2305

6-323

Auto/Manual

FWS 1205C

6-322

Auto/Manual

SRB 201 LC

6-315

Manual Monitored

SRB 201 ZH

6-320

Auto/Manual Monitored

SRB 207 AN

6-314

Auto/Manual Monitored

SRB 301 AN

6-314

Auto/Manual

SRB 301 LC

6-315

Manual Monitored

SRB 301 MA

6-316

Auto/Manual

SRB 301 MC

6-316

Auto/Manual Monitored

SRB 301 ST V.2

6-317

Auto/Manual

AZR 31 S1

6-322

Auto

SRB 301 HC/T

6-321

Manual Monitored

SRB 301 HC/R

6-320, 6-321

NO/NC Input 2NC Input

6-313

6


6. Machine safety 6.2. Safety Relays

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

6.2.2. 1NO + 1NC Input Type Discount Code C6

SRB 207AN Series Order Codes Input Devices

Input Type

Safety Category Safety Outputs

Auxiliary Outputs

Reset

Code

E-Stop Position Switch Solenoid Interlock Magnetic Switch Multi Evaluation of up to 6 Safety Guards

NO/NC

3

6

Auto/Manual Monitored

SRB 207 AN-24VDC

2 (STOP 0)

SRB 207 AN-230VDC

SRB 207 AN-24VDC

6 SRB 207 AN-24VDC

SRB 301AN Series Order Codes Input Devices

Input Type

Safety Category Safety Outputs

Auxiliary Outputs

Reset

Code

E-Stop Position Switch Solenoid Interlock Magnetic Switch

NO/NC

4

1

Auto/Manual Monitored

SRB 301 AN 24VAC/DC

3 (STOP 0)

SRB 301 AN

SRB 301 AN

6-314

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


6.2. Safety Relays

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

6.2.3. 2NC Input Type Discount Code C6

SRB 201LC Series Order Codes Input Devices

Input Type

Safety Category Safety Outputs

Auxiliary Outputs

Reset

Code

E-Stop Position Switch Solenoid Interlock

2NC

3/4

1

Auto/Manual

SRB 201 LC 24VAC/DC

2 (STOP 0)

SRB 201 LC

L1 J

SRB 201 LC

A1

KB

6

S KA

S22 X1 X2

S12 S11

13 23

F1

a) Ui K1

K1

KA

K2

KB

K2

A2

Y1

14 24 KA

KB N

SRB 301LC Series Order Codes Input Devices

Input Type

Safety Category Safety Outputs

Auxiliary Outputs

Reset

Code

E-Stop Position Switch Solenoid Interlock

2NC

4

1

Auto/Manual

SRB 301 LC 24VAC/DC

3 (STOP 0)

SRB 301 LC

SRB 301 LC

6-315


6. Machine safety 6.2. Safety Relays

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

6.2.3. 2NC Input Type

Discount Code C6

SRB 301MA Series Order Codes Input Devices

Input Type

Safety Category Safety Outputs

Auxiliary Outputs

Reset

Code

E-Stop Position Switch Solenoid Interlock Magnetic Switch

2NC

4

1

Manual Monitored

SRB 301 MA 24VAC/DC

3 (STOP 0)

SRB 301 MA

6 SRB 301 MA

SRB 301MC Series Order Codes Input Devices

Input Type

Safety Category Safety Outputs

Auxiliary Outputs

Reset

Code

Position Switch Magnetic Switch E-Stop Solenoid Interlock Light Curtain

2NC or 2PNP

4

1

Auto/Manual

SRB 301 MC 24 VAC/DC

3 (STOP 0)

SRB 301 MC

SRB 301 MC

6-316

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


6.2. Safety Relays

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

6.2.3. 2NC Input Type Discount Code C6

SRB 301ST V.2 Series Order Codes Input Devices

Input Type

Safety Category

Safety Outputs

Auxiliary Outputs

Reset

Code

E-Stop Position Switch Solenoid Interlock Light Curtain Magnetic Switch

2NC or 2 PNP

4

3 (STOP 0)

1

Auto/Manual Monitored

SRB 301 ST V.2 24 VAC/DC

SRB 301 ST V.2

6 SRB 301 ST V.2

SRB 301 ST V.2

6-317


6. Machine safety 6.2. Safety Relays

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

6.2.4. Output Expanders Discount Code C6

SRB 401EM Series Order Codes Description

Input Type

Output Expander Safety Relay Module

Safety Category Safety Outputs

Auxiliary Outputs

Reset

Code

Up to 4

1

Automatic

SRB 401EM-230V

4 (STOP 0)

SRB 401EM-230V

L1

6

X1

13 23

13 23 33 43

X1

A1 F1

51

K1

Ansteuerlogik/ Control circuit K1

K1 K2

K2

X2

K1

14 24

K2

K2

A2

X2

SRB.. N

14 24 34 44 52 SRB 401EM

SRB 402EM Series Order Codes Description

Input Type

Output Expander Safety Relay Module

Safety Category Safety Outputs

Auxiliary Outputs

Reset

Code

Up to 4

2

Automatic

SRB 402EM 24VAC/DC

4 (STOP 0)

SRB 402EM-24V

24V

X1

13 23

X1

A1 F1

Ansteuerlogik/ Control circuit

13 23 33 43 51

61

K1 K2

K1

K3 K3

K2

X2

SRB..

K1

14 24

A2

K2

K4

X2

K4

14 24 34 44 52 62

SRB 402EM

0V

6-318

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


6.2. Safety Relays

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

6.2.5. Input Expanders Discount Code C6

PROTECT – PE Series • • •

Input Expander Cascading possible for up to 80 sensors. Protection class IP20

Order Codes

PROTECT – PE-11

Input Devices

Input Type

Safety Category Auxiliary Outputs

Signaling Outputs

Reset

Code

Up to 4 Sensors E-Stop Position Switch Solenoid Interlock Magnetic Switch

1NO + 1NC

Up to 3

2 (STOP 0)

5

Automatic

PROTECT – PE-11

Up to 4 Sensors E-Stop Position Switch Solenoid Interlock Magnetic Switch Light Curtains

2NC or 2 PNP

Up to 3

2 (STOP 0)

5

Automatic

PROTECT – PE-02

6

PROTECT – PE-02

Dual-channel antivalent control

Magnetic safety switch to IEC 60947-5-3; a) Signalling outputs

Emergency stop circuit to EN ISO 13850 and EN 60947-5-5; a) Signalling outputs

Guard door monitoring to EN 1088; a) Signalling outputs

6-319


6. Machine safety 6.2. Safety Relays

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

6.2.6. Two Hand Control Relays Discount Code C6

SRB 201ZH Series Order Codes Input Devices

Input Type

Safety Category Safety Outputs

Auxiliary Outputs

Reset

Code

2 Hand Control Station

NO/NC + NO/NC

Up to 4

1

Automatic

SRB 201ZH 24VDC

2 (STOP 0)

SRB 201ZH-24VDC

L1

6 A1 A1.1 A2.1 S11 S12 S21 S22 X1 X2 13 23 F3

SRB 201ZH-24VDC

31

F2

F1

K1

Control logic

K2 K1 K2

A2

14 24

32

SRB 201ZH KB KA

N 3

M

SRB 301HC/R Series Order Codes Input Devices

Input Type

Safety Category Safety Outputs

Auxiliary Outputs

Reset

Code

2 Hand Control Station

2 NC

Up to 4

1

Automatic/ Manual Monitored

SRB 301 HC/R 24VAC/DC

3 (STOP 0)

SRB 301HC/R-24V

L1

A

SRB 301HC/R-24V

S13 S14 S23 S24 X2 X3

A1

13 23 33 41

F1

Ansteuerlogik/ Control circuit

K1 S

ON K2 IN A

K1

K2

IN B

OUT

A2

14 24 34 42 SRB 301HC/R KB KA

N 3

6-320

M

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


6.2. Safety Relays

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

6.2.7. Safety Mat Relays Discount Code C6

SRB 301HC/R Series Order Codes Input Devices

Input Type

Safety Category Safety Outputs

Auxiliary Outputs

Reset

Code

Safety Mat

2 NC

Up to 4

1

Automatic/ Manual Monitored

SRB 301HC/R 24VAC/DC

3 (STOP 0)

SRB 301HC/R

L1

A

SRB 301HC/R-24V

S13 S14 S23 S24 X2 X3

A1

6

13 23 33 41

F1

Ansteuerlogik/ Control circuit

K1 S

ON K2 IN A

K2

K1

IN B

OUT

A2

14 24 34 42 SRB 301HC/R KB KA

N 3

M

SRB 301HC/T Series Order Codes Input Devices

Input Type

Safety Category Safety Outputs

Auxiliary Outputs

Reset

Code

Safety Mat

2 N/C

Up to 4

1

Automatic/ Manual

SRB 301HC/T 24VAC/DC

3 (STOP 0)

SRB 301HC/T

L1

A

SRB 301HC/T

S13 S14 S23 S24 X2 X1

A1

13 23 33 41

F1

Ansteuerlogik/ Control circuit

K1 S

ON K2 IN A

K1

K2

IN B

OUT

A2

14 24 34 42 SRB 301HC/T KB KA

N 3

M

6-321


6. Machine safety 6.2. Safety Relays

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

6.2.8. Stand Still Monitors Discount Code C6

AZR 31 S1 Series Order Codes Description

Input Type

Safety Category Safety Outputs

Auxiliary Outputs

Reset

Code

Sensor-free detection of standstill by monitoring E.M.F.

3-Phase Motor

Up to 4

1

Automatic

AZR 31 S1 24 VDC

3 (STOP 0)

AZR 31 S1 24 VAC AZR 31 S1 230 VAC

AZR 31 S1 AZR 31 S1

6

FWS 1205 C Series Order Codes Description

Input Type

Safety Category Safety Outputs

Signal Outputs

Reset

Code

Detects standstill using 2 impulse sensors

2 x PNP Proximity Sensors

Up to 3

2

Automatic

FWS 1205 C 24VDC

2 (STOP 0)

FWS 1205 C

AZM 161 K3 K4 13

14

33

22

21

34

41

42

52

51

63

64

A1 A2 3

M

0V

N FWS 1205 C

L1

L1 +24 VDC

+24 VDC

E A1

A1

S13

S14

S21

S22

13

23

A1

A1

X2

X1

13

23

14

24

K1

100mA

max.

max.

K1

K2 100mA K2 A2

A2

Y1

Y2

X1

X2

14

24

A2

0V

K4

AES 1235

6-322

A2

Y1

Y2

X3 R

K3

N

0V +24 VDC

FWS 1205

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


6.2. Safety Relays

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

6.2.9. Fail-Safe Delay Timer 6.2.10. Muting Relay

6.2.8..

6.2.9. Discount Code C6

AZS 2305 Series - Fail-Safe Delay Timer Order Codes Description

Input Type

Safety Category Safety Outputs

Signal Outputs

Reset

Code

Fail-Safe Delay Timer 0.1s to 99 min

Stop Signal

Up to 3

2

Automatic

AZS 2305 24VDC

3 (STOP 0)

AZS 2305 AZS 2305

AZM 161

6 13

14

33

22

21

34

42

41

52

51

63

A1 A2

64

N

H1

L1

+24 VDC

L1

0V +24 VDC

0 S13

A1

A1

S14

S21

S22

E

23

13

Y1

A1

Y2

13

23

33

14

24

34

max. 100mA max.

100mA

K1 K1 K2 K2

A2

A2

Y1

X2

X1

Y2

A2

24

14

S13

S14

S21

S22

0V

AZS 2305

K3

0V

K4

AES 1235

N 3

M

H2

S

SRB 202 MSL Series - Muting Relay Order Codes Description

Input Type

Safety Category Safety Outputs

Signal Outputs

Reset

Code

Muting Signaling Device Monitoring

2 NC

Up to 4

2

Automatic

SRB 202 MSL 24VDC

2 (STOP 0)

J

L S1 S3 S2 S4

KB S KA

SRB 202 MSL

MasterReset A1 MR X1 X2 S11 S12 S13 S21 S22 S23 L84 L54 LA1 LA2 X13 13 23 X23 F2

Ansteuerlogik und Lampen端berwachung/ Control circuit

F1

K1 K2

F3

KA

K3 K4

K1

A2

K2

K3

K4

K5

KB

K5

14 24 KA

KB

N 6-323


6. Machine safety 6.2. Safety Relays

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

6.2.11. IS Rated Safety Relays Discount Code C6

SRB 200 EXI-1R / SRB 200 EXI-1A Series Order Codes Input Devices

Input Type

Safety Category

Safety Outputs

Auxiliary Outputs Reset

Code

E-Stop Position Switch Solenoid Interlock Magnetic Switch

2 NC

Up to 4

2 (STOP 0)

0

Manual Monitored Reset with Trailing Edge

SRB 200 EXI-1R 24VDC

Automatic

SRB 200 EXI-1A 24VDC

SRB 200 EXI-1R SRB 200 EXI-1A

6

L1 J KB

a)

S KA

SRB 200 EXI-1R

A1

0V S12 S11 S21 S22 X1 X2

13 23

F1 KA

nQS QS

b) UEXi

F2

c) UB

A2

Ui

K1

KB

K1

K2

K2

PA PA

14 KA

24 KB N

SRB 200 EXI-1A

6-324

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


6.2. Safety Relays

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

6.2.12. Force Guided Plug-In Type Discount Code C8

SFS Series •

Forcibly guided contact structure (EN50205 ClassA TÜV recognized)

Order Codes Contact

No. of Poles

Contact Rating

LED Indication

Coil Type

Code

2 N/O, 2N/C

4

6A

Yes

24VDC

SFS2-L-DC24V SFS3-L-DC24V

3 N/O, 1N/C 4 N/O, 2N/C

SFS4-L-DC24V

6

5 N/O, 1N/C

SFS5-L-DC24V

3 N/O, 3N/C

SFS6-L-DC24V

6

Accessories Description

For use with

Code

DIN Rail Base

4 Pole Relays

SFS4-SFD

6 Pole Relays

SFS6-SFD

SFS 4 Pole Relay Terminals

SFS 6 Pole Relay Terminals

SFS 4 Pole Base Dimensions & Schematic

SFS 6 Pole Base Dimensions & Schematic

6-325


6. Machine safety 6.3. Safety Light Curtains

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

6.3.1. Finger & Hand Protection

SLC 440 Series • • • • • •

Safety type 4 in accordance with IEC 61496-1 User-friendly parameter setting, no tools required Reliable safety concept in case of interferences (EMC, welding sparks) Integrated set-up tool IP67 Integrated fixed & floating blanking

Order Codes Resolution

Protected Height

Code

14mm Finger Protection

170mm

SLC 440-E/R0170-14-01

250mm

SLC 440-E/R0250-14-01

330mm

SLC 440-E/R0330-14-01

410mm

SLC 440-E/R0410-14-01

490mm

SLC 440-E/R0490-14-01

570mm

SLC 440-E/R0570-14-01

650mm

SLC 440-E/R0650-14-01

730mm

SLC 440-E/R0730-14-01

810mm

SLC 440-E/R0810-14-01

890mm

SLC 440-E/R0890-14-01

970mm

SLC 440-E/R0970-14-01

1050mm

SLC 440-E/R1050-14-01

1130mm

SLC 440-E/R1130-14-01

1210mm

SLC 440-E/R1210-14-01

6

Order Codes

6-326

Resolution

Protected Height

Code

30mm Hand Protection

170mm

SLC 440-E/R0170-30-01

250mm

SLC 440-E/R0250-30-01

330mm

SLC 440-E/R0330-30-01

410mm

SLC 440-E/R0410-30-01

490mm

SLC 440-E/R0490-30-01

570mm

SLC 440-E/R0570-30-01

650mm

SLC 440-E/R0650-30-01

730mm

SLC 440-E/R0730-30-01

810mm

SLC 440-E/R0810-30-01

890mm

SLC 440-E/R0890-30-01

970mm

SLC 440-E/R0970-30-01

1050mm

SLC 440-E/R1050-30-01

1130mm

SLC 440-E/R1130-30-01

1210mm

SLC 440-E/R1210-30-01

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


6.3. Safety Light Curtains

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

6.3.1. Finger & Hand Protection

Dimensions Type

(A) Protected Height

(B) Mounting Dimension

(C) Total Length

SLC440-ER-0170-XX

170

264

283

SLC440-ER-0250-XX

250

344

363

SLC440-ER-0330-XX

330

424

443

SLC440-ER-0410-XX

410

504

523

SLC440-ER-0490-XX

490

584

603

SLC440-ER-0570-XX

570

664

683

SLC440-ER-0650-XX

650

744

763

SLC440-ER-0730-XX

730

824

843

SLC440-ER-0810-XX

810

904

923

SLC440-ER-0890-XX

890

984

1003

SLC440-ER-0970-XX

970

1064

1083

SLC440-ER-1050-XX

1050

1144

1163

SLC440-ER-1130-XX

1130

1224

1243

SLC440-ER-1210-XX

1210

1304

1323

SLC440-ER-1290-XX

1290

1384

1403

SLC440-ER-1370-XX

1370

1464

1483

SLC440-ER-1450-XX

1450

1544

1563

SLC440-ER-1530-XX

1530

1624

1643

SLC440-ER-1610-XX

1610

1704

1723

SLC440-ER-1690-XX

1690

1784

1803

SLC440-ER-1770-XX

1770

1864

1883

6

Accessories SLC 440 Description

Cable Lengh

Type

Code

Emitter Cable

5m

M12

KA 0804

10m

M12

20m

M12

KA 0904

Receiver Cable Emitter Cable Emitter Cable Receiver Cable

KA 0805 KA 0905

Receiver Cable

KA 0808 KA 0908

6-327


6. Machine safety 6.3. Safety Light Curtains

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

6.3.2. Body Protection

SLG 440 Series • • • • •

Safety type 4 in accordance with IEC 61496-1 User-friendly parameter setting, no tools required Reliable safety concept in case of interferences (EMC, welding sparks) Integrated set-up tool IP67

Order Codes Resolution

Protected Height

Code

500mm – 2 Beam

500mm

SLG 440-E/R0500-02-01

800mm – 3 Beam

800mm

SLC 440-E/R0800-03-01

900mm – 4 Beam

900mm

SLC 440-E/R0900-04-01

6 Accessories Description

Cable Lengh

Type

Code

Emitter Cable

5m

M12

KA 0804

10m

M12

20m

M12

KA 0904

Receiver Cable Emitter Cable

KA 0805 KA 0905

Receiver Cable Emitter Cable

KA 0808 KA 0908

Receiver Cable

Dimensions Type

6-328

(A) Beam Distance

(B) Mounting Dimension

(C) Total Length

L1

L2

SLG440-ER-0500-02-01

500

624

643

358.5

317.5

SLG440-ER-0800-03-01

400

924

943

258.5

217.5

SLG440-ER-0900-04-01

300

1024

1043

258.5

217.5

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


6.3. Safety Light Curtains

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

6.3.3. IP69K Version

SLC 420 IP69K Series • • • • •

Protection class IP69K Designed for Food & Beverage Industry Safety type 4 in accordance with IEC 61496-1 Resolution 14 mm & 30 mm Protection field height from 170 mm … 1450 mm

Order Codes Resolution

Protected Height

Code

14mm Finger Protection

170mm

SLC 420-E/R0170-14-69-RFB

250mm

SLC 420-E/R0250-14-69-RFB

330mm

SLC 420-E/R0330-14-69-RFB

410mm

SLC 420-E/R0410-14-69-RFB

490mm

SLC 420-E/R0490-14-69-RFB

570mm

SLC 420-E/R0570-14-69-RFB

650mm

SLC 420-E/R0650-14-69-RFB

730mm

SLC 420-E/R0730-14-69-RFB

810mm

SLC 420-E/R0810-14-69-RFB

890mm

SLC 420-E/R0890-14-69-RFB

970mm

SLC 420-E/R0970-14-69-RFB

1050mm

SLC 420-E/R1050-14-69-RFB

1130mm

SLC 420-E/R1130-14-69-RFB

1210mm

SLC 420-E/R1210-14-69-RFB

1290mm

SLC 420-E/R12910-14-69-RFB

1370mm

SLC 420-E/R1370-14-69-RFB

1450mm

SLC 420-E/R1450-14-69-RFB

Order Codes Resolution

Protected Height

Code

30mm Hand Protection

170mm

SLC 420-E/R0170-30-69-RFB

250mm

SLC 420-E/R0250-30-69-RFB

330mm

SLC 420-E/R0330-30-69-RFB

410mm

SLC 420-E/R0410-30-69-RFB

490mm

SLC 420-E/R0490-30-69-RFB

570mm

SLC 420-E/R0570-30-69-RFB

650mm

SLC 420-E/R0650-30-69-RFB

730mm

SLC 420-E/R0730-30-69-RFB

810mm

SLC 420-E/R0810-30-69-RFB

890mm

SLC 420-E/R0890-30-69-RFB

970mm

SLC 420-E/R0970-30-69-RFB

1050mm

SLC 420-E/R1050-30-69-RFB

1130mm

SLC 420-E/R1130-30-69-RFB

1210mm

SLC 420-E/R1210-30-69-RFB

1290mm

SLC 420-E/R1290-30-69-RFB

1370mm

SLC 420-E/R1370-30-69-RFB

1450mm

SLC 420-E/R1450-30-69-RFB

6-329

6


6. Machine safety 6.3. Safety Light Curtains

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

6.3.3. IP69K Version

Dimensions - SLC 420 Series Type

6

(A) Protection Field Height

(B) Sensor Length

(C) Mounting Dimension

(D) Total Lengthd

SLC 420-E/R0170-xx-69-RFB

170

267

315

351

SLC 420-E/R0250-xx-69-RFB

250

347

395

431

SLC 420-E/R0330-xx-69-RFB

330

427

475

511

SLC 420-E/R0410-xx-69-RFB

410

507

555

591

SLC 420-E/R0490-xx-69-RFB

490

587

635

671

SLC 420-E/R0570-xx-69-RFB

570

667

715

751

SLC 420-E/R0650-xx-69-RFB

650

747

795

831

SLC 420-E/R0730-xx-69-RFB

730

827

875

911

SLC 420-E/R0810-xx-69-RFB

810

907

955

991

SLC 420-E/R0890-xx-69-RFB

890

987

1035

1071

SLC 420-E/R0970-xx-69-RFB

970

1067

1115

1151

SLC 420-E/R1050-xx-69-RFB

1050

1147

1195

1231

SLC 420-E/R1130-xx-69-RFB

1130

1227

1275

1311

SLC 420-E/R1210-xx-69-RFB

1210

1307

1355

1391

SLC 420-E/R1290-xx-69-RFB

1290

1387

1435

1471

SLC 420-E/R1370-xx-69-RFB

1370

1467

1515

1551

SLC 420-E/R1450-xx-69-RFB

1450

1547

1595

1631

Accessories - SLC 420 Description

Cable Lengh

Type

Code

Emitter Cable

5m

M12

KA 0804

10m

M12

20m

M12

KA 0904

Receiver Cable Emitter Cable Emitter Cable Receiver Cable

6-330

KA 0805 KA 0905

Receiver Cable

KA 0808 KA 0908

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


6.4. Safety Pull-Wire Switches

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

Discount Code C6

ZQ 700 Series • • • • • • • • •

Thermoplastic enclosure One-side operation / wire up to 10 m long Release push button Position indicator Large wiring compartment Twisting of towing eye not possible Wire pull and breakage detection One tension force for cable lengths up to 10 m IP67 Rated

Order Codes Wire Rope Length

Output Operation

Code

1-10m

1NO + 1NC

ZQ 700-11

2NC

ZQ 700-02

Operation

Code

Wire Rope-Stainless Steel Inner, Red PVC Outer per meter

1155097SS

Eyebolt 8 x 70 mm (ea)

1192471

Wire clamp (ea)

1203478

Turnbuckle (ea)

1087930

Tension spring (ea)

1186696

Thimble (ea)

1203476

Shackle (ea)

1186490

6

Accessories Image

Pull-Wire Installation Kit Each kit comprises of a suitable amount of Stainless Steel Red PVC Wire Rope, Eyebolts, Wire Clamps, Turnbuckle, Tension Spring, Thimbles and Shackles. Order Codes Operation

Code

10m Installation Kit

TZQ-10KIT

6-331


6. Machine safety 6.4. Safety Pull-Wire Switches

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

Discount Code C6

ZQ 900 Series • • • • • • • • • •

Metal enclosure One-side operation / wire up to 50 m long Release push button Position indicator Robust design Large wiring compartment Twisting of towing eye not possible Wire pull and breakage detection 3 cable entries M 20 x 1.5 IP65/IP67 (suffix N IP65)

Order Codes

6

Wire Rope Length

Output Operation

Code

5-50m

1NO + 1NC

ZQ 900-11

2NC

ZQ 900-02

2NO + 2NC

ZQ 900-22

1NO + 1NC

ZQ 900-11N*

2NC

ZQ 900-02N*

2NO + 2NC

ZQ 900-22N*

Operation

Code

Wire Rope-Stainless Steel Inner, Red PVC Outer per meter

1155097SS

Eyebolt 8 x 100 mm (ea)

1192471

Wire clamp (ea)

1203478

Turnbuckle (ea)

1087930

Tension spring (ea)

1186696

Thimble (ea)

1203476

Shackle (ea)

1186490

*Integrated E-Stop Button

Accessories Image

Pull-Wire Installation Kit Each kit comprises of a suitable amount of Stainless Steel Red PVC Wire Rope, Eyebolts, Wire Clamps, Turnbuckle, Tension Spring, Thimbles and Shackles. Order Codes

6-332

Operation

Code

10m Installation Kit

TZQ-10KIT

20m Installation Kit

TZQ-20KIT

50m Installation Kit

TZQ-50KIT

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


6.4. Safety Pull-Wire Switches

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

Discount Code C6

T3Z Series • • • • •

Metal enclosure Two-side operation / wire up to 2 x 50 m long Robust design Low actuating force IP65

Order Codes Wire Rope Length

Output Operation

Code

2 x 50m

1NO + 1NC

T3Z 068-11YR

2NC + 2NC

T3Z 068-22YR

Operation

Code

Wire Rope-Stainless Steel Inner, Red PVC Outer per meter

1155097SS

Eyebolt 8 x 100 mm (ea)

1192471

Wire clamp (ea)

1203478

Turnbuckle (ea)

1087930

Tension spring (ea)

1186696

Thimble (ea)

1203476

Shackle (ea)

1186490

6

Accessories Image

Pull-Wire Installation Kit Each kit comprises of a suitable amount of Stainless Steel Red PVC Wire Rope, Eyebolts, Wire Clamps, Turnbuckle, Tension Spring, Thimbles and Shackles. Order Codes Operation

Code

50m Installation Kit

TZQ-50KIT

6-333


6. Machine safety 6.5. Two Hand Control Stations

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

Discount Code C6

SEP Series - Metal Enclosure • • • •

Stand and wall mounting possible Emergency Stop button 2 black operating buttons IP54

Order Codes Description

Output Operation

Code

Two Hand Control Station

1NO + 1NC 1NO + 1NC E-Stop 1NO + 1NC

SEP 01.0.1.0.22/95

SEP 01.0.L.22

Enclosure Only

6

SEPK Series - Thermoplastic Enclosure • • • • •

2 black operating buttons 1 Emergency Stop button Stand and wall mounting possible 2 part enclosure IP65

Order Codes Description

Output Operation

Code

Two Hand Control Station

1NO + 1NC 1NO + 1NC E-Stop 1NO + 1NC

SEPK 02.0.4.0.22/95

Enclosure Only

6-334

SEPK 02.0.L.22

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


6.6. Enabling Switches

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

Discount Code C6

ZSD 5 / ZSD 6 • • • • • • •

Thermoplastic enclosure 1 Cable entry M 20 x 1.5 Good resistance to oil and petroleum spirit Particularly fit for robot applications in accordance with the ANSI Robotics Standard The redundant contact configuration enable signal evaluation with common safety relay modules according to control category 3/4 to EN 954-1 Contacts do not close upon reset ( level 3 -> level 1) IP67

Order Codes Description

Output Operation

Code

Enabling (Hold to Run/Dead Man) Switch

3 Position OFF-ON-OFF 2 NO Contacts 1 NC Auxiliary Contact

ZSD 5/0.LTG

Enabling (Hold to Run/Dead Man) Switch

3 Position OFF-ON-OFF 2 NO Contacts 1 NC Auxiliary Contact Reset NO

ZSD 6/0.LTG

6

6-335


6. Machine safety 6.7. Safety Mats

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

Discount Code C6

SMS 4 Series • • • • • • • • •

Robust design Modular switching mat system Maintenance free Simple mounting Slip-free surface High resistance to chemicals No additional baseplate 4-wire connecting cable IP65

Order Codes

6

Active Area

Code

250mm x 500mm

SMS 4 250-500

500mm x 500mm

SMS 4 500-500

500mm x 1000mm

SMS 4 500-1000

750mm x 1000mm

SMS 4 750-1000

1000mm x 1000mm

SMS 4 1000-1000

1000mm x 1500mm

SMS 4 1000-1500

Accessories

6-336

Description

Code

Ramp Rail (3000mm)

SMS 4-RS-3000

Fixing Rail (3000mm)

SMS 4-BS-3000

Corner Section (ea)

SMS 4-EV

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


6.8. Safety Edge Sensors

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

Discount Code C6

Profile

SE Series A safety edge system consists of individual components that must be ordered separately. Example: • Rubber profile, SE-P40-1250 • Aluminium profile, SE-AL 10-1250 • Emitter/ Receiver SE-SET • Safety-monitoring module, SE-304 C

Emitter / Receiver Set

Order Codes Profile Type

Profile Demensions

Code

Rubber

40mm x 1250mm

SE-P40-1250

40mm x 2500mm

SE-P40-2500

40mm x 5000mm

SE-P40-5000

40mm x 10000mm

SE-P40-10000

70mm x 1250mm

SE-P70-1250

70mm x 2500mm

SE-P70-2500

70mm x 5000mm

SE-P70-5000

Safety-Monitoring Module

Aluminium

70mm x 10000mm

SE-P70-10000

P40 x 1250mm

SE-AL10-1250

P40 x 2500mm

SE-AL10-2500

P70 x 1250mm

SE-AL20-1250

P70 x 2500mm

SE-AL20-2500

6

Accessories Description

Code

Emitter / Receiver Sensor Set

SE-SET VER.2.0

End Cap SE-P40

SE-T40

End Cap SE-P70

SE-T70

Monitoring Relay, 1-4 Edges Category 3

SE 304C

Monitoring Relay, 1 Edge Category 4

SE 400C

6-337


6. Machine safety 6.9. Safety Foot Switches

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

Discount Code C6

TFH Series • • • • •

1 Cable entry M 20 x 1.5 Protective shield with wide opening Low operating height of pedal High level of stability IP65

Order Codes

6

6-338

Wire Rope Length

Output Operation

Code

Single Pedal wwith Hood

1NO + 1NC

TFH 232-11

2NO + 2NC

TFH 232-22

1NO + 1NC Slow Action

TFH 232-11UEDR

2NO + 2NC Slow Action

TFH 232-22UEDR

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


6.10. Safety PLC

PROTECT PSC Series The PROTECT PSC programmable modular safety control system is primarily designed for use in modern production systems or in complex individual machines. PROTECT PSC is suitable both for the safe evaluation and linking of several safety-oriented signals such as emergency stop control equipment, guard monitoring and safety light curtains. Connectable Devices

E-Stops

Electro-Mechanical Switches

Coded Magnetic Switches

Light Curtains

Safety Mats

Two Hand Control Station

A significant advantage of the PROTECT PSC lies in its modular and therefore extremely flexible construction. This enables the user to achieve an optimal solution for the respective task from the point of view of costs without leaving unnecessary numbers of inputs or outputs unused. In addition the very high packaging density of connecting terminals helps to save space in the switch cabinet. PROTECT PSC enables applications to be realised in control category 4 to EN 954-1, Performance Level “e” to EN 13 849-1 or SIL 3 to IEC 61 508. As a special feature the PROTECT PSC also offers the possibility of carrying out (non safe) signal processing under operating conditions in addition to safety-oriented signal processing. If programming is to be completely eliminated, a safe zone section shutdown can be achieved with the PROTECT PSC, similar to a system of safety relay modules, determined only by the sequence of modules on the DIN rail. A summary of the most important features: • • • • • • • •

Modular design Integration of safe signals under operating conditions Free programming to IEC 61 131 via standard USB interface or Signal interlinking via external wiring without programming Connection facility for external gateway (Profibus, DeviceNet or CC link) Reaction time 22 ms (semi-conductor outputs) or 37 ms (relay outputs) Visualisation and status display on module or PC Simple DIN rail assembly

6-339

6


6. Machine safety 6.10. Safety PLC

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

Module Overview Number of Inputs Non-Safe

6

Number of Outputs

Safe

Non-Safe

Code

Safe

Dry Contacts

Dry Contacts

PNP

Dry Contacts

PNP

-

8

-

-

6

Relay -

PSC-CPU-MON

-

8

-

-

6

-

PSC-SUB-MON

-

6

-

-

4

-

PSC-S-STP-E

-

2

4

-

4

-

PSC-S-STP-LC

-

4

2

-

4

-

PSC-S-STP-ELC

-

-

-

-

-

4

PSC-S-RELAYS

-

16

-

-

-

-

PSC-S-IN-E

-

-

16

-

-

-

PSC-S-IN-LC

-

-

-

-

16

-

PSC-S-OUT

16

-

-

-

-

-

PSC-NS-IN

-

-

-

16

-

-

PSC-NS-OUT

*Dry Contact Input Signals eg. E-Stop devices, safety switches, safety interlocks, safety solenoid switches etc… * PNP Input Signals eg. PNP outputs from protective devices such as light curtains, laser scanners etc…

In addition to the central unit, a power supply module and various input and output modules (see Table Page 3) form part of the PROTECT PSC system. A minimum configuration consists of a CPU module and a power supply module. The CPU can trigger up to 15 modules so that additional input and output modules can be added at a later date as required and integrated into the complete system with little effort. All modules can be easily assembled on DIN top hat rails and are connected via backplane bus. This means the user can freely determine the extension stage of the system and therefore also the number of available inputs and outputs – from 8 inputs and 6 outputs in the most simple version to over General 250 inputs/outputs when the system is fully extended. PSC-CPU-MON

PSC-Power

Backplain Bus

Diagnosis and visualisation A fast diagnosis can be achieved via the LED display on the modules or the PC in monitoring mode or by reading out the error reports from the central control unit.

6-340

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


6.10. Safety PLC

Possible operating mode b) Freely programmable version. This operating mode allows the real capacity and flexibility of PROTECT PSC to be demonstrated. All inputs and outputs of the entire system are assigned via a programming language (ladder) corresponding to IEC 61 131. Logic functions, e.g. AND and OR, as well as other dependencies can be freely programmed.

Programming Environment

6

Configuration of the I/O modules: clear differentiation between safe and operational area

Free programming to IEC 61 131 with the opportunity to incorporate functional blocks into the program. The user is provided with various functional modules in a library. The user also has the possibility of designing own functional modules.

6-341


7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o systems Section Guide Overview

Section 7

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

7.1.1. XXX

7.1.1.1. XXX

Discount Code C9

7

7-342

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


PLC’s, RTU’s & I/O Systems 7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o systems 7-342 7.3. RTU’s 7-390 7.3.1. Overview 7-390 7.1. Panasonic PLC’s 7-344 7.3.2. Software 7-391 7.1.1. Panasonic FPOR Series 7-344 7.3.2.1. I/O Tool Kit 7-391 7.1.1.1. Overview 7-344 7.3.2.2. ISaGRAF Open 7-393 7.1.1.2. Ordering Tables 7-345 7.1.2. Panasonic FPX Series 7-347 7.4. I/O Systems 7-394 7.1.2.1. Overview 7-347 7.4.1. EtherTRAK-2 Series 7-394 7.1.2.2. Ordering Tables 7-350 7.4.1.1. Overview 7-394 7.1.3. Panasonic FP7 Series 7-353 7.4.1.2. Ordering Tables 7-395 7.1.3.1. Overview 7-353 7.4.2. RSTi Series 7-396 7.1.3.2. CPU Units 7-356 7.4.2.1. Overview 7-396 7.1.3.3. Communication Cassettes 7-357 7.4.2.2. Ordering Tables 7-396 7.1.3.4. Analog Input & Output Units 7-358 7.5. Data Logger 7-400 7.1.3.5. Digital Input & Output Units 7-359 7.5.1. Modular Controller Series 7-400 7.1.3.6. Remote I/O Units 7-360 7.5.1.1 Overview 7-400 7.1.3.7. Positioning Units 7-361 7.5.1.2 Ordering Tables 7-401 7.1.3.8. Power Supply Units 7-362 7.1.3.9. Ordering Tables 7-363 7.1.3.10. Software 7-365 7.2. GE Intelligent Platforms PLC’s 7-366 7.2.1. GE VersaMax Micro Series 7-366 7.2.1.1. Overview 7-366 7.2.1.2. Ordering Tables 7-366 7.2.2. GE VersaMax I/O & Control Series 7-369 7.2.2.1. Overview 7-369 7.2.2.2. Ordering Tables 7-369 7.2.3. GE 90-30 Series 7-372 7.2.3.1. Overview 7-372 7.2.3.2. Ordering Tables 7-372 7.2.4. GE PACSystem RXi Controller 7-376 7.2.4.1. Overview 7-376 7.2.4.2. Ordering Table 7-376 7.2.5. GE PACSystem RX3i Controller 7-377 7.2.5.1. Overview 7-377 7.2.5.2. Ordering Tables 7-378 7.2.6. GE Programming Software 7-383 7.2.6.1. Overview 7-383 7.2.6.2. Ordering Table 7-384 7.2.7. GE PAC 8000 Series 7-386 7.2.7.1. Overview 7-386 7.2.7.2. Ordering Tables 7-386 7.2.8. GE Industrial PC 7-388 7.2.8.1. Overview 7-388 7.2.8.2. Ordering Table 7-388 7.2.9. GE Industrial Panel PC 7-389 7.2.9.1. Overview 7-389

7-343


7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o systems 7.1. Panasonic PLC's 7.1.1. Panasonic FPOR Series 7.1.1.1. Overview FPOR Series • • • •

Large capacity program/data memory Ultra-high speed processing Program capacity up to 32 k steps Data register: 32 k words

• • • •

80 nsec/step (Basic instruction) Multi-axis control available without expansion units Capable of high-speed program transfer Battery-less backup of all data (F-Type)

The control unit is small at 90mm in height and 25mm in width. Even when expanded with three additional units, the total width is only 100mm. The ultra-compact space-saving body size facilitates the miniaturization of target machines, equipment, and control panels.

7

Specifications

7-344

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


7.1. Panasonic PLC's

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

7.1.1. Panasonic FPOR Series 7.1.1.2. Ordering Tables

Discount Code C9

Order Codes - CPU Modules Description

Total I/O Count

Inputs 24VDC

Outputs Relay

NPN

PNP

Connection Type

Code

Control Unit

16k Steps

14

8

6

-

-

Terminal Block

FP0R-C14RS

Control Unit with RS232C port

16k Steps

14

8

6

-

-

Terminal Block

FP0R-C14CRS

Control Unit with RS485 port

16k Steps

14

8

6

-

-

Terminal Block

FP0R-C14MRS

Control Unit

FP0R-C14RS

Memory / Capacity

Control Unit with RS232C port Control Unit with RS485 port Control Unit Control Unit with RS232C port Control Unit with RS485 port

16k Steps

16

8

-

-

8

MIL Connector

FP0R-C16P

16k Steps

16

8

-

8

-

MIL Connector

FP0R-C16T

16k Steps

16

8

-

-

8

MIL Connector

FP0R-C16CP

16k Steps

16

8

-

8

-

MIL Connector

FP0R-C16CT

16k Steps

16

8

-

-

8

MIL Connector

FP0R-C16MP

16k Steps

16

8

-

8

-

MIL Connector

FP0R-C16MT

16k Steps

32

16

-

-

16

MIL Connector

FP0R-C32P

16k Steps

32

16

-

16

-

MIL Connector

FP0R-C32T

32k Steps

32

16

-

-

16

MIL Connector

FP0R-C32CP

32k Steps

32

16

-

16

-

MIL Connector

FP0R-C32CT

32k Steps

32

16

-

-

16

MIL Connector

FP0R-C32MP

32k Steps

32

16

-

16

-

MIL Connector

FP0R-C32MT

Control Unit with RS232C port and Battery-less automatic all data backup function

32k Steps

32

16

-

-

16

MIL Connector

FP0R-F32CP

32k Steps

32

16

-

16

-

MIL Connector

FP0R-F32CT

Control Unit with RS485 port and Battery-less automatic all data backup function

32k Steps

32

16

-

-

16

MIL Connector

FP0R-F32MP

32k Steps

32

16

-

16

-

MIL Connector

FP0R-F32MT

Control Unit with RS232C port and Realtime clock function Control Unit with RS485 port and Real-time clock function

32k Steps

32

16

-

-

16

MIL Connector

FP0R-T32CP

32k Steps

32

16

-

16

-

MIL Connector

FP0R-T32CT

32k Steps

32

16

-

-

16

MIL Connector

FP0R-T32MP

32k Steps

32

16

-

16

-

MIL Connector

FP0R-T32MT

7

Note : 24VDC Power Supply Voltage

7-345


7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o systems 7.1. Panasonic PLC's

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

7.1.1. Panasonic FPOR Series 7.1.1.2. Ordering Tables

Discount Code C9

FPOR Series Order Codes - Digital I/O Expansion Modules Description

Total I/O Count

E8 Expansion Unit

E16 Expansion Unit FP0R-E8RS

7

E32 Expansion Unit

Inputs 24VDC

Outputs Relay

Connection Type NPN

Code

PNP

8

8

-

-

-

MIL Connector

FP0R-E8X

8

-

8

-

-

Terminal Block

FP0R-E8YRS

8

4

4

-

-

Terminal Block

FP0R-E8RS

8

-

-

8

-

MIL Connector

FP0R-E8YT

8

-

-

-

8

MIL Connector

FP0R-E8YP

16

16

-

-

-

MIL Connector

FP0R-E16X

16

8

8

-

-

Terminal Block

FP0R-E16RS

16

8

-

8

-

MIL Connector

FP0R-E16T

16

8

-

-

8

MIL Connector

FP0R-E16P

16

-

-

16

-

MIL Connector

FP0R-E16YT

16

-

-

-

16

MIL Connector

FP0R-E16YP

32

16

-

16

-

MIL Connector

FP0R-E32T

32

16

-

-

16

MIL Connector

FP0R-E32P

32

16

16

-

-

MIL Connector

FP0-E32RS

Order Codes - Analog I/O Expansion Modules

FP0-A04I

Description

Total I/O Count

Specification

Code

D/A Converter Unit

4

Outputs (4 channels) Current range : 4 to 20 mA (Resolution: 1/4000)

FP0-A04I

Outputs (4 channels) Voltage range : -10 to +10 V (Resolution: 1/4000)

FP0-A04V

Analog I/O Unit

3

Input (2 Channels) : 0 to 5, -10 to +10 V (Resolution: 1/4000) Current Input Range :0 to 20 mA (Resolution: 1/4000) Output (1 Channel) : 10 to +10 V (Resolution: 1/4000) Current Input Range :0 to 20 mA (Resolution: 1/4000)

FP0-A21-A

8

Inputs / Voltage Ranges : 0 to 5, -10 to +10 V, -100 to 100 mV (Resolution: 1/4000) Current Output Range :0 to 20 mA (Resolution: 1/4000)

FP0-A80-A

4

Inputs (4 channel) K, J, T, R thermocouple, Resolution: 0.1°C

FP0-TC4

8

Inputs (8 channel) K, J, T, R thermocouple, Resolution: 0.1°C

FP0-TC8

6

Inputs (6 channel) RTD

FP0-RTD6

Thermocouple Unit

RTD Unit

Accessories

AFP0523N

FPWIN Pro

7-346

Description

Code

Power Supply, Input 100-240VAC, Output 24VDC 0.7A

FP0-PSA4

Serial Programming Cable – 9 Pin D to PLC Tool Port

FP0-CABLE-9N

USB Programming Cable – USB to Mini USB

FP0R-CABLE-USB

MIL Connector plug to (10) loose wires, 3m in length for FP0R Transistor I/O

AFP0523N

Multi-wire connector pressure contact tool

AXY52000FP

Software Type

Description

Code

FPWIN Pro Programming Software

2700 Step Free Demo Version

Free Download from our webpage

Small Version (FP0,FP0R, FPX, FPG)

FPWINPROSEN6

Full Version (All Models)

FPWINPROFEN6

For more Information refer page 7-352.

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


7.1. Panasonic PLC's

7.1.2. Panasonic FPX Series 7.1.2.1. Overview FPX Series • • • • • • • • • • •

High-speed Operation The 32-bit RISC processor provides the top-level processing speed in compact PLCs. The scan time is 2 ms or less for 5,000 steps. Large Capacity Program Memory Equipped with 32k steps program memory, the FPX is ideal for fully covering the increasing functions, such as communications, positioning, and analog control. The sufficient program capacity can also support future equipment modifications. Independent Comment Memory There are difficulties with program management on a PC, such as identifying the latest program. The use of the program in the PLC of equipment in operation is often regarded as the best option. Since FP-X has an independent comment memory, all comments can be stored in the PLC together with programs, facilitating program management and maintenance. Maximum Number of I/O Points Since up to eight expansion units can be connected to one control unit, the maximum number of I/O points is 300. Furthermore, with the add-on cassette and expansion FP0 adapter connected, the number of I/O points can be increased to 382. Connectivity - Three channels are available with a combination of a communication cassette (two-channel type) and the tool port. The combinations of a wide variety of communication functions can support diversified applications. Ethernet With a communication cassette (Ethernet type), inspection data, production data, and error information can be easily collected. Modbus RTU Communications with equipment compatible with Modbus-RTU, a worldwide de-facto standard, are available without programming. E.g. temperature controllers and inverters PLC Link With a communication cassette (RS485 type), bit data/word data can be easily shared among up to 16 FP-X units. Computer Link Easy communications with equipment compatible with Panasonic’s open protocol “MEWTOCOL” are available without programming. E.g. displays, image processors, temperature controllers, and power meters General-purpose Serial Communications Commands are generated/transmitted in accordance with the communication protocol of the target equipment. Or, nonprocedural data receiving is available. E.g. measuring instruments, barcode readers, and RF-ID Positioning - Built-in 4-axis Pulse Output The transistor output type C14 comes with 3-axis while C30/60 comes with 4-axis pulse output built-in the control unit. The multi-axis control, which previously required a higher-level PLC or additional positioning unit, or two or more PLC units, can now be achieved with only one FP-X transistor output type unit in a small space at a low cost.

Specifications

7-347

7


7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o systems 7.1. Panasonic PLC's 7.1.2. Panasonic FPX Series 7.1.2.1. Overview FPX Series - Expansion Options

Abundant number of I/O points - Maximum 300 (Up to 382 points possible by using FP0 expansion units and add-on cassettes) When the user cannot predict the number of I/O points required in the future for his machine or equipment, he is uncertain in selecting a PLC model. FP-X solves user concerns with a maximum of 300 I/O channels. The number can even be increased up to 382 points by using the add-on cassettes and FP0 expansion units. •

Expansion units (E16R, E30R, EFP0) can be connected up to eight units. C60

E30

E30

E30

Max. 300 channels

Two or more E16 can’t be connected serially. C60

E16

Max. 8 units

E16

7 NG

E16 can be sandwiched with E30* C60

E16

E30

E16

OK * E30 requires an external power supply

OK

Connection by using the cable included in each expansion unit. C60

E30

The units can be tightly mounted adjacent to each other with the cable bent inside between the units for saving space.

E30

An 80-cm expansion cable is also available as an option. * E30 requires an external power supply

When further expansion or functions are required, use the existing FP0 expansion unit. All control units can be expanded by up to 3 FP0 expansion units via an adapter. Applications can be expanded by using [Transistor outputs], [Analog input/outputs], [Thermocouple input] and [I/O link (network)]. * Only one expansion FP0 adapter unit can be attached to a control unit. Up to 7 FP-X expansion units can be used when the expansion FP0 adapter is attached. C60

E30

E30

Max. 7 units (210 points)

Max. 96 points

In addition to the supplied 8-cm expansion cable, 30-cm and 80-cm types are available as options, allowing the units to be arranged more freely. (Total expansion cable length: 160 cm max.)

The unified unit height of 90 mm makes the panel surface look clean.

7-348

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


7.1. Panasonic PLC's

7.1.2. Panasonic FPX Series 7.1.2.1. Overview FPX Series - Add-on Cassettes

“Require slightly more functions”, “Want to add functions to the existing equipment” - The rich variety of add-on cassettes helps solve these requirements. The Add-on cassette easily adds small quantities of functions and I/O points.

7

Max. number of attachable cassettes C14

2 cassettes

C30, C60 3 cassettes

Attachment position (see the table above) Some Cassette Combinations in Position A can be double stacked A, upper A, lower

C14

• •

A, upper A, lower

C30

B

A, upper A, lower

B

C (Not attachable)

C60

Only section A has an upper side available to attach the cassette. No add-on cassettes can be attached to section C. Only a backup battery can be attached.

7-349


7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o systems 7.1. Panasonic PLC's

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

7.1.2. Panasonic FPX Series 7.1.2.2. Ordering Tables

Discount Code C9

FPX Series

Order Codes - CPU Modules Description

Memory / Capacity

Total I/O Count

Inputs 24VDC

Outputs

24VDC

Relay

Analog V&I

NPN

PNP

Analog V&I

Power Supply

Code

FP0R C14 Control Unit 16k Steps

14

8

-

-

-

6

-

240VAC AFPX-C14P

16k Steps

14

8

-

-

-

6

-

24VDC

16k Steps

14

8

-

6

-

-

-

240VAC AFPX-C14R

AFPX-C30R

AFPX-C14PD AFPX-C14RD

16k Steps

14

8

-

6

-

-

-

24VDC

16k Steps

14

8

-

-

6

-

-

240VAC AFPX-C14T

16k Steps

14

8

-

-

6

-

-

24VDC

FP0R C30 Control Unit 32k Steps

30

16

-

-

-

14

-

240VAC AFPX-C30P

7

AFPX-C14TD AFPX-C30PD

32k Steps

30

16

-

-

-

14

-

24VDC

32k Steps

30

16

-

14

-

-

-

240VAC AFPX-C30R AFPX-C30RD

32k Steps

30

16

-

14

-

-

-

24VDC

32k Steps

30

16

-

-

14

-

-

240VAC AFPX-C30T

32k Steps

30

16

-

-

14

-

-

24VDC

32k Steps

38

24

4

-

14

-

2

240VAC AFPX-C38AT-S

AFPX-C30TD

FP0R C60 Control Unit 32k Steps

60

32

-

-

-

28

-

240VAC AFPX-C60P

32k Steps

60

32

-

-

-

28

-

24VDC

32k Steps

60

32

-

28

-

-

-

240VAC AFPX-C60R

AFPX-C60PD AFPX-C60RD

32k Steps

60

32

-

28

-

-

-

24VDC

32k Steps

60

32

-

-

28

-

-

240VAC AFPX-C60T

32k Steps

60

32

-

-

28

-

-

24VDC

AFPX-C60TD

Note : The 24VDC inputs of all units are bi-directional (sink/source) inputs

Order Codes - Digital I/O Expansion Modules Description

Supply Voltage

Total I/O Count

Inputs 24VDC

Outputs Relay

Code NPN

PNP

FPX E14 Expansion I/O unit

-

14

-

14

-

-

AFPX-E14YR

FPX E16 Expansion I/O unit

-

16

8

-

-

8

AFPX-E16P

AFPX-E30R FPX E30 Expansion I/O unit

-

16

8

8

-

-

AFPX-E16R

-

16

8

-

8

-

AFPX-E16T

-

16

16

-

-

-

AFPX-E16X

240VAC

30

16

-

-

14

AFPX-E30P

24VDC

30

16

-

-

14

AFPX-E30PD

240VAC

30

16

14

-

-

AFPX-E30R

24VDC

30

16

14

-

-

AFPX-E30RD

240VAC

30

16

-

14

-

AFPX-E30T

24VDC

30

16

-

14

-

AFPX-E30TD

Note : The 24VDC inputs of all units are bi-directional (sink/source) inputs

7-350

No. Channels

Analog V&I

RTD / TC

Relay

NPN

PNP

Analog V&I

AFPX-AD2

Description

24VDC

Order Codes - Expansion I/O Cassettes Inputs

Outputs

Code

FP-X Input/Output Cassette

7

4

-

-

-

3

-

-

AFPX-IN4T3

FP-X Input Cassette

8

8

-

-

-

-

-

-

AFPX-IN8

FP-X RTD Input Cassette

2

-

-

2

-

-

-

-

AFPX-RTD2

FP-X Thermocouple Input Cassette

2

-

-

2

-

-

-

-

AFPX-TC2

FP-X Output Cassette

6

-

-

-

-

-

6

-

AFPX-TR6P

8

-

-

-

-

8

-

-

AFPX-TR8

FP-X Analog Output Cassette

2

-

-

-

-

-

-

2

AFPX-DA2

FP-X Analog I/O Cassette

3

-

2

-

-

-

-

1

AFPX-A21

FP-X Analog Input Cassette

2

-

2

-

-

-

-

-

AFPX-AD2

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


7.1. Panasonic PLC's

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

7.1.2. Panasonic FPX Series 7.1.2.2. Ordering Tables

Discount Code C9

FPX Series Order Codes - Communication and Special Function Cassettes

AFPX-COM4

Type

Description

Code

FPX Communications Cassette

1 Channel RS232C

AFPX-COM1

2 Channel RS232C

AFPX-COM2

1 Channel RS485/422

AFPX-COM3

1 Channel RS232C, 1 Channel RS485

AFPX-COM4

1 Channel Ethernet, 1Channel RS232C

AFPX-COM5

2 Channel RS485

AFPX-COM6

High Speed Counter and Pulse Output

AFPX-PLS

FPX Pulse I/O Cassette

FPX Master Memory Cassette with a Real Time Clock Master Memory and Real Time Clock (Battery Required)

AFPX-MRTC

Order Codes - FP0R Digital I/O Expansion Modules for Use with FPX Series Description FP0 E8 Expansion Unit

FP0 E16 Expansion Unit

FP0R-E8RS

FP0 E32 Expansion Unit

Total I/O Count

Inputs 24VDC

Outputs Relay

NPN

PNP

8

8

-

-

-

Connection Type

Code

MIL Connector

FP0R-E8X

8

-

8

-

-

Terminal Block

FP0R-E8YRS

8

4

4

-

-

Terminal Block

FP0R-E8RS

8

-

-

8

-

MIL Connector

FP0R-E8YT

8

-

-

-

8

MIL Connector

FP0R-E8YP

16

16

-

-

-

MIL Connector

FP0R-E16X

16

8

8

-

-

Terminal Block

FP0R-E16RS

16

8

-

8

-

MIL Connector

FP0R-E16T

16

8

-

-

8

MIL Connector

FP0R-E16P

16

-

-

16

-

MIL Connector

FP0R-E16YT

16

-

-

-

16

MIL Connector

FP0R-E16YP

32

16

-

16

-

MIL Connector

FP0R-E32T

32

16

-

-

16

MIL Connector

FP0R-E32P

32

16

16

-

-

Terminal Block

FP0-E32RS

7

Order Codes - FP0R Analog I/O Expansion Modules for Use with FPX Series Type

No. Channels Description

Code

Outputs (4 channels) Current range : 4 to 20 mA (Resolution: 1/4000)

FP0-A04I

Outputs (4 channels) Voltage range : -10 to +10 V (Resolution: 1/4000)

FP0-A04V

3

Input (2 Channels) : 0 to 5, -10 to +10 V (Resolution: 1/4000) Current Input Range :0 to 20 mA (Resolution: 1/4000) Output (1 Channel) : 10 to +10 V (Resolution: 1/4000) Current Input Range :0 to 20 mA (Resolution: 1/4000)

FP0-A21-A

8

Inputs / Voltage Ranges : 0 to 5, -10 to +10 V, -100 to 100 mV (Resolution: 1/4000) Current Input Range :0 to 20 mA (Resolution: 1/4000)

FP0-A80-A

FP0 Thermocouple Unit 4

Inputs (4 channel) K, J, T, R thermocouple, Resolution: 0.1째C

FP0-TC4

8

Inputs (8 channel) K, J, T, R thermocouple, Resolution: 0.1째C

FP0-TC8

6

Inputs (6 channel) RTD

FP0-RTD6

FP0 D/A Converter Unit 4

FP0 Analog I/O Unit

FP0-A04I

FP0 RTD Unit

7-351


7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o systems 7.1. Panasonic PLC's

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

7.1.2. Panasonic FPX Series 7.1.2.2. Ordering Tables

Discount Code C9

Accessories Type

Description

Code

FPX Backup Battery

Battery for backing up the operation memory & real time clock

AFPX-BATT

Expansion Cable

Expansion unit connection cable, 8cm

AFPX-EC08

Expansion unit connection cable, 30cm

AFPX-EC30

Expansion unit connection cable, 80cm

AFPX-EC80

FPX Adaptor Plate

Adaptor plate to allow use of FP0R expansion modules

AFPX-EFP0

FPX Terminal Block

Terminal block for C30, C60 & E30, 21 pins, cover with no markings, four units included

AFPX-TAN1

FPX Serial Programming Cable

Serial programming cable – 9 Pin D type to Tool Port

FP0-CABLE-9N

I/O Connection Cable

MIL Connector plug to (10) loose wires, 3m in length for FP0R I/O

AFP0523N

Type

Description

Code

FPWIN Pro Programming Software

2700 Step Free Demo Version

Free Download From our webpage

Small Version (FP0,FP0R, FPX, FPG)

FPWINPROSEN6

Full Version (All Models)

FPWINPROFEN6

Software

7 FPWIN Pro

For more Information see below.

FPOR, FPX Software Structured Text

Instruction List

Sequential Function Chart

Function Block Diagram

Ladder Diagram

1. Five programming languages can be used. Programming can be done using the language most familiar to the developer or using the language most suited to the process to be performed. High-level (structured text) languages that allow structuring, such as C, are supported. 2. Easy to reuse well-proven programs Efficiency when writing programs has been greatly increased by being able to split programming up for each function and process using structured programming. 3. Keep know-how from getting out By “black boxing” a part of a program, you can prevent know-how from leaking out and improve the program’s maintainability. 4. Uploading of source programs from PLC possible. Maintainability increased by being able to load programs and comments from the PLC.

7-352

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


7.1. Panasonic PLC's

7.1.3. Panasonic FP7 Series 7.1.3.1. Overview FP7 Series Main Features Cost saving

Easy maintenance

• • • •

• • • •

Direct power up by DC power supply unit Clipped-on units without using backplane Enhancing features by adding cassette Configurable program capacity /data register

Battery-less data backup Number of times contact is ON and duration of ON time Hour meter operation ROM operation test

Shorter development time

Quick recovery from error

• • •

• • •

Programming by blocks Effective use of program assets FP monitor function with HMI

Ability to restore back to original program ROM operation test feature Remote access via Ethernet

Efficient debugging

Security

• • •

• •

Historical archive of changes in program Upgrading of trigger function in time chart sampling Data collection upon each scan

Password protection Upload prohibit

Operation status of PLC • •

7

Status of PLC can be logged in SD card Uploading of contents in SD card possible via Ethernet

7-353


7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o systems 7.1. Panasonic PLC's 7.1.3. Panasonic FP7 Series 7.1.3.1. Overview Reduced footprint Direct power up by external DC supply Expansion units are clipped together without use of backplane • •

With power supply unit as option, cost is reduced Smaller footprint (no power supply unit) Power Supply Unit

CPU

Expansion Unit

End Cover

7 Power supply unit can be used if only AC power is present

FP7 can operate on external DC supply available in the control panel, typically about 1A. Use of FP7 power supply unit is therefore an option

Ample capacity for program and data Capacity of program & data register are configurable • •

Simple selection of CPU models For the same CPU model, data capacity can be configured to suit different application needs Using 192k steps CPU as reference Program (Steps)

Data Register (w)

234k

64k

221k

128k

196k

256k

145k

512k

52k

976k Default setting

Program 192k steps

Larger data capacity

Larger program capacity

Program 150k steps

Program 235k steps

Data register 256k words

Note : Up to 256k word of DT can be configured as retentive memory

7-354

Data register 512k words Data register 128k words

Especially suitable for tracing application requiring larger data capacity

Especially suitable for applications requiring numerous complex calculations

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


7.1. Panasonic PLC's

7.1.3. Panasonic FP7 Series 7.1.3.1. Overview FP7 Series Line up

7

7-355


7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o systems 7.1. Panasonic PLC's 7.1.3. Panasonic FP7 Series 7.1.3.2. CPU Units CPU Units

Compact size and with room for expansion functions 1. CPU unit is equipped with a cassette interface. Add-on cassettes can be added to the CPU unit to increase functionality without increasing the width of the unit. Communication cassettes support RS232C, RS422, and RS485 series communications. 2. Up to 16 various units can be connected. A single CPU unit is capable of connecting up to 16 various units. 3. High-capacity SD (SDHC) memory cards are supported. Up to 32 GB SD (SDHC) memory cards are supported. 4. High performance (Scan of 1 ms minimum processing time and minimum 20 μs or less in 60 k steps) The processing speed is less susceptible to frequent Ethernet communication.

7

AFP7CPS4E

7-356

AFP7CPS3E

AFP7CPS3

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


7.1. Panasonic PLC's

7.1.3. Panasonic FP7 Series 7.1.3.3. Communication Cassettes Add-on Cassettes (Communication Cassettes)

For operation display panels, connections with PCs and bidirectional data exchanges 1. Serial communication functions can be added to the CPU unit. CPU unit functions can be expanded by selectively using 5 types of cassettes. Those include RS232C dedicated cassettes, cassettes to support either RS422 or RS485, and cassettes that support any combination of RS232C and RS485. 2. Protocol supports MODBUS-RTU. Even when communicating with MODBUS-RTU, communication between equipment is easily achieved by the communication instructions.

7 AFP7CCM2

AFP7CCS1

AFP7CCS1M1

AFP7CCS2

AFP7CCM1

7-357


7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o systems 7.1. Panasonic PLC's 7.1.3. Panasonic FP7 Series

7.1.3.4. Analog Input & Output Units Analog Input & Output Units

Insulated Channel range to support various types of equipment 1. 20 times faster conversion than the previous model A conversion rate of 25 μs/channel is possible, 20 times faster than the previous model’s 500 μs/channel conversion speed. The system’s production efficiency can be improved due to precise control. High speed sampling can be achieved, independent of the PLC’s scan. 2. High-accuracy control High-accuracy of ± 0.05 % (at 25 °C) of full scale can be achieved. The use of high-resolution performance allows users to achieve reliable control. 3. Noise-resistant with isolated channels Channels insulated range is included to guard against interference from other channels. You can use it without worrying about the power supply system of the objects being measured.

7

AFP7DA4H

7-358

AFP7AD4H

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


7.1. Panasonic PLC's

7.1.3. Panasonic FP7 Series 7.1.3.5. Digital Input & Output Units Digital Input & Output Units

I/O points can be installed as necessary and efficiently. 1. Input / output mixed units are available. Input / output mixed units are available in addition to dedicated input or output units. A single I/O mixed unit has 32 input points and 32 output points. The necessary I/O points can be efficiently obtained, resulting in a compact PLC at reduced cost. 2. The 64 points transistor output unit is designed for 300 mA current capacity. The 64 points transistor output unit is equipped with 8 contact points with 300 mA current capacity. Large indicator lamps, magnetic contacts, etc., that previously required relay outputs or external relays can be driven directly. Equipment can be made both more compact and cheaper. 3. Input time constants are settable. Response speed can be selected from 0.1 ms, 0.5 ms, 1.0 ms, 5.0 ms, 10.0 ms, 20.0 ms or 70.0 ms depending on the output equipment to be used.

7

7-359


7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o systems 7.1. Panasonic PLC's 7.1.3. Panasonic FP7 Series 7.1.3.6. Remote I/O Units Remote I/O Units

Fast, Noise-Resistant Remote I/O Line Up 1. High-speed communication A 12 Mbps maximum transmission speed can be selected. Fast response at update cycle of 1,000 points/2 ms can be achieved. 2. Immunity to high noise levels Data can be transferred accurately, even in inadequate wiring environments. 3. Various types of compact slave units Compact slave units (60 × 70 × 40 mm) are smaller than common screw terminal types and are lined up to contribute to space savings. A wide variety of slave units are available.

7

7-360

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


7.1. Panasonic PLC's

7.1.3. Panasonic FP7 Series 7.1.3.7. Positioning Units Positioning Units

High-accuracy positioning control can be achieved at reduced cost. 1. Equipped with electronic cam and electronic gear functions Ladder program is capable of controlling electronic cams and gears. Virtual axes are supported and operable without connecting to external encoders. 2. Organized wiring to servo amplifier A servo ON output terminal is provided that allows simple and neat wiring to the servo amplifier. 3. Dedicated configuration tool Start positioning dedicated configuration tool using Control FPWIN GR7. Parameter and positioning operation settings can be made easily. Test operation is also supported. Positioning operations can be checked even while the CPU unit is in program mode.

7

AFP7PP02T

AFP7PP04T

AFP7PP02L

AFP7PP04L

7-361


7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o systems 7.1. Panasonic PLC's 7.1.3. Panasonic FP7 Series 7.1.3.8. Power Supply Units Power Supply Units

Announce system errors using the built-in external alarm. 1. Equipped with system error alarm contact Output contact for system error external alarm is provided. If a power supply unit is used concurrently, no additional units are required.

7 AFP7PSA1

7-362

AFP7PSA2

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


7.1. Panasonic PLC's

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

7.1.3. Panasonic FP7 Series 7.1.3.9. Ordering Tables FP7 Series Order Codes - CPU Modules Description

Memory/ Capacity

Power Supply

Operation Speed

Ethernet Capability

Code

FP7 CPU Units

196k step

24VDC

From 11ns

Built-in

AFP7CPS4E

120k steps

24VDC

From 11ns

Built-in

AFP7CPS3E

120k steps

24VDC

From 11ns

-

AFP7CPS3

AFP7CPS4E

Order Codes - Communication Cassettes Description

Memory/ Capacity

Code

FP7 Communication Cassettes

RS232C, 1 channel (insulated)

AFP7CCS1

RS232C, 2 channels (insulated)

AFP7CCS2

RS422 or RS485, 1 channel (insulated)

AFP7CCM1

RS422 or RS485, 2 channel (insulated)

AFP7CCM2

RS232C, 1 channel (insulated) & RS485, 1 channel (insulated)

AFP7CCS1M1

AFP7CCS1M1

7 Order Codes - Power Supply Units Description

Memory/ Capacity

Power Supply

Operation Speed

Code

FP7 Power Supply Units

100 to 240VAC

24VDC, 1.0A

System error alarm output contact

AFP7PSA1

100 to 240VAC

24VDC, 1.8A

System error alarm output contact & remaining lifespan count function

AFP7PSA2

AFP7PSA1

Order Codes - Input & Output Units Description

Total I/O Count

FP7 Input Units

FP7 Output Units AFP7X16DW

FP7 Input & Output Units

Inputs 24VDC

Outputs Relay

Connection Type NPN

Code

PNP

16

16*

-

-

-

Terminal Block

AFP7X16DW

32

32

-

-

-

MIL Connector

AFP7X32D2

64

64

-

-

-

MIL Connector

AFP7X64D2

16

-

16

-

-

Terminal Block

AFP7Y16R

16

-

-

16

-

Terminal Block

AFP7Y16T

32

-

-

32

-

MIL Connector

AFP7Y32T

64

-

-

64

-

MIL Connector

AFP7Y64T

16

-

-

-

16

Terminal Block

AFP7Y16P

32

-

-

-

32

MIL Connector

AFP7Y32P

64

-

-

-

64

MIL Connector

AFP7Y64P

64

32

-

32

-

MIL Connector

AFP7XY64D2T

64

32

-

-

32

MIL Connector

AFP7XY64D2P

* 12-24VDC Input

Order Codes - Analog Input & Output Units Description

No. Channels

Specification

Code

FP7 Analog Input Unit

4

Voltage and current, 25μs/ch conversion speed, 16bit resolution, FS ± accuracy below 0.05% (25 ℃)

AFP7AD4H

FP7 Analog Output Unit

4

Voltage and current, 25μs/ch conversion speed, 16bit resolution, FS ± accuracy below 0.05% (25 ℃)

AFP7DA4H

AFP7DA4H

7-363


7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o systems 7.1. Panasonic PLC's

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

7.1.3. Panasonic FP7 Series 7.1.3.9. Ordering Tables

Order Codes - Positioning Units Description

Output Type

No. Axes Controlled

Speed Functions Command

Code

FP7 Positioning Units

Transistor

2 Axes

1pps to 500kpps

Electronic gear function electronic cam, linear interpolation, circular interpolation

AFP7PP02T

Transistor

4 Axes

1pps to 500kpps

Electronic gear function electronic cam, linear interpolation, circular interpolation

AFP7PP04T

Line Driver

2 Axes

1pps to 4Mpps

Electronic gear function electronic cam, linear interpolation, circular interpolation

AFP7PP02L

Line Driver

4 Axes

1pps to 4Mpps

Electronic gear function electronic cam, linear interpolation, circular interpolation

AFP7PP04L

AFP7PP02T

Order Codes - Remote I/O Master Unit Description

Output Type

No. Axes Controlled

Speed Command

Functions

Code

FP7 PHLS Master Unit

1,008 Points

6Mbps/12Mbps

200m @ 6Mbps / 100m @ 12Mbps

63 Slaves

AFP7PHLSM

7 Order Codes - Remote I/O Slave Units AFP7PHLSM

Description

Shape

FP7 PHLS Slave Remote I/O Units

Standard

Compact

AFPRP2X16D2

Total I/O Count

Inputs 24VDC

Outputs Relay

Connection Type NPN

Code

PNP

8

8

-

-

-

Screw-type terminal block

AFPRP1X08D2

16

16

-

-

-

Screw-type terminal block

AFPRP1X16D2

16

-

-

16

-

Screw-type terminal block

AFPRP1Y16T

16

8

-

8

-

Screw-type terminal block

AFPRP1XY16D2T

8

8

-

-

-

e-CON

AFPRP2X08D2E

16

16

-

-

-

Connector-type terminal block

AFPRP2X16D2

16

-

-

16

-

Connector-type terminal block

AFPRP2Y16T

16

8

-

8

-

Connector-type terminal block

AFPRP2XY16D2T

4

-

4

-

-

Connector-type terminal block

AFPRP2Y04R

Accessories

7-364

Type

Description

Code

FP7 Backup battery

Battery for back up of clock/calendar operation

AFPX-BATT

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


7.1. Panasonic PLC's

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

7.1.3. Panasonic FP7 Series 7.1.3.10. Software FP7 Software Software Type

Description

Code

FPWIN Pro Programming Software

2700 Step Free Demo Version

Free Download From our webpage

Small Version (FP0,FP0R, FPX, FPG)

FPWINPROSEN7

Full Version (All Models)

FPWINPROFEN7

FPWIN Pro For more Information see below.

Structured Text

Instruction List

Sequential Function Chart

Function Block Diagram

7

Ladder Diagram

1. Five programming languages can be used. Programming can be done using the language most familiar to the developer or using the language most suited to the process to be performed. High-level (structured text) languages that allow structuring, such as C, are supported. 2. Easy to reuse well-proven programs Efficiency when writing programs has been greatly increased by being able to split programming up for each function and process using structured programming. 3. Keep know-how from getting out By “black boxing” a part of a program, you can prevent know-how from leaking out and improve the program’s maintainability. 4. Uploading of source programs from PLC possible. Maintainability increased by being able to load programs and comments from the PLC.

7-365


7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o systems 7.2. GE Intelligent Platforms PLC's

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

7.2.1. GE VersaMax Micro Series

For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only

7.2.1.1. Overview 7.2.1.2. Ordering Tables VersaMax Micro

Don’t let size fool you. Although they’re easy on valuable panel space, GE Intelligent Platforms VersaMax Nano and Micro PLCs are big on features. For high-volume applications where cost and fast processor speeds are an issue, the palm-sized VersaMax Nano is the PLC of choice. Key Features • • •

Select the Big-Featured PLC in a Compact Package Tap the perfect solution for low end motion applications Take Advantage of a Host of Communications Options

Order Codes - VesaMax Nano and Micro Selection Guide

7

Features

Nano 10

Micro 14

Micro 23

Micro 28

Micro 20

Micro 40

Micro 64

Built –in I/O

6 in/4 out

8 in / 6 out

13 in / 10 out

16 in / 12 out

12 in / 8 out

24 in / 16 out

40 in / 24 out

Built-in Analog I/O

1 on some models

none

2 in / 1 out

none

none

none

none

I/O Exp. Units

none

Up to 4 units

Up to 4 units

Up to 4 units

Up to 4 units

Up to 4 units

Up to 4 units

Logic Memory (Words)

2K

9K

9K

9K

24k

24k

24k

Data Storage (Words)

256

256

2k

2k

32k

32k

32k

Scan Time (msec/K)

1.3msec

1.1msec

1.1msec

1.1msec

1.1msec

1.1msec

1.1msec

Battery Backed RAM

Super Cap only

Super Cap only

Yes and Super Cap

Yes and Super Cap

Yes and Super Cap

Yes and Super Cap

Yes and Super Cap

Real Time Clock

none

none

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Ports Available 1 RS232

1 RS232

1 RS232 and 1 RS485

1 RS232 and 1 RS485

1 RS232 and 2nd port optional RS232, RS485, USB or Ethernet

1 RS232 and 2nd port optional RS232, RS485, USB or Ethernet

1 RS232 and 2nd port optional RS232, RS485, USB or Ethernet

Ethernet Option

Yes, VersaMax SE

Yes, VersaMax SE

Yes, VersaMax SE

Yes, VersaMax SE

Yes on 2nd port

Yes on 2nd port

Yes on 2nd port

High Speed Counter

Up to 4 at 10Khz (16 bit)

Up to 4 at 10Khz (16 bit)

Up to 4 at 10Khz (16 bit)

Up to 4 at 10Khz (16 bit)

Up to 4 at 100Khz (32 bit)

Up to 4 at 100Khz (32 bit)

Up to 4 at 100Khz (32 bit)

Pulse Train / PWM

Up to 4 at 5Khz (16 bit)

Up to 4 at 5Khz (16 bit)

Up to 4 at 5Khz (16 bit)

Up to 4 at 5Khz (16 bit)

Up to 4 at 65Khz (32 bit)

Up to 4 at 65Khz (32 bit)

Up to 4 at 65Khz (32 bit)

Motion Commands

N/A

N/A

N/A

Find Home, Go Home, Jog, Ramp, Blended Move (4 consecutive moves)

Find Home, Go Home, Jog, Ramp, Blended Move (4 consecutive moves)

Find Home, Go Home, Jog, Ramp, Blended Move (4 consecutive moves)

Find Home, Go Home, Jog, Ramp, Blended Move (4 consecutive moves)

Write Register Values to Internal Flash

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Order Codes - VersaMax Nano 10

7-366

Description

Code

10 Point (6) 12 VDC In, (1) Analog In 0 - 10 VDC (8 bit), (4) Relay Out, 12 VDC P/Supply

IC200NAL110

10 Point (6) 24 VDC In, (1) Analog In 0 - 10 VDC (8 bit), (4) Relay Out, 24 VDC P/Supply

IC200NAL211

10 Point (6) 12 VDC In, (4) 12 VDC Out, 12 VDC P/Supply

IC200NDD010

10 Point (6) 24 VDC In, (4) 24 VDC Out, 24 VDC P/Supply

IC200NDD101

10 Point (6) 24 VDC In, (4) Relay Out, 24 VDC P/Supply

IC200NDR001

10 Point (6) 12 VDC In, (4) Relay Out, 12 VDC P/Supply

IC200NDR010

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


7.2. GE Intelligent Platforms PLC's 7.2.1. GE VersaMax Micro Series 7.2.1.2. Ordering Tables

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only

Order Codes - VersaMax Micro 14 Description

Code

14 Point (8) 120 VAC In, (6) 120 VAC Out, 120/240 VAC P/Supply

IC200UAA003

14 Point (8) 120 VAC In,(2) Relay Out at 10 Amp,(4) Relay Out at 2 Amp, 120/240 VAC P/Supply

IC200UAR014

14 Point (8) 24 VDC In, (6) 24 VDC Out 2 at 1.0 Amp and 4 at 0.5 Amp, 24 VDC P/Supply

IC200UDD104

14 Point (8) 12 VDC In, (6) 12 VDC Out, 12 VDC P/Supply

IC200UDD112

14 Point (8) 24 VDC In, (6) Relay Out, 120/240 VAC P/Supply

IC200UDR001

14 Point (8) 24 VDC In, (6) Relay Out, 24 VDC P/Supply

IC200UDR002

14 Point (8) 12 VDC In, (6) Relay Out, 12 VDC P/Supply

IC200UDR003

Order Codes - VersaMax Micro 23 Description

Code

23 Point (13) 12 VDC In, (10) Relay Out, (2) Analog In and (1) Analog Out, 12 VDC P/Supply

IC200UAL004

23 Point (13) 24 VDC In, (1) 24 VDC Out, (9) Relay Out, (2) Analog In and (1) Analog Out, 24 VDC P/Supply

IC200UAL005

23 Point (13) 24 VDC In, (9) Relay Out, (1) 24 VDC Out, (2) Analog In and (1) Analog Out, 120/240 VAC P/Supply

IC200UAL006

7

Order Codes - VersaMax Micro 28 Description

Code

28 Point (16) 120 VAC In, (12) 120 VAC Out, 120/240 VAC Power Supply

IC200UAA007

28 Point (16) 120 VAC In,(2) Relay Out at 10 Amp,(10) Relay Out at 2 Amp,120/240 VAC P/Supply

IC200UAR028

28 Point (16) 24 VDC In, (12) 24 VDC Out, 6 at 1.0 Amp and, 6 at 0.5 Amp, 24 VDC P/Supply

IC200UDD110

28 Point (16) 24 VDC In, (12) 24 VDC Out with ESCP, 24 VDC Power Supply

IC200UDD120

28 Point (16) 24 VDC In, (11) Relay Out, (1) 24 VDC Out, 120/240 VAC Power Supply

IC200UDR005

28 Point (16) 12 VDC In, (12) Relay Out, 12 VDC Power Supply

IC200UDR006

28 point (16) 24 VDC In, (11) Relay Out, (1) 24 VDC Out, 12/24 VDC Power Supply

IC200UDR228

28 Point (16) 24 VDC In, (11) Relay Out, (1) 24 VDC Out, 24 VDC Power Supply

IC200UDR010

28 Point (16) 12 VDC In, (12) 12 VDC Out, 12 VDC Power Supply

IC200UDD212

Order Codes - VersaMax Micro 20 Description

Code

Micro 20 (12) 24 VDC In, (8) 24 VDC Source Out 0.7 Amps with ESCP protection, 24 VDC P/Supply

IC200UDD020

Micro 20 (12) 24 VDC In, (8) 24 VDC Sink Out, 24 VDC P/Supply

IC200UDD220

Micro 20 (12) 24 VDC In, (8) Relay Out 2.0 Amps, 120/240 VAC P/Supply

IC200UDR120

Micro 20 (12) 24 VDC In, (8) Relay Out 2.0 Amps, 24 VDC P/Supply

IC200UDR020

Order Codes - VersaMax Micro 40 Description

Code

Micro 40 (24) 24 VDC In, (16) 24 VDC Source Out 0.7 Amps with ESCP protection, 24 VDC P/Supply

IC200UDD040

Micro 40 (24) 24 VDC In, (16) 24 VDC Sink Out, 24 VDC P/Supply

IC200UDD140

Micro 40 (24) 24 VDC In, (16) Relay Out 2.0 Amps, 120/240 VAC P/Supply

IC200UDR140

Micro 40 (24) 24 VDC In, (16) Relay Out 2.0 Amps, 24 VDC P/Supply

IC200UDR040

Micro 40 (24) 24 VDC In, (16) Relay Out 2.0 Amps, 12/24 VDC P/Supply

IC200UDR440

Order Codes - VersaMax Micro Expansion Units Motion Expansion Description

Code

VersaMax Micro 2 Axis Motion Module, 24 VDC P/Supply

IC200UMM002

VersaMax Micro 2 Axis Motion Module, 120/240 VAC P/Supply

IC200UMM102

7-367


7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o systems 7.2. GE Intelligent Platforms PLC's 7.2.1. GE VersaMax Micro Series 7.2.1.2. Ordering Tables

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only

Order Codes - VersaMax Micro Expansion Units Description

Code

8 Point combination (4) 24 VDC In, (4) Output (Sink Outputs), 24 VDC P/Supply

IC200UEC108

8 Point combination (4) 24 VDC In, (4) Relay Out, 24 VDC P/Supply

IC200UEC208

8 Point Input, 24 VDC In, 24 VDC P/Supply

IC200UEI008

8 Point combination (4) 24 VDC In, (4) 24 VDC Output with ESCP, 24 VDC P/Supply

16 Point Input, 24 VDC In, 24 VDC P/Supply 8 point (8) 24 VDC Output with ESCP Protection, 24 VDC P/Supply

IC200UEI016 IC200UEO008

16 point (16) 24 VDC Output with ESCP Protection, 24 VDC P/Supply

IC200UEO016

8 Output 24 VDC (Sink Outputs), 24 VDC P/Supply

IC200UEO108

16 Output 24 VDC (Sink Outputs), 24 VDC P/Supply

IC200UEO116

8 Output Relay , 24 VDC P/Supply

IC200UER008

16 Output Relay Output, 24 VDC P/Supply 14 Point (8) 120 VAC In, (2) Relay Out at 10 Amp, (4) Relay Out at 2 Amp, 120/240 VAC P/Supply

IC200UER016 IC200UEX009

14 Point (8) 120 VAC In, (6) 120 VAC Out, 120/240 VAC P/Supply

IC200UEX010

14 Point (8) 24 VDC In, (6) Relay Out, 120/240 VAC P/Supply

IC200UEX011

14 Point (8) 24 VDC In, (6) Relay Out, 24 VDC P/Supply

7

IC200UEC008

IC200UEX012

14 Point (8) 12 VDC In, (6) Relay Out. 12 VDC P/Supply

IC200UEX013

14 Point (8) 24 VDC In, (6) 24 VDC Out, 24 VDC P/Supply

IC200UEX014

14 Point (8) 12 VDC In, (6) 12 VDC Out, 12 VDC P/Supply

IC200UEX015

14 Point (8) 24 VDC In, (6) 24 VDC Out with ESCP, 24 VDC P/Supply

IC200UEX122

28 Point (16) 120 VAC In, (4) Relay Out at 10 Amp, (8) Relay Out at 2 Amp, 120/240 VAC P/Supply

IC200UEX209

28 Point (16) 120 VAC In, (12) 120 VAC Out, 120/240 VAC P/Supply

IC200UEX210

28 Point (16) 24 VDC In, (12) Relay Out, 120/240 VAC P/ Supply

IC200UEX211

28 Point (16) 24 VDC In, (12) Relay Out, 24 VDC P/Supply

IC200UEX212

28 Point (16) 12 VDC In, (12) Relay Out, 12 VDC P/Supply

IC200UEX213

28 Point (16) 24 VDC In, (12) 24 VDC Out, 24 VDC P/Supply

IC200UEX214

28 Point (16) 12 VDC In, (12) 12 VDC Out, 12 VDC P/Supply

IC200UEX215

28 Point (16) 24 VDC In, (12) 24 VDC Out with ESCP, 24 VDC P/Supply

IC200UEX222

Order Codes - VersaMax Micro Expansion Units Analog Expansion Description

Code

6 Channel Analog Combination, 4 Analog In, 2 Analog Out, 12 VDC P/Supply

IC200UEX616

4 Channel Analog I/O, 4 Analog In, 24 VDC P/Supply 6 Channel Analog Combination, 4 Analog In, 2 Analog Out, 24 VDC P/Supply 6 Channel Analog Combination, 4 Analog In, 2 Analog Out, 120/240 VAC P/Supply

IC200UEX624 IC200UEX626 IC200UEX636

4 Channel RTD -100° to +600°C (PT100 2 and 3 wire), 24 VDC P/Supply

IC200UEX724

4 Channel RTD -100° to +600°C (PT100 2 and 3 wire), 120/240 VAC P/Supply

IC200UEX734

4 Channel RTD -100° to +600°C (PT100 2 and 3 wire), 2 Analog Out, 24 VDC P/Supply

IC200UEX726

4 Channel RTD -100° to +600°C (PT100 2 and 3 wire), 2 Analog Out,120/240 VAC P/Supply

IC200UEX736

Order Codes - Communications Description

Code

Micro RS-232 option board with (2) 0 -10 VDC analog inputs. Connector to support Memory Board.

IC200USB001

Ethernet Mod., 10/100Mbits port supporting RJ45. Supports SRTP (server), Modbus TCP Micro RS-485 option board with (2) 0 -10 VDC analog inputs. Connector to support Memory Board. Micro USB option board (no analog option). Connector to support Memory Board.

IC200UEM001 IC200USB002 IC200UUB001

Micro Flash Memory Board for program download

IC200UMB001

Ethernet Interface, Bridge from RS-232 or RS-485 Serial to Ethernet 10/100 BaseT, 12/24 VDC P/Supply

IC200SET001

Order Codes - VersaMax Micro Expansion Units Motion Expansion Description

Code

VersaMax Micro 2 Axis Motion Module, 120/240 VAC P/Supply

IC200UMM102

VersaMax Micro 2 Axis Motion Module, 24 VDC P/Supply

IC200UMM002

Accessories Description

Code

Programming Cable (RJ45 to db9) RS232

IC200CBL500

Extended Battery Backup (up to 2 years at 60°C)

7-368

IC200ACC414

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


7.2. GE Intelligent Platforms PLC's

7.2.2. GE VersaMax I/O & Control Series 7.2.2.1. Overview 7.2.2.2. Ordering Tables

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only

VersaMax I/O & Control Maximum versatility is the guiding principle behind VersaMax from GE Intelligent Platforms. This compact, extremely affordable control solution can be used as a PLC, as I/O, and as distributed control. With its modular and scalable architecture, intuitive features and ease of use, this innovative control family can save machine builders and end users considerable time and money. Offering Big PLC Power in a Small Package. VersaMax CPUs supply a number of features usually found only in PLCs with larger footprints, including up to 64k of memory for application programs, floating point math, real-time clock, subroutines, PID control, flash memory, and bumpless program store. The serial ports support serial read/write and Modbus master/slave communications. An Abundance of Useful I/O Options. GE offers a broad range of discrete, analog, mixed, and specialty I/O modules. These modules can be freely combined to create standalone I/O stations with up to 256 I/O points and expanded I/O systems with up to 4,096 I/O points. The Perfect Match for Today’s Open Systems. VersaMax gives you the freedom to connect to a wide variety of host controllers, including PLC, DCS and PC-based control systems by way of Genius*, DeviceNet™, Profibus-DP, Profinet and Ethernet networks. VersaMax also fully supports the power and open architecture of GE’s PC Control solutions. The Ultimate in Cost-effective Control and I/O. With intuitive diagnostics, hot insertion of modules and quick connect wiring, VersaMax extends uptime, reduces engineering and training needs, and dramatically reduces project life-cycle costs. Order Codes - Controllers Description

Code

CPU 42 Kbyte Configurable Memory, Two Serial Ports(RS-232 and RS-485)

IC200CPU002

CPU 34 Kbyte Configurable Memory, Two Serial Ports(RS-232 and RS-485) CPU with 64 Kbyte Configurable User Memory, Two Serial Ports (RS-232 and RS-485) CPU with 64 Kbyte Configurable User Memory, Two Serial Ports (RS-232 and RS-485), 10 MBIT Ethernet Port

IC200CPU001 IC200CPU005

IC200CPUE05

Order Codes - Power Supplies Description

Code

Power Supply 24 VDC Input

IC200PWR001

Power Supply 24 VDC Input with Expanded 3.3 VDC

IC200PWR002

Power Supply 120/240 VAC Input

IC200PWR101

Power Supply 120/240 VAC Input with Expanded 3.3 VDC

IC200PWR102

Power Supply 12 VDC Input

IC200PWR201

Power Supply 12 VDC Input with Expanded 3.3 VDC

IC200PWR202

Power Supply Booster Carrier

IC200PWB001

Order Codes - I/O Carriers Description Barrier Horizontal Style Box Horizontal Style Spring Clamp Horizontal Style Connector Vertical Style* Box Vertical Style

Code

IC200CHS001 IC200CHS002 IC200CHS005 IC200CHS003(4) IC200CHS022

Spring Clamp Vertical Style

IC200CHS025

Barrier Style - Interposing Terminals for use with Connector-Style Carriers**

IC200CHS011

Box Style - Interposing Terminals for use with Connector-Style Carriers**

IC200CHS012

Box-Thermocouple Compensation - Interposing Terminals for use with Connector-Style Carriers**

IC200CHS014

Spring Style - Interposing Terminals for use with Connector-Style Carriers**

IC200CHS015

*A connecting cable (IC200CBL1xxx) and interposing base (IC200CHS011, CHS012, CHS014, CHS015, IC200CHS1xx or IC200CHS2xx) are required. ** Requires IC200CHS003 base and connecting cable IC200CBL1xxx

Order Codes - I/O Interposing Bases Description

Code

Expansion Input or Output Interposing Disconnect Style 16 Points

IC200CHS102

I/O Interposing Relay Base (replaceable relays), fused (8 amps, replaceable), 16 points

IC200CHS111

Expansion Base - I/O Interposing Relay Base (replaceable relays), fused (8 amps, replaceable), 16 points

IC200CHS112

I/O Interposing Relay Base (replaceable relays), fused (8 amps, replaceable), 16 points

IC200CHS211

I/O Interposing Relay Base (replaceable relays), fused (8 amps, replaceable), 16 points

IC200CHS212

Input or Output Interposing Disconnect Style 16 Points

IC200CHS101

7-369

7


7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o systems 7.2. GE Intelligent Platforms PLC's

7.2.2. GE VersaMax I/O & Control Series 7.2.2.2. Ordering Tables

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only

Order Codes - Cables for use with Connector Style I/O Carriers Description

Code

2 connectors, 0.5m, no shield

IC200CBL105

2 connectors, 1.0m, no shield

IC200CBL110

2 connectors, 2.0m, no shield

IC200CBL120

1 connector, 3.0m, no shield

IC200CBL230

Order Codes - Digital I/O Modules Description

Code

Input Modules

7

Input 120 VAC (1 Group of 8) 8 Points

IC200MDL140

Input 240 VAC (1 Group of 8) 8 Points

IC200MDL141

Input 120 VAC Isolated 8 Points

IC200MDL143

Input 240 VAC Isolated 4 Points

IC200MDL144

Input 120 VAC (2 Groups of 8) 16 Points

IC200MDL240

Input 240 VAC (2 Groups of 8) 16 Points

IC200MDL241

Input 120 VAC Isolated 16 Points

IC200MDL243

Input 240 VAC Isolated 8 Points

IC200MDL244

Input 125 VDC Pos/Neg Logic Isolated 8 Points

IC200MDL631

Input 125 VDC Pos/Neg Logic Isolated 16 Points

IC200MDL632

Input 48 VDC Pos/Neg Logic (2 Groups of 8) 16 Points

IC200MDL635

Input 48 VDC Pos/Neg Logic (4 Groups of 8) 32 Points

IC200MDL636

Input 24 VDC Pos/Neg Logic (2 Groups of 8) 16 Points

IC200MDL640

Input 5/12 VDC Pos/Neg Logic (2 Groups of 8) 16 Points

IC200MDL643

Input 5/12 VDC Pos/Neg Logic (4 Groups of 8) 32 Points

IC200MDL644

Input 24 VDC Pos/Neg Logic (4 Groups of 8) 32 Points

IC200MDL650

Output Modules Output 120 VAC 0.5 Amp per Point Isolated 8 Points

IC200MDL329

Output 120 VAC 0.5 Amp per Point Isolated 16 Points

IC200MDL330

Output 120 VAC 2.0 Amp per Point Isolated 8 Points

IC200MDL331

Output 24 VDC Pos Logic 2.0 Amp per Point with ESCP 8 Points

IC200MDL730

Output 12/24 VDC Pos Logic 0.5 Amp per Point 16 Points

IC200MDL740

Output 24 VDC Pos Logic 0.5 Amp per Point with ESCP 16 Points

IC200MDL741

Output 24 VDC Pos Logic 0.5 Amp per Point with ESCP 32 Points

IC200MDL742

Output 5/12/24 VDC Neg Logic 0.5 Amp per Point 16 Points

IC200MDL743

Output 5/12/24 VDC Neg Logic 0.5 Amp per Point 32 Points

IC200MDL744

Output 12/24 VDC Pos Logic 0.5 Amp per Point 32 Points

IC200MDL750

Output Relay 2.0 Amp per Point Isolated Form A 8 Points

IC200MDL930

Output Relay 2.0 Amp per Point Isolated Form A 16 Points

IC200MDL940

Mixed I/O Modules

7-370

Mixed 24 VDC Pos Logic Input Grouped 20 Points / Output Relay 2.0 Amp /Point Grouped 12 Points

IC200MDD840

Mixed 24 VDC Pos Logic Input Grouped 20 Points / Output Grouped 12 Points/HSC/PWM/PT

IC200MDD841

Mixed 24 VDC Pos Logic Output 0.5 Amp Grouped with ESCP 16 Points / Input Grouped 16 Points

IC200MDD842

Mixed 24 VDC Pos Logic Input Grouped 10 Points / Output Relay 2.0 Amp per Point Grouped 6 Points

IC200MDD843

Mixed 24 VDC Pos Logic Output 0.5 Amp Grouped 16 Points / Input Grouped 16 Points

IC200MDD844

Mixed Output Relay 2.0 Amp per Point Isolated 8 Points / Input 24 VDC Pos Logic Grouped 16 Points

IC200MDD845

Mixed Output Relay 2.0 Amp per Point Isolated 8 Points / Input 120 VAC Grouped 8 Points

IC200MDD846

Mixed Output Relay 2.0 Amp per Point Isolated 8 Points / Input 240 VAC Grouped 8 Points

IC200MDD847

Mixed Output 120 VAC 0.5 Amp per Point Isolated 8 Points / Input 120 VAC Grouped 8 Points

IC200MDD848

Mixed Output Relay 2.0 Amp per Point Isolated 8 Points / Input 120 VAC Isolated 8 Points

IC200MDD849

Mixed Output Relay 2.0 Amp per Point Isolated 8 Points / Input 240 VAC Isolated 4 Points

IC200MDD850

Mixed 12/24 VDC Pos Logic Output 0.5 Amp per Point Grouped 16 Points/Input 5/12 VDC Pos/Neg Logic Grouped 16 PT

IC200MDD851

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


7.2. GE Intelligent Platforms PLC's

7.2.2. GE VersaMax I/O & Control Series 7.2.2.2. Ordering Tables

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only

Order Codes - Analog I/O Modules Description

Code

Analog Input 12 Bit Voltage/Current 4 Channels

IC200ALG230

Analog Input Models

Analog Input 16 Bit Voltage/Current Isolated 8 Channels Analog Input 12 Bit Voltage/Current 8 Channels Analog Input 15 Bit Differential Voltage 8 Channels

IC200ALG240 IC200ALG260

IC200ALG261(6)

Analog Input 15 Bit Differential Current 8 Channels

IC200ALG262(6)

Analog Input 15 Bit Voltage 15 Channels

IC200ALG263(6)

Analog Input 15 Bit Current 15 Channels Analog Input 15 Bit Voltage 15 Channels (Enhanced Version) Analog Input 15 Bit Current 15 Channels (Enhanced Version) Analog Input 16 Bit RTD 4 Channels Analog Input 16 Bit Thermocouple 7 Channels

Analog Output Models

Analog Output 12 Bit Current 4 Channels Analog Output 12 Bit Voltage 0-10 V 4 Channels Analog Output 12 Bit Voltage ±10 V 4 Channels Analog Output 13 Bit Voltage 8 Channels Analog Output 13 Bit Current 8 Channels Analog Output 13 Bit Voltage 12 Channels Analog Output 16 Bit Voltage/Current Isolated 4 Channels

Mixed Analog Models

Analog Mixed 12 Bit Current 4 Input / 2 Output Channels Analog Mixed 12 Bit Voltage 0-10 V 4 Input / 2 Output Channels Analog Mixed 12 Bit Voltage ±10 V 4 Input / 2 Output Channels

IC200ALG264(6) IC200ALG265

IC200ALG266 IC200ALG620 IC200ALG630 IC200ALG320 IC200ALG321

7

IC200ALG322

IC200ALG325(6) IC200ALG326(6) IC200ALG327(6) IC200ALG331 IC200ALG430 IC200ALG431 IC200ALG432

Order Codes - Remote I/O Units Description

Code

Remote I/O Ethernet Network Interface Unit

IC200EBI001(5)

Remote I/O DeviceNet Network Interface Unit Remote I/O Genius Network Interface Unit Remote I/O Profibus-DP Network Interface Unit Profinet Scanner-Copper Interface Profinet Scanner - Multi-Mode Fibre (MMF)

IC200DBI001(2) IC200GBI001 IC200PBI001

IC200PNS001 IC200PNS002

Order Codes - Network Interface Modules Description PLC Network Communication Profibus-DP Slave PLC Network Communication DeviceNet (Master/Slave)

Code

IC200BEM002 IC200BEM103

PLC Network Communications AS-i Master

IC200BEM104

Local Communications Carrier

IC200CHS006

Genius Network Interface (IC200GBI001 only) Modbus Master Serial Module (one RS-485 Port)

IC200CMM020

Accessories Description

Code

CPU Programming Cable (RS-232)

IC200CBL001

EZ Program Store Flash Device for CPUs Expansion NIU Firmware upgrade Cable I/O Expansion Transmitter for CPU and Network Interface Units I/O Expansion Receiver Isolated (Up to 750 meters) I/O Expansion Receiver Non-Isolated (Up to 15 meters) Rack Expansion Cable, Shielded, Single Ended, 1M to One Expansion Receiver Module Rack Expansion Cable, Shielded, 2 Connectors, 1M. Supports Multidrop to Multiple Expansion Receiver Modules Rack Expansion Cable, Shielded, 2 Connectors, 2M. Supports Multidrop to Multiple Expansion Receiver Modules

IC200ACC003 IC200CBL002

IC200ETM001(6)

IC200ERM001(6) IC200ERM002(6) IC200CBL600 IC200CBL601 IC200CBL602

1. Requires an I/O carrier for wiring termination. 2. The DeviceNet network interface unit only supports autoconfiguration of I/O. Remote I/O configuration tool will be supported in the future. 3. These modules are for use in CPU systems. 4. Refer to VersaMax Modules, Power Supplies, and Carriers Manual GFK-1504 for cables and Interposing Terminal Blocks. 5. Includes support for EGD and Modbus Ethernet. 6. Supported by CPUs, Genius, Profibus and Ethernet NIUs only.

7-371


7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o systems 7.2. GE Intelligent Platforms PLC's 7.2.3. GE 90-30 Series

7.2.3.1. Overview 7.2.3.2. Ordering Tables

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only

90-30 Series GE Intelligent Platforms’ Series 90-30 PLCs is a family of controllers, I/O systems and specialty modules designed to meet the demand for versatile industrial solutions. The Series 90-30 has been the PLC of record in over 200,000 applications such as highspeed packaging, material handling, complex motion control, water treatment, continuous emissions monitoring, mining, food processing, elevator control and many more. Its modular design offers unique versatility Configure just the system you need, saving critical space and reducing cost. With over 100 I/O modules, the Series 90-30 PLC can be adapted to a wide range of applications. Ethernet communications provide a real-time link between the plant floor and the boardroom. You can begin with an Ethernet-enabled CPU, or at a later date, choose from our selection of rack-mounted Ethernet modules. The Series 90-30 Ethernet module supports both SRTP and Modbus TCP/IP application protocols. The scalable processing power of the CPU creates a clear upgrade path. Create the system that’s ideal today, while leaving open the option of creating a more powerful system tomorrow - without having to change your application software. Integrated motion control fosters high performance, point-to-point applications. A variety of Series 90-30 field bus interfaces enables distributed control and/or I/O. Choose from Ethernet EGD, Profibus-DP™, Genius, DeviceNet™ and Interbus-S™ modules. Field Bus interface modules are easy to install and quick to configure. Plug them into an existing system or design a new system around them.

7

The Series 90-30 stands out among small controls for offering redundancy options. The Series 90-30 is the low-cost solution for high availability applications, with redundant CPUs and power. Order Codes - Controllers Description

Code

5-Slot Base with CPU in Base (6KBytes User Program), Not Expandable

IC693CPU311

5-Slot Base with Turbo CPU in Base (Logic Execution is .6 msec), 1K Registers, (12KBytes User Program), Not Expandable

IC693CPU313

10-Slot Base with Turbo CPU in Base (Logic Execution is .6 msec) 12Kbytes User Program, Not Expandable

IC693CPU323

CPU 350 Module (74KBytes User Memory, 4K I/O, 8 Racks), No Built-In Serial Ports, Logic Execution is .22msec/K

IC693CPU350

CPU 360 Module (240KBytes Configurable User Memory, 4K I/O, 8 Racks), No Built-In Serial Ports, Logic Execution is .22msec/K

IC693CPU360

CPU 363 Module (240KBytes Configurable User Memory 4K I/O, 8 Racks), 2 Built-In Serial Ports, Logic Execution is .22msec/K

IC693CPU363

CPU 366 Module (240KBytes Configurable User Memory), with built-in Profibus Master (V1) Port, no built-in serial ports, Logic Execution is .22msec/K

IC693CPU366

CPU 367 Module (240KBytes Configurable User Memory), with built-in Profibus Slave (V1) Port, no built-in serial ports, Logic Execution is .22msec/K

IC693CPU367

CPU (Model 370). Requires High Capacity Power Supply

IC693CPU370

CPU (Model 372 with built-in 10/100 Mbps Ethernet and WEB Enabled). Requires High Capacity Power Supply

IC693CPU372

CPU 374 PLUS Module (240KBytes Configurable User Memory), No Built-In Serial Ports, Built-In0/100Mbs with Built-In Switch (two RJ 45 ports), Logic Execution is 0.15msec/K, Ethernet Supports SRTP, EGD and Producer/ Consumer Channels and Web Support; Logic Execution is .15msec/K. Requires High Capacity Power Supply

IC693CPU374 Plus

Order Codes - Baseplates

7-372

Description

Code

Base, CPU, 10 Slots, Use with CPU331/CSE331 and above

IC693CHS391

Base, Expansion, 10 Slots

IC693CHS392

Base, Remote Expansion, 10 Slots (200 m)

IC693CHS393

Base, CPU, 5 Slots (use with CPU331/CSE331 and above)

IC693CHS397

Base, Expansion, 5 Slots

IC693CHS398

Base, Remote Expansion, 5 Slots (200 m)

IC693CHS399

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


7.2. GE Intelligent Platforms PLC's 7.2.3. GE 90-30 Series

7.2.3.2. Ordering Tables

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only

Order Codes - Power Supplies Description

Code

Power Supply, 120/240 VAC, 125 VDC, Standard, 30 Watts

IC693PWR321

Power Supply, 24/48 VDC, Standard, 30 Watts

IC693PWR322

Power Supply, 48 VDC, Standard, 30 Watts

IC693PWR328

Power Supply, 120/240 VAC, 125 VDC, High Capacity, 30 Watts

IC693PWR330

Power Supply, 24 VDC, High Capacity, 30 Watts

IC693PWR331

Power Supply, 12 VDC, High Capacity, 30 Watts

IC693PWR332

Redundant Power Supply Base with 0.5 meter cable to connect to Power Supply Adapter Module

IC693ACC341

Redundant Power Supply Adapter (RPSA) Module.

IC693ACC350

Order Codes - Digital I/O Modules Description

Code

Input Modules 120 VAC Isolated Input (8 Points)

IC693MDL230

240 VAC Isolated Input (8 Points)

IC693MDL231

120 VAC Input (16 Points)

IC693MDL240

24 VAC/VDC Input (16 Points)

IC693MDL241

120 VAC Isolated Input (16 Points)

IC693MDL250

120 VAC Input (32 Points)

IC693MDL260

125 VDC Input (8 Points)

IC693MDL632

24 VDC Input, Neg/Pos Logic (8 Points)

IC693MDL634

24 VDC Input, Neg/Pos Logic (16 Points)

IC693MDL645

24 VDC Input, Neg/Pos Logic, 1 msec Filter (16 Points)

IC693MDL646

48 VDC Input, Neg/Pos Logic, 1 msec filter, Neg/Pos Logic (16 Points)

IC693MDL648

5/12 VDC (TTL) Input, Neg/Pos Logic, (32 Points)

IC693MDL654

24 VDC Input, Neg/Pos Logic, 1 ms, (32 Points)

IC693MDL655

24 VDC Input, Neg/Pos Logic, 0.5ms, 1.0ms, 2.0ms, 5ms, 10ms, 50ms & 100ms filtering, (32 Points)

IC693MDL660

Input Simulator Module (8 Points)

IC693ACC300

7

Output Modules 120 VAC Output, 0.5 Amp (12 Points)

IC693MDL310

120/240 VAC Output, 1 Amp (8 Points)

IC693MDL330

120 VAC Output, 0.5 Amp (16 Points)

IC693MDL340

120 VAC Isolated Output, 2 Amp (16 Points)

IC693MDL350

120/240 VAC Isolated Output, 2 Amp (5 Points)

IC693MDL390

12/24 VDC Output, 2 Amp, Positive Logic (8 Points)

IC693MDL730

12/24 VDC Output, 2 Amp, Negative Logic (8 Points)

IC693MDL731

12/24 VDC Output, 0.5 Amp, Positive Logic (8 Points)

IC693MDL732

12/24 VDC Output, 0.5 Amp, Negative Logic (8 Points)

IC693MDL733

125 VDC Output, (6 Points)

IC693MDL734

12/24 VDC Output, 0.5 Amp, Positive Logic (16 Points)

IC693MDL740

12/24 VDC Output, 0.5 Amp, Negative Logic (16 Points)

IC693MDL741

12/24 VDC Output, 1 Amp, Positive Logic (16 Points), Fused

IC693MDL742

48/24 VDC Output, 0.5 Amps, Positive Logic (8 Points)

IC693MDL748

5/24 VDC (TTL) Output, Negative Logic, (32 Points)

IC693MDL752

12/24 VDC Output, Positive Logic (32 Points)

IC693MDL753

12/24 VDC Output, 0.75 amps, Pos Logic with ESCP protection, (32 Points).

IC693MDL754

Relay Output, 4 Amp (16 Points)

IC693MDL916

Relay Output, Isolated, 4 Amp (8Points)

IC693MDL930

Relay Output, 8 Amp Form B/C contacts, Isolated in 2 Groups of 4 (8 Points)

IC693MDL931

Relay Output, 2 Amp (16 Points)

IC693MDL940

Mixed I/O Modules Mixed I/O, 24 VDC Input (8 points), Relay Output (8 points)

IC693MDR390

Mixed I/O, 120 VAC Input (8 Points), Relay Output (8 Points)

IC693MAR590

7-373


7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o systems 7.2. GE Intelligent Platforms PLC's 7.2.3. GE 90-30 Series

7.2.3.2. Ordering Tables

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only

Order Codes - Analog I/O Modules Description

Code

Analog Input, Voltage/Current, 4 Channels

IC693ALG220

Analog Input, Current, 4 Channels

IC693ALG221

Analog Input, Voltage 16 Single/8 Differential Channels

IC693ALG222

Analog Input, Current, 16 Single Channels

IC693ALG223

Analog Output, Voltage, 2 Channels

IC693ALG390

Analog Output, Current, 2 Channels

IC693ALG391

High Density Analog Output (8 Channels)

IC693ALG392

Analog Combo Module 4IN/2OUT

IC693ALG442

Order Codes - Motion Modules

7

Description

Code

High Speed Counter (HSC)

IC693APU300

Axis Positioning Module (APM), 1 Axis

IC693APU301

Axis Positioning Module (APM), 2 Axis

IC693APU302

High Speed Counter with Gray Code Encoder or an A QUAD B Encoder Input

IC693APU305

Digital Servo Motion Controller, 2 Axis

IC693DSM302

Digital Servo Motion Controller, 1-2 Axis of Digital Servo or 1-4 Axis Analog Servo

IC693DSM314

Digital Servo Motion Controller, 4 Axis of Digital Servo with fibre optic interface to amplifiers

IC693DSM324

Order Codes - Speciality Modules Description

Code

Solenoid Valve Output (11 Points)/24 VDC Output, 0.5 Amp, Positive Logic (5 Points)

IC693MDL760

Power Transducer Module, CT and PT Interface 120/240 VAC (1m cable)

IC693PTM101

Temperature Control Module, (8) TC In and (8) 24 VDC Solid State Outputs

IC693TCM302

Temperature Control Module Ext. Temperature Range, (8) TC In and (8) 24 VDC Solid State Outputs

IC693TCM303

Order Codes - Communications Modules Description

Code

Genius Bus Controller (Supports I/O and Datagrams)

IC693BEM331

Communication Module, Genius (1 Kbyte) GCM+ (No Datagram Support)

IC693CMM302

Profibus DP Master Module

IC693PBM200

Profibus DP Slave Module

IC693PBS201

DeviceNet Master Module

IC693DNM200

DeviceNet Slave Module

IC693DNS201

Order Codes - Remote I/O

7-374

Description

Code

Ethernet Network Interface Unit. Two Ethernet ports, one connection (one IP)with built in switch. Requires IC693CHS397 (5 slot rack) or IC693CHS391 (10 slot rack) and a Series 90-30 high capacity power supply.

IC693NIU004

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


7.2. GE Intelligent Platforms PLC's 7.2.3. GE 90-30 Series

7.2.3.2. Ordering Tables

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only

Accessories Description

Code

Replacement Battery, CPU & PCM (Qty. 2)

IC693ACC301

High Capacity Battery Pack

IC693ACC302

EZ Program Store Flash Device (for CPU374 only)

IC200ACC003

Filler Module, Blank Slot

IC693ACC310

Rack to Rack Expansion Cable, 1 Meter

IC693CBL300

Rack to Rack Expansion Cable, 2 Meters

IC693CBL301

Rack to Rack Expansion Cable, 15 Meters

IC693CBL302

Rack to Rack Expansion Cable, 0.15 Meters, Shielded

IC693CBL312

Rack to Rack Expansion Cable, 8 Meters

IC693CBL313

Rack to Rack Expansion Cable, 15 Meters, Shielded

IC693CBL314

High density terminal block, 36 box style connections

IC694TBB032

High density terminal block, 36 spring clamp connections

IC694TBS032

High density terminal block with extended shroud, 36 box style connections

IC694TBB132

High density terminal block with extended shroud, 36 spring clamp connections

IC694TBS132

I/O Bus Terminator Plug

IC693ACC307

Rack Adaptor Bracket, Series 90-30 10 Slot to 19� (Front Mount)

IC693ACC308

Twenty Point Terminal Blocks (qty 6)

IC693ACC311

Spare Plastic Cases Parts Kit (I/O, CPU, PCM)

IC693ACC319

SNP to RS232 Programming Cable

HE693SNPCBL

7

Order Codes - TBQC Interposing Terminal Block Description

Code

Interposing terminal block base for IC693MDL645, IC693MDL646, and IC693MDL240. The base can also be used with any 20 point terminal discrete or analog modules not listed.

IC693ACC329

Interposing terminal block base for IC693MDL740 and IC693MDL742

IC693ACC330

Interposing terminal block base for IC693MDL741

IC693ACC331

Interposing terminal block base for IC693MDL940

IC693ACC332

Interposing terminal block base for IC693MDL340

IC693ACC333

Interposing terminal block base for IC693MDL654/655/752/753

IC693ACC337

Order Codes - TBQC Cables Description

Code

Cable Kit with CBL 327 and CBL 323

IC693CBK001

Cable Kit with CBL 329 and CBL 330

IC693CBK002

Cable Kit with CBL 331 and CBL 332

IC693CBK003

Cable Kit with CBL 333 and CBL 334

IC693CBK004

Cable, Left Side, One - 24 Pin 90 Degree Connector, 3 Meter. Cable has a connector on only one end and open on the other. Cable used with TBQC I/O Face Plate Adapter or Fujitsu style I/O modules.

IC693CBL327

Cable, Right Side, One - 24 Pin 90 Degree Connector, 3 Meter. Cable has a connector on only one end and open on the other. Cable used with TBQC I/O Face Plate Adapter or Fujitsu style I/O modules.

IC693CBL328

Cable, Left Side, One - 24 Pin 90 Degree Connector, 1 Meter. from TBQC I/O Face Plate Adapter to TBQC Interposing Terminal Block.

IC693CBL329

Cable, Right Side, One - 24 Pin 90 Degree Connector, 1 Meter. from TBQC I/O Face Plate Adapter to TBQC Interposing Terminal Block.

IC693CBL330

Cable, Left Side, One - 24 Pin 90 Degree Connector, 2 Meter. from TBQC I/O Face Plate Adapter to TBQC Interposing Terminal Block.

IC693CBL331

Cable, Right Side, One - 24 Pin 90 Degree Connector, 2 Meter. from TBQC I/O Face Plate Adapter to TBQC Interposing Terminal Block.

IC693CBL332

Cable, Left Side, One - 24 Pin 90 Degree Connector, 0.5 Meter. from TBQC I/O Face Plate Adapter to TBQC Interposing Terminal Block.

IC693CBL333

Cable, Right Side, One - 24 Pin 90 Degree Connector, 0.5 Meter. from TBQC I/O Face Plate Adapter to TBQC Interposing Terminal Block.

IC693CBL334

7-375


7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o systems 7.2. GE Intelligent Platforms PLC's

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

7.2.4. GE PACSystem RXi Controller

For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only

7.2.4.1. Overview 7.2.4.2. Ordering Table PACSystem RXi Controller High Performance Distributed IO Controller Platform

GE Intelligent Platforms has leveraged its rich experience in embedded computing and control technology in the design of the innovative PACSystems RXi controller platform. The RXi Controller incorporates leading-edge CPU technology, the market leading industrial Ethernet network technology,and a unique user interface for maintaining the controller to deliver a control system unique in the industry. The PACSystems RXi controller is PROFINET enabled, delivering a small footprint solution with highly flexible distributed I/O capabilities to equipment builders and end users. Its unique Intelligent Display Module provides configuration and maintenance functions at the controller without software. As a PACSystems controller, the RXi is fully compatible with applications written for any other PACsystems platform. The result is a High performance solution designed for distributed IO applications. Higher Performance The RXi Controller is designed for high performance distributed IO applications. With a high performance dual core CPU and Gigabit PROFINET (with built in MRP redundancy) and Ethernet ports, every aspect of the RXi has been designed for performance. For even more power, the RXi controller can be combined with the RXi Modular IPC to deliver a unique control and computing platform for the factory floor. Integrated high-speed connectors allow instant data handling. Operator usability can be enhanced by pairing the RXi Modular IPC with new RXi panel displays with new multi-touch technology. The unique combination of high performance control, integrated PROFINET, intelligent display module, and compact format truly distinguishes the RXi Controller from other offerings. Greater Uptime

7

Systems with distributed architectures are easier to configure and maintain. In addition, RXi components are industrial temperature grade, which combined with patented thermal monitoring technology and sophisticated passive cooling techniques delivers reliable control in rugged environments. Lower Total Cost of Ownership RXi’s compact control and computing platform allows users to simplify panel design and reduce the overall size of the panel while benefiting from the performance, maintainability, and upgradeability of the PACSystems platform. The optional Intelligent Display Module provides a maintenance touchscreen display right on the controller, providing faster interaction with the controller and simpler start-up. Highlights • • • • •

COMExpress CPU Technology Integrated redundant ProfiNet I/O Interface High-speed Interconnect Bus Built-in Data Storage USB and SD interfaces

Specifications

Controller information and diagnostics screens built into IDM

Customize your solution by stacking together RXi Controller, IDM, Panel Displays and IPCs

Storage 10 MB user memory

Others SD Card (on Intelligent Display Module or Intelligence Faceplate)

Data Retention RXi specific Energy Pak provides power during power failure while data is written to NV RAM

Power Input: 24V DC (±25%) with protection

Ethernet 2 Port (shared MAC) GB ProfiNet – with MRP 1 Ethernet (10, 100, 1000 Mbit) port 1 Ethernet (1000 Mbit) – internal

Environmental Operating: -25°C to +55° C (standard) Storage: -40°C to +125° C Operating humidity: 10% to 90%

USB Interface 2 USB 2.0 Standard Size

Mounting Panel Mount Dinrail Mount with Optional DIN Mount Plate

Order Codes Description

Code

RXi Controller*

ICRXICTL000A

RXi Intelligent Display Module

ICRXIACCIDM01A

RXi Intelligent Faceplate

ICRXIACCIFM01A

RXi DIN Mounting Plate

ICRXIACCBPL

*Each RXi Controller must be used with an Intelligent Display Module or Intelligent Faceplate

7-376

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


7.2. GE Intelligent Platforms PLC's

7.2.5. GE PACSystem RX3i Controller 7.2.5.1. Overview

For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only

PACSystem RX3i Controller The PACSystems RX3i controller is an incredibly powerful Programmable Automation Controller (PAC) in the innovative PACSystems family. The RX3i features a single control engine and a universal programming environment to provide application portability across multiple hardware platforms and deliver a true convergence of control. With integrated critical control platforms, logic, motion, HMI, process control and high availability based on our Reflective Memory technology, the RX3i provides the performance and flexibility to give you an advantage. No matter the challenges your applications bring, PACSystems RX3i lets you take control. PACSystems RX3i Benefits: The innovative technology of the PACSystems RX3i enables users to: • • • • •

Address major engineering and business issues, such as higher productivity and tighter cost control Boost the overall performance of their automation systems Reduce engineering and commissioning costs Easily integrate new technology into installed base systems Significantly decrease concerns regarding short- and long-term migration and platform longevity

PACSystems RX3i Features: • • • • • • • •

High-speed processor and patented technology for faster throughput without information bottlenecks Dual backplane bus support per module slot: • High-speed, PCI-based for fast through put of new advanced I/O • Serial backplane for easy migration of existing Series 90-30 I/O Multiple CPU offerings meeting various performance criteria up to and including an Intel® 1 GHz CPU for advanced programming and performance with 64 Mbytes memory Memory for ladder logic documentation and machine documentation (Word, Excel, PDF, CAD and other files) in the controller to reduce downtime and improve troubleshooting Open communications support including Ethernet, GENIUS, Profibus™, HART, DeviceNet™ Profinet and Serial Supports high density discrete I/O, universal analog (TC, RTD, Strain Gauge, Voltage and Current configurable per channel), isolated analog, high-density analog, high-speed counter, and motion modules Expanded I/O offering with extended features for faster processing, advanced diagnostics and a variety of configurable interrupts Hot insertion for both new and migrated modules

High Performance Control on One Platform: The PACSystems RX3i provides logic, motion, HMI, and process control with open communications protocols. • PACMotion modules can control up to 40 high speed axes in one rack • PACSystems High Availability solution offers true dual redundancy data synchronization and bumpless transfer • The Control Memory Xchange offers amazing data transfer at a rate of 2.12 Gbaud Universal Development Environment: The common software platform across all GE controllers, award-winning Proficy Machine Edition software provides the universal engineering development environment for programming, configuration and diagnostics for the entire PACSystems family. • Programming tools such as tag-based programming, a library of reusable code and a test edit mode for improved online troubleshooting • User-friendly environment that can increase design flexibility and improve engineering efficiency and productivity

7-377

7


7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o systems 7.2. GE Intelligent Platforms PLC's

7.2.5. GE PACSystem RX3i Controller 7.2.5.1. Overview 7.2.5.2. Ordering Tables

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only

CPUs The high-performance CPU is based on the latest technology processor with fast computation and high throughput. The controller can manage up to 32K of I/O in a number of standard languages. The powerful CPU enables complex applications to be easily solved with the high performance processor and up to 64 Mbytes of user memory. The RX3i supports multiple IEC languages and C programming to give you program flexibility. The RX3i increases machine cycle times, reduces downtime with its extensive diagnostics and hot swap capability, and enables you to store large amounts of data to reduce external hardware cost. High Availability Redundant Controllers High Availability CPU Redundancy family allows critical application or process to continue operating if a failure occurs in any single component. A High Availability system uses two or more CPUs; an active unit that actively controls the process, and one or more backup units that are synchronized with the active unit and can take over the process should it becomes necessary. An RX3i QuadPAC solution utilizes four CRU320QP controllers — one is a master controller and three are synchro- nized backup controllers. The QuadPAC solution features “Smart Redundancy,” a patent pending algorithm that calculates the relative system availability in real time and identifies the most available controller as master. The I/O racks may be grouped into either single (one I/O rack), redundant (two I/O racks), or triple redundant (three I/O racks) rack configurations. Baseplates RX3i baseplates are available in 7, 12 and 16 slot configurations to the meet the needs of your application. The RX3i Universal baseplates support hot swap capability to reduce downtime. Expansion bases are available in 5 and 10 slot versions to maximize flexibility.

7

Universal Bases Power Supplies The RX3i power supply modules simply snap in just like I/O, and they work with any model CPU. Each version provides auto-ranging so there is no need to set jumpers for different incoming power levels, and they are current limiting so a direct short will shut the power supply down to avoid damage to the hardware. Discrete I/O Modules Input modules provide the interface between the PLC and external input devices such as proximity sensors, push buttons, switches, and BCD thumbwheels. Output modules provide the interface between the PLC and external output devices such as contactors, interposing relays, BCD displays and indicator lamps. Analog I/O Modules GE offers easy-to-use analog modules and HART analog modules for control processes such as flow, temperature and pressure. Specialty Modules: The RX3i features a wide range of Specialty Modules to address specific application requirements. These modules include: • Millivolt and Strain Gage I/O • Resistive I/O • Thermocouple I/O • Temperature Control • RTD I/O • Power Transducer Networks and Distributed I/O Systems The RX3i features a variety of communications options for distributed control and/or I/O. Choose from Profinet Ethernet EGD, ProfibusDP, Genius and DeviceNet. These communication modules are easy to install and quick to configure. Expansion Modules for Local and Remote I/O The RX3i supports various expansion options for local and remote I/O to optimize configurations. The RX3i can be expanded up to 8 expansion bases using local remote expansion module. The RX3i also supports Profinet Ethernet remote I/O using the RX3i Ethernet Network Interface module (IC695NKT001) Series 90-30 Ethernet Network Interface module (IC693NIU004) for more distributed I/O. Motion Control PACMotion The PACMotion controller is a versatile 4-axis servo motion controller that provides the scalability and flexibility to cover a full range of motion applications from small material handling applications to complex multi-axis machines and electronic line shaft applications. PACMotion provides real-time synchronization of all axes in an RX3i rack. A separate RX3i fast logic scan enables fast deterministic event response and synchronization, and the demand driven data exchange model between the RX3i CPU and PACMotion module many significantly reduce scan time impact. The 4-axis servo motion controller is built on a high performance hardware platform, with a new enhanced motion engine, operating system, and open standard integrated programming paradigm. Order Codes - CPU’s

7-378

Description

Code

RX3i CPU with built-in USB Master port, Ethernet port and serial port, 1.1GHz CPU, 5MB User Memory

IC695CPE305

RX3i CPU with built-in USB Master port, Ethernet port and 2 serial port, 1.1GHz CPU, 10MB User Memory

IC695CPE310

RX3i CPU with two built-in serial ports, 1GHz CPU, 64MB User Memory

IC695CPU320

X3i CPU with two built-in serial ports, 1GHz CPU, 20MB User Memory

IC695CPU315

RX3i Bumpless Redundant High Availability CPU with two built-in serial ports. (Requires IC695RMX128 Data Sync Module), 1GHz CPU, 64MB User Memory

IC695CRU320

QuadPAC CPU for RX3i Bumpless Redundant High Availability CPU with two built-in serial ports. (Requires IC695RMX128 Data Sync Module AND Quad Redundancy Solution Code), 1GHz CPU, 64MB User Memory

IC695CRU320QP

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


7.2. GE Intelligent Platforms PLC's

7.2.5. GE PACSystem RX3i Controller 7.2.5.2. Ordering Tables

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only

Order Codes - Backplanes Description

Code

Universal Backplane, 7 Universal Slots (Non expandable)

IC695CHS007

Universal Backplane, 12 Universal Slots

C695CHS012

Universal Backplane, 16 Universal Slots

IC695CHS016

Order Codes - Expansion Backplane Description

Code

Base, Remote Expansion, 10 Slots

IC694CHS393

Base, Expansion, 10 Slots

IC694CHS392

Base, Expansion, 5 Slots

IC694CHS398

Base, Remote Expansion, 5 Slots

IC694CHS399

Order Codes - Power Supplies Description

Code

Multipurpose Power Supply, 120/240 VAC, 125 VDC 40 Watts

IC695PSA140

Power Supply, 120/240 VAC, 125 VDC, 40 Watts (requires 2 slots)

IC695PSA040

Multipurpose Power Supply, 24 VDC, 40 Watts

IC695PSD140

Power Supply, 24 VDC, 40 Watts (requires 1 slot)

IC695PSD040

7

Order Codes - Expansion/Remote Backplane Power Supplies Description

Code

Power Supply, 120/240 VAC, 125 VDC, Standard, 30 Watts (Use with Expansion Base)

IC694PWR321

Power Supply, 120/240 VAC, 125 VDC, High Capacity, 30 Watts (Use with Expansion Base)

IC694PWR330

Power Supply, 24 VDC, High Capacity, 30 Watts (Use with Expansion Base)

IC694PWR331

Power Supply, 12 VDC, Standard, 30 Watts (Use with Expansion Base)

IC693PWR332

Power Supply, 48 VDC, Standard, 30 Watts (Use with Expansion Base)

IC693PWR328

Order Codes - Discrete Input Modules Description

Code

120 VAC Isolated Input (8 Points)

IC694MDL230

240 VAC Isolated Input (8 Points)

IC694MDL231

120 VAC Input (16 Points)

IC694MDL240

24 VAC/VDC Input (16 Points)

IC694MDL241

120 VAC Isolated Input (16 Points)

IC694MDL250

120 VAC Input (32 Points)**

IC694MDL260

125 VDC Input (8 Points)

IC694MDL632

24 VDC Input, Neg/Pos Logic (8 Points)

IC694MDL634

24 VDC Input, Neg/Pos Logic (16 Points)

IC694MDL645

24 VDC Input, Neg/Pos Logic, 1 msec Filter (16 Points)

IC694MDL646

5/12 VDC (TTL) Input, Neg/Pos Logic, (32 Points)

IC694MDL654

24 VDC Input, Neg/Pos Logic, 1 ms, (32 Points)

IC694MDL655

24 VDC Input (32 Points)**

IC694MDL660

Input Simulator Module (8 Points)

IC694ACC300

7-379


7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o systems 7.2. GE Intelligent Platforms PLC's

7.2.5. GE PACSystem RX3i Controller 7.2.5.2. Ordering Tables

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only

Order Codes - Discrete Output Modules

7

Description

Code

120 VAC Output, 0.5 Amp (12 Points)

IC694MDL310

120/240 VAC Output, 1 Amp (8 Points)

IC694MDL330

120 VAC Output, 0.5 Amp (16 Points)

IC694MDL340

120/240 VAC Output, 2 Amp (16 Points)

IC694MDL350

120/240 VAC Isolated Output, 2 Amp (5 Points)

IC694MDL390

12/24 VDC Output, 0.5 Amp, Positive Logic (8 Points)

IC694MDL732

125 VDC Output (6 Points)

IC694MDL734

12/24 VDC Output, 0.5 Amp, Positive Logic (16 Points)

IC694MDL740

12/24 VDC Output, 0.5 Amp, Negative Logic (16 Points)

IC694MDL741

12/24 VDC Output, 1 Amp, Positive Logic (16 Points), Fused

IC694MDL742

5/12/24 VDC (TTL) Output, Negative Logic, (32 Points)

IC694MDL752

12/24 VDC Output, Positive Logic (32 Points)

IC694MDL753

12/24 VDC Output w/ ESCP, 0.75 Amp (32 Points)**

IC694MDL754

Relay Output, Isolated, 4 Amp (8 Points)

IC694MDL930

Relay Output, 8 Amp Form B/C contacts, Isolated in 2 Groups of 4 (8 Points)

IC694MDL931

Relay Output, 2 Amp (16 Points)

IC694MDL940

Relay Output, 4 Amp (16 Points)

IC694MDL916

Order Codes Description

Code

Analog Input Modules Analog Input, Voltage/Current, (4 Channels)

IC694ALG220

Analog Input, Current, (4 Channels)

IC694ALG221

Analog Input, Voltage (16 Single ended /8 Differential Channels)

IC694ALG222

Analog Input, Current, (16 Single Channels)

IC694ALG223

Analog Input, Universal, Voltage/Current/RTD/TC/Strain Gauge, (8 Channels)

IC695ALG600*/**

Analog Input, Voltage/Current, Configurable, (8 Channels)

IC695ALG608*/**

Analog Input, Voltage/Current, Configurable, (16 Channels)

IC695ALG616*/**

Analog Input with HART Communications, Voltage/Current, Configurable, (8 Channels)

IC695ALG628*/**

Analog Input with HART Communications, Voltage/Current, Configurable, (16 Channels)

IC695ALG626*/**

Isolated Analog input module, configurable for voltage and current (6 Channels).

IC695ALG106*/**

Isolated Analog input module, configurable for voltage and current (12 Channels).

IC695ALG112*/**

Isolated RTD and resistance input channels. Supports 2, 3, 4 wire RTD or Resistance, (8 Channels)

IC695ALG508*/**

Isolated Thermocouple Input, Supports type J, K, T, E, R, S, B, N, or C & Voltage: ±150 mV or ±50 mV. (6 Channels)

IC695ALG306*/**

Isolated Thermocouple Input, Supports type J, K, T, E, R, S, B, N, or C & Voltage: ±150mV or ±50mV. (12 Channels)

IC695ALG312*/**

Analog Output Modules Analog Output, 2 Channels, Voltage

IC694ALG390

Analog Output, Current (2 Channels)

IC694ALG391

Analog Output, Voltage or Current (8 Channels)

IC694ALG392

Analog Output, Voltage/Current, (4 Channels)

IC695ALG704*/**

Analog Output, Voltage/Current, (4 Channels)

IC695ALG708*/**

Analog Output with HART Communications, Voltage/Current, (8 Channels)

IC695ALG728*/**

Isolated Analog Output module, voltage/current, (8 Channels)

IC695ALG808*/**

Mixed Analog Modules Analog Combo Module (4IN/2OUT)

IC694ALG442

*Compatible with IC695CHS 012/016 base only. **Requires either Box Style (IC694TBB032 or IC694TBB132) or Spring Clamp (IC694TBS032 or IC694TBS132) high density terminal block.

7-380

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


7.2. GE Intelligent Platforms PLC's

7.2.5. GE PACSystem RX3i Controller 7.2.5.2. Ordering Tables

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only

Order Codes - Temperature Control Modules Description

Code

(8) T/C, (1) RTD and (8) 24 VDC Output

IC693TCM302

Extended Range, (8) T/C, (1) RTD and (8) 24 VDC Output Modules

IC693TCM303

Order Codes - Serial Communications Modules Description

Code

Two Isolated Serial Ports. Supports Modbus Master/Slave, Serial Read/Write, DNP 3.0 Master/Slave and Custom protocols.

IC695CMM002

Four Isolated Serial Ports. Supports Modbus Master/Slave, Serial Read Write, DNP 3.0 Master/Slave and Custom protocols.

IC695CMM004

Order Codes - Motion Control Modules Description

Code

PACMotion Controller, 4 Axes Digital Servo (Fiber Optic Interface to Amplifiers)

IC695PMM335**

I/O Processor Module

IC694APU305

High Speed Counter (HSC)

IC694APU300

High Speed Counter (4 counters)

IC695HSC304*/**

High Speed Counter, 1.5 KHz (8 counters)

IC695HSC308*/**

Digital Servo Motion Controller, 1-2 Axis of Digital Servo or 1-4 Axis Analog Servo

IC694DSM314

Digital Servo Motion Controller, 4 Axis (Fiber Optic Interface to Amplifiers)

IC694DSM324

7

Order Codes - Power Measurement Modules Description

Code

Power Transducer Module

IC693PTM101

Power Syncronization and Measurement Module

IC694PSM001

Order Codes - Pneumatics Modules Description

Code

RX3i Solenoid Module

IC693MDL760

Order Codes - Networks & Distributed I/O System Modules Description

Code

Genius Bus Controller (Supports I/O and Datagrams)

IC694BEM331

DeviceNet Master Module

IC694DNM200*

Profibus Master Module

IC695PBM300*

Profibus Slave Module

IC695PBS301*

Ethernet Module, 10/100 base T/TX ports (requires 1 slot)

IC695ETM001*

Control Memory Xchange Module 128Megbytes of user shared memory

IC695CMX128*

RX3i Redundant Memory Xchange syncronization module for RX3i High Availability redundant controllers

IC695RMX128*

Profinet Controller Moduler

IC695PNC001

Profinet Scanner Moduler

IC695PNS001

Order Codes - Expansion Modules Description

Code

Local Expansion Module (requires no universal slots)

IC695LRE001*

Ethernet Remote I/O Expansion Kit

IC695NKT001

Ethernet Remote I/O Interface

IC695NIU001

Ethernet Remote I/O Interface for IC694CHSxxx Expansion Racks

IC693NIU004

*Compatible with IC695CHS 007/012/016 Base only. **Requires either Box Style (IC694TBB032 or IC694TBB132) or Spring Clamp (IC694TBS032 or IC694TBS132) high density terminal block.

7-381


7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o systems 7.2. GE Intelligent Platforms PLC's

7.2.5. GE PACSystem RX3i Controller 7.2.5.2. Ordering Tables

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only

Order Codes - Terminal Blocks Description

Code

High Density Terminal Block Box Style (36 Terminals)

IC694TBB032

High Density 32 Point Terminal Block Box Style with Extended Shroud for Large Wiring Bundles

IC694TBB132

High Density Terminal Block Spring Style (36 Terminals)

IC694TBS032

High Density 32 Point Terminal Block Spring Style with Extended Shroud for Large Wiring Bundles

IC694TBS132

PACMotion Fibre I/O terminal block with screw terminal headers

IC695FTB1B032

PACMotion Fibre I/O terminal block with spring clip terminal headers

IC695FTB1S032

Accessories

7

7-382

Description

Code

High Capacity Battery Pack (mounts externally)

IC693ACC302

Smart Coin Cell Battery Pack

IC698ACC701

Auxiliary Smart Battery

IC695ACC302

Rechargeable Battery Kit

IC695RBK001

Rechargeable Battery

IC690RBT001

Battery Charger (used with IC690RBT001)

IC690CRG001

Real Time Clock Battery for CPE305 and CPE310

IC690ACC001

CPE305 and CPE310 CPU Battery-less Energy Pack for backing up dynamic data

IC695ACC400

Energy Pack Cable

IC695CBL001

Rack to Rack Expansion Cable, 1 Meter

IC693CBL300

Rack to Rack Expansion Cable, 2 Meters

IC693CBL301

Rack to Rack Expansion Cable, 15 Meters

IC693CBL302

Rack to Rack Expansion Cable, 0.15 Meters, Shielded

IC693CBL312

Rack to Rack Expansion Cable, 8 Meters

IC693CBL313

Rack to Rack Expansion Cable, 15 Meters, Shielded

IC693CBL314

RX3i Cold Junction Compensation Kits for Universal Analog Input Module

IC695ACC600

Mini-Converter Kit with cable

IC690ACC901

I/O Bus Terminator Plug

IC693ACC307

Fibre optic cable for CMX and RMX where 0xx distinguishes different lengths

VMICBL-000-F6-0xx

Blank Filler Module

IC694ACC310

Terminal Blocks, 20 terminals

IC693ACC311

SNP to RS232 Programming Cable

HE693SNPCBL

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


7.2. GE Intelligent Platforms PLC's 7.2.6. GE Programming Software 7.2.6.1. Overview

For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only

Programming Software Proficy Machine Edition GE Intelligent Platforms’ Proficy Machine Edition is an automation software break-through deploying HMI, motion, and multi-target control in an integrated development environment. This environment provides a common user interface, drag-and-drop editing, and a rich set of development tools. Proficy Machine Edition includes all the automation software components you need to reduce your programming, configuration, commissioning, monitoring, and maintenance costs. Build Your Application on Industry Standards Combining the best of traditional programming and graphics applications with such powerful open industry-standard technologies as COM/DCOM, ActiveX, OPC, and XML, Proficy Machine Edition provides a smooth migration path to the latest development tools. Save Time through Tight Integration In addition to sharing common development tools, all Proficy Machine Edition components — View, Logic Developer, and Motion Developer — share a common database and common objects across applications, including logic, scripts, and animation. Once a variable is created, it can easily be used in all other components of the project. HMI/Operator Interface – Proficy View An HMI specifically designed to address the needs of machine-level operator interface and HMI requirements. Includes a wide range of PLC/device drivers and OPC client/server support and provides remote connectivity and thin client support for diagnostic and data monitoring. Includes support for QuickPanel, QuickPanel View (Windows CE-based) and Windows NT/2000/XP. PC-Control – Proficy Logic Developer-PC A proven PC-based development and runtime system providing all five IEC 1131 languages (Ladder Diagram, Structured Text, Instruction List, Function Block Diagram and Sequential Function Charts), web publishing of logic, and connectivity to a wide choice of PLC and open I/O devices. Includes support for QuickPanel Control (Windows CE-based), Windows NT/2000/XP, and Embedded NT/XP.

7-383

7


7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o systems 7.2. GE Intelligent Platforms PLC's 7.2.6. GE Programming Software

For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only

7.2.6.2. Ordering Table Product Suites

Machine Edition Standard Development Suite with hardware key

Machine Edition Professional Development Suite

Machine Edition Professional Development Suite with hardware key

Machine Edition Professional Development Suite with Runtimes

• • • • •

• •

• •

• •

Single License

Unlimited Seat Site License

IC646MBL001

IC646MBLS99

Hardware Key

Machine Edition Standard Development Suite

Software Authorization

Machine Edition Traditional Development Suite with hardware key

Motion Developer

8000 Point R/T for View 2000. XP, NT

View Development 2000, XP, NT

Control Station

Quick Panel Control

Machine Edition Traditional Development Suite

View Station

Quick Panel View (Loaded)

Series 90-70/PACSystems* RX3i/RX7i

VersaMax and Series 90-30

Machine Edition Lite Development Suite with hardware key

VersaMax* Nano/Micro

Machine Edition Lite Development Suite

Bundles of commonly used Machine Edition components. Advantages include lower cost, easier to authorize, and easier to maintain as one serial number covers the whole suite.

IC647MBL001

-

IC646MBT001

IC646MBTS99

IC647MBT001

-

IC646MBS001

IC646MBSS99

IC647MBS001

-

IC646MBP001

IC646MBPS99

IC647MBP001

-

IC646MBW001

-

Single License

Unlimited Seat Site License

IC646MPC001

-

IC646MPM001

-

IC646MPS001 IC647MPS001

IC646MPSS99

IC646MPP001 IC647MPP001

IC646MPPS99

IC646MSP001

-

Control Products

Logic Developer PLC Configuration

Logic Developer PLC Nano/Micro

Logic Developer PLC Standard Logic Developer PLC Standard with Hardware Key

• •

• •

• •

• •

Logic Developer PLC Professional Logic Developer PLC Professional with Hardware Key

• •

• •

• •

• •

• •

• •

Logic Developer State Professional

7-384

Hardware Key

Software Authorization

PACSystems RX3i/RX7i)

Series 90-70)

Series 90-30

Development licenses work on a hierarchical basis.

VersaMax

Supported PLC Platforms Key

VersaMax Nano/Micro

PLC-Based Control

Remote I/O Config Tools

7

Key

Quick Panel View (Basic/Intermediate)

Supported Platforms/Features

Quick Panel

Machine Edition Product Suites

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


7.2. GE Intelligent Platforms PLC's 7.2.6. GE Programming Software

For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only

7.2.6.2. Ordering Table OI/HMI Products

Single License

Unlimited Seat Site License

IC646MQP001

IC646MQPS99

Hardware Key

Software Authorization

Proficy View (CE) Standard Edition

Remote I/O Config

Key

ControlStation

QuickPanel Control

QuickPanel View (Basic/Intermediate)

Proficy View for QuickPanel with hardware key

QuickPanel View (Loaded)

QuickPanel Proficy View for QuickPanel

Development software for QuickPanel, QuickPanel View & QuickPanel Control solutions. Runtime licenses are included in the hardware purchase

ViewStation CE

Supported Platforms/ Features

QuickPanel View & Control Platforms

• • •

Proficy View (CE) Standard Edition with hardware key

QuickPanel Control (CE) Development Software

QuickPanel Control (CE) Development Software with hardware key

• •

IC647MQP001

-

IC646VSCEMK

IC646MVSS99

IC647VSCEMK

-

IC646CSCEMK

IC646MOSS99

IC647CSCEMK

-

Product Suites

Proficy View Development & Runtime

Proficy View Development & Runtime w/hardware key

Proficy View & Logic Developer PC Runtime

Proficy View & Logic Developer PC Runtime w/hardware key

Proficy View & Logic Developer PC Development (no-runtime)

Proficy View & Logic Developer PC Development (no-runtime) w/hardware key

• • • • • • •

Proficy View OPC Driver License with software key

Proficy View OPC Driver License with hardware key

75 Point

150 Point

300 Point

700 Point

1500 Point

8000 Point

IC646MRA075

IC646MRA150

IC646MRA300

IC646MRA700

IC646MRA159

IC646MRA000

IC647MRA075

IC647MRA150

IC647MRA300

IC647MRA700

IC647MRA159

IC647MRA000

IC646MDA075

IC646MDA150

IC646MDA300

IC646MDA700

IC646MDA159

IC646MDA000

IC647MDA075

IC647MDA150

IC647MDA300

IC647MDA700

IC647MDA159

IC647MDA000

IC646MRC075

-

-

-

-

IC646MRC000

IC647MRC075

-

-

-

-

IC647MRC000

-

-

-

-

-

IC646MOP001

-

-

-

-

-

IC647MOP001

-

-

-

-

-

IC646MVD000

-

-

-

-

-

IC647MVD000

Hardware Key

Software Authorization

Development

Proficy View Runtime with hardware key

Runtime

Proficy View Runtime

Key

Windows 2000, XP, NT

Remote I/O Config Tools

ControlStation

QuickPanel Control

ViewStation CE

Quick Panel View (Loaded)

Quick Panel View (Basic/Intermediate)

Proficy packages available as View runtime only, View development and runtime, View & Logic Developer PC runtime only, View & Logic Developer PC development.

Supported Platforms/Features

Quick Panel

Proficy View & Control PC-Based Platforms

• •

7-385

7


7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o systems 7.2. GE Intelligent Platforms PLC's 7.2.7. GE PAC 8000 Series 7.2.7.1. Overview 7.2.7.2. Ordering Tables

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only

PAC 8000 The PAC8000 Controllers are the latest addition to GE Intelligent Platforms’ family of controllers. The PAC8000 Controllers are designed specifically to provide a solution where a controller needs to be field mounted in the extreme environments found in process applications. PAC8000 Controllers, with their rugged and redundancy characteristics will help you improve your operational performance and productivity for a sustainable advantage. • • • • • • •

Powerful Open Controllers Environmental & Hazardous Area Operation Peer-to-Peer Communications HART Support Controller Redundancy Network Redundancy Integrated project development environment

Order Codes - Controllers & Carriers

7

Description

Code

Node services power supply monitor

8410-NS-PS

Logic Controller

8521-LC-MT

Ethernet BIM

8521-EB-MT

Process Controller

8521-PC-MT

Hybrid Controller

8521-HC-MT

Carrier, simplex or redundant, power monitoring

8750-CA-NS

Order Codes - 8000 General Purpose I/O

7-386

Description

Code

8-channel AI, 4-20mA with HART

8101-HI-TX

8-channel DO, 20-250Vac non-isolated, module powered

8116-DO-AC

8-channel AO, with HART for 4-20mA

8102-HO-IP

8-channel DO, 2-60Vdc isolated, unpowered

8117-DO-DC

8-channel AI, 4-20mA

8103-AI-TX

8-channel DO, 20-250Vac isolated, unpowered

8118-DO-AC

8-channel AO, 4-20mA

8104-AO-IP

8-channel Voltage Input, 1-5Vdc

8119-VI-05

4-channel THC/mV input

8105-TI-TC

16-channel DI, 24Vdc non-isolated, module powered

8121-DI-DC

4-channel RTD input

8106-TI-RT

16-channel DI, 24Vdc isolated, sinking

8122-DI-DC

8-channel DI, 24Vdc isolated, sinking

8109-DI-DC

2-channel Pulse Quadrature Input

8123-PI-QU

8-channel DI, 24Vdc non-isolated, module powered

8110-DI-DC

32-channel DI, non-isolated, module-powered

8125-DI-DC

8-channel DI, 115Vac isolated, sinking

8111-DI-AC

32-channel SOE module

8127-DI-SE

8-channel DI, 115Vac non-isolated, module powered

8112-DI-AC

8-channel supervised DI

8129-IO-DC

8-channel DI, 230Vac isolated, sinking

8113-DI-AC

8-channel Isolated Universal AI

8132-AI-UN

8-channel DI, 230Vac non-isolated, module powered

8114-DI-AC

8-channel supervised AI with HART

8133-HI-TX

8-channel DO, 2-60Vdc non-isolated, module powered

8115-DO-DC

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


7.2. GE Intelligent Platforms PLC's 7.2.7. GE PAC 8000 Series 7.2.7.2. Ordering Tables

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only

Order Codes - Field Terminals & Accessories Description

Code

Field terminal, non-incendive (Div 2)

8601-FT-NI

Field terminal, non-arcing (Div 2)

8610-FT-NA

Field terminal, standard

8602-FT-ST

Field terminal, non-arcing, fused (Div 2)

8611-FT-FU

Field terminal, non-incendive, fused (Div 2)

8603-FT-FU

Field terminal, 4wire (current sinking)

8615-FT-4W

Field terminal, fused

8604-FT-FU

Field Terminal, non-incendive, for 16 ch DI

8617-FT-NI

Field terminal, thermocouple

8605-FT-TC

16-pin Mass Termination Assembly (Div 2)

8618-FT-MT

Field terminal, RTD

8606-FT-RT

44-pin Mass Termination Assembly (Div 2)

8619-FT-MT

Field terminal, 8-channel with T/C

8607-FT-TC

32-channel PX/Switch FTA for 8125/7

8650-FT-PX

Field terminal, 8-channel, non-incendive

8608-FT-NI

7

Order Codes - 8000 I/O Carriers Description

Code

8 module carrier

8707-CA-08

4 module carrier

8710-CA-04

8 module carrier, 64-address system

8709-CA-08

Order Codes - 8000 I/O Carrier Cables Description

Code

Carrier extender, right hand

8020-CE-RH

Carrier extender, left hand

8021-CE-LH

Carrier extension cable, 0.35m

8041-CC-35

Carrier extension cable, 0.85m

8042-CC-85

Carrier extension cable, 1.2m

8043-CC-12

Carrier extension cable, 2m

8044-CC-20

16-pin cable for 8618 (1m)

8080-FC-10

16-pin cable for 8618 (2m)

8081-FC-20

16-pin cable for 8618 (3m)

8082-FC-30

20 + 24 pin cables for 8619 (1m)

8085-FC-10

20 + 24 pin cables for 8619 (2m)

8086-FC-20

20 + 24 pin cables for 8619 (3m)

8087-FC-30

Order Codes - 8000 I/O Power Supplies & Components Description

Code

8913/4 PS DIN Rail Mounting Kit

8413-FK-DN

10A 24VDC A/C Input P/S

8914-PS-AC

8913/4 PS Surface Mounting Kit

8414-FK-SU

4 to 12VDC Voltage Converter

BQ2320-9R-EX2

12VDC & 5A 24VDC A/C Input P/S

8913-PS-AC 5A

7-387


7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o systems 7.2. GE Intelligent Platforms PLC's

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

7.2.8. GE Industrial PC

For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only

7.2.8.1. Overview 7.2.8.2. Ordering Table Industrial PC RXi Box IPC-EP Highest Performance Industrial PC with Expandability

GE Intelligent Platforms has combined its expertise in designing high-performance embedded computing platforms with our more than 30 years of experience in industrial control to create a uniquely powerful industrial computing platform – the PACSystems RXi Box IPC-EP. The PACSystems RXi industrial computing platform delivers compact, rugged, high performance computing capabilities to run HMI, historian, and analytics applications right at the machine, enabling improved real-time control of operations and better integration into plant-wide systems. The RXi Box IPC-EP provides the highest performance available in the RXi family with the added expandability of a PCI Express slot and CFast storage.

Specifications Processor • Intel® Core™ 2 Duo processor, up to 2.26GHz • Intel Core i7 processor, up to 2.5GHz Memory • Up to 4 GB DDR3 - with Intel Core 2 Duo • Up to 8 GB DDR3 ECC - with Intel Core i7

7

Non-Volatile Memory • 128 kByte nv-SRAM (flat memory) • Storage for process relevant data 2.5 inch SATA Interface • Optional internal 2.5” SATA hard disk or 2.5” SATA Solid State Drive (SSD) – user accessible • Usage of SSD for shock and vibration immunity as well as extended temperature applications CFast Card Slot • CFast slot with external access • CFast card, bootable • Operates in parallel with optional onboard HDD/SSD SD Card • Internal SD Card - with Core i7 Ethernet • 3 Ethernet (10, 100, 1000 Mbit) ports • 10/100/1000BaseT auto-negotiation • 2 ports (1 & 2) support Time SYNC (IEEE1588 and 802.1AS) based on Intel 82574IT Wireless Communication • WLAN optional via internal Mini PCIe card site Video / Graphics Interface • Display Port – with Core i7 processor only • VGA Port USB Interface • 4 USB 2.0 Standard Size ports – External • 2 USB 2.0 Standard Size ports – Internal

• •

Internal Mini PCIe card site (e.g. for WLAN, GPRS, etc) 1 PCI Express x4 slot for low profile cards

LED • Power, SATA, Eth 1, 2 & 3 (Link / Activity) • Battery Status, Over-temperature Others • Timer (IO Hub integrated): Legacy PC AT; High Precision Event Timer • Watchdog (IO Hub integrated) • Temperature sensors: Software readable (-15°C to +105°C) • Internal box temperature with status LED for over temperature • Real Time Clock: RTC 146818 compatible, Li-battery • Battery: Access of the device for exchange Power • Input: 24V DC (±25%) with protection Environmental • Operating 0°C to +55°C • Storage 0°C to +80°C BIOS • AMI via SPI interface Dimensions (H x W x D) • 182 x 233 x 98 mm Mechanical • Rugged aluminium housing for optimal thermal management and durability • Protection against particles based on IP20 • Flat and Slim (Book) mounting orientation options Software Support • Microsoft® Windows® 7 Professional (32-/64-Bit) • Linux, Kernel 2.6.32 • VxWorks 6.8 with Intel Core 2 Duo processor

Expansion Order Codes

7-388

Description

Code

Flat (wall) mounting, Intel Core 2 Duo 2.26GHz, 4GB DDR3, 100GB SATA HDD, 0°C to +55°C

ICRXIFC0P111A

Flat (wall) mounting, Intel Core 2 Duo 2.26GHz, 4GB DDR3, 30GB SSD, 0°C to +55°C

ICRXIFC0E111A

Flat (wall) mounting, Intel Core 2 Duo 2.26GHz, 4GB DDR3, 100GB SATA HDD, Microsoft Windows 7 Professional, 0°C to +55°C

ICRXIFC7P111A

Flat (wall) mounting, Intel Core 2 Duo 2.26GHz, 4GB DDR3, 30GB SSD, Microsoft Windows 7 Professional, 0°C to +55°C

ICRXIFC7E111A

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


7.2. GE Intelligent Platforms PLC's 7.2.9. GE Industrial Panel PC

For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only

7.2.9.1. Overview Wolverine III Rugged, field serviceable, sunlight-readable ATEX Zone 2 flat panel computer

GE Intelligent Platform’s Wolverine III is a rugged flat panel computer engineered to deliver the utmost performance, at all times, under any condition. Leveraging our considerable experience as a leading provider of rugged computing products, Wolverine III is designed specifically to withstand the rigors of deployment in harsh, hazardous (HAZLOC) applications such as oil and gas exploration and production where salt, spray, dust, shock, vibration and extremes of temperature provide the most challenging environments for computers. GE crafted Wolverine III for data gathering and the control or operation of sophisticated equipment, making it ideal for Human Machine Interfaces (HMIs) or Operator Interfaces in Zone 2 hazardous areas.

Specifications Display/User Interface • 15” XVGA; 1024x768, 16.2M colour AMTFT LCD; sunlight readable with LED backlight • 5-wire resistive touch screen with anti-glare and scratch resistant coating • Bezel options with LED/button configurations

Power • 85W (nominal); 200W max while heating

Viewing Area • 9” (H) x 12” (W), 15” diagonal • 229 mm x 305 mm

Dimensions (HxWxD) • 13.75” x 15.9” x 5.02” • 349mm x 408mm x 98mm (144mm with IOP cover)

CPU • Soldered Intel® Core™ 2 Duo (up to 2.26GHz )

Weight • 22.5lbs, 10.2kg

Memory • Soldered non-ECC DDR3 SDRAM (up to 4GB)

Environmental • -40° to +60°C (operating) • -40° to +70°C (storage)

Chipset • Intel® GS45 Express chipset • Intel® 82801IUX I/O Controller Hub (ICH9M SFF) BIOS • AMI system BIOS • Supports Soft off, Wake on LAN, RTC alarm Power On • Power on after power failure Expansion Slot • Express Card (33mm and 54mm modules) I/O • 4x USB 2.0 ports (1 IS port on IOP cover standard) • 4x serial ports (2x optically protected RS-232, 2xRS-232/422/485) • 2x Gigabit Ethernet ports I/O Cover • Conduit cover with glands to seal I/O connections

Input Voltage • 11-32 VDC or • 100-240 VAC auto-ranging, 47-63Hz

7

Shock • 40G pulse (per MIL-STD-810E) Vibration • Hard Drive: 1G, 8 - 500Hz, 3 axes • Solid-State: 2G, 5 - 500Hz, 3 axes O/S Compatibility • Microsoft® Windows® XP, Windows 7, Linux Compliance • CE • ATEX Zone 2 • C1D2 • NEMA 4x • IP66 • FCC Subpart B Class A

Storage • 1x SATA hard disk drive; field removable • 32GB solid-state hard drive (standard) • 16/64GB solid-state hard drive (optional) • 100GB rotating hard drive (optional) System Diagnostics • Internal temperature • Accelerometer • Power-on hours Mount • Rear mount (standard) • Panel mount (optional) • Yoke mount (optional)

7-389


7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o systems 7.3. RTU's

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

7.3.1. Overview

RTU - Remote Terminal Unit Sixnet rugged RTUs and I/O provide a simple yet powerful means to reliably monitor and control remote sites around the clock in the harshest environments. Our compact automation systems can start small and grow as needs increase without requiring hardware replacement. “Best of both worlds” programming combines Windows ease of use with the future-proof security of an embedded Linux OS.

Features & Benefits Rugged environmental ratings UL, CSA, CE, ABS Marine and Zone 2 rated Supports temperatures ranging from -40° to +70° C Intelligent data logging and control in one device Combine PLC, data logger, industrial computer and communications gateway functionality Based on non-proprietary industry standards and open Linux operating system Programmable control flexibility C language ISaGRAF (IEC 61131-3) Works with a variety of process quality I/O modules I/O expansion Peer-to-peer I/O transfer capability

7

Many communication ports Open protocols enable advanced communication Modbus TCP/UDP/ASCII/RTU, IEC60870-5-101/104, DNP3, SNMP, Sixnet UDR

Order Codes - VersaTRAK Series Ports ETH

7-390

On-Board I/O 232

485

DI

DO

Memory AI

AO

NVRAM

Code FLASH

DRAM

1

2

2

12

4

8

2

512K

64M

32M

VT-MIPM-245-D

1

2

1

12

8

6

-

512K

64M

32M

VT-MIPM-135-D

1

1

1

12

4

8

-

512K

32M

32M

VT-IPM2M-113-D

1

1

1

12

4

8

2

512K

32M

32M

VT-IPM2M-213-D

1

2

1

8

4

2

-

512K

16M

16M

VT-UIPM-431-H

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


7.3. RTU's

7.3.2. Software 7.3.2.1. I/O Tool Kit I/O Tool Kit SXTOOLS is a completely integrated suite of project-oriented tools that help you quickly and effectively view the “big picture� as you design, install and maintain your Sixnet systems. Unlike most configuration tools that view each device as stand-alone islands, SXTOOLS provides a view of the entire network of Sixnet devices both RTUs and I/O.

Features & Benefits Easily view all system elements Projects with hundreds of stations and with tens of thousands of tags may be viewed as a complete entity. Interactions between system elements are organized for you and then documented Easy configuration Setup wizards guide you through step-by-step configuration of Sixnet products and software features. Data filtering and sorting Project trees enable you to view the system from multiple viewpoints, including by physical location, by logical (communications tree) connections, and by product type. Data can be filtered and sorted to let you focus on any aspect of the system at any time. Real-Time alerts Advanced real-time error checking alerts you to potential problems as soon as they appear.

7

Common Feature Sets SCS (Scalable Control System) Features This feature set includes importing, tag name exporting to other applications and I/O transfers between Sixnet and Modbus devices. Datalogging This feature set includes Sixlog datalogging, automatic host transfers and client transfers and the Datalog Server. RTU Advanced Features Gain access to LINUX-visible features in RTU controllers, including file loading and advanced diagnostics using Telnet and/or ftp. Includes RTU Advanced Development Kit, which provides a library of functions to access the RTU I/O registers and ability to write C programs for use in your RTU controllers.

7-391


7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o systems 7.3. RTU's

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

7.3.2. Software

7.3.2.1. I/O Tool Kit SXTOOLS-1 provides basic configuration and maintenance tools for Sixnet hardware, and is supplied at no cost. Optional feature sets are specified by simply choosing the SXTOOLS part number (see below) that includes the number of optional feature sets that you wish to purchase. When you register your software, you will be prompted to choose which feature sets you wish to activate. Order Codes Description

Access

Code

Level 1 configure, calibrate and test Sixnet I/O and RTUs

FREE Download

SXTOOLS-1

Level 1 plus one optional feature set

See below

SXTOOLS-2

Level 1 plus two optional feature set

See below

SXTOOLS-3

Level 1 plus three optional feature set

See below

SXTOOLS-4

Level 1 plus four optional feature set

See below

SXTOOLS-5

Special edition I/O Tool Kit software for configuration, diagnostics, data logging, AGA, DNP-3, SCS and more (For use with VT-MIPM-135 & 245 only)

SXTOOLS-P

Feature Sets Capability or Feature

7

Basic Level (FREE)

Common Feature Sets SCS Support

Datalog

IPm Advanced

Configure stations and I/O

X

-

-

-

Calibrate analog I/O

X

-

-

-

Test I/O (Read/write registers)

X

-

-

-

Load basic configuration

X

-

-

-

Export up to 32 I/O to ISaGRAF

X

-

-

-

Load custom user files

X

-

-

-

Export > I/O to ISaGRAF

-

X

-

-

Export I/O to CSV and others

-

X

-

-

Import I/O tag information

-

X

-

-

I/O transfers (peer to peer)

-

X

-

-

Complete datalog functionality

-

-

X

-

Support for C programmers

-

-

-

X

IPm I/O Database library license

-

-

-

X

Order Codes - Add-On Software

7-392

Description

Code

AGA gas flow calculations add-on for IPm RTUs. (single copy license) Note: this option is built-in to the VTMIPM-135 & 245, see SXTOOLS-P

SXIPM-AGA-1

DNP (Distributed Network Protocol) add-on for IPm RTUs. (single copy license) Note: this option is built-in to the VT-MIPM-135 & 245, see SXTOOLS-P

SXIPM-DNP3-1

Slave driver for IPm-based Controllers and industrial RTUs. (single copy license)

SXIPM-IEC870-1

Add port forwarding to your IPm stations. (site licensed)

SXIPM-PPP-1

Protect your IPm stations from unauthorized access with this firewall application. (site licensed)

SXIPM-SAFE

Obtain valuable network management information from your IPm stations and read / write I/O. (site licensed)

SXIPM-SNMP

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


7.3. RTU's

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

7.3.2. Software 7.3.2.2. ISaGRAF Open ISaGRAF Open

ISaGRAF® is the industry standard for open automation software development. Sixnet has taken ISaGRAF to a new level by fully integrating the latest ISaGRAF technology into easy-to-use Sixnet applications tools that significantly reduce development time. IEC 61131-3 – IEC 61499 LANGUAGES Sixnet’s ISaGRAF Open Workbench is the world’s first automation software to be compliant with IEC 61131-3 industrial standards. This leading-edge software is comprised of a powerful set of new features that promise to change the way you build your control systems. IEC 61131-3-PLC Programming Standards ISaGRAF Open Workbench is your complete tool kit for creating IEC 61131-3 programs. Its Windows interface will guide you through development of your project. Use the Workbench Simulator to test your program before startup. Then use the Workbench to dynamically view ISaGRAF programs as they run in real time and make changes on-the-fly.

7

Features & Benefits Fully supports all five IEC 61131-3 programming languages • Ladder logic, function blocks, sequential function charts, structured text, and instruction lists; the familiar tools you have always used to program PLCs and process controllers. Ideal for small projects • The Sixnet ISaGRAF RTU runtime is a full suite of 61131-3 applications development tools and is included in every IPm RTU at no cost to you! Saves time and makes your job easier • Customers have reported a 30% savings in applications development time. State-of-the-art Windows Tools • ISaGRAF Open is 32-bit software optimized for Windows XP and beyond. The perfect upgrade path • Sixnet continues to fulfill our promise of 100% forward compatibility. Existing ISaGRAF v3 programs will run transparently in the upgraded ISaGRAF RTU runtime. A conversion utility is provided at no cost to upgrade ISAGRAF RTU programs. One solution for all projects • The same ISaGRAF Open tools are used to develop ISaGRAF RTU – the same tools for both small and large projects – eliminating the learning curve and the burden of supporting different tools. One easy-to-use tool kit for all projects. Dynamic Tag Sharing • Tags configured in I/O Tool Kit are automatically loaded in the Workbench.

Order Codes Description

Number I/O

Code

ISaGRAF Open Workbench

32 I/O

SX-1131-S-32

256 I/O

SX-1131-S-256

1000 I/O

SX-1131-S-1K

Unlimited I/O

SX-1131-S-BIG

7-393


7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o systems 7.4. I/O Systems 7.4.1. EtherTRAK-2 Series 7.4.1.1. Overview EtherTrak 2 Series I/O Sixnet’s EtherTRAK®-2 Ethernet I/O modules provide a simple and secure way to reliably monitor remote sites located in harsh environments. Offering the lowest cost per I/O point and rugged environmental ratings, EtherTRAK-2 modules are ideal for both control rooms and extreme locations across industries that include oil & gas, power & energy, transportation, mining, maritime and water/ wastewater. Our compact DIN-rail modules support open-standard protocols to provide flexible communication options for existing or newly installed Ethernet networks. By seamlessly replacing external devices such as switches, data concentrators and protocol converters, EtherTRAK-2 modules transcend simple I/O capabilities to cost-effectively streamline systems and improve reliability. Rugged environmental ratings UL, CSA, CE, ABS Marine and Zone 2 rated Supports temperatures ranging from -40 to 75° C

Industry standard protocols offer unparalleled reliability RS-485 port for polling Modbus devices Support for Sixnet real-time ring Peer-to-peer transfers

High-resolution I/O with a space saving design Up to 34 I/O channels Web browser-based configuration/testing Up to 1 mS I/O polling for fast updates

Hardware Features Redundant power ensures availability Self-resetting fuses prevent short circuits Hot swap capabilities reduce downtime

Networking adaptability Two Ethernet ports provide three communication modes: ring, pass-thru and two network

7

Real-Time Ring Switch Mode

Create redundant Ethernet reliability without additional cost

Switch Elimination Mode

Daisy-chain modules without external switches to save money and simplify connectivity

Two Networks Mode

Each Ethernet port has a unique MAC and IP address for connection to two independent physical networks

7-394

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


7.4. I/O Systems

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

7.4.1. i. EtherTRAK-2 Series 7.4.1.2. Ordering Tables

Discount Code L7

Order Codes - Standard Models Description

DI

DO

AI

AO

Code

Combination I/O with one isolated input counter*

24

8

8

-

E2-MIX24880-D

Combination I/O with two analog outputs*

24

8

8

2

E2-MIX24882-D

32 inputs (10-30 VDC) including 16 multifunction counters

32

-

-

-

E2-32DI24-D

16 individually isolated 10-30 VAC/VDC with counters

16

-

-

-

E2-16DI24-D

16 individually isolated 120 VAC (nominal) inputs

16

-

-

-

E2-16DIAC-D

High density discrete outputs (0.5 Amp each, 8 Amp total)

-

32

-

-

E2-32DO24-D

Individually isolated 1 Amp outputs with self-resetting fuses

-

16

-

-

E2-16DO24-D

High density 16 bit 4-20 mA inputs with self-resetting fuses

-

-

32

-

E2-32AI20M-D

Voltage inputs (other ranges available as special order)

-

-

32

-

E2-32AI10V-D

16 channels 4-20 mA inputs with self-resetting fuses

-

-

16

-

E2-16AI20M-D

4-20 mA analog outputs

-

-

-

8

E2-8AO20M-D

16 4-20 mA analog inputs and 8 4-20 outputs

-

-

16

8

E2-16AI-8AO-D

RTD (100 Ohm platinum), -200 to 850ËšC plus

-

-

10RTD

-

E2-10RTD-D

Thermocouples

-

-

16TC

-

E2-16ISOTC-D

Isolated 4-20mA inputs

-

-

16

-

E2-16ISO20M-D

7

* 24 maximum DIs are listed, 8 of which can be configured as either DI or DO. The discrete outputs are protected by self resetting fuses.

Order Codes - PoE Models Description

DI

DO

AI

AO

Code

Combination I/O with one isolated input counter*

24

8

8

-

EB-MIX24880-D

Combination I/O with two analog outputs*

24

8

8

2

EB-MIX24882-D

32 inputs (10-30 VDC) including 16 multifunction counters

32

-

-

-

EB-32DI24-D

16 individually isolated 10-30 VAC/VDC with counters

16

-

-

-

EB-16DI24-D

High density discrete outputs (0.5 Amp each, 8 Amp total)

-

32

-

-

EB-32DO24-D

Individually isolated 1 Amp outputs with self-resetting fuses

-

16

-

-

EB-16DO24-D

High density 16 bit 4-20 mA inputs with self-resetting fuses

-

-

32

-

EB-32AI20M-D

Voltage inputs (other ranges available as special order)

-

-

32

-

EB-32AI10V-D

16 channels 4-20 mA inputs with self-resetting fuses

-

-

16

-

EB-16AI20M-D

4-20 mA analog outputs

-

-

-

8

EB-8AO20M-D

16 4-20 mA analog inputs and 8 4-20 outputs

-

-

16

8

EB-16AI-8AO-D

RTD (100 Ohm platinum), -200 to 850ËšC plus

-

-

10RTD

-

EB-10RTD-D

Thermocouples

-

-

16TC

-

EB-16ISOTC-D

Isolated 4-20mA inputs

-

-

16

-

EB-16ISO20M-D

* 24 maximum DIs are listed, 8 of which can be configured as either DI or DO. The discrete outputs are protected by self resetting fuses.

7-395


7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o systems 7.4. I/O Systems 7.4.2. RSTi Series

7.4.2.1. Overview 7.4.2.2. Ordering Tables

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only

PACSystems RSTi – Distributed I/O delivers high performance and system flexibility. RSTi delivers high performance flexible I/O systems to meet diverse applications. Powerful Solution The RSTi innovative design enables module power, communications and field power to be passed from one module to the next. Power Distribution, Power Booster and Field Power Isolation modules are available to simplify installation wiring. The RSTi compact design (99 mm high x 70 mm deep x 12mm wide for I/O) reduces panel space.

7

Order Codes - Network Interface Units

7-396

Description

Code

PROFINET RT Network Adapter

STXPNS001

PROFIBUS DP/V1 network adapter

STXPBS001

DeviceNet network adapter

STXDNS001

MODBUS RS-232C network adapter

STXMBS001

MODBUS RS-485 network adapter

STXMBS002

MODBUS/TCP network adapter

STXMBE001

EtherCAT Network Adapter

STXECT001

EtherNet/IP Network Adapter

STXEIP001

CANopen network adapter

STXCAN001

CC-link network adapter

STXCCL001

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


7.4. I/O Systems

7.4.2. RSTi Series 7.4.2.2. Ordering Tables

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only

Order Codes - Digital Input Modules Description

Code

Input module 4 points, Negative Logic, Source, 5VDC

ST-1124

Input module 4 points, Positive Logic, Sink, 12V/ 24VDC

ST-1214

Input module 8 points, Positive Logic, Sink, 12V/ 24VDC

ST-1218

Input module 4 points, Positive Logic, Sink, 5VDC

Input module 16 points, Positive Logic, Sink, 12V/ 24VDC (connector type) Input module 4 points, Negative Logic, Source, 12V/ 24V DC

ST-1114

ST-121F ST-1224

Input module 8 points, Negative Logic, Source, 12V/ 24VDC

ST-1228

Input module 16 points, Negative Logic, Source, 12V/ 24VDC (connector type)

ST-122F

Input module 4 points, Positive Logic, Sink, 48V DC

ST-1314

Input module 16 points, Positive Logic, Sink, 48VDC (connector type)

ST-131F

Input module 4 points, Negative Logic, Source, 48VDC

ST-1324

Input module 4 points, 110V AC (AC 85V ~ 132V)

ST-1804

Input module 4 points, 220V AC (AC 170V ~ 264V)

ST-1904

Order Codes - Digital Output Modules Description

Code

Output module 4 points, TTL, 5VDC/20mA Non inverting

ST-2124

Output module 16 points, Sink, 24VDC/ 0.3A

ST-221F

Output module 16 points, Source, 24VDC/ 0.3A

ST-222F

Output module 4 points, Sink, 24VDC/ 0.5A

ST-2314

Output module 8 points, Sink, 24VDC/ 0.5A

ST-2318

Output module 4 points, Source, 24VDC/ 0.5A

ST-2324

Output module 8 points, Source, 24VDC/ 0.5A

ST-2328

Output module 4 points, Sink, Diagnostics, 24VDC/ 0.5A

ST-2414

Output module 4 points, Source, Diagnostics, 24VDC/ 0.5A

ST-2424

Output module 4 points, Sink, Diagnostics, 24VDC/ 2A

ST-2514

Output module 4 points, Source, Diagnostics, 24VDC/ 2A

ST-2524

Output module 4 points, Sink, 24VDC/ 2A

ST-2614

Output module 4 points, Source, 24VDC/ 2A

ST-2624

Output module Isolated Relay Output 2 points, 230V AC/ 2A

ST-2742

Output module 4 points, TTL, 5VDC/20mA Inverting

Output module Isolated Relay Output 4 Points, 230V AC/ 2A Output module Isolated Relay Output 8 Points, 230V AC/ 2A Output module Relay Output 2 points, 230V AC/ 2A, Manual Output module Triac Output 2 points, 12V ~ 125VAC/ 0.5A

7

ST-2114

ST-2744 ST-2748 ST-2792 ST-2852

Order Codes - Analog Input Modules Description

Code

Analog input module 8 Channels, 0~20mA, 12bit

ST-3118

Analog input module 4 Channels, 0~20mA, 14-bit

ST-3134

Analog input module 4 Channels, 4~20mA, 12-bit

ST-3214

Analog input module 8 Channels, 4~20mA, 12bit

ST-3218

Analog input module 4 Channels, 0~20mA, 12-bit

Analog input module 4 Channels, 4~20mA, 14-bit Analog input module 4 Channels, 4~20mA, 12-bit, Sensor Connect

ST-3114

ST-3234 ST-3274

Analog input module 4 Channels, 0~10Vdc, 12-bit

ST-3424

Analog input module 8 Channels, 0~10V, 12bit

ST-3428

Analog input module 4 Channels, 0~10Vdc, 14-bit Analog input module 4 Channels, -10~+10Vdc, 12-bit

ST-3444 ST-3524

Analog input module 4 Channels, -10~+10Vdc, 14-bit

ST-3544

Analog input module 4 Channels, 0~5Vdc, 12-bit

ST-3624

Analog input module 4 Channels, 0~5Vdc, 14-bit

ST-3644

Analog input module 2 Channels, RTD

ST-3702

Analog input module 4 Channels, RTD Connector Type

ST-3704

Analog input module 8 Channels, RTD Connector Type

ST-3708

Analog input module 2 Channels, Thermocouple

ST-3802

Analog input module 4 Channels, Thermocouple Connector Type

ST-3804

Analog input module 8 Channels, Thermocouple Connector Type

ST-3808

7-397


7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o systems 7.4. I/O Systems 7.4.2. RSTi Series

7.4.2.2. Ordering Tables

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only

Order Codes - Analog Output Modules Description

Code

Analog output module 2 Channels, 0~20mA, 12-bit

ST-4112

Analog output module 4 Channels, 0~20mA,, 12bit

ST-4114

Analog output module 2 Channels, 4~20mA, 12-bit

ST-4212

Analog output module 4 Channels, 4~20mA, 12bit

ST-4214

Analog output module 4 Channels, 4-20mA, 12bit, Sensor Connect

ST-4274

Analog output module 2 Channels, 0~10Vdc, 12-bit

ST-4422

Analog output module 4 Channels, 0~10Vdc, 12bit

ST-4424

Analog output module 4 Channels, 0~10Vdc, 12bit, Sensor Connect

ST-4474

Analog output module 1 Channel, 0~10V, 12bit, Manual type

ST-4491

Analog output module 2 Channels, -10~+10Vdc, 12-bit

ST-4522

Analog output module 2 Channels, 0~5Vdc, 12-bit

ST-4622

Analog output module 1 Channel, 0~1 A, 12bit

ST-4911

Order Codes - PID Loop Controller Modules

7

Description

Code

PID Controller, single loop module 4 Channels, RTD, Temp. Control, SSR Out

ST-3714

PID Controller, single loop module 4 Channels, RTD, Temp. Control, Current Out

ST-3734

PID Controller, single loop module 4 Channels, TC, Temp. Control, SSR Out (DeviceNet Only)

ST-3814

PID Controller, single loop module 4 Channels, TC, Temp. Control, Current Out (DeviceNet Only)

ST-3834

Order Codes - Serial Interface Modules (ASCII) Description

Code

Serial Interface module RS-232C, 1 Channel

ST-5211

Serial Interface module RS-232C, 2 Channels

ST-5212

Serial Interface module RS-422, 1 Channel

ST-5221

Serial Interface module RS-485, 1 Channel

ST-5231

Serial Interface module RS-485, 2 Channels

ST-5232

Serial Interface module RS-232 , 2 Channels,32 Bytes,

ST-5252

Serial Interface module RS-485, 2 Channels,32 Bytes,

ST-5272

Order Codes - Motion Modules

7-398

Description

Code

High Speed Counter module, 1 Channel, 5VDC 1.5MHz

ST-5101

High Speed Counter module, 1 Channel, 24VDC 1.5MHz

ST-5111

High Speed Counter module, 2 Channels, 24VDC, 100Khz

ST-5112

High Speed Counter module, 4 Channel, 24VDC, 50Khz

ST-5114

SSI Interface module 1 CH; 62.5K, 100K, 125K,250K,500K,1M,2Mbps

ST-5351

PWM Out module, 2A/24V, Source, 2 Channels 2.5Khz

ST-5422

2 Channels, PWM Out module, 0.5A/24V, Source, 2.5Khz

ST-5442

PWM Out module, 0.5A/24V, Source, 4 Channels, 2.5Khz

ST-5444

1 Channel, Pulse Out module, 0.5A/24V, Source, 20Khz

ST-5641

2 Channels, Pulse Out module, 0.5A/24V, Source, 20Khz

ST-5642

1 Channel, Pulse Out module, 0.5A/5V (RS422), 20Khz

ST-5651

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


7.4. I/O Systems

7.4.2. RSTi Series 7.4.2.2. Ordering Tables

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only

Order Codes - System Modules (Modules with ID type occupy 1 of the 32 available module ID addresses and will appear in the hardware configuration. The modules without ID support will not occupy a module address and will not appear in the hardware configuration.) Description

Code

Extension IO, Slave (Rx). Each Slave requires a Master module.

ST-5726

Shield termination module, 8 points, 10A No LED

ST-7008

0VDC distribution module for field devices, 8 points, 10A

ST-7108

5VDC bus booster, 24VDC in

ST-7111

24VDC distribution module for field devices, 8 points, 10A

ST-7118

0VDC and 24VDC 4 points distribution module for field devices

ST-7188

Isolated Field Power Distribution, 5 VDC, 24VDC, 48VDC, 120/240VAC 10 Amp no LED status

ST-7241

Shield termination module, 8 points, 10A, ID type with LED (ID type uses module address)

ST-7408

0VDC distribution module for field devices, 8 points, 10A with LED (ID type uses module address)

ST-7508

5VDC bus booster, 24VDC in with LED ID type (ID type uses module address)

ST-7511

24VDC distribution module for field devices, 8 points, 10A ID type with status LEDs (ID type uses module address)

ST-7518

0VDC and 24VDC 4 points distribution module for field devices ID type with status LEDs (ID type uses module address)

ST-7588

Isolated Field Distributor 5 VDC, 24VDC, 48VDC, 120/240VAC, 10 amp with LED status ID type (IDtype uses module address)

ST-7641

Extension IO, Master (Tx). Up to 3 master/slave combinations supported. Maximum 300 meters. Only one slave supported per master module.

ST-5725

7

Order Codes - Analog Output Modules Description

Code

24VDC Negative Logic input, 32 points

STXPBS132

24VDC Negative Logic output, 32 points

STXPBS232

24VDC Positive Logic output, 32 points

STXPBS332

Relay output, 16 points

STXPBS016

Relay output, 16 points, isolated

STXPBS116

16 24VDC Positive Logic input and 16 24VDC Positive Logic output

STXPBS432

16 24VDC Negative Logic input and 16 24VDC Negative Logic output

STXPBS532

16 24VDC Positive Logic input and 16 relay output

STXPBS824

16 24VDC Negative Logic input and 16 relay output

STXPBS924

16 24VDC Positive Logic input and 16 isolated relay output

STXPBS825

16 24VDC Negative Logic input and 16 isolated relay output

STXPBS925

24VDC Positive Logic input, 32 points

STXPBS032

Order Codes - Analog Output Modules Description

Code

24VDC Positive Logic input, 32 points

STXDNS032

24VDC Negative Logic input, 32 points

STXDNS132

24VDC Negative Logic output, 32 points

STXDNS232

24VDC Positive Logic output, 32 points

STXDNS332

Relay output, 16 points

STXDNS016

Relay output, 16 points, isolated

STXDNS116

16 24VDC Positive Logic input and 16 24VDC Positive Logic output

STXDNS432

16 24VDC Negative Logic input and 16 24VDC Negative Logic output

STXDNS532

16 24VDC Positive Logic input and 16 relay output

STXDNS824

16 24VDC Negative Logic input and 16 relay output

STXDNS924

16 24VDC Positive Logic input and 16 isolated relay output

STXDNS825

16 24VDC Negative Logic input and 16 isolated relay output

STXDNS925

24VDC Positive Logic input, 32 points

STXDNS032

24VDC Negative Logic input, 32 points

STXDNS132

Accessories Description

Code

Removable Terminal Block, 9pcs (Modules ship with terminal block except connector style.)

STXRTB009

Marker with numbers 100pcs

STXACC001

Blank markers 100pcs

STXACC002

End Module, 7pcs (End module ships with Network Interface)

STXACC004

7-399


7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o systems 7.5. Data Logger 7.5.1. Modular Controller Series 7.5.1.1 Overview Multi-zone process control with dedicated PID modules. The Series is comprised of a master module and up to 16 PID modules. With two PID loops per module, a single master can accommodate up to 32 loops, saving space and greatly reducing total comms scan time compared to discrete node solutions. The master communicates PID module data to the external PC, PLC, or DCS simply by selecting and downloading the proper device driver, allowing the Modular Controller to communicate in your device’s native language. Drag and drop controller data to PLC registers in seconds using point-and-click data mapping from the extensive menu of built-in serial and Ethernet drivers. It’s complete integration - without writing a single rung of tedious PLC code.

7

Intermittent Remote PC: – Customer Support – Uploading/Downloading – Performance Monitoring Communicate/control multiple devices: – PLCs – PCs – Drives – PID controllers ...and more

10 Base T/100 BaseTX Ethernet

Compact Flash Card – Trending – Data Logging Red Lion Modular – Non-Volatile Control Series Parameter Storage

USB Connection – Rapid Uploading/ Downloading

Device #1

Data acquisition system with built-in SCADA functionality.

Remote PC: – “Virtual Panel” – Operation – Monitoring – Data Logging – Analysis

Device #4

Device #2

Device #3

Device #5

Communicate with up to five different types of serial devices simultaneously. Access,

Red Lion’s Modular Controller Series is the monitor and control these devices from across your network or around the globe. industry’s only data-acquisition system with built-in SCADA-like functionality. With its onboard CompactFlash card, the Master can store any or all data in CSV format, allowing common office applications such as MS Excel to open and chart the data. With its built-in web server, you have remote access to the data files, as well as an innovative “virtual HMI”. Create intuitive user interface screens as if an HMI were connected, and control the process from any networked PC with a standard Internet browser. Monitor 16 modules with up to 14 points each—224 I/O with a single master. Mix and match analog or digital; even dedicated PID modules.

Data logging capabilities allow users to collect PID loop or performance data, display and store it on compact flash for evaluation either live or remotely. And instead of using expensive third-party software to poll and store the data on a PC, values are stored in CSV (comma separated variable) files that can be opened with commercial applications such as Microsoft Excel.

Integrated protocol converter has them all talking. The Master’s integrated serial and Ethernet ports provide the function of a gateway, and with its built in communications drivers, it also serves as a protocol converter. Imagine, any devices you connect to the Master can communicate with each other, can have their data logged, and are remotely accessible via Ethernet.

7-400

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


7.5. Data Logger

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

7.5.1. Modular Controller Series 7.5.1.1 Overview 7.5.1.2 Ordering Tables

Discount Code L3

Built-in web server offers remote access and control. The Modular Controller’s web server not only provides a means of accessing data log files, it also allows remote viewing and control from anywhere in the world. During configuration, you can program a web-based HMI to be accessed via any Internet browser, negating the need for expensive SCADA software. Plus, the web-based HMI offers all of the features you’d expect in a real HMI, such as password protection to prevent entry by unauthorized users. The Modular Controller can also store and serve custom web pages, meaning you can tailor the interface to your exact process requirements. Web-based HMI

Master Modules

7

Four models to choose from CSMSTRV2

CSMSTRSX

CSMSTRGT

CSMSTRZR

320x240 Quarter VGA

640x480 Full VGA

1024x768 XGA

Module to device communication Protocol conversion Data logging Web server Email & SMS

• • • • • • • • • • • CSMSTRGT

Provides Enhanced Features for Data Acquisition or Multi-zone PID Control Applications Webserver Provides Worldwide Access to Data Logs and Virtual HMI (SX, GT & ZR) Virtual HMI Offers Built-in PC-based SCADA Functionality (SX, GT & ZR) Performs Hierarchical Control of Other Modules in the Modular Controller Series Stores Module Configuration Information and Automatically Reprograms Replaced Modules Extensive Built-in Driver List Allows Easy Data Mapping to PLCs, PCs, and SCADA Systems Independent Serial Ports Provide Virtually Unlimited Integration Methods 10 Base-T/100 Base-TX Ethernet Connection Provides Networking Capability Supports up to 16 Modular Controller Series Modules CompactFlash® Slot Allows Process Data to be Logged Directly to CSV Files (SX, GT & ZR) Syncs Data Logs to FTP Servers and Microsoft SQL Server® (ZR)

Order Codes - Motion Modules Type

Description

Code

Master Module

Modular Controller Master, Comms, Ethernet

CSMSTRV2

Modular Controller Master with multiple protocol converter, data logger, web server with Virtual HMI up to QVGA (320 x 240) size and expansion slot.

CSMSTRSX

Modular Controller Master with multiple protocol converter, data logger, web server with Virtual HMI up to VGA (640 x 480) size and expansion slot with increased SDRAM.

CSMSTRGT

Modular Controller Master with multiple protocol converter, data logger, web server with Virtual HMI up to XGA (1024 x 768) size and expansion slot with increased SDRAM.

CSMSTRZR

Communications RS232 Programming Cable Cables (3m) USB Programming Cable CSMSTRV2

Communication option cards (1 per master module)

CBLPROG0 CBLUSB00

Communications Cables *

CBLxxxxx

CANopen option card

XCCN0000

DeviceNet option card

XCDN0000

PROFIBUS option card

XCPBDP00

Additional RS232/485 option card

XCRS0000

Additional 10/100 Base-T Ethernet option card

XCENET00

GSM/GPRS Cellular Modem Option Card

XCGSM000

*Contact Customer Service

7-401


7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o systems 7.5. Data Logger

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

7.5.1. Modular Controller Series 7.5.1.2 Ordering Tables

Discount Code L3

PID Control Modules • • • • • • • • • CSPID1R0 & CSPID2R0

Dedicated single and dual PID modules for the Modular Controller series Hot-swappable replacement reduces downtime Auto addressing minimizes configuration time Fully isolated design provides reliable operation PID control with reduced overshoot Universal inputs accept TC, RTD, 0-10 v and 0/4-20 mA signals On demand auto-tuning of PID settings DC analog output (optional, CSPID1 only) Heater current input (optional) ensures detection of heater circuit failure

Order Codes - Motion Modules Type

Description

Code

PID Modules Universal Inputs accept TC, RTD, 0-10 V & 0/4-20 mA Signals

Single Loop Module, Relay Outputs

CSPID1R0

Single Loop Module, Relay Outputs, Analog Output

CSPID1RA

Single Loop Module, Relay Outputs, Heater Current Input

CSPID1RM

Single Loop Module, Solid State Outputs

CSPID1S0

Single Loop Module, Solid State Outputs, Analog Output

CSPID1SA

Single Loop Module, Solid State Outputs, Heater Current Input

CSPID1SM

Single Loop Module, Triac Outputs, Analog Output

CSPID1TA

Dual Loop Module, Relay Outputs

CSPID2R0

Dual Loop Module, Relay Outputs, Heater Current Input

CSPID2RM

Dual Loop Module, Solid State Outputs

CSPID2S0

Dual Loop Module, Solid State Outputs, Heater Current Input

CSPID2SM

Dual Loop Module, Triac Outputs

CSPID2T0

Dual Loop Module, Triac Outputs, Heater Current Input

CSPID2TM

7

High Density Temperature & Analog Input Modules • • • • • •

Dedicated high density temperature input modules for the Modular Controller series Models available for thermocouple or RTD inputs Thermocouple input version provides independent type selection for each input Full isolated design offers 1 kV isolation between channels (CSTC8ISO only) Unused inputs can be disabled to increase overall reading rate Ideal for data-acquisition applications

Order Codes - Motion Modules

CSTC8000 & CSINI800

Type

Description

Code

Temperature Input Modules – T, E, J, K, R, S, B, N & C-TYPE Thermocouples RTD types 385,392,672,428

8 Channel Thermocouple Module

CSTC8000

8 Channel 0(4)-20 mA Input Module

CSINI800

8 Channel 0(4)-20 mA Input Module, 100-Point Linearizer

CSINI8L0

8 Channel ±10 V Input Module

CSINV800

8 Channel ±10 V Input Module, 100-Point Linearizer

CSINV8L0

6 Channel RTD Module

CSRTD600

8 Channel Thermocouple Module, Isolated

CSTC8IS0

Digital I/O Modules • • • • • •

Adds remote I/O capability to the Modular Controller series Eight input, six output digital module Inputs isolated from outputs Inputs independently switch selectable for sink or source signals Inputs independently configurable for high or low active state Inputs independently switch selectable for high or low frequency signals

Order Codes - Motion Modules

CSDIO14R

7-402

Type

Description

Code

Digital I/O Modules

Eight Inputs, Six Relay Outputs

CSDIO14R

Eight Inputs, Six Solid State Outputs

CSDIO14S

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


7.5. Data Logger

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

7.5.1. Modular Controller Series 7.5.1.2 Ordering Tables

Discount Code L3

Analog Output Modules • • • •

High Density Analog Output Module for the Modular Controller Series Available Outputs include 0 to 5 VDC, 0 to 10 VDC, ±10 VDC, and 0/4-20 mA DC Outputs are Isolated from each other and from the Backplane Outputs are Software Configured and Fully Scalable

Order Codes - Motion Modules CSOUT400

Type

Description

Code

Analog Output Module

4-Channel Analog Output Module

CSOUT400

Load Cell PID Control Modules • • • • • • • • • • CSSG10RA

Strain Gage Module for the Modular Controller Series Hot-swappable Replacement Reduces Downtime Auto Addressing Minimizes Configuration Time PID Control with Reduced Overshoot Load Cell, Pressure and Torque Bridge Inputs Software Selectable Low Level Inputs (20 mV, 33 mV or 200 mV Full Scale) Software Selectable 5 VDC or 10 VDC Bridge Excitation Digital Tare (re-zero), Batch Totalizer, and Peak/Valley (max/min) Recording On Demand Auto-tuning of PID Settings DC Analog Output

7

Order Codes - Motion Modules Type

Description

Code

Load Cell PID Control Modules

Single Loop, One SG Input, Relay Outputs, Analog Out

CSSG10RA

Single Loop, One SG Input, Solid State Outputs, Analog Out

CSSG10SA

Single Loop, Two SG Inputs, Relay Outputs, Analog Out

CSSG11RA

Single Loop, Two SG Inputs, Solid State Outputs, Analog Out

CSSG11SA

Type

Description

Code

Accessories

DIN-Rail RJ-45 Connector to Screw Terminal Adaptor

DRRJ45T8

DIN-Rail RJ-11/12 Connector to Screw Terminal Adaptor

DRRJ11T6

1Gb Compact Flash Card

G3CF001G

2Gb Compact Flash Card

G3CF002G

Rail Stops (Qty 2)

RSRSTP00

Replacement Base

CSBASE00

Replacement Termination Plug

CSTERM00

Replacement Rubber End Cap for Master Module

CSBUNG00

Communications Cables to Serial 3rd Party Devices (3m)

CBLxxxxx

5dB Panel Mount Antenna with 5m Cable for XCGSM000 Option Card

ANT5DB5M

7dB Panel Mount Antenna with 5m Cable for XCGSM000 Option Card

ANT7DB5M

Accessories

DRRJ45T8

* Contact Customer Service

7-403


8. Operator Interfaces Section Guide Overview

Section 8

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

8.1.1. XXX

8.1.1.1. XXX

Discount Code C9

8

8-404

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


Operator Interfaces 8. Operator Interfaces 8.1. Red Lion 8.1.1. G3 & Graphite Series Overview 8.1.2. Graphite Series 8.1.3. G3 Series 8.1.4. G3 Kadet Series 8.1.5. Crimson 3 Programming Software 8.2. Panasonic 8.2.1. GT Series 8.2.2. GT WIN Programming Software 8.3. GE Intelligent Platforms 8.3.1. Loaded Quick Panel View 8.3.2. Intermediate Quick Panel View 8.3.3. Basic Quick Panel View 8.3.4. Proficy View Programming Software

8-404 8-406 8-406 8-410 8-412 8-414 8-416 8-417 8-417 8-421 8-422 8-422 8-423 8-424 8-425

8-405


8. Operator Interfaces 8.1. Red Lion

8.1.1. G3 & Graphite Series Overview

G3 & Graphite Series - Advanced Operator Interface Panels Connect, monitor & control...anywhere, anytime. From factories to extreme remote locations, Red Lion’s HMI solutions allow customers to easily connect, monitor and control their processes across a broad range of industries that include manufacturing, oil and gas and water/ wastewater. Our new Graphite series provides the industry’s first rugged HMI solution to combine a wide range of flexible plug-in modules with protocol conversion, data logging and web-based monitoring and control. Available in eight different models with sizes ranging from 7” to 15”, Graphite’s sleek bezels provide a relatively large display given their overall dimension. Graphite & G3 features include: • • • • • • • •

Protocol converter supports over 250 different industrial protocols Data logging Web and FTP Server for remote access Minimum three serial ports (expandable) USB synchronization of database and log files 10 Base-T/100 Base-TX Ethernet ports Memory card support slot for database/recipe storage and collection of logged data Crimson® software included

G3 Series

8

New Graphite features include: • • • • • • • •

Sleek indoor and outdoor displays Rugged cast-aluminium housing Flexible plug-in modules Easy protocol conversion Real-time data logging Remote monitoring and control SD card slot -20 to +60 degrees operation temperature

Graphite Series

8-406

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


8.1. Red Lion

8.1.1. G3 & Graphite Series Overview

Graphite Series Plug-In Modules

GMP1 / GMP2

Single and Dual Loop PID Control Modules • PID control with reduced overshoot • Universal inputs accept B, C, E, J, K, N, R, S, and T type thermocouples, 100 ohm 385/392 and 120 ohm 672 type RTDs 0-10V and 0/4-20mA signals • Fully isolated design provides reliable operation • On demand auto-tuning of PID settings • Discrete outputs available in relay, triac or SSR • DC analog output (optional, CSPID1 only) • Heater current input (optional) ensures detection of heater circuit failure

GMTC8 / GMRTD6

Thermocouple and RTD modules • Models available for thermocouple or RTD inputs • Unused inputs can be disabled to increase overall reading rate • Programmable slope and offset correction to remove sensor error • Ideal for data-acquisition applications

GMOUT

Analog Output Module • Four isolated analog outputs • Can be individually configured and scaled to generate output ranges of 0 to 5 V, 0 to 10 V, ±10 V, 0 to 20 mA, or 4-20 mA

GMUIN4

Universal Analog Input Module • 4 universal inputs • Accepts thermocouples, RTDs, 0/4-20 mA and +/- 10 VDC • Offers complete isolation: inputs, power and core • Ideal for data- acquisition applications

New communication modules coming soon.

8

GMINI8 / GMINV8, GMINI8L / GMINV8L

Dedicated High-Density Analog Input Modules • Accept up to eight ±10V or 0/4-20 mA inputs per module • Ideal for data-acquisition applications

GMDIO14

Digital I/O Module with Logic Engine • 8 input / 6 output digital module • Inputs isolated from outputs • Inputs independently switch selectable for sink or source signals • Relay or solid state output models available

Red Lion’s G3 & Graphite Series is not only the first to communicate with a minimum of 13 devices simultaneously, but lets you access, monitor and control these devices remotely—from across your network or around the globe.

8-407


8. Operator Interfaces 8.1. Red Lion

8.1.1. G3 & Graphite Series Overview

The only HMI that web-enables any device for remote operation across your LAN or the Internet. Protocol Conversion

Data Logging

• • • •

• • • •

Converts over 250 major industrial protocols Gateway from any protocol to another Drag-and-drop data mapping via Crimson Easily manage multi-vendor environments

Acquire data at user-defined rates from any or all connected devices into a single file Data stored in open CSV file format (Excel compatible) Collect, store, display data Email or FTP logged files

8

Communicate. Communicating with over 250 different protocols, the Red Lion HMIs are the most powerful communications platform available today. Red Lion HMIs easily manage multi-vendor devices and provide the ability to web- and networkenable these different hardware types via the most on-board comms and integrated Ethernet. Choose the best-inclass PLC, drives, PCs, PID controllers, etc. from your vendor of choice and control them all from a single point—the Red Lion HMI will make sure they communicate seamlessly with each other. All connected devices come to life—even serial devices become rejuvenated providing information over Ethernet.

Multi-vendor device environments with different protocols communicate seamlessly with Red Lion HMIs.

8-408

• • • •

One RS-422/485 port and two RS-232 ports are standard on all models Dual Ethernet port provides communications separately to the factory floor and enterprise Simultaneous communication with a minimum of 13 different protocols (expandable) Optional expansion cards to add either two serial ports, DeviceNet, CANopen, J1939, PROFIBUS DP or a cellular modem

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


8.1. Red Lion

8.1.1. G3 & Graphite Series Overview

Web Serving

Remote Access

• • •

• • • •

Web- and network-enable any and all connected devices Auto-uploads data to FTP, web pages and/or dashboards Display same as panel, just tags or custom pages

Securely monitor, access or control all system functions Upload/download databases, recipes or log files Email or text message alarm and event notifications Pass-through programming to other devices

8

Collect. With the installed CompactFlash® card, USB port and web/FTP upload connectivity, data acquisition and transfer capabilities are endless with the Red Lion HMIs. Data can be acquired from any or all connected devices and compiled into a single CSV-formatted file, where it can be stored, displayed, emailed or uploaded to an FTP or posted to custom web pages. The built-in web server can be used to expose system data via a standard web browser, allowing remote access to diagnostic information or to the values recorded by the data logger. • • • • • • •

Log tags at user-programmable rates with automatic time/date stamp Download, upload and remotely access recipes, data and configuration files from the CF card or a USB drive; load database/configuration updates without a PC Automatically synchronize logged data between the HMI and remote FTP site Upload data values to your custom web page Create batch logs or record data from each batch run separately for each plant shift Store security logs to capture user ID when performing tasks and capture alarm event data Create customized data screens accessible by password to privately provide selected data for users

Connect. The ability to monitor only or securely facilitate full control from your remote computer or web-enabled mobile phones and devices is standard. • • • •

Standard web browsers provide remote virtual display and control with screens identical to those on the HMI GSM cellular modem option card lets the HMI dial out with text msg or email alerts/alarms to staff facilitating remote connectivity virtually anywhere Browse data or screens, extract or view files from the CompactFlash® card, or change the program remotely Use pass-through programming for connected devices that don’t typically allow remote programming

8-409


8. Operator Interfaces 8.1. Red Lion

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

8.1.2. Graphite Series

Discount Code L3

Graphite Series

Code Display Type

G07C0000

G07S0000

G09C0000

G09C1000

7" LCD, WVGA, TFT, 16M Colour (Widescreen)

7" LCD, WVGA, TFT, 16M Colour (Widescreen)

9" LCD, WVGA, TFT, 16M Colour (Widescreen)

9” LCD, WVGA, TFT 16M Colour (Widescreen)

Sunlight Readable Resolution

No

Yes

No

No

800 x 480 pixels

800 x 480 pixels

800 x 480 pixels

800 x 480 pixels

Comms Ports

Fully Isolated, two RS-232 & one RS-422/485

Ethernet

8

10 Base-T / 100 Base-TX

SD Card Slot

Yes

USB Device and USB Host

Yes

Web/FTP Server Software

24 VDC +/-20% 196 x 140 mm

256 x 164 mm

256 x 164 mm

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

User-programmable logging rates with time/date stamp and security management; data synchronization, PLC and alarm triggering; CSV file format Remote access and control, access to logged data via FTP or web browser; pass-through programming; notification and alarms; automatic HTML page population Red Lion Crimson software with free upgrades and support; drag-and-drop data mapping, free device drivers, multi-language support, 4000+ graphics library included

Module Slots

5

5

Ratings Temperature

Yes

196 x 140 mm

Protocol Conversion Data Logging

Yes

USB Device and 2 High Retension USB Host

Power Supply Dimensions

Dual 10Base-T / 100Base-TX

6

6

-20 ˚C to 60 ˚C

-20 ˚C to 60 ˚C

NEMA 4X/IP66 -20 ˚C to 60 ˚C

-20 ˚C to 60 ˚C

Order Codes - I/O Modules Description

Code

Module, single PID, relay and analog outputs

GMP1RA00

Module, single PID, relay outputs, heater current monitor

GMP1RM00

Module, single PID, SSR and analog outputs

GMP1SA00

Module, single PID, SSR outputs, heater current monitor

GMP1SM00

Module, single PID, relay outputs

GMP2R000

Module, single PID, relay and heater current monitor outputs

GMP2RM00

Module, single PID, SSR outputs

GMP2S000

Module, single PID, SSR and heater current monitor outputs

GMP2SM00

Module, Digital I/O, 8 inputs and 6 relays outputs

GMDIOR00

Module, Digital I/O, 8 inputs and 6 solid state outputs

GMDIOS00

Module, 4 universal inputs

GMUIN400

Module, 4 analog outputs

GMOUT400

Module, 8 DC current inputs

GMINI800

Module, 8 DC voltage inputs

GMINV800

Module, 8 thermocouple inputs

GMTC8000

Module, 6 RTD inputs

GMRTD600

8-410

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


8.1. Red Lion

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

8.1.2. Graphite Series Discount Code L3

G10C0000

G10C1000

10” LCD, VGA, TFT, 16M Colour

G10R0000

G10R1000

10” LCD, High Res SVGA, TFT, 16M Colour

G10S0000

G10S1000

10” LCD, VGA, TFT, 16M Colour

G12C0000

G12C1100

12” LCD, WXGA, TFT, 16M Colour (Widescreen)

G15C0000

G15C1100

15” LCD, XGA, TFT, 16M Colour

No

No

Yes

No

No

640 x 480 pixels

800 x 600 pixels

640 x 480 pixels

1280 x 800 pixels

1024 X 768 pixels

Fully Isolated, two RS-232 & one RS-422/485

Single 10Base-T / 100Base-TX

Dual 10Base-T / 100Base-TX

Single 10Base-T / 100Base-TX

Yes

Dual 10Base-T / 100Base-TX

Yes

Single 10Base-T / 100Base-TX

Dual 10Base-T / 100Base-TX

Fully Isolated, two RS-232 & one RS-422/485

Fully Isolated, two RS-232 & one RS-422/485

Fully Isolated, two RS-232 & one RS-422/485

Dual 10Base-T / 100Base-TX

Single 10Base-T / 100Base-TX

Dual 10Base-T / 100Base-TX

Single 10Base-T / 100Base-TX

Yes

Yes

Yes

8

USB Device and 2 High Retension USB Host 24 VDC +/-20% 275 x 218 mm

275 x 218 mm

275 x 218 mm

307 x 208 mm

356 x 281 mm

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

User-programmable logging rates with time/date stamp and security management; data synchronization, PLC and alarm triggering; CSV file format Remote access and control, access to logged data via FTP or web browser; pass-through programming; notification and alarms; automatic HTML page population Red Lion Crimson software with free upgrades and support; drag-and-drop data mapping, free device drivers, multi-language support, 4000+ graphics library included 7

7

7

8

8

-20 ˚C to 60 ˚C

-20 ˚C to 60 ˚C

NEMA 4X/IP66 -20 ˚C to 60 ˚C

-20 ˚C to 60 ˚C

-20 ˚C to 60 ˚C

Accessories Description

Code

RS232 Programming Cable (3m)

CBLPROG0

USB Programming Cable (3m)

CBLUSB00

Communications Cables to 3rd Party Products (3m)*

CBLxxxxx

1Gb CompactFlash Card

G3CF001G

2Gb CompactFlash Card

G3CF002G

DIN-Rail RJ-45 Connector to Screw Terminal Adapter

DRRJ45T8

DIN-Rail RJ-11/12 Connector to Screw Terminal Adapter

DRRJ11T6

Protective films for the G07 Series HMI (10 / pack)

G0FILM07

Protective films for the G09 Series HMI (10 / pack)

G0FILM09

Protective films for the G10 Series HMI (10 / pack)

G0FILM10

Protective films for the G12 Series HMI (10 / pack)

G0FILM12

Protective films for the G15 Series HMI (10 / pack)

G0FILM15

Adapter Panel G306 To Graphite G07

G3AD0607

Adapter Panel G308 To Graphite G07

G3AD0807

Adapter Panel G310 To Graphite G09

G3AD1009

Adapter Panel G310 To Graphite G10

G3AD1010

Adapter Panel G310 To Graphite G12

G3AD1012

Adapter Panel G315 To Graphite G15

G3AD1515

*Contact Customer Service

8-411


8. Operator Interfaces 8.1. Red Lion

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

8.1.3. G3 Series

Discount Code L3

G3 Series. The best valued, full-featured HMIs.

Code Display Type

G303M000

G303S000

G306A000

G306M000

G306MS00

3.2" Graphical Monochrome LCD with yellow backlight

3.2" Graphical Monochrome LCD with yellow backlight

5.7" TFT Active Matrix, 256-colour QVGA display

5.7� TFT Active Matrix, Monochrome Model

5.7" TFT Active Matrix, Monochrome Model

Sunlight Readable Keypad

Resolution

G303S Only

G303S Only

G306MS Only

G306MS Only

G306MS Only

Programmable 32-key membrane

Programmable 32-key membrane

Programmable 5-key membrane

Programmable 5-key membrane

Programmable 5-key membrane

128 x 64 pixels

128 x 64 pixels

320 x 240 pixels

320 x 240 pixels

320 x 240 pixels

Comms Ports

8

Two RS-232, one RS-422/485 standard; expandable with optional card (Isolated ports except in G303, G306A, G306M, G306MS, G308C)

Ethernet

10 Base-T/100 Base-TX

CompactFlash Slot USB Device and USB Host

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

USB Device Only

USB Device Only

USB Device Only

USB Device Only

USB Device Only

148.6 x 189.2 x 52 mm

148.6 x 189.2 x 52 mm

179.8 x 224.3 x 58 mm

179.8 x 224.3 x 58 mm

179.8 x 224.3 x 58 mm

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Power Supply Dimensions

24 VDC +/-20%

Protocol Conversion Data Logging Web/FTP Server Software

User-programmable logging rates with time/date stamp and security management; data synchronization, PLC and alarm triggering; CSV file format Remote access and control, access to logged data via FTP or web browser; pass-through programming; notification and alarms; automatic HTML page population Red Lion Crimson software with free upgrades and support; drag-and-drop data mapping, free device drivers, multi-language support, G306A supports 4000+ graphics library as well

Optional Cards

CANopen, J1939, DeviceNet, PROFIBUS DP, RS-232/485 Expansion, GSM/GPRS Modem

Ratings

NEMA 4X/IP66

Accessories Description

Code

RS232 Programming Cable (3m)

CBLPROG0

USB Programming Cable (3m)

CBLUSB00

Communications Cables to 3rd Party Products (3m)*

CBLxxxxx

Secondary Ethernet Option Card

G3ENET00

CANopen option card for G3 Series HMI

G3CN0000

DeviceNet option card for G3 Series HMI

G3DN0000

PROFIBUS option card for G3 Series HMI

G3PBDP00

RS232/485 option card for G3 Series HMI

G3RS0000

GSM/GPRS Modem Option Card

G3GSM000

5dB Panel Mount Antenna 5m Cable for XCGSM000 Option Card

ANT5DB5M

7dB Panel Mount Antenna 5m Cable for XCGSM000 Option Card

ANT7DB5M

*Contact Customer Service

8-412

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


8.1. Red Lion

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

8.1.3. G3 Series Discount Code L3

G308A210

G308A230

8.4" TFT 32K-colour VGA

G308C100

G310C210

7.5" TFT 32K-colour VGA

10.4" TFT 32K-colour VGA

G310C230

G310R210

G310R230

10.4� TFT 32K-colour SVGA

G310S210

G310S230

10.4" TFT 32K-colour VGA

G315C210

G315C230

32K Colour XGA LCD display

32K Colour XGA LCD display

No

No

G310S Only

G310S Only

G310S Only

No

Programmable 7-key membrane

Programmable 7-key membrane

Programmable 8-key membrane

Programmable 8-key membrane

Programmable 8-key membrane

Programmable 10-key membrane

640 x 480 pixels

640 x 480 pixels

640 x 480 pixels

800 x 600 pixels

640 x 480 pixels

Two RS-232, one RS-422/485 standard; expandable with optional card (Isolated ports except in G303, G306A, G306M, G306MS, G308C) Single 10Base-T / 100Base-TX

Dual 10Base-T / 100Base-TX

Single 10Base-T / 100Base-TX

Single 10Base-T / 100Base-TX

Dual 10Base-T / 100Base-TX

Single 10Base-T / 100Base-TX

Dual 10Base-T / 100Base-TX

1024 X 768 pixels Two RS-232, two RS-422/485 (expandable) Isolated ports

Single 10Base-T / 100Base-TX

Dual 10Base-T / 100Base-TX

Single 10Base-T / 100Base-TX

Dual 10Base-T / 100Base-TX

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

USB Device Only

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

207.8 x 262 x 73 mm

207.8 x 262 x 63 mm

241.3 x 325.8 x 62 mm

241.3 x 325.8 x 62 mm

241.3 x 325.8 x 62 mm

330.2 x 406.4 x 71.5 mm

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

24 VDC +/-20%

User-programmable logging rates with time/date stamp and security management; data synchronization, PLC and alarm triggering; CSV file format Remote access and control, access to logged data via FTP or web browser; pass-through programming; notification and alarms; automatic HTML page population Red Lion Crimson software with free upgrades and support; drag-and-drop data mapping, free device drivers, multi-language support, 4000+ graphics library included CANopen, J1939, DeviceNet, PROFIBUS DP, RS-232/485 Expansion, GSM/GPRS Modem NEMA 4X/IP66

Accessories continued Description

Code

1Gb CompactFlash Card

G3CF001G

2Gb CompactFlash Card

G3CF002G

Protective films for the G306 Series HMI (10 / pack)

G3FILM06

Protective films for the G308 Series HMI (10 / pack)

G3FILM08

Protective films for the G310 Series HMI (10 / pack)

G3FILM10

Protective films for the G315 Series HMI (10 / pack)

G3FILM15

DIN-Rail RJ-45 Connector to Screw Terminal Adapter

DRRJ45T8

DIN-Rail RJ-11/12 Connector to Screw Terminal Adapter

DRRJ11T6

G306A Backlight Replacement

G3BR06A0

G308A Backlight Replacement

G3BR08A0

G310C Backlight Replacement

G3BR10C1

G310S Backlight Replacement

G3BR10S1

8-413

8


8. Operator Interfaces 8.1. Red Lion 8.1.4. G3 Kadet Series

G3 Kadet Series Touchscreen HMIs that strike the perfect balance of advanced features and value.

The G3 Kadet Series offers a host of functional interface and connectivity features for applications where protocol conversion and simple touchscreen capabilities are needed. Based on the G3 Series with many of the same capabilities, the G3 Kadet offers far more features than conventional HMIs, providing an advanced interface that is ideal for OEMs, both discrete and process machinery. The right fit for many applications.

Available in 4” (4.3”) and 7” models, the G3 Kadet Series offers the same protocol conversion benefits as the original G3. The capabilities of the G3 Kadet Series include multiple serial ports, drag-and-drop configuration via Crimson software, port sharing capabilities and an integrated Ethernet port which allows simultaneous communications with up to seven device types including PLCs, PCs, drives, bar scanners and many more. As with the G3 Series of HMIs, these Kadet models support over 250 different protocols. Value other HMIs can’t touch.

The 4.3” G3 Kadet was designed for applications in which available mounting space is at a premium. The G304K2 features a bright TFT display with 32K colour support and a resolution of 480 x 272. Communication is made easy with two serial ports; one capable of RS-232 and the other RS-232/RS-485/RS-422 as well as a 10 Base-T/100-Base TX Ethernet port which supports up to 4 protocols simultaneously. Need all the capabilities, but a larger display? Our 7” G3 Kadet is the perfect solution. With three serial ports and an Ethernet port, G307K2 can connect to multiple serial and Ethernet devices simultaneously, including PLCs, motor drives, bar code scanners and more. The display is a bright TFT with 32K colour support and a resolution of 800 x 480. The G3 Kadet Series touchscreens offer a host of innovative features and capabilities that you will not find on other HMIs even at twice the price.

8

G3 Kadet

G3 HMI

RS-232 Port RS-485/422 Port Ethernet Crimson Programmed C-Type User Programming Protocol Converter Flash® Programming USB Program Download Keypads Log Data FTP Web Server Expansion Cards

G307K 7" Operator Interface Touchscreen

G304K 4.3" Operator Interface Touchscreen

The G3 Kadet HMI series: impressive features and value for OEMs and machine control.

8-414

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


8.1. Red Lion

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

8.1.4. G3 Kadet Series Discount Code L3

G3 Kadet. Essential features. Exceptional value. G3 Kadet Series HMIs Born from the G3 Series, the value of the G3 Kadet is unrivaled. G3 Kadet HMIs are perfect for many applications that don’t require data logging, yet offer the high performance and features of the G3 Series.

Code

G304K200

Display Type

G307K200

4.3” TFT 32K-colour

7” TFT 32K-colour

Sunlight Readable

N/A

Keypad

Touchscreen only

Resolution Comms Ports

480 x 272 pixels

800 x 480 pixels

One RS-232, one RS-232/422/485

One RS-232, two RS-232/422/485

Ethernet

10 Base-T 100 Base-TX

CompactFlash Slot

No

USB Device and USB Host

No

Power Supply

No No 24 VDC +/-20%

Dimensions Protocol Conversion Data Logging

102 x 128 x 38 mm

146 x 200 x 43 mm

Yes

Yes N/A

Web/FTP Server Software

8

N/A Red Lion Crimson software with free upgrades and support; drag-and-drop data mapping, free device drivers, multi-language support, 4000+ graphics library included

Optional Cards Ratings Certifications

N/A NEMA 4/IP65 UL Listed

Accessories Description

Code

USB Programming Kit for G307K2

CBLUSB7K

Serial Programming Cable for G307K2

CBLPRO7K

G306K to G307K, Converter board

CBLADK76

USB Programming Kit for G304K2

CBLUSB4K

Serial Programming Cable for G304K2

CBLPRO4K

Communications Adaptors*

CBLADKXX*

Communications Cables*

CBLxxxxx*

Protective films for the G404K (10 / pack)

G3FILM4K

Protective films for the G407K (10 / pack)

G3FILM7K

*Contact Customer Service

8-415


8. Operator Interfaces 8.1. Red Lion

8.1.5. Crimson 3 Programming Software

Crimson 3.0 The best interface software just got better. Configure. Red Lion Crimson software gives users unprecedented operator interface configuration and control. Red Lion’s powerful and universal Crimson 3.0 software is a remarkable programming platform that gives the G3 Series a number of exclusive functions. And unlike competitive HMIs that charge you extra for cumbersome proprietary software, with Crimson the set up of even sophisticated applications— configuring communications protocols, defining data tags and creating a user interface—is easier and virtually self-explanatory. Here are just a few of the exclusive features and capabilities included with Crimson:

8

Choose from over 200 drivers or request a custom file, all free.

• • • • • • •

An extensive library of point-and-click device drivers to quickly establish communications between the G3 and any device Built-in gateway and protocol converter to Ethernet-enable any connected device Multi-lingual capability with support for thousands of characters used in formats like Cyrillic or Thai that lets OEMs use a single database for global markets Complete library of over 5,000 industrial graphics in over 60 different categories Built-in emulator to test user interface, data logging and even the web server Full-featured C-type syntax programming environment to extend capabilities and use advanced math, local variables, pass parameters, calls, return values and more Flexible, direct access to many internal G3 Series features such as: read/write to the CompactFlash® card, manage serial ports, create TCP/IP connections to extract data from web sites or create custom interfaces to unique products

Best of all, Crimson is included. As are software updates, support, cabling instructions and communication drivers. In fact, if a specific device driver does not exist, contact us regarding your requirements. Free online updates allow you to keep your version of Crimson current with the most up-to-date features. New updates include enhanced functionality, product support, drivers and firmware.

Over 5000 graphics make configuring your application quick and easy.

C-type syntax programming provides maximum control.

8-416

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


8.2. Panasonic

8.2.1. GT Series

Panasonic GT Series Overview

Sharp Image with Remarkable Functionality

8 Three-colour LED backlights allows for checking machine status at a glance The monochrome display (except GT32M) has a threecolour LED backlight. It allows operators to check the equipment status at a glance by changing the background colour. Example: green under normal conditions, orange during operation, and red in emergency situations. Highly flexible screen design GT series displays use an analog-touch panel where locations of parts and characters can be adjusted in increments of one dot. The adoption of the Windows font has widened the character size selection (10 to 240 dots), making the screen design more flexible. Multiple GT displays can be connected to our FP series PLC. GT02/GT05/GT12/GT32) GT link function Up to 32 GT displays can be connected to one PLC unit without communication programs. The same screen operation is possible at a conveyor line or other remote locations, and the number of PLC units can be reduced, cutting the production process costs. Connectivity with multiple PLCs Up to 31 PLC units can be connected to one GT unit. Progress in multiple production lines can be centrally monitored and controlled via one GT unit. Enhanced security with password protection (GT02/ GT05/GT12/GT32)

Password-protection function The screen data upload operation can be restricted by using passwords to protect the data asset in the display unit. Operation security function Up to 64 operators can set individual passwords, and up to 16 levels of restrictions can be set on displays and operations for each part. The registered users and passwords can be changed on the display panel. High-efficiency operation with USB/“through” function This function allows operators to simultaneously carry out the transfer of screen data of a GT series display and the debugging of our FP series PLC connected to the display. The GT32T1 supports Ethernet connection, which allows the “through” function to be controlled from a remote location. Portrait display ideal for narrow spaces (GT02/GT12) The unit can display screens in landscape or portrait orientation and can therefore be installed in narrow spaces, expanding system design possibilities and contributing to size reduction. The portrait display is also ideal for slim equipment without enough space to install a display.

Password-protection and operation security functions protect the data asset in the display unit and control the authorization for operation.

8-417


8. Operator Interfaces 8.2. Panasonic

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

8.2.1. GT Series

Discount Code C9

GT02 • • • • • • • • • • • •

3.8’’ STN monochrome display Resolution: 240x96 dots Degree of protection: IP67 Mini USB interface SD/SDHC memory card slot for cards up to 32GB, class10. (GT02MQ2/GQ2) Dimensions: 112 x 74 x 27mm Graph, recipe and flow display functions Through function for simultaneous debugging of the GT and PLC GT link function - up to 32 Panasonic HMIs can be connected to one PLC Multiple PLCs - up to 31 Panasonic PLCs can be connected to one HMI Data logging function Isolated power supply for enhanced reliability

Order Codes

8

Product name

LCD

Power Supply

GT02G

STN monochrome LCD (green/orange/ red backlight)

5 V DC 24 V DC

Communication Port

Colour of Front Panel

SD Memory card slot

Code

Not available

AIG02GQ02D

RS232C

Pure black

RS422 / RS485

Pure black

AIG02GQ04D

RS232C

Pure black

AIG02GQ12D

RS422 / RS485

Pure black

RS232C

Pure black

RS422 / RS485

Pure black

AIG02GQ14D Available

AIG02GQ22D AIG02GQ24D

Accessories Description

Code

GT Cable to tools port of FP0/FPSIGMA/FP2/FP2SH including 5V power line, 4-CORE, MINI-DIN, 2M

AIGT8142 N

GT Cable for connection to tool port of FP0/FPSIGMA/FP2/FP2SH, 3-Core, MINI-DIN, 2M

AIGT8192 N

GTWIN Software

AIGT8001V2

GT03-E • 3.5-inchTFT monochrome or 4096-colour display • Resolution: 320x240 dots • USB Programming Interface • SD memory card slot (Colour model only) • Dimensions: 98 x 86 x 28mm • Sunlight readable display with anti-glare coating and resistant to UV Rays • IP67 rating from the front panel • Wide operating Temperature range -20 to +55 Degrees C • Through-function for simultaneous debugging of the GT and PLC Order Codes Product name

LCD

Power Supply

Communication Port

Colour of Front Panel

SD Memory card slot

Code

GT03M-E

TFT Monochrome LCD

24 V DC

RS232C

Silver

None

AIG03MQ03DE

RS422 / RS485

Silver

None

AIG03MQ05DE

RS232C

Silver

Available

AIG03TQ13DE

RS422 / RS485

Silver

Available

AIG03TQ15DE

GT03T-E

TFT Colour LCD

24 V DC

Accessories

8-418

Description

Code

Battery

AFPX-BATT

Waterproof packing (Pack of 10)

AIG03810E

GT Cable for connection to tool port of FP0/FPSIGMA/FP2/FP2SH, 3-Core, MINI-DIN, 2M

AIGT8192 N

GTWIN Software

AIGT8001V2

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


8.2. Panasonic

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

8.2.1. GT Series Discount Code C9

GT12 • • • • • • • • • • • •

4.6-inch STN monochrome/8-bit gray scale display Resolution: 320x120 dots IP67 Mini USB interface SD memory card slot (16 GB max.) Dimensions: 146 x 74 x 30 mm Graph, recipe and flow display function Through function for simultaneous debugging of theGT and PLC GT link function - up to 32 Panasonic HMIs can be connected to one PLC Multiple PLCs - up to 31 Panasonic PLCs can be connected to one HMI Numerous 3D objects for a realistic appearance Isolated power supply for enhanced reliability

8

Order Codes Product name

LCD

Power Supply

Communication Port

Colour of Front Panel

SD Memory card slot

Code

GT12M

STN monochrome LCD (white/pink/red backlight)

24 V DC

RS232C

Pure black

Available

AIG12MQ12D

RS422 / RS485

Pure black

Available

AIG12MQ14D

STN monochrome LCD (green/orange/ red backlight)

24 V DC

RS232C

Pure black

Available

AIG12GQ12D

RS422 / RS485

Pure black

Available

AIG12GQ14D

GT12G

Accessories Description

Code

GT Cable for connection to tool port of FP0/FPSIGMA/FP2/FP2SH, 3-Core, MINI-DIN, 2M

AIGT8192 N

GTWIN Software

AIGT8001V2

8-419


8. Operator Interfaces 8.2. Panasonic

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

8.2.1. GT Series

Discount Code C9

GT32 • • • • • • • • • • • •

STN monochrome or 4096-colour TFT display CFL backlight Resolution: 320 x 240 dots USB interface SD memory card slot (16GB max.) Ethernet and sound output (only GT32T1) Dimensions: 163.2 x 128.8 x 39.1 mm Graph, recipe and flow display function Through-function for simultaneous debugging of GT and PLC Superior visibility even in sunlight Wide range of operating temperature that covers outdoor use UV Resistant, Anti-glare front panel (Outdoor Series)

Order Codes GT32 Product name

LCD

Power Supply

GT32M

STN monochrome LCD

24 V DC

GT32TO GT32T1

TFT colour LCD TFT colour LCD

24 V DC 24 V DC

8

Communication Port

Colour of Front Panel

SD Memory card slot

Code

RS232C

Pure black

Available

AIG32MQ02D

RS422 / RS485

Pure black

Available

AIG32MQ04D

RS232C

Pure black

Available

AIG32TQ02D

RS422 / RS485

Pure black

Available

AIG32TQ04D

RS232C

Pure black

Available

AIG32TQ12D

RS422 / RS485

Pure black

Available

AIG32TQ14D

Order Codes GT32 Tough Series (Outdoor rated) Product name

LCD

Power Supply

Communication Port

Colour of Front Panel

SD Memory card slot

Code

GT32M-E

TFT monochrome LCD

24 V DC

RS232C

Silver

Available

AIG32MQ03DE

RS422 / RS485

Silver

Available

AIG32MQ05DE

RS232C

Silver

Available

AIG32TQ03DE

RS422 / RS485

Silver

Available

AIG32TQ05DE

GT32T0-E

TFT colour LCD

24 V DC

Accessories

8-420

Description

Code

GT Cable for connection to tool port of FP0/FPSIGMA/FP2/FP2SH, 3-Core, MINI-DIN, 2M

AIGT8192 N

GTWIN Software

AIGT8001V2

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


8.2. Panasonic

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

8.2.2. GT WIN Programming Software Discount Code C9

GT WIN - Screen Creation Tool for the GT series

User-friendly interface makes screen creation easier. Simply drag-and-drop parts. You can easily create screens by just dragging parts from the library and dropping them anywhere you want.

More user-friendly parts libraries In the previous version, the required parts library had to be selected from the menu every time it was needed. The new version displays a list of parts libraries, making them more userfriendly. You can also freely set the parts library window size.

Just drag-and-drop your original parts to be registered. You can also register your preset original parts easily by drag-and- drop operations.

4,096 colours 3D design buttons (for GT05S, GT32T and GT32T-E) 3D design buttons with higher visibility and operability are available.

Order Code Description

Code

GTWIN Software

AIGT8001V2

8-421

8


8. Operator Interfaces 8.3. GE Intelligent Platforms

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

8.3.1. Loaded Quick Panel View

For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only

Loaded QuickPanel View Features: • • • • • • •

Connectivity: Serial, Ethernet and Fieldbus networks View and VB Scripting Compact Flash Document Viewers (doc, xls, pdf) Historian Collector WebPublishing ViewandIntegratedControl

8

IC754V*L06MTD

IC754V*L06CTD

IC754V*F08CTD

IC754V*F12CTD

6” Mono

6” Colour-TFT

8” Colour-TFT

12” Colour-TFT

IC754V*F15CTD

Display Type Resolution Size

320 x 240 pixels

15” Colour-TFT

800 x 600 pixels

5.7” (Diagonal)

8.5” (Diagonal)

1024 x 768 pixels

12.1” (Diagonal)

15.1” (Diagonal)

Memory Flash

32 MB

DRAM

32 MB

64 MB

To 64 MB or 96 MB

To 96 MB or 128 MB

Expandable

64 MB

Communications Serial: Com #1

RS232/RS485

Serial: Com #2

RS232

Ethernet LAN #1

10/100 Mbps

Ethernet LAN #2

None

Comm. Expansion (View)

10/100 Mbps

GE Genius, Data Highway Plus, DeviceNet Slave, and PROFIBUS Slave

USB

V1.1 Compatible

Compact Flash

One, Type 2

Environmental Operating Temperature

-10 to 60 Deg C (14 to 140 Deg F)

Agencies

0 to 60 Deg C (32 to 140 Deg F) UL - Class 1 Div 2 (A, B, C, D), ATEX - Class 1 Zone 2, CE Mark

Environmental Panel Cut-Out (W x H x D) Power Requirements

0 to 50 Deg C (32 to 122 Deg F) NEMA 4/4x

158 mm x 126 mm x 70 mm 12.0 to 30.0 VDC 24 Watts

228 mm x 186 mm x 77 mm 302 mm x 228 mm x 60 mm 379 mm x 305 mm x 71 mm 12.0 to 30.0 VDC 24 Watts

12 VDC @ +/- 20% or 24 VDC @ +/- 20% 48 Watts

* S = Standard overlay, B = Blank overlay, G = GE overlay, K = Kit

8-422

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


8.3. GE Intelligent Platforms

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

8.3.2. Intermediate Quick Panel View

For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only

Intermediate QuickPanel View Features: • • • • • •

Connectivity: Serial, Ethernet and Fieldbus networks View and VB Scripting Compact Flash Card Historian Collector ExpandableMemory WebPublishing

8

IC754V*I06MTD

IC754V*I06STD

IC754V*I08CTD

6” Mono

6” Colour-STN

8” Colour-TFT

IC754V*I12MTD

IC754V*I12CTD

12” Mono

12” Colour-TFT

Display Type Resolution Size

320 x 240 pixels

800 x 600 pixels

5.7” (Diagonal)

8.5” (Diagonal)

12.1” (Diagonal)

Memory Flash

32 MB

DRAM

32 MB

Expandable

To 64 MB or 96 MB

Communications Serial: Com #1

RS232/RS485

Serial: Com #2

None

Ethernet LAN #1

10/100 Mbps

Ethernet LAN #2

None

Comm. Expansion (View)

GE Genius, Data Highway Plus, DeviceNet Slave, and PROFIBUS Slave

USB

None

Compact Flash

One, Type 2

Environmental Operating Temperature

-10 to 60 Deg C (14 to 140 Deg F)

Agencies

0 to 60 Deg C (32 to 140 Deg F) UL - Class 1 Div 2 (A, B, C, D), ATEX - Class 1 Zone 2, CE Mark

Environmental Panel Cut-Out (W x H x D) Power Requirements

0 to 50 Deg C (32 to 122 Deg F) NEMA 4/4x

158 mm x 126 mm x 70 mm

228 mm x 186 mm x 77 mm

302 mm x 228 mm x 60 mm

12.0 to 30.0 VDC 24 Watts

12.0 to 30.0 VDC 24 Watts

12 VDC @ +/- 20% or 24 VDC @ +/- 20% 48 Watts

* S = Standard overlay, B = Blank overlay, G = GE overlay, K = Kit

8-423


8. Operator Interfaces 8.3. GE Intelligent Platforms

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked

8.3.3. Basic Quick Panel View

For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only

Basic QuickPanel View Features: • • •

SerialInterfacetoPLC ViewScripting ViewFunctionality

8

IC754V*B06MTD

IC754V*B06CTD

6” Mono

6” Colour-TFT

Display Type Resolution

320 x 240 pixels

Size

5.7” (Diagonal)

Memory Flash

16 MB

DRAM

16 MB

Expandable

No

Communications Serial: Com #1

RS232/RS485

Serial: Com #2

None

Ethernet LAN #1

Download only

Ethernet LAN #2

None

Comm. Expansion (View)

None

USB

None

Compact Flash

None

Environmental Operating Temperature Agencies

-10 to 60 Deg C (14 to 140 Deg F) UL - Class 1 Div 2 (A, B, C, D), ATEX - Class 1 Zone 2, CE Mark

Environmental

NEMA 4/4x

Panel Cut-Out (W x H x D) Power Requirements

158 mm x 126 mm x 52 mm 12.0 to 30.0 VDC 9 Watts

* S = Standard overlay, B = Blank overlay, G = GE overlay, K = Kit

8-424

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


8.3. GE Intelligent Platforms

8.3.4. Proficy View Programming Software

Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only

Proficy Machine Edition

GE’s Proficy View – Machine Edition is an automation software breakthrough for HMI programming in an integrated development environment. The intuitive and comprehensive interface speeds development and reduces costs.

The QuickPanel View Family The QuickPanel View bundled visualization solution provides the tools required for today’s application needs with a combination of bright touch screen displays, multiple communi- cations options, and Proficy* View – Machine Edition software. Information Delivery Acting as the bridge between the enterprise system and the plant floor, QuickPanel View provides information, not just data, that the operators need to run the machines, and that management needs to run their busi- ness. The QuickPanel View is a critical link to a well-integrated manufacturing operation. • BuiltonMicrosoftWindowsCE operating system • Built-inwebserveraccessesdataand panels using any standard browser Scalable As your information requirements grow, so will your hardware needs. QuickPanel View products are exceedingly scalable to grow with your needs. • Broadrangeofdisplaysizes from 6” to 15” • ChoiceofMonochrome,Color-STN, or Color-TFT display • Expandablememoryand communications options • Easyconfigurationallowsyoutorunthe same program on different size models Seamless Connectivity As your need to monitor and collect data grows, you may need to connect to a wide variety of devices. Unless your operator interface has seamless connectivity, you may face delays and headaches. That is why QuickPanel View comes standard with a large number of built-in drivers to con- nect with the world of automation devices, making it easy to connect to anything. • Communicationdriversoverserial and Ethernet • Communicationoverfieldbusand vendor specific networks through the addition of a communication expansion card Other Advantages We invite you to explore the advantages of QuickPanel View. • Cost-effectivereplacementfor push buttons and pilot lights • Datacollection,trending,system security and other functions • Multi-languagesupport • Migration of applications developed with QuickDesigner* • AdherencetoglobalstandardsUL, ATEX, CE * Note: Refer to page 7-384 & 7-385 for Ordering Tables

8-425

8


9. Software Solutions Section Guide Overview

Section 9 9.1.1. XXX

9.1.1.1. XXX

For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only

9

9-426

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


Software Solutions 9. Software Solutions 9.1. Proficy HMI/SCADA - CIMPLICITY 9.2. Proficy HMI/SCADA iFIX 9.3. Proficy Change Management 9.4. Proficy Historian 9.5. Proficy Historian Analysis 9.6. Proficy Vision 9.7. Proficy Real-Time Information Portal 9.8. Proficy Troubleshooter 9.9. Proficy Cause+ 9.10. Proficy Plant Applications 9.11. Proficy Workflow 9.12. Proficy Open Enterprise 9.13. Proficy Maintenance Gateway 9.14. Proficy Process Systems

9-426 9-428 9-430 9-432 9-434 9-436 9-438 9-440 9-442 9-443 9-444 9-445 9-446 9-447 9-448

9-427


9. Software Solutions 9.1. Proficy HMI/SCADA - CIMPLICITY For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only

Proficy HMI/SCADA - Cimplicity CIMPLICITY is one of the most powerful and technically advanced HMI/SCADA products on the market today. With over 100,000 implementations, our customers have proven that it can solve the toughest supervisory monitoring and control needs. Whether discrete, process, or just plain system monitoring, it’s open, flexible, and easy to use design means that it will save you money upon implementation and reduce your operational and maintenance costs as well.

Control engineers will enjoy reduced development costs, lower project life cycle costs, and faster and easier application development. For the plant manager, CIMPLICITY provides reliable, real-time information about your plant and process to help you make more productive decisions. For IT/MIS professionals, CIMPLICITY provides a powerful connection that seamlessly integrates operational and IT systems, allowing you to better manage your infrastructure while increasing your return on investment.

Connecting at Every Level CIMPLICITY integrates with the complete Proficy family of software products providing you a single solution from the plant floor to the enterprise level. GE Intelligent Platforms also understands that you cannot afford to “rip and replace” your existing systems, so it has designed CIMPLICITY with an open architecture to enable it to mesh seamlessly with your existing systems as well. Historian CIMPLICITY now uses Historian as its default logging destination. Historian provides superior performance for the storage and retrieval of your process and production information. CIMPLICITY still supports logging to SQL and Oracle, and in fact, supports logging to both Historian and these traditional destinations at the same time, putting the decision of moving your systems forward in your hands, and at your pace.

9

9-428

Change Management Unique to the industry, GE Intelligent Platforms has integrated its Change Management product with CIMPLICITY to increase the security of your system and provide you with revision control of your projects. Now you can check out and check in files, roll back to known configuration, and track who has made what changes to the system. Change Management also provides you with powerful disaster recovery capabilities allowing you to restore your system to a known working point in the event of a computer failure. Portal GE Intelligent Platforms Portal product provides the ability to perform analysis on the data that your HMI/ SCADA systems generate. Enhancements have been made that now allow you to host Portal screens within your CIMPLICITY screens, or CIMPLICITY screens within your Portal screens.

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


9.1. Proficy HMI/SCADA - CIMPLICITY For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only

True Client/Server Architecture CIMPLICITY provides a faster and easier way to implement, maintain and grow your automation system with a true client/server architecture. Comprised of two main components, high performance servers and flexible viewers, this efficient architecture is scalable from a single-node HMI to a multi-node, networked system. You can start small, and then easily add servers and viewers without having to replicate your point database from node to node. This significantly reduces the time and effort required to implement and maintain a system. CIMPLICITY Servers collect and distribute your system data. They seamlessly share data while providing users with a real- time view of the processes being monitored. CIMPLICITY Viewers allow users to view and interact with the data distributed by the server, plus perform control actions.

Advanced Technology Protects Your Investment CIMPLICITY is one of the most technologically advanced, open-systems-designed HMI/SCADA products available today. Many of the true client/server, multi-tasking, multiuser design principles incorporated into the product can be traced back to its earliest origins as a VMS and UNIX based product. While many of the competitive products on the market grew out of the single user DOS world, and still have inherent design restrictions in them because of that past, CIMPLICITY was designed from the ground up to operate in complex, multi-user facilities. From a technology position, CIMPLICITY holds a spot that many competitors are trying to aspire to still today. CIMPLICITY’s advanced technology means your investment will serve you well today, and well into the future.

CIMPLICITY Thin Clients (WebView and Terminal Services) allow users to access screens and information without the need for installing CIMPLICITY on their computers.

9

Benefits of CIMPLICITY’s Client/Server Architecture • • • •

100% data integrity Complete scaleability for easy system expansion Lower maintenance costs Real-time data for viewers

9-429


9. Software Solutions 9.2. Proficy HMI/SCADA iFIX For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only

Proficy HMI/SCADA - iFIX A market-leading supervisory monitoring and control solution that leverages advanced technologies, Proficy HMI/SCADA-iFIX provides a window into your total operations cycle enabling faster, better business decisions for high performance. Features • • • • •

Flexibility of connecting and presenting data Scalability from isolated sensor to company-wide-integration Reliable information analysis Real-time data management Adherence to compliance standards

Make faster, better business decisions by collecting, analyzing and sharing critical production data across your enterprise. As the level of competition increases in your market, so does the need to continually reduce operating costs and improve production processes wherever possible. Success depends greatly on your ability to access, understand and utilize the volumes of crucial automation information being generated throughout your operation every day. Many of the largest and most successful companies around the world rely on GE’s Proficy HMI/SCADA-iFIX for the comprehensive monitoring, analysis, control and distribution of their plant-wide data. With applications in industries including pharmaceuticals, biotech, consumer packaged goods, food and beverage, oil and gas, water, waste water, power and others, Proficy HMI/ SCADA-iFIX is the right HMI or SCADA solution for your automation environment.

9

9-430

With the power of leading technologies and patented techniques, Proficy HMI/SCADA-iFIX is the ultimate tool for visualization, automation and in delivering analytics to drive the lowest possible total cost of ownership. Extensive Functionality • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Windows 2000/XP/2003/Vista based SQL/ODBC interfaces for easy integration with relational databases Advanced visualization (HMI) Math, Logic and Supervisory control (SCADA) User and role based node or domain linked security Real-time and historical trending Manual data collection and data management Advanced alarming and alarm management High performance and secure networking Wizards maximize development productivity Discovery and Automatic Configuration Tools Graphic Dynamo Management Recipe Handling Run-time and remote configuration Active X controls for database connectivity (VisiconX) Time and event scheduling Microsoft Visual Basic for Applications Integration (VBA)

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


9.2. Proficy HMI/SCADA iFIX For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only

Proficy HMI/SCADA – iFIX Comprehensive Monitoring and Control

iClient

GE’s Proficy HMI/SCADA-iFIX is a robust HMI/ SCADA solution, providing process visualization, data acquisition, analytics and supervisory control of your process. Proficy HMI/SCADA-iFIX gives you the power and security to precisely monitor and control every aspect of your process, as well as your equipment and resources, resulting in faster response to production or process issues; less waste, improved quality, faster timeto-market with new products, and increased profitability.

iClient is the standard GE thick client. It serves as a traditional PC-based client that is installed on the hard disk and accesses data from a local or remote computer. All applications can be run on iClient, including real-time graphics, trending, alarming and reporting. Plus, users can perform development online from each client, including building graphics and adding tags to local or distributed servers.

Proficy HMI/SCADA-iFIX, with its scan based architecture, is an extremely well suited application for process environments, with functionality to excel in water/wastewater, oil and gas, and regulated industries, particularly those under the FDA’s 21 CFR Part 11 rule. Ease and Flexibility With its extensive library of intuitive graphical tools, Proficy HMI/SCADA-iFIX enables users to be “up and running” quickly and easily, building a powerful window into their automation system. Whether you’re implementing a single, stand-alone Human Machine Interface (HMI), or a highly complex, multi-node, multi-site Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA) system, Proficy HMI/SCADA-iFIX offers the functionality you need to quickly develop an application of any type and size. And because it’s designed with an extremely flexible architecture, Proficy HMI/SCADA-iFIX gives you the power to meet your current application needs, while easily expanding your system as your business requirements grow. Distributed Network Architecture Proficy HMI/SCADA-iFIX’s fully distributed, client/server architecture provides maximum flexibility when designing a system. Deployment possibilities range from a single computer running Proficy HMI/SCADA-iFIX in a standalone HMI application to a large, networked system with many distributed servers and clients.

iClientTS iClientTS is a thin-client and web solution that makes use of Microsoft Terminal Server technology and provides the full capabilities of a standard iClient. From any iClientTS station, users have complete access to all networked Proficy HMI/SCADA-iFIX SCADA Servers – making full use of iClient technology, ActiveX controls and VBA and third party content. Proficy Real-Time Information Portal Proficy Real-Time Information Portal is another Proficy thin client solution for distributing information to many users.With Proficy Real-Time Information Portal, HMI/ SCADA-iFIX graphics are converted and published to a web server. Then, from a web browser, pages are animated with realtime data from SCADA Servers. Proficy HMI/SCADA – iFIX Architecture Advantage The Proficy HMI/SCADA-iFIX distributed, client/server architecture incorporates any combination of distributed servers (SCADA Servers) and distributed clients (iClient, iClientTS, and/or iWebServer). To users, Proficy HMI/ SCADA-iFIX appears as a single, high-performance integrated system.

Proficy HMI/SCADA – iFIX System Architecture Proficy HMI/SCADA – iFIX allows tremendous network configuration flexibility, using a combination of SCADA Servers, or even existing iFIX nodes and clients.

9-431

9


9. Software Solutions 9.3. Proficy Change Management For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only

Proficy Change Management Safe, Secure, Flexible & Automatic Proficy Change Management is powerful software that enables your team to manage, store and retreive your automation systems software, configuration, code and plant floor documentation easily. Proficy Change Management has powerful capabilities including user based security, version control, audit trails, e-signatures, central storage, automated & manual backup and recovery for any file, configuration or code base.

Proficy Change Management is used for a wide variety of applications such as:

Proficy Change Management offers an automated way to help your organization assess, monitor, manage, control and lower project costs as well as ongoing maintenance costs. In addition, by providing traceability, notification of changes and regulatory compliance, it drives increased efficiency of your personnel, and as a result, your productivity.

Safety - Changes at the control level can affect workers safety. With Proficy Change Management, the software can evaluate for the existence of dated code and any unauthorized PLC forces so you know about potential safety issues before they occur!

Proficy Change Management is pre-configured to support a variety of commonly used software and devices in the industrial environment, including GE Intelligent Platforms, Rockwell, Schneider, Siemens and many more. It can also manage any file type such as documents, spreadsheets, drawings and more with our easy-to-use Wizard for a complete plant or factory asset management system.

9

9-432

Quality - Ensure that your process is using the most recent set points in your SCADA or PLC control programs to ensure the product will meet the expectations of the customer. Setup notification within Proficy Change Management to keep quality in check.

Compliance - Proficy Change Management helps you meet change control compliance regulations whether they be government mandated (NERC, CIP, 21 CFR Part 11) or internal policy regulations. Disaster Recovery - Proficy Change Management drives accountability, uptime and machine efficiency by ensuring the latest backups are stored. Process Improvement - Proficy Change Management enables your six sigma and lean teams to baseline the current state of the machine control configuration and code easier and quicker by facilitating on demand backups prior to kaizens and quickly reverting back if necessary.

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


9.3. Proficy Change Management For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only

Proficy Change Management Version Control ensures that only one person at a time is making changes to the system and archives the versions once those changes are made-providing the ability to revert to a previous version. Security enables you to monitor and control who has access to what function-reducing the number of errors that occur due to unauthorized access. It also enables you to set up a permission hierarchy by roles, which eliminates the need to establish permissions for every employee. Audit Trails and Reports allow you to track what has been happening with programs and devices in your plant, automatically providing the “who, what, when, where and why” information of events taking place throughout your operation. Automated Scheduling, Notification and Reporting allows you to check the integrity of what is happening on a regularly scheduled basis. It automatically reviews server files and compares them to what is running, providing notification of any discrepancies through regular automated reporting.

HTML Interface & Plant Layout allows you to customize the end-user interface to match your plant’s needs. This powerful point-and-click interface makes accessing projects and devices as easy as surfing the net, helping simplify the interface for your end users, thus reducing errors and the need for training. Extensive Product Support. Proficy Change Management is pre-configured to support a variety of commonly used software and devices in the industrial environment, including GE Intelligent Platforms, Rockwell, Schneider, Siemens and many more. It can also manage any file type such as documents, spreadsheets, drawings and more with our easy-to-use Wizard for a complete plant or factory asset management system. Built Into GE Intelligent Platforms Proficy HMI/ SCADA. Because the client is built right into the CIMPLICITY Workbench and the iFIX workspace, you can now manage your HMI/SCADA application quickly and easily. Check out picture files, screens files, or other components, compare versions of screens or configurations, or compare entire projects.

Electronic Signatures enable you to gain additional control over changes in your plant by allowing you to enforce authorization to make changes to your devices and projects. This functionality can help you meet regulations such as 21 CFR Part 11 or NERC and improve your Good Manufacturing Practice.

9

9-433


9. Software Solutions 9.4. Proficy Historian For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only

Proficy Historian At the core of GE’s Proficy software platform, Proficy Historian provides a high-performance foundation for enterprise-class solutions. Proficy Historian from GE Intelligent Platforms is a powerful enterprise-wide data historian that collects, archives, and distributes tremendous volumes of production information at extremely high speeds. Increase Your Process Visibility Built specifically for the acquisition, storage and retrieval of industrial process informaion, Proficy Historian improves visibility, provides context to raw data, and aggregates islands of information–resulting in better and faster decisions, increased productivity and reduced costs across your enterprise. Proficy Historian offers unique capabilities and benefits for a sustainable competitive advantage: • • • • • • •

9

Built-in Data Collection Fast Read/Write Performance Speeds High Data Compression Quick Time to Value Enhanced Data Security Robust Redundancy for High Availability Open & Layered Integration

Improve Processes Across Your Business Proficy Historian ties together islands of automation information without compromising data resolution. It enables an integrated view of your entire operations with accurate, real-time information and instant access to historical data. With Proficy Historian, you can compare past production runs, analyze the data prior to a downtime event, and plot ideal production runs against in-process runs. You can easily generate reports and share information across your enterprise using standard web browser tools.

NOTE: This data represents a specific test on 400,000 samples logged to a standard RDB and Proficy Historian. Results will vary depending on the raw data set used and the RDB schema employed.

9-434

Faster Speeds In contrast to the modest performance of relational databases for large data sets or associated periods of time, Proficy Historian provides much faster read/write performance and “down to the millisecond” resolution for true real-time data. Proficy Historian is built to store, and more importantly, retrieve production/process data in the way you need it. Its aggregation and retrieval methods would be difficult in other database technologies. This capability enables better responsiveness by quickly providing the granularity of data needed to analyze and solve intense process applications. High Data Compression Proficy Historian comprises powerful compression algorithms, which enable you to store years of data easily and securely online-enhancing performance, reducing maintenance and lowering costs. For example, you can configure Proficy Historian without the active maintenance and back-up routines that a relational database requires. Archives can be automatically created, backed up, and purged—enabling extended use without the need for a data- base administrator. Enhanced Data Security Less vulnerable to attacks from hackers and viruses such as SQL injection (or SQL insertion), Proficy Historian is designed to enforce higher standards of data security. It does not allow insert, update, or deletion of data through standard interfaces, and you can implement security for historians at the functional group or down at the tag level—a task that would be exceedingly difficult with an Relational Database. Proficy Historian tracks many of these changes by default and helps address strict regulatory requirements such as the FDA’s 21 CFR Part 11 through features such as electronic signatures.

With no compression at all, Proficy Historian offers much higher disk space efficiency than an RDB. When using a 1% dead band compression, it delivers even greater efficiency for enhanced performance and reduced maintenance.

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


9.4. Proficy Historian For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only

Proficy Historian Robust Redundancy for High Availability Proficy Historian offers clustering at the data store much like a relational database, as well as another level of redundancy at the collector function. If there are missioncritical data collection points, the collectors themselves can be configured in a redundant fashion. The solution also addresses network and server disruptions through a “store and forward” capability, which buffers data at the collector should a disruption occur. The buffers are eventually uploaded when the server comes back online with automatic reconnection— ensuring no data loss.

Proficy Historian can layer on many different manufacturers’ controls and HMI/ SCADA platforms, and can even support embedded applications—unlocking value and providing the foundation toward a full operations management solution. With Proficy Historian, you have access to an extensive portfolio of performance and execution applications: • • •

Advanced visualization and powerful analytical tools Broad range of industry and application specific solutions Seamless integration with the full Proficy platform to truly empower the enterprise

Open & Layered Philosophy Proficy’s open and layered approach provides an advantage—enabling interoperability with third-party solutions for faster time to value. There’s no need for expensive interfaces and customized code.

9

9-435


9. Software Solutions 9.5. Proficy Historian Analysis For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only

Proficy Historian Analysis Businesses face challenges every day for profitability in a competitive world. What happens in the deep recesses of the data collected within these businesses captures valuable insight that can help your business work more efficiently. But data is sometimes hard to get to and when it can be obtained, it is hard to turn into a story that results in actionable information.

Web-based Accessibility

With GE’s Proficy Historian Analysis solution, a webbased analysis tool, you can get data directly from Proficy Historian and make sense of this data to enable process improvements. With easy search and trending capabilities, users can find process tags quickly and easily and bring those tags together within simple-to-use trends that help discover the causes of process upsets that lead to inefficiencies.

Ease of Configuration

Features • • • • • • •

9

Data trending capability Proficy Historian integration Flexible reporting Web-based application Collaboration (share reports and trends) Personalization (Favorites) Search capability

Benefits • • • • •

Time savings with quick and easy setup Better accessibility to data with easy-to-find tags for analysis Faster responsiveness with quick discovery of causes for process inefficiencies and upsets Smarter decisions with data available from anywhere with web access Increased collaboration of information between users and shifts

Integration with Proficy Historian Proficy Historian Analysis offers best-in-class direct connection to Proficy Historian, allowing quick time to value and the opportunity to capitalize on the full potential of your historical data.

Providing convenience and ease of use, Proficy Historian Analysis is web-based so the client can be used wherever there is Internet access, enabling you to troubleshoot processes flexibly and making it easy to collaborate within a plant or around the world.

You can quickly get the application configured against Proficy Historian and see live data out of the box with minimal configuration. Process Improvements Designed to turn your historical data into information you can act on to improve your processes, Proficy Historian Analysis helps you visualize and troubleshoot processes through powerful analytical capabilities. Gain maximum value from your data today with Proficy Historian Analysis to drive continuous process improvements for a longterm competitive advantage. Easy Tag Search and Trending Proficy Historian Analysis enables you to easily find the needed tags for analysis and create trends to show how the process behaves. You can search to find tags and drag them onto the trend, drop multiple tags on a trend chart, and display multiple trend charts at one time. The solution also allows you to change the look and feel of the trend charts and change the time range to easily view various trends. Robust Reporting Capability With Proficy Historian Analysis, you can generate reports that capture trends for a specific period of time once analysis is complete. The reports can be saved as templates to be used at regular intervals. Once run, these report instances can be shared with team members to show areas of concern for the process that may require additional analysis.

Facilitated Team Collaboration Reports can be generated and emailed to users, informing them of issues or areas to focus on. Additionally, reports can be turned into templates and trends saved to enable sharing between users as they log into the system. For example, an engineer on Shift1 may notice unusual behavior in a process using a trend of key process data. That engineer can save the trends in a public “favorites” folder and inform other team members of the data so they can perform additional analysis. Additionally, the most used trends and reports can be saved by each user so as they start each day, the analysis they use the most is always in front of them.

9-436

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


9.5. Proficy Historian Analysis For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only

Proficy Historian Analysis

9

9-437


9. Software Solutions 9.6. Proficy Vision For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only

Proficy Vision Proficy Vision introduces a new and unique paradigm for navigating your operations, enabling you to take equipment centric, product centric and people centric views of your world. It’s like a map and compass on your operations that delivers realtime operational intelligence, helping you make sense of a complex world. Benefits • • • • •

Better, faster decision making through increased operational visibility Increased convenience with any time, anywhere web access Faster responsiveness to issues and problems Less training, saving time and costs Improved enterprisewide collaboration and communication

Success for manufacturing and infrastructure businesses increasingly relies on broad, secure access to crossenterprise information. Only with timely and relevant insights can businesses truly optimize operational performance. Yet disparate systems, limited resources, and multiple roles and responsibilities often create silos of information that limit visibility and make collaboration and driving operational improvements difficult.

9

Visualization software that delivers an operations view GE’s Proficy Vision software is a powerful operational dashboard that brings together webbased content from the Proficy Portfolio and third-party web displays into one environment. It aggregates and organises content in the context of your plant structure, enabling users to have their web-enabled content side by side in the same application and allowing them to see the information they need to get their job done.

9-438

The software offers a single place to display both structured data (ERP, EAM, MES, SCADA, etc.) and unstructured data (social business, spreadsheets, news feeds, etc.) for a convenient one-stop view. Providing relevant and cross-enterprise insights, Proficy Vision aggregates disparate interfaces and information with a unified context for better, faster decisions. It delivers a role-specific user interface for maximum efficiency, allowing users to anticipate, collaborate and orchestrate responses to dynamic operational conditions with greater agility and precision. Web-Based Access The application can be used wherever there is internet access, making it easy to collaborate around the plant or around the world. Organised Displays Users can organise content the way they want, whether that means tying content to a piece of equipment or within a specific area of the facility putting the data they need at their fingertips when they need it. Structured Navigation In runtime view, users can navigate through their displays in a virtual environment and see the content at each level of the model as they navigate. They can navigate to the areas where they have responsibility and get to the applications and displays they need when they need them. The data is structured so that all of your views and relevant displays are associated to the appropriate equipment.

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


9.6. Proficy Vision For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only

Proficy Vision Content Mashup

Personalization (Favorites)

Users can take multiple screens from multiple applications and consolidate them in one view, breaking down the silos of systems and data for greater efficiency. For instance, a user could have content from Proficy Plant Applications, Proficy Workflow, Proficy HMI/SCADA, and an ERP System on one display instead of going to multiple windows to get that information.

The dynamic environment of Proficy Vision provides the adhoc capability to host content from disparate sources and customize the layout using multiple screens. Users can save their layouts as “favorites” to easily view or manipulate their most important information without having to rebuild consolidated views.

Role-Based Access This feature allows users to see what they need based on their login credentials. For instance, a user may only be able to see a certain portion of the model and only certain displays at that level. An operator may only see displays for specific assets they are responsible for, while a manager may have access to all displays for a facility. There is no need to have multiple products for operators and for executives, as Proficy Vision allows you to support all your roles from your operator to your CEO in one location.

Your Operational Dashboard As businesses must do more with fewer resources to succeed in today’s competitive environment, Proficy Vision provides a powerful single view of your webenabled content. The capability to easily see content in the context of your plant structure allows users to see information that’s relevant to them where and when they need it. It helps bridge information gaps and increases operational visibility across the enterprise for better, faster decisions that drive improved operational performance.

Integrated Workflow Users have access to an integrated Workflow solution that allows them to view and interact with content, and also provides the ability within the same environment to address standard operating procedures.

9

Monitoring processes and acting on alarms and procedures in one environment delivers a powerful advantage that drives operational improvements. Your work instructions and the context around those instructions are presented to the user in one operational dashboard.

9-439


9. Software Solutions 9.7. Proficy Real-Time Information Portal For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only

Proficy Real-Time Information Portal Delivering information through a common web client and reporting environment, Proficy Real-Time Information Portal provides comprehensive visibility into your plant floor operations. Features • • • • •

Connectivity across Proficy software solutions and third-party applications Interactive analysis of real-time and historical data sources Easy web-based configuration by users without programming Personalized and role-based navigation Suitable across broad applications

Proficy Real-Time Information Portal is GE Intelligent Platforms’ real-time manufacturing intelligence application, allowing you to gain business insight from all of your plant data in real time. This powerful application is an incredible resource for your business, providing visibility into plant floor operations. As a result, it enables real-time decision support and continuous process improvement, and enhances the return on your current and future IT investments. Proficy Portal provides a web-based solution that integrates all of your online and process based systems with plant-wide connectivity, analysis, and visualization components.

9

9-440

This application provides a common web client and reporting environment for a fully integrated solution that maximizes the value of your other GE applications, as well as the data and content from your legacy and third- party systems. By applying sophisticated trending, graphical presentation, and statistical analysis to all of your online data, Proficy Portal provides unique organization-wide views and insight into how your plant is operating, and how to improve it. Proficy Portal provides advanced analysis, reporting, and visualization capabilities. As the web client for the entire GE product family as well as other third-party plant systems, Proficy Portal brings together all of your process and on-line data. It presents and analyzes data so that decisions can be made in real time, based on all the information available. For the first time, users throughout your facility and throughout the world now have access to production data how and when they need it all at the click of a mouse. Proficy Portal provides this connectivity to your plant data with a robust set of analysis and visualization components all in a personalized web environment that was developed specifically to meet your industry’s strict requirements.

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


9.7. Proficy Real-Time Information Portal For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only

Proficy Real-Time Information Portal Time-based Data Analysis

Graphical Presentation

Proficy Portal provides interactive analysis of real-time and historical data sources through trend charts, grids and data links. This provides users with insight into the operation of their plant for making crucial improvements to quality and efficiency.

Graphical presentation rapidly communicates essential information from more complex data sets for notification of alerts, status changes, and data summaries. Graphical presentation can also bring a familiar look and feel when moving plant floor applications to the web, providing:

• • •

• • •

Connect and interact with plant-wide, real-time and historical data sources and adjust system parameters with read/ write capabilities. Visualize, annotate, and analyze process data, strings or other information with the Time chart. Analyze your process by event (such as comparing batch or production runs) using the event component. Drill into detail data using intelligent grid components that allow data to be easily sorted, printed, and exported.

Common Web Client A single web client that combines content from other GE applications such as Proficy HMI/SCADA and from across data sources within the plant and the organization allows for real-time decision making at all levels. Solve your plant manufacturing intelligence needs with a single script and in an HTML-free environment. • • • •

Combine the client functions of our full software family with information from legacy and third-party systems on the same screen at the same time. Use the Proficy HMI/SCADA Jump-Start utility to automatically create content based on real-time Proficy HMI/SCADA displays. Graphically create a library of parameterized SQL statements that interact with plant floor and corporate data stores. Proficy Portal supports SELECT, INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE and CALL statements. Build and deploy sophisticated, web-based views and dashboard applications with KPIs and drill down by linking forms components, buttons, hyperlinks, charts, and more.

A complete graphics library of shapes, images, etc. Common graphical tools for drawing displays (align, group etc). Animation of shape properties from any data source and command actions for navigation and drill down.

Relational Database & OPC Support: ODBC, JDBC, OLEDB Different communication methods and drivers are supported for communicating with relational databases. This includes support for communication to ODBC sources, OLEDB providers and native JDBC drivers for specific databases such as Oracle®, DB2 and Microsoft SQL Server. Statement Builder Users can graphically create re-usable SQL statements or queries that can be used through-out the Proficy Portal system. These reusable statements can be easily created by graphically selecting the appropriate database fields. Statements can be triggered automatically or on command from other controls. Key Performance Indicators Proficy Portal provides an easy method for users to monitor key performance indicators (KPIs) being derived by Proficy Plant Applications. In addition, ad-hoc calculations and expressions can be created within Proficy Portal to perform a wide variety of KPIs.

9-441

9


9. Software Solutions 9.8. Proficy Troubleshooter For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only

Proficy Troubleshooter Proficy Troubleshooter provides powerful analytical tools that utilize leading-edge techniques to extract knowledge from existing historical process and manufacturing plant data. These tools help identify causes for production problems as well as opportunities for preventing these problems in the future. Proficy Troubleshooter can be used for batch and discrete processes as well as continuous processes. It provides you with the capability to visualize process problems and their causes through modeling and simulating the process, using available historical plant data. Proficy Troubleshooter enables an “Intelligent Historian” that is clearly differentiated from, and more valuable than competing historians. Once you identify the causes for variation and problems in the process and the impact of the process on your assets, you can better understand the relationships between the data. You can build business cases before attempting real-time solutions and prevent problems in the future. What’s more, these powerful technologies provide a clear path to Proficy Cause+, another powerful, tightly integrated GE solution that analyzes your real-time data.

Benefits • • • • • • • •

Perform easy troubleshooting of discrete and batch process problems Create“golden”batch models and associated analysis easily Execute custom data preparation for accessing, combining and filtering data Rapidly identify special and common causes of KPI variation using fully integrated data visualization, statistical analysis and modeling and model analysis Analyze problematic batches or steps within a batch using batch visualization and batch comparison functionality Identify money-saving batch and discrete opportunities and solution feasibility Leverage the ability to deploy solutions for batch and discrete applications automatically in real time Integrate complementary process improvement software to existing HMI, MES and ERP systems

Knowledge extraction

9

Decision tree, node brushing and pivot table analysis

9-442

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


9.9. Proficy Cause+ For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only

Proficy Cause+ Proficy Cause+, a powerful software add-on solution that enables you to obtain more value from your HMI/SCADA system by providing likely causes for problems in real time. It enables an intelligent form of proactive alarming and decision support so operators can correct issues before a problem occurs. Active Avoidance With Proficy Cause+, you can analyze real-time information based on intelligent historical data models and have your system predicting future alarm events. With Proficy Cause+ predictive analysis, your team can put the appropriate corrective actions in place reducing downtime and maintenance costs and increasing your productivity. HMI/SCADA Real-Time Interface The real-time action object displays causes for operators and process engineers right in your HMI/SCADA application, as well as operator actions or guidance messages. Proficy Cause+ enables production and manufacturing engineers or process specialists to instantly receive real-time causes for future process deviations.

Always “On� Proficy Cause+ contains a powerful analytical engine that interfaces seamlessly into your HMI/SCADA applications and constantly reviews and analyzes your data. Proficy Cause+ can apply binary or non-linear predefined rule sets against your incoming real-time data. No matter what staff is on the clock, Cause+ is always working in the background, reviewing the data and enunciating in the event something is out of alignment. Intelligent Correction You can instruct Cause+ how to react, and it delivers consistent instructions to your operators every time. By linking messages to specific data models and rule sets, your operators can instantly receive corrective actions prior to the issue occurring. Post-Alarm Analysis Proficy Cause+ can also be used offline enabling your team to analyze your data and establish the root cause of faults, warnings or alarms. You can also enable your engineering staff to transpose the large amounts of data within your HMI/ SCADA and realise increased value by identifying both positive and negative aspects about your process.

9-443

9


9. Software Solutions 9.10. Proficy Plant Applications For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only

Proficy Plant Applications A family of powerful solutions, Proficy Plant Applications allows users to make business sense out of plant data for informed business decisions in real time. Features • • • • •

Open and Layered architecture Integrated modular applications on a common data model Scalable from a single machine to multiple plants Extensible using standard tools Supports a mix of different production processes

Proficy Plant Applications is ironically one single software package and a key part of the Proficy software suite, automating and integrating the information related activities for managing production execution and performance optimization holistically, helping businesses balance the tradeoffs across the many competing priorities of production operations. It significantly reduces clerical burden on production and support personnel, while providing a potent manufacturing execution and manufacturing intelligence environment infused into the operation for tracking and optimizing operating efficiency, energy and resource consumption, product and process quality, environmental and product safety compliance, schedule execution, WIP inventory tracking, genealogy / traceability, and more.

9

Competitive pressures, customer demands, corporate and regulatory requirements and a host of other challenges all add complexity to your work in the plant every day. Proficy Plant Applications helps you manage that complexity, providing clarity and allowing you to manage performance and focus on results.

Proficy Plant Applications empowers you to truly understand performance down to the individual asset by definitively showing the biggest areas of, and reasons for, productivity losses, such as defects, waste and downtime. Our software translates raw production data into performance metrics that the system monitors automatically and manages constantly; freeing operators from the non-value add work of collecting, logging and interpreting this information manually. Our extensive reporting and analysis tools offer unmatched analytical capabilities to find problems and drive the right activities for performance improvements. And, it gives you the flexibility to evolve your systems yourself using your own, in-plant personnel to maintain peak plant performance. Production Management - Oversee production operations including functions to control product flow between equipment, develop product genealogy reports and make schedule changes to reduce excess inventory. Quality Management - The Plant Applications Quality module helps you increase product quality by lowering waste, reducing scrap and significantly lowering product recall costs. Efficiency Management - Identify and monitor all areas of manufacturing for inefficiencies - downtime, waste and Overall Equipment Effectiveness (OEE). Perform root cause analyses, historical data summaries, schedule reports and identify your bottlenecks. Batch Analysis - Off-the-shelf reporting and analysis applications that work with multi-vendor systems to improve overall consistency and quality in batch execution processes.

Efficiently manage and achieve peak performance with a unified, easy to configure “plant model” that automatically generates intelligent KPIs and monitors performance. By leveraging our understanding of asset utilization, uptime, speeds, yields of materials and other performance parameters, our software is proven to help you make real-time adjustments to keep your operations running smoothly and more productively.

9-444

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


9.11. Proficy Workflow For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only

Proficy Workflow Built on a Service Oriented Architecture, Proficy Workflow is a dynamic decision making engine that integrates automated and manual work processes across system and departmental boundaries ensuring reliable, repeatable process execution. This powerful industrial Business Process Management (BPM) software takes a production “flowchart” and digitizes it, connecting the people, materials, equipment and systems involved in the work process.

With Proficy Workflow, you can improve, eliminate and automate steps in production to lean your organization. Additionally, you can capture process, traceability and quality data, and drive optimization initiatives based on factual information. This powerful work process management system can touch almost all production personnel, including quality managers and quality technicians, maintenance, operations supervisors, operators and industrial engineers.

Features

By digitizing processes with Proficy Workflow, you can decrease time to value on materials, speed response, lower total cost of ownership and ensure sustainability.

• • • • • • •

Streamline production processes—from work instructions to corrective action Solve operations problems immediately without demands on IT Capture manual and automated processes with one tool – without custom code “Manage by Exception” to achieve fast response based on real-time events Connect to any OPC data source Build composite applications to leverage existing production systems Comply with industry standards, including ISA 95

Benefits • • • •

Decrease costs by reducing errors and waste Increase quality and first-time throughput Boost compliance by enforcing Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) Reduce training time through electronic instruction

Use Proficy Workflow to: • • • • • • • • • • • • • 

Benchmark, improve and control work processes Orchestrate high-level processes and manage the data between systems Standardise processes and metrics across production assets Digitize SOPs, GMP tasks and work instructions Implement HACCP monitoring procedures and corrective action Manage alarm / event response Replicate processes across your business using libraries and templates Reduce WIP inventory Achieve Right-First-Time reducing rework Comply with many industry regulations Perform tasks only when statistically required Integrate maintenance and operating procedures Implement S95 without being constrained by S95 or forced into unnecessary re-engineering

9-445

9


9. Software Solutions 9.12. Proficy Open Enterprise For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only

Proficy Open Enterprise To achieve a sustainable advantage, manufacturers need increased visibility from the top floor to the shop floor to view and coordinate the status of orders, inventory changes, and overall process performance. Seamlessly connecting manufacturing processes with the enterprise layer requires tight yet flexible integration between your enterprise systems and site production systems. Proficy Open Enterprise is a powerful application that connects your enterprise systems to the Proficy suite of solutions, using ISA-95 and B2MML standards to communicate valuable information. It allows decision makers at the enterprise level to leverage real-time information about production processes providing increased visibility and insight for better business decisions. Features • • • • • • •

9

Activities/Templates for upload/download – Download parses production schedule message and either routes to appropriate product or stores within the ISA-95 model; upload creates production performance message to be sent to enterprise systems. B2MML Content Editor – Checks upload and download messages for possible errors and issues immediate warnings to users; also allows users to review and approve transactions before they are committed. Object Model – Maps to B2MML message standard and allows users to easily manipulate B2MML data and link that data to activities within a workflow. Service Provider – Allows users to easily save, change, or delete production data from the ISA-95 model of Proficy SOA.

Improved operations to realise a sustainable advantage Increased visibility into the manufacturing process Better decision making to increase capacity Timely identification of production issues Faster responsiveness to customer needs Quick time-to-value due to standardsbased features and out-of-the-box tools Improved accuracy of inventory data

By enabling real-time orders to be downloaded into the production layer from your enterprise systems and for performance information to be uploaded to your enterprise systems—Proficy Open Enterprise acts as a bi-directional transport of data between the two layers. Data is input from enterprise systems and stored within Proficy SOA structures where it can be used inherently by Proficy Workflow or transferred to other applications, including Proficy Plant Applications or third-party applications through service providers. Single interface from enterprise systems to the Proficy suite of solutions – Seamless connectivity to get order information into Proficy SOA’s ISA-95 model, allowing access to other GE Intelligent Platforms and third-party applications via service providers and web services. Bi-directional communication between enterprise systems and site production systems – System handles the download of schedule messages and the upload of performance messages. Standards based – Utilises the ISA-95 and B2MML standards to allow easy communication between the enterprise and production layer. Middleware Independent – Connection to enterprise systems facilitated through thirdparty middleware, supporting B2MML standards. Message routing – Easily routes production data to other GE Intelligent Platforms products and third-party applications.

9-446

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


9.13. Proficy Maintenance Gateway For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only

Proficy Maintenance Gateway Proficy Maintenance Gateway (PMG) enhances the Proficy software suite - a platform for driving reliable, profitable operations in a plant and across an enterprise by enabling you to integrate maintenance operations in your operational excellence journey. PMG can scale up from a simple condition-monitoring system to a sophisticated orchestration engine for seamlessly implementing Reliability Centered Maintenance (RCM) strategies. Benefits • • • • • •

Reduced equipment failure rates and unplanned downtime Improved first pass quality and reduced waste Reduced turnaround time for repairs and planned maintenance costs Ability to uncover additional capacity due to the continuous improvement in reliability Ability to track reliability plans with rules and aggregators, including total uptimes or availability of individual equipment over a period of time Increased analysis into next stage of reliability due to the rule builder, which can be used to introduce or refine rules that implement RCM strategies

The latest release of PMG extends its proven capabilities with a new meter reading module, enhanced writeback functions, and new adaptors to Enterprise Asset Maintenance (EAM) applications such as SAP’s Plant Maintenance (PM) module. The broad range of connectivity options, ease-of-use, and scalability make PMG desirable to companies in asset-intensive industries - from utilities to facilities management.

There are several options to help you integrate PMG into your existing Proficy suite of solutions. Option 1 is for existing Proficy HMI/SCADA - CIMPLICITY and iFIX users, Option 2 is for Proficy

By synchronizing the workflows of the production and maintenance systems, PMG helps you improve the efficiency of your operations by enabling you to: • • • • • • • •

Drive EAM systems to generate proactive, predictive maintenance on critical equipment based on real-time conditions to eliminate unplanned downtimes during production. Track usage of equipment to drive EAM to generate preventive maintenance that will ensure appropriate maintenance, as opposed to costly over- or under maintenance. Track the type/frequency of occurrence of failures that will enable EAM in root cause identification of such failures. Track the time to repair, which takes away from productive time. Continuously optimize usage-based PMs based on real-time plant dynamics to minimize cost. PMG works in the reverse direction as well Monitor/track the real-time status of an ongoing maintenance activity in an EAM, specifically, from a production perspective, using a web portal. Generate triggers/alarms in the production systems when changes happen in the EAM systems. Continuously contribute to RCM by implementing Preventive, Predictive, Corrective and Emergency work orders for the various assets under different realtime conditions.

Plant Applications users, and Option 3 is for Proficy Workflow users. In Option 3, PMG extends the Proficy Workflow into the enterprise - into SAP and Maximo applications.

9-447

9


9. Software Solutions 9.14. Proficy Process Systems For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only

Proficy Process Systems Proficy Process Systems is a state-of-the-art DCS and process control system that leverages GE Intelligent Platforms’ latest hardware and software technologies to provide a complete control solution closing the loop between automation and information.

Applications Layer

With Proficy Process Systems, you can improve quality, flexibility, productivity and uptime throughout your process and your business.

Engineering Workstation – This is where you design, create, and maintain your system’s configuration. With an advanced Logic Developer, you can create your control strategies in Function Blocks, Ladder Logic, or Structured Text for the PACSystem controllers.

Architecture The Proficy Process Systems architecture is designed to provide a modular and expandable system to meet your most demanding process control needs. Proficy Process Systems can uniquely range from a small, one-machine architecture to a large, multi-machine architecture. This approach means you can start small and expand your system over time, at your pace. The system consists of several layers.

The Applications Layer contains the software that powers the information capabilities of Proficy Process Systems, featuring:

Operator Console – This is where your operators monitor and control the process. Choose between our two industry leading HMI/SCADA visualization technologies for your system – CIMPLICITY or iFIX. The consoles communicate with the PACSystems controllers through our Global Namespace. Historian – The Historian is designed specifically for handling process data. It provides high performance storage & retrieval with sub-second collection and millisecond time-stamping.

9

9-448

PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au


9.14. Proficy Process Systems For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only

Proficy Process Systems Change Management – Change Management provides version control for your process control strategies, including audit trail capabilities. Batch Execution – Batch Execution is the perfect option for batch-oriented processes. With advanced batch management, formulation management, batch direct, and tight linkage with our Batch Analysis option, you can optimize campaigns and batch runs. ERP Connectivity – GE Intelligent Platforms has closed the gap between automation and information with our Proficy Production Management software products and ERP connector. Now you can link your control system to your business systems to truly drive operational excellence in your business.

Controllers The PACSystems RX3i and RX7i give Proficy Process Systems its flexibility, featuring a common engine which allows you to take programs that are created in one controller and easily move them to another.

Proficy Process Systems also features Control Memory Exchange, a breakthrough technology we incorporated from our Embedded Systems Business. Through highspeed fibre optics, Control Memory Exchange allows data in one controller to be exchanged and shared with another controller at over a 2GB rate. This allows you to synchronize controllers for distributed control, or reflect the memory state of one controller to another for redundant operations. Fieldbus and I/O GE Intelligent Platforms has always taken an open approach with our products and technologies. We provide our customers with the best possible technology and give them the freedom to work with the devices and instruments of their choice. Proficy Process Systems continues with that tradition. We understand that when it comes to process control, there are several choices for Fieldbuses. That’s why we chose an Open Fieldbus approach to our system which supports all major Fieldbuses. We also provide you with a comprehensive portfolio of I/O, allowing you to choose the right strategy to meet your needs. Through OPC, native drivers, and by teaming with companies that specialize in Fieldbus and I/O connectivity, we can satisfy your connectivity needs – putting you in control of your Fieldbus strategy.

9-449

9


Turn static files into dynamic content formats.

Create a flipbook
Issuu converts static files into: digital portfolios, online yearbooks, online catalogs, digital photo albums and more. Sign up and create your flipbook.